Skip to main content

Full text of "WE THE SHEEPLE VS THE BANKSTERS.pdf (PDFy mirror)"

See other formats


WE, THE SHEEPLE 

V. 

THE BANKSTERS 

A Call to Action! 



-The issue which has swept down the centuries and which will have to be fought sooner or later is the 
People VS. the Banks. " — LORD ACTON (i834-i902) 

Lord Chief Justice of England, 1875 

FACT: BANK OF AMFR.ICA, J.P. MORGAN CHASF, CITIBANK, GENERAL ELECTRIC, EXXON/MOBIL, AND MOST 

LARGE CORPORATIONS PAY NO INCOME TAXES 
FACT: THE 2010 Q3 US CENSUS STATES THAT 18.8 MILLION I lOUSING UNITS ARE NOW VACANT= 14.4% 
FACT: UNEMPLOYMENT NOW STANDS AT 10% - 14.8 MILLION, BUT IS MORE ACCURATELY 17% 
FACT: THE MIDDLE CLASS OF AMERICA IS INTENTIONALLY BEING ELIMINATED 

FACT: $17 TRILLION DOLLARS IN ASSETS, MOSTLY OWNED BY THE MIDDLE CLASS, HAVE BEEN LOST IN THE 
GREAT RECESSION 

FACT: THE INCOME OF THE MOST AFFLUENT IN AMERICA ROSE BY 17% IN 2009 
FACT: ONE IN FIVE AMER.ICANS IS UNEMPLOYED OR. UNDER.EMPLOYED; 
FACT: ONE IN EIGHT MORTGAGES IS IN DEFAULT OR FORECLOSURE 
FACT: ONE IN EIGI IT AMERIC:ANS ARE ON FOOD STAMPS. 

FACT: IN JANUARY 2008, THE INVENTORY OF UNSOLD NEW HOMES WAS 9.8 TIMK THE DECEMBER 2007 

SALES VOLUME, THE HIGHEST VALUE OF THIS RATIO SINCE 1981. 

FACT: IN JANUARY 2008 FOUR MILLION EXISTING HOMES WERE FOR SALE. 

1 



FACT: AS OF 10-20-2011, KOUGHLY 7.6 MIFFION FORFCFOSUR.FS HAVF OCCUR.R.FD IN THF U.S. AND ANOTHFR. 
7.4 MIFFION FOKFCFOSUR.FS AR.F FXPFCTFD BY 2016. 



—Something is going terribly wrong and putting our country on a very dangerous path that threatens to 
transform us into Third World America. JThrd World America' is a warning that if we don't change 
course - and quickly - that could very well be our future... The middle class is getting the short end of the 
stick; Washington rushed to the rescue of Wall Street but forgot Main Street. The American dream 
promised that if you worked hard and played by the rules, you 'd do well and your children would have 
the chance to do even better. But that promise has been broken. The decline of the middle class was no 
accident; it was the result of tricks and traps: skyrocketing interest rates driving more and more people 
into debt. The game is indeed rigged. Our financial system has become a bad carnival game where the 
rich always get the grand prize and the average American walks away empty-handed. We've gone from 
an economy where we make things, to an economy where we make things up: default credit swaps, 
derivatives, CDO 's and the like have turned Wall Street into a casino. In Washington, special interests 
run the show; lobbyists outnumber elected officials 26 to 1. Unfortunately, there are no lobbyists for 
Main Street. This is beyond right vs. left the media loves to apply to every issue in Washington. I think 
both sides are under the infiuence of a small financial elite. The media like to pretend that something's 
at stake when a big bill is being debated in the House or Senate, but by then the game is often over; the 
real fight happens behind closed doors. And the lobbyists usually win. " — AFllANNA HUFFINGTON 

Dialogue with Mary Matlin on Amazon.com re: Third World America: How Our Politicians Are Abandoning the Middle Class and Betraying the American 
Dream 

-^one of us can thrive in a nation divided between a small of number of people receiving an even larger 
share of the nation 's income and wealth, and everyone else receiving a declining share. The 
lopsidedness not only diminishes economic growth but also tears at the fabric of our society. " 

— KOBEKT R.E1CH 

Aftershock 

—The outstanding faults of the economic society in which we live are its failure to provide for full 
employment and its arbitrary and inequitable distribution of wealth and incomes. " 

— JOHN MAYNAKD KEYNES (1883-1946) 

British economist whose ideas have profoundly affected the economic policies of governments 
The General Theory of Employment Interest and Money (1935) Book 6, Chapter 24, Section 1, pg.372 

October 29, 2010 - Opening remarks given by Bill Still (Creator of the film -^he Secrets of Oz" to the Bromsgrove 
Monetary Reform Conference in England: 

-The global economy continues to crash. Unemployment continues to spiral upwards. Government 
budgets are tightening dramatically in the wake of the bursting of the global real estate bubble - a 
bubble that was specifically caused by banks being in complete control of the money supply instead of 
sovereign nations being in control of their national money. That is the basic problem that we are 
facing, and until this problem is addressed, no amount of national austerity can stop this continuing 
cascade of negative economic events. England is trying the last thing there is to try - drastically cut 
government spending - austerity. But as those of us in this room are acutely aware, this is not going to 
work. So it is our obligation to be able to say why this is not working and offer a solution. We call the 
solution -monetary reform " which rests on two great inviolable pillars of truth. Pillar #1: Government 
borrowing must be forbidden. The money power - the power to create the national money - is the most 
important power of a sovereign nation, in fact, it is the very definition of sovereignty. Nations do not 
have to borrow, nations can create. The problem is that when the nation borrows from a bank - as 
Proverbs tells us - the borrower becomes servant to the lender. That's not sovereignty! So what is the 
result? The banks have power over the political system as well as the monetary system. So, you no 
longer have a sovereign democracy; you have rule by banks. Political science has coined a term for this 
- plutocracy. This is the primary problem with the economy of every nation today. They have allowed 
the national debt system to predominate. I say, no more national debt! Let's use the U.S. example today: 
President Obama (under the control of the Banksters who OWN the government) has stimulated the 



2 



economy with about $2 trillion. But here's the problem: The money was borrowed mostly from the 
biggest hanks, with interest attached. Then this money was given back to the very same banks, (read: As 
Corporate CEO of the U.S. he has, as he must, follow the orders of the —board of Directors " of the 
corporation.) This system just can 't get any worse! Pillar #2: Banks must stop lending money they do 
not have. This is called the fractional reserve lending system which allows banks to lend out 10 to 12 
times as much money at interest than they actually have. If you or I did this, we would be charged with 
fraud and/or counterfeiting. This fractional reserve system allows the banks to consolidate the wealth of 
the nation, and that, combined with a national debt, allows them to use that leverage to control the 
politics of the nation to be sure that their power is protected and even enhanced. Again, this is the very 
definition of plutocracy. King Henry I, the first Norman King of England, and the son of William the 
Conqueror, encountered this exact same problem in 1100 A.D. and created the tally stick system of 
currency as a result. The goldsmiths had discovered that they could control the King by withdrawing 
their loans of gold money. Since their gold money was the most convenient money to use — trading 
grain for deer skins worked, hut was less convenient — when they stopped lending it out, there was less 
in circulation, the overall supply of money dropped, and this caused a depression. The people didn't 
understand why there was a depression, so they blamed the King. So, the goldsmiths became 
accustomed to being able to bully the King by the mere threat of reducing the money supply. This is 
exactly what's going on today, just in a little more sophisticated way. This power of the goldsmiths is 
bad enough when they only control the quantity of lending in the broad population, but it is further 

amplified when the sovereign, himself, is a borrower from the goldsmiths the borrower shall be 

servant to the lender. " So this is a two-pronged problem. When the bankers have control over the money 
supply - the quantity of money - then the government is no longer sovereign — no longer the supreme 
power of the land, and most importantly, can no longer operate in the public interest. Government 
determined by the citizenry and directed by their elected representatives is literally all that stands 
between us and serfdom (slavery) — rule by banks. In today's world, the democratic aspects of 
government have been significantly eroded, entirely and completely because government has lost these 
two great pillars of truth — government is borrowing from bankers — and government has lost control 
over the quantity of their national money. This is why we know that no amount of austerity or further 
government borrowing can possibly fix this problem. This week I've met with some wonderful younger 
folks who understand these essential truths... These young, inquiring minds, realize that the old ways 
aren't working — that something is very wrong. They can't get jobs the way their parents could just a 
generation earlier. They are now propelled — through both self-interest as well as the normal idealism 
of young adults — to start looking outside the box of their traditional training for something that will 
work. They see the future — even better than we do — and they're going to fix this. This is wonderfully 
encouraging. Now, more than ever before, I'm convinced that reform is inevitable — and in the 
relatively near future. The truth of the manipulation of our money supply can no longer be hidden. These 
fresh young faces will supply sufficient youthful energy to finally break humanity free of the enslaving 
shackles of the debt money system. " 

Let's now begin to unravel just how this situation came about for... 



KNOWLEDGE IS POWER 



-The ignorance in America is overwhelming. " — OTTO VON HABSBUFIG (1912) 

Member of the European Parliament 

To fix what is broken in America we must first become aware of what is now taking place in our country as well as 
what has taken place for centuries - under our very noses. While many are baffled about the state of Recession in our 
country and seek answers to rejuvenate America, these people do not have knowledge of its root cause. This limited 
perspective prevents them from finding a real solution. 



3 



-Perspective is not what we see, but the way we see it. " — KENT FIOCKCT 

/ Once Was Blind, But Now I Squint, Chattanooga, TN: AMG PubUshers, 2004, 14 



—We read the world wrong and say that it deceives us. " — RABINDRANATH TAGORE 

The reality we experience can be compared to an onion. What we perceive as our current reality lies on the surface of 
the onion and from this perspective we interpret events/experiences, form opinions and draw conclusions from the 
knowledge available to us. However, when you begin to peel back the layers of this onion you discover that additional 
crucial knowledge exists which allows a more expansive perspective from which to form more accurate conclusions 
and therefore, solutions to the challenges we now face. 

When we peel back one of the layers on our onion, we find a cabal of power which is intent upon retaining the control 
and wealth it has accumulated over centuries - at any cost. This cabal is now waging a silent war, a war which has 
raged for centuries and the crises we are now experiencing are very much by design. In fact, they are right on time. The 
culprits responsible for our crises own the Federal Reserve. That's right, OWNS. The Federal Reserve was very 
cunningly named federal" as a deceptive ploy to pull the wool over the eyes of We, The People. This institution is 
neither government-owned, nor controlled, but privately owned by the international cabal of Bankers, or more 
accurately, ^anksters" (-gangsters"). 

The charter for the Federal Reserve Bank expires in December of 2012 and requires a majority of our legislators in 
order to be rechartered. That is why this thesis is timely. We, the People must prevent this from happening. 

-¥he shareholders of these banks which own the stock of the Federal Reserve Bank of New York are the 
people who have controlled our political and economic destinies since 1914. They are the Rothschilds, 
hazard Freres (Eugene Mayer), Israel Sieff Kuhn Loeb Company, Warburg Company, Lehman 
Brothers, Goldman Sachs, the Rockefeller family, and the J.P. Morgan interests. " — EUSTACE MULLINS 

(1923-2010) 1950 The Secrets of the Federal Reserve 

-4n the US today, we have in effect two governments. We have the duly constituted government, then we 
have an independent, uncontrolled and uncoordinated government in the Federal Reserve, operating the 
money powers which are reserved to Congress by the Constitution. " — WFllGHT PATMAN 

Congressman D- TEXAS September 29, 1941 

-The government, which was designed for the people, has got into the hands of the bosses and their 
employers, the special interests. An invisible empire has been set up above the forms of democracy. " 

— PRESIDENT WOODROW WILSON 
(1856-1924) 28th President of the United States 

—A power has risen up in the government greater than the people themselves, consisting of many and 
various powerful interests, combined in one mass, and held together by the cohesive power of the vast 
surplus in banks. " —JOHN C. CALHOUN 

(1782-1850) seventh Vice-President of the United States and leading Southern politician during the first half of the 19th century 

-Political parties exist to secure responsible government and to execute the will of the people. From 
these great tasks both of the old parties have turned aside. Instead of instruments to promote the general 
welfare they have become the tools of corrupt interests, which use them impartially to serve their selfish 
purposes. Behind the ostensible government sits enthroned an invisible government owing no allegiance 
and acknowledging no responsibility to the people. To destroy this invisible government, to dissolve the 
unholy alliance between corrupt business and corrupt politics, is the first task of the statesmanship of 
the day. " —PRESIDENT THEODORE ROOSEVELT 

(1858-1919) 26th President of the United States 
"The Progressive Covenant With the People" speech (August 1912) 



4 



believe that banking institutions are more dangerous to our liberties than standing armies and that 
the principle of spending money to be paid by posterity, under the name of funding, is but swindling 
futurity on a large scale. If the American people ever allow private banks to control the issue of their 
currency, first by inflation, then by deflation, the banks... will deprive the people of all property until 
their children wake-up homeless on the continent their fathers conquered... The issuing power should be 
taken from the banks and restored to the people, to whom it properly belongs. " — THOMAS JEFFEFISON 

The Debate over The Recharter of The Bank Bill, (1809) 

—Above this race of men stands an immense and tutelary power, which takes upon itself alone to secure 
their gratifications and to watch over their fate.... After having thus successively taken each member of 
the community in its powerful grasp and fashioned him at will, the supreme power then extends its arm 
over the whole community.... The will of man is not shattered, but softened, bent, and guided.... It does 
not tyrannize, but it compresses, enervates, extinguishes, and stupefies a people, till each nation is 
reduced to nothing better than a fiock of timid and industrious animals, of which the government is the 
shepherd. " —ALEXIS DE TOCQUEVILLE 

(1805-1859) Democracy in America (1840) 

The cleverly disguised federal" Reserve prints money out of thin air and then charges interest on this fake money to 

our government! This deception has been secret for years - by design. The Banksters are the ^owers-that-Be," the true 
International rulers of our government who orchestrate events to ensure their perpetual wealth and power. With the fake 
money they print at their discretion, they have purchased and now hold the majority stock in all major corporations. 
They run Wall Street, own the media and therefore have absolute control over our country and the world. They 
manipulate circumstances utilizing a variety of strategies including their most effective strategy - -divide and conquer," 
so that We, the People, are kept ignorant of the truth and distracted - arguing over petty inconsequential issues so they 
can quietly carry out their larger agenda. You will soon learn that over the centuries these Banksters have manipulated 
boom/bust cycles by expanding and contracting the money supply: the reason we are now in the midst of the Great 
Recession, (see YouTube: -The Secrets of Oz", a film by Bill Still and —Zeitgeist" by Peter Joseph). 

— ^ as it appears, the experiment that was called 'America' is at an end... then perhaps a fitting epitaph 
would be ... 'Here lies America; the greatest nation that might have been had it not been for the Edomite 
bankers who first stole their money, used their stolen money to buy their politicians and press and lastly 
deprived them of their constitutional freedom by the most evil device yet created - The Federal Reserve 
Banking System. " — G. D. MCDANIEL 

British Author 

-The modern Banking system manufactures money out of nothing. The process is perhaps the most 
astounding piece of sleight of hand that was ever invented. Banks can in fact inflate, and defiate, i.e., 
mint and unmint, the modern ledger-entry currency. " — MAJOR LAWRENCE LEE BAZLEY ANGUS, 1937 

—To expose a $4.2 Trillion dollar rip-off of the American people by the stockholders of the 1000 largest 
corporations over the last one-hundred years will be a tall order of business. " — BUCKMINSTER FULLER 

(1895-1983) American engineer, author, inventor, and futurist 

—fVe have been communized in that: production in relation to consumption must be ruthlessly regulated 
or the fraud upon the public, perpetuated by bank credit, will be revealed. " 

— AMERICAN'S BULLETIN 

-^oney is a new form of slavery and distinguishable from the old simply by the fact that it is impersonal 
- that there is no human relation between master and slave. " — LEO TOLSTOY 

(1828-1910), Russian author wrote the epic novel War and Peace (1865-69) 

—Of all contrivances for cheating the laboring classes of mankind, none has been more effective than 
that which deludes them with paper money. " — DANIEL WLBSTLR 

(1782-1852) leading American statesman 



5 



-The Federal Reserve Bank is nothing but a banking fraud and an unlawful crime against civilization. 
Why? Because they j.reate ' the money made out of nothing, and our Uncle Sap Government issues their 
J^ederal Reserve Notes ' and stamps our Government approval with NO obligation whatever from these 
Federal Reserve Banks, Individual Banks or National Banks, etc. " — H. L. BIFIUM, SR.. 

American Mercury, August 1957, p. 43 

—The fact is that there is a serious danger of this country becoming a Pluto-democracy; that is, a sham 
republic with the real government in the hands of a small clique of enormously wealthy men who speak 
through their money, and whose influence, even today, radiates to every corner of the United States. " 

— WILLIAM MCADOO 

President Wilson's national campaign vice-chairman in Crowded Years 1974 

—We have stricken the (slave) shackles from four million human beings and brought all laborers to a 
common level not so much by the elevation of former slaves as by practically reducing the whole 
working population, white and black, to a condition of serfdom. While boasting of our noble deeds, we 
are careful to conceal the ugly fact that by an iniquitous money system we have nationalized a system of 
oppression which, though more refined, is not less cruel than the old system of chattel slavery. " 

— HORACE GREELEY 

(181 1-1872) founder of the New York Tribune 

—The ideal tyranny is that which is ignorantly self administered by its victims. The most perfect slaves 
are, therefore, those which blissfully and unawaredly enslave themselves. " — DRESDEN JAMES 

-Tbelieve that if the people of this nation fully understood what Congress has done to them over the last 
49 years, they would move on Washington; they would not wait for an election... It adds up to a 
preconceived plan to destroy the economic and social independence of the United States! " 

— GEORGE W. MALONE 

(1890-1961) American civil engineer and Republican politician 

-The ruling class, being small and largely specialized, is motivated to think about its economic interests 
twenty-four hours a day... They are constantly at work trying to preserve and expand their privileges. 
The ruling class confronts one serious and ongoing problem: how to persuade the productive majority, 
whose tribute or taxes it consumes, that its laws, regulations, and policies are beneficial; that is, that 
they coincide with Jhe public interest' or are designed to promote Jhe common good' or to optimize 
jocial welfare. ' Given its minority status, failure to solve this problem exposes the political class to 
serious consequences. Even passive resistance by a substantial part of the producers in the form of mass 
tax resistance, renders the income of the political class and, therefore, its continued existence extremely 
precarious. More ominously, attempts to suppress such resistance may cause it to spread and intensify 
and eventually boil over into an active revolution whose likely result is the forcible ousting of the 
minority exploiting class from its position of political power. Here is where the intellectuals come in. It 
is the task [of the intellectuals] to convince the public to actively submit to State rule because it is 
beneficial to do so, or at least to passively endure the State's depredations because the alternative is 
anarchy and chaos. In return for fabricating an ideological cover for its exploitation of the masses of 
subjects or taxpayers, these j;ourt intellectuals ' are rewarded with the power, wealth, and prestige of a 
junior partnership in the ruling elite. Whereas in pre-industrial times these apologists for State rule 
were associated with the clergy, in modern times-at least since the Progressive Era in the U.S. - they 
have been drawn increasingly from the academy. Politicians, bureaucrats, and those whom they 
subsidize and privilege within the economy routinely trumpet lofty ideological motives for their actions 
in order to conceal from the exploited and plundered citizenry their true motive of economic gain. In 
today's world, these motives are expressed in the rhetoric of jocial democracy' in Europe and that of 
modern-or welfare-state-liberalism in the United States. In the past, ruling oligarchies have appealed to 
the ideologies of royal absolutism, Marxism, Progressivism, Fascism, National Socialism, New Deal 
liberalism, and so on to camouflage their economic goals in advocating a continual aggrandizement of 
State power. " —MURRAY ROTHBARD 

A History of Money and Banking In The United States -The Colonial Era To World War II p28-30 



6 



—Democracy, ' in the United States rhetoric refers to a system of governance in which elite elements 
based in the business community control the state by virtue of their dominance of the private society 
while the population observes quietly. So understood, democracy is a system of elite decision and public 
ratification, as in the United States itself. Correspondingly, popular involvement in the formation of 
public policy is considered a serious threat. It is not a step towards democracy; rather it constitutes a 
'crisis of democracy' that must be overcome. — NOAM CHOMSKY 

professor at MIT On Power and Ideology (1987) 

—ft may appear that what goes on is happenstance, but the government most surely has planned it. " 

— PB.ESIDENT FRANKLIN D. ROOSEVELT 

President Franklin Roosevelt was warning us about what is really going on under our very noses. His head, along with 
that of every other world leader, was and is, at the end of a gun. Our public servants are nothing more than puppets 
doing as they are told by the Global Elite/International Banksters. All of these allegations are well documented and 
when you choose to learn the truth, you will find vast amounts of information along with case law, codes, rules, 
regulations, statutes, legislation, etc. to support them. 

—The financial system ... has been turned over to the Federal Reserve Board. That board administers the 
finance system by authority of [...] a purely profiteering group. The system is private, conducted for the 
sole purpose of obtaining the greatest possible profits from the use of other people's money. " 

—CHARLES A. LINDBERGH 

Congressman from Mirmesota 1907 to 1917 

If you find this to be inconceivable as I initially did, when you read through the economic history of the United States 
which follows, the recurring patterns of deceit and manipulation will soon become abundantly clear. 

-The eyes of our citizens are not sufficiently open to the true cause of our distress. They ascribe them to 
everything but their true cause, the banking system; a system which if it could do good in any form is yet 
so certain of leading to abuse as to be utterly incompatible with the public safety and prosperity. The 
Central Bank (a.k.a. Federal Reserve in 1913) is an institution of the most deadly hostility existing 
against the principles and form of our Constitution. " — THOMAS JEFFERSON (1743-1826) 

-4^oney plays the largest part in determining the course of history. " — KARL MARX (I8i8-i883) 

Communist Manifesto 

—We have in this country one of the most corrupt institutions the world has ever known. I refer to the 
Federal Reserve Board and the Federal Reserve Banks. The Federal Reserve Board, a Government 
board, has cheated the Government of the United States out of enough money to pay the national debt. 
The depredations and the iniquities of the Federal Reserve Board and the Federal Reserve banks acting 
together have cost this country enough money to pay the national debt several times over. Some people 
think the Federal Reserve Banks are United States Government institutions. They are not Government 
institutions. They are private credit monopolies which prey upon the people of the United States for the 
benefit of themselves and their foreign customers ... The Federal Reserve Banks are the agents of the 
foreign central banks ...In that dark crew of financial pirates, there are those who would cut a man's 
throat to get a dollar out of his pocket ... Every effort has been made by the Federal Reserve Board to 
conceal its powers, but the truth is the Federal Reserve Bank has usurped the government. It controls 
everything here (in Congress) and controls all our foreign relations. It makes and breaks governments 
at will ... When the Federal Reserve Act was passed, the people of the United States did not perceive that 
a world system was being set up here ... A super-state controlled by international bankers, and 
international industrialists acting together to enslave the world for their own pleasure. This evil 
institution has impoverished and ruined the people of the United States, has bankrupted itself and has 
practically bankrupted our Government. It has done this through defects of the law under which it 
operates, through the maladministration of that law by the Federal Reserve Board, and through the 
corrupt practices of the moneyed vultures who control it. " — CONGRESSMAN LOUIS T. MCFADDEN 

Chair of the House Banking and Currency Committee - June 10, 1932 address to the Congress 



7 



-The study of money, above all other fields in economics, is one in which complexity is used to disguise 
truth or to evade truth, not to reveal it. The process by which banks create money is so simple the mind 
is repelled. With something so important, a deeper mystery seems only decent. " 

—JOHN KENNETH GALBRvMTH (1908-2006) 

Canadian-bom economist, Harvard professor Money: Whence It Came, Where It Went' (1975) 

—When our Federal Government, that has the exclusive power to create money, creates that money and 
then goes into the open market and borrows it and pays interest for the use of its own money, it occurs to 
me that that is going too far. I have never yet had anyone who could, through the use of logic and 
reason, justify the Federal Government borrowing the use of its own money. . . I am saying to you in all 
sincerity, and with all the earnestness that I possess, it is absolutely wrong for the Government to issue 
interest-bearing obligations. It is not only wrong: it is extravagant. It is not only extravagant, it is 
wasteful. It is absolutely unnecessary. " — CONGFIESSMAN WFIIGHT PATMAN 

D- TEXAS September 29, 1941 Congressional Record of the House of Representatives (pages 7582-7583) 



-4n questions of power let us hear no more of trust in men, but bind them down from mischief with the 
chains of the Constitution. " —THOMAS JEEEERSON 

—The people must be helped to think naturally about money. They must be told what it is, and what 
makes it money, and what are the possible tricks of the present system which put nations and peoples 
under control of the few. " — HENR.Y FORD (1863 - 1947) 

My Life and Work, Doubleday, Page & Company, 1922, p. 17 

— ^ we stand idly by, if we seek merely swollen, slothful ease and ignoble peace, if we shrink from the 
hard contests where men must win at hazard of their lives and at the risk of all they hold dear, then the 
bolder and stronger peoples will pass us by, and will win for themselves the domination of the world. " 

-PRESIDENT THEODORE ROOSEVELT 

(1858-1919) 26th President of the United States -The Strenuous Life 

-freedom is never more than one generation away from extinction. We didn't pass it to our children in 
the bloodstream. It must be fought for, protected, and handed on for them to do the same. " 

—RONALD REAGAN 
(191 1- 2004) 40th President of the United States 

—America has been hijacked, not by Al-Qaeda , nor Osama Bin-Laden, but by a group of tyrants ready 
and willing to do whatever it takes to keep their stranglehold on this country. So what are we gonna do 
about it? " — DYLAN LOOSE CHANGE EORUM 

-T^eople who will not turn a shovel full of dirt on the project (Muscle Shoals Dam) nor contribute a 
pound of material, will collect more money from the United States than will the People who supply all 
the material and do all the work. This is the terrible thing about interest ...But here is the point: If the 
Nation can issue a dollar bond it can issue a dollar bill. The element that makes the bond good makes 
the bill good also. The difference between the bond and the bill is that the bond lets the money broker 
collect twice the amount of the bond and an additional 20%. Whereas the currency, the honest sort 
provided by the Constitution pays nobody but those who contribute in some useful way. It is absurd to 
say our Country can issue bonds and cannot issue currency. Both are promises to pay, but one fattens 
the usurer and the other helps the People. If the currency issued by the People were no good, then the 
bonds would be no good, either. It is a terrible situation when the Government, to insure the National 
Wealth, must go in debt and submit to ruinous interest charges at the hands of men who control the 
fictitious value of gold. Interest is the invention of Satan " — THOMAS A. EDISON (I847-1931) 



8 



A FINANCIAL PONZI SCHEME 
OF THE GREATEST MAGNITUDE 



—fVe are in danger of being overwhelmed with irredeemable paper, mere paper, representing not gold 
nor silver; no sir, representing nothing but broken promises, bad faith, bankrupt corporations, cheated 
creditors and a ruined people. " — DANIEL WEBSTER. 

(1782-1852) prominent American statesman 

— ^ the United States government needs to borrow a billion dollars, it issues a bond for this amount, 
much as a water company does when it wants to raise money for a new pipeline or a new dam. The 
government delivers this bond for the billion dollars to the Federal Reserve Bank. The Federal Reserve 
Bank takes the bond and writes an order to the Department of Printing and Engraving to print the 
billion dollars ' worth of hills. After about two weeks or so, when the bills are printed, the Department of 
Printing and Engraving ships the bills to the Federal Reserve Bank which then writes a check for about 
two thousand dollars to pay for printing the billion dollars ' worth of bills. The Federal Reserve Bank 
then takes the billion dollars and lends the billion dollars to the United States government and the 
people of the country pay interest at an exorbitant rate each year on this money, which came out of 
nothing. The owners of the Federal Reserve Bank put up nothing for this money. When the United States 
government goes into debt one dollar, one dollar plus the interest go into the pockets of the owners of 
the Federal Reserve Bank. This is the most colossal theft ever perpetrated in the history of mankind; so 
slick, so subtle, and so obfuscated by propaganda from the news media, that the victims are not even 
aware of what is happening. " — BILL HUGHES 

The Secret Terrorists 

—ft is the growing custom to narrow control, concentrate power, disregard and disfranchise the public; 
and assuming that certain powers by divine right of money-raising or by sheer assumption, have the 
power to do as they think best without consulting the wisdom of mankind. " — W. L. B. DU BOIS 

(1868-1963) Ph.D in History from Harvard; professor of history and economics at Atlanta University. Head of the NAACP in 1910 

-¥here is a man-made god that controls the social and industrial system that governs us. We know him 
as the ^Mjney Trust. ' He is offended if given or called by his true name, and being jealous of his power, 
he opposed an investigation of its sources. At the present time he has an almost illimitable influence 
upon our daily actions and is seeking to increase it by framing new currency and banking laws to suit 
his purposes. " — CHAR.LES LINDBEB.GH 

Banking and Currency and the Money Trust, 1913 

—Suppose the government borrows $10 million. It only costs the bankers a few hundred dollars to 
actually produce the funds, and a little more to do the book-keeping. Do you think it is fair that our 
citizens should struggle to keep their homes and families together, while the bankers grow fat on these 
profits? Credit created by a Government-owned bank is better than credit created by private banks, 
because there is no need to recover the money from people by way of taxes, and there is no interest 
attached to inflate the cost. The public work completed with the credit by the Government hank is the 
asset that replaces the money created when the work is finished. None of our problems will disappear 
until we correct the creation, supply and circulation of money. Once the money problem is solved, 
everything else will fall into place. " — LARRY HANNIGAN 

/ Want the Earth Plus 5% (1971) www.larryhannigan.com 

-4n the United States, the issuing of money is controlled by the Federal Reserve Board. This is not a 
government department but a board of private bankers. Most of us would believe that the Federal 
Reserve is a federal arm of the national government. ... This is not true! ... In 1913 President Woodrow 
Wilson signed the document that created the Federal Reserve, and committed the American people to 
debt slavery until such time as they awake from their slumber and overthrow this vicious tyranny. ".. 

— LEN CLAMPETT Handover Our Loot, No. 2 



9 



—J. p. Morgan, with the assistance and cooperation of a few of the interlocking corporations which 
reach all over the United States in their influence, controls every railroad in the United States. They 
control practically every public utility; they control literally thousands of corporations; they control all 
of the large insurance companies. Mr. President, we are gradually reaching a time, if we have not 
already reached that point, when the business of the country is controlled by men who can be named on 
the fingers of one hand, because those men control the money of the Nation, and that control is growing 
at a rapid rate. " — SENATOR. NOR.B.1S 

Congressional Record of November 30, 1941 

-^rom now on, depressions will be scientifically created. " — CHARLES A. LINDBERGH SR. 1913 

The Banksters would like you to think that this is simply another -conspiracy theory" presented by some wacko. And 
your natural tendency might assume that to be true and dismiss it as such. However, if you have been personally 
affected by the Great Recession, if you have lost your home to foreclosure, if you have lost your retirement fund, if this 
Recession has impacted your life circumstances, you will have a greater desire to uncover the root cause underlying 
this deception - a scheme so pervasive it makes Bemie Madoff s Ponzi scheme look like kindergarten play. 

As presenter of this incredulous information, I will allow the words of countless others throughout history tell you the 
story of the rape and perhaps demise of America, and very soon, our world if we don't wake up and demand reform. 

—The most dangerous man to any government is the man who is able to think things out for himself, 
without regard to the prevailing superstitions and taboos. Almost inevitably he comes to the conclusion 
that the government he lives under is dishonest, insane and intolerable, and so, if he is romantic, he tries 
to change it. And even if he is not romantic personally he is very apt to spread discontent among those 
who are. " — H. L. MENCKEN (I88O - 1956) 

S'martS'e? December 1919 

—Strange times are these in which we live when old and young are taught falsehoods in school. And the 
one man that dares to tell the truth is called at once a lunatic and fool. " — PLATO (427 - 348 bc) 

— ^ you want to make someone angry, tell him a lie; if you want to make him furious, tell him the truth. 
All truth passes through three stages. First, it is ridiculed, second it is violently opposed, and third, it is 
accepted as self-evident. " — ARTHUR SCHOPENHAUER (1788-186O) 

German philosopher known for his pessimism and philosophical clarity 

—The truth not only sets you free, it slays all dragons, banishes all fears, connects all dots, and casts a 
brand new spell over life. " — MIKE DOOLEY 

The Universe 

—The Truth which makes men free is for the most part the truth which men prefer not to hear. " 

— HERBERT AGAR (1897 - 1980) 

American joumaUst who won the Pulitzer Prize for History in 1934 for The People's Choice, a critical look at the American presidency. He edited, with 
Allen Tate, Who Owns America? (1936) 

-4^et me tell you why you're here. You're here because you know something. What you know you can't 
explain, but you feel it. You've felt it your entire life, that there's something wrong with the world. You 
don't know what it is, but it's there, like a splinter in your mind driving you mad. It is this feeling that 
has brought you to me. Do you know what Fm talking about? " — THE A/IATRIX film 1999 



10 



TRULY AN INCONVENIENT TRUTH 



This thesis was inspired by a document written by Mary Croft entitled — #/ow / Clobbered Every Bureaucratic Cash- 
Confiscatory Agency Known to Man. " hi this work, Ms. Croft made serious allegations regarding many of the _sa2red' 
institutions which constitute the infrastructure of both America and our world. My first reaction was one of shock, 
disbelief and incredulity. I assumed that she simply succumbed to the outrageous claims being made on the Internet, 
which is teeming with deliberate falsehoods, unintentional inaccuracies and misconceptions. However, the information 
she presented prompted me to dig deeper for I wanted to put my mind at ease, to make sure these accusations were 
false. However, what I discovered was most disturbing. She was right. The illusion/perception I had held my entire life 
regarding America was completely shattered. I felt as though I had been raped - betrayed at the most primal level of my 
being. So what was I to do? To restore the foundational premise of America, as our foregathers intended, a _land of the 
free', I had to do whatever I possibly could to help others to understand this truth so we can right this wrong and return 
to life where we all operate from a foundation of integrity, credibility, moral conscience, morals and values. However, 
even though I have devoted countless hours of research in my search for truth, I urge you to do the same before 
drawing conclusions. 

I ask you to open your mind, drop your preconceived notions and allow me to reveal what I have learned - truly an 
^convenient truth." After contemplating this information and later in this thesis viewing history through the prism of 
money, you will learn what you can do right now to help save our democracy! 

—Whatever anguish of spirit it may cost, I am willing to know the whole truth; to know the worst, and to 
provide for it. " — PATR^ICK HENR.Y (1736 - 1799) 

served as the first and sixth post-colonial Governor of Virginia. A prominent figure in the American Revolution, Henry is known and remembered for his 
"Give me Liberty, or give me Death!" speech, and as one of the Founding Fathers of the United States. 

—Don 't confuse your opinion with the truth. " — WEFINER. ER.HAR.D 

— ? feel that the truth has a right to be told, and, once told, can be an injury to no men of good will. Only 
by a knowledge of the errors of the past is it possible to correct the tactics of the future. " 

— CARR.OLL QUIGLEY 

— ^ the truth is that ugly - which it is - then we do have to be careful about the way that we tell the truth. 
But to say somehow that telling the truth should be avoided because people may respond badly to the 
truth seems bizarre to me. " — CHUCK SKOR.O 

Deacon St. Paul's Catholic Church 

-4n a time of universal deceit, telling the truth is a revolutionary act. " — GEOR.GE OFIWELL 

aka Eric Arthur Blair (1903 - 1950) English author and joumaUst whose work is marked by keen intelUgence and wit, a profound awareness of social 
injustice, an intense, revolutionary opposition to totalitarianism, a passion for clarity in language and a beUef in democratic socialism 

^eo: What truth? Morpheus: That you are a slave, Neo. That you, like everyone else, was born into 
bondage... kept inside a prison that you cannot smell, taste, or touch - a prison for your mind. " 

— THE MATRIX fihn 1999 

—Truth is so obscure in these times, and falsehood so established, that, unless we love the truth, we 
cannot know it. " — BLAISE PASCAL (1623-1662) 

French mathematician, physicist, inventor, writer and CathoUc philosopher 

What our schools teach, we assume to be true. In order to graduate we are tested on our ability to regurgitate that truth 
until our minds are programmed to believe that only that truth is the real truth... But I'm going to ask that you question 
that version of truth, look for a vested interest, question the credibility of the source and ask yourself who stands to gain 
by whatever it is ^ey" are trying to sell. 



11 



-The ultimate ignorance is the rejection of something you know nothing about and refuse to 
investigate. " — DR.. WAYNE DYER (1940-) 



—€an we afford to be so arrogant as to pretend we know something we don 't know, the knowing of 
which could transform our lives. " — WERNER ERHARD (1935-) 

Founder of -The Forum" 

—Contempt, prior to complete investigation, enslaves men to ignorance. " — DR. JOHN WHITMAN RAY 

(1934-2001) 



A BIPARTISAN RESPONSIBILITY TO REESTABLISH OUR CONSTITUTION 



—We have operating within our government and political system, another body representing another 
form of government, a bureaucratic elite which believes our Constitution is outmoded and is sure it is 
the winning side... All the strange developments in foreign policy agreements may be traced to this 
group who are going to make us over to suit their pleasure. " — SENATOR WILLIAM JENNER (1954) 



— Sy remaining behind the scenes, they (the Rothschilds) were able to avoid the brunt of public anger 
which was directed, instead, at the political figures which they largely controlled. This is a technique 
which has been practiced by financial manipulators ever since, and it is fully utilized by those who 
operate the Federal Reserve System today. " — G. EDWARD GRIFFIN 

The Creature from Jekyll Island, American Opinion Publishing, p. 218 



-Congressman Charles Lindbergh, Sr., the father of the famous aviator, was among those who fought 
the passage of the Dark Act (1913 passage of the Federal Reserve Act) and later managed to raise an 
investigation into the cartel. His life was made extremely difficult as a direct result of crying for such 
investigation. Lindbergh had openly yelled his warning to Congress and to the American people. Lt was 
all to no avail. No one would hear his cry in the wilderness. It must be noted that Lindbergh's efforts to 
expose the plot were followed by those of Congressman Louis T. McFadden, who chaired the House 
Banking and Currency Committee for a ten year period. During his tenure, three attempts were made on 
his life. First, he was shot in Washington, D.C, then his food was poisoned. The third attempt was 
unfortunately successful. His mysterious death occurred while on a visit to New York City. The cause of 
death, as listed on the death certificate, was given as Jieart failure', although more than enough 
evidence pointed to poisoning. It is my proffered opinion that Mr. McFadden was poisoned by members 
of the cartel. Without proper court orders demanding the exhumation and forensic pathology tests, we 
shall never know the true story. " — GUNTHER K. RUSSBACHER 

Navy Captain and veteran of the Office of Naval Intelligence, attached to the Central Intelligence Agency 



-T*rogress is impossible without change, and those who cannot change their minds cannot change 
anything. " — G. BERNARD SHAW 

We, the People are facing a task which transcends red states and blue states; it affects every one of us in the United 
States. Contrary to current public sentiment, the answers to our problems do not lie in electing new faces in 
government. Those who naively believe that a change in party will -eure" our problems are dead wrong. Our 
government, Republican or Democratic, has become a government controlled by the Cartel. 

-The rich ruleth over the poor, and the borrower is servant to the lender. " — PROVERBS 22:7 

Once the magnitude of this truth is understood, We, the People must unite and reestablish our Constitutional rights for 
the private corporation which currently creates and controls our money supply is not Constitutional. Congress, and only 
Congress, has the right to create and distribute our money. 



12 



Article 1, Section 8 in the Constitution states: The Congress shall have power to coin money, regulate 
the value thereof, and of foreign coin, and fix the standard of weights and measures. 

Why did Congress hand over this responsibility to the Banksters? When those elected to office arrive in Washington, 
they soon discover that it is not our Constitution which rules the land, nor We, the People. They learn that our country 
is controlled by those who control the money, those who speak the loudest, those who hire lobbjdsts to make sure those 
in office do their bidding. And because their few voices are louder than our 320 Million voices, they triumph. 

Our legislators have been bribed, threatened, oppressed and overpowered by the Banksters who quietly, ominously, and 
totally control their every move and decision. I believe that our Legislators are pleading for our help. For unless We, 
the People; We, the Majority; We, who really hold the Power speak up and let our voices be heard, our Constitution 
and the efforts of those who fought so hard to create and defend this Union, will be soon be obliterated. 

— f have never seen more Senators express discontent with their jobs. I think the major cause is that, 
deep down in our hearts, we have been accomplices in doing something terrible and unforgivable to our 
wonderful country. Deep down in our hearts, we know that we have given our children a legacy of 
bankruptcy. We have defrauded our country to get ourselves elected. " — JOHN DANFOR.TH (i936) 

former United States Ambassador to the United Nations and former Republican United States Senator irom Missouri from 1976-1995 

-The Constitution of the United States does not give the banks the power to create money. The 
Constitution says that Congress shall have the power to create money, but now, under our system, we 
will sell bonds to commercial banks and obtain credit from those banks. I believe the time will come 
when people will demand that this be changed. I believe the time will come in this country when they 
will actually blame you and me and everyone else connected with this Congress for sitting idly by and 
permitting such an idiotic system to continue. I make that statement after years of study. " 

— CONGRESSMAN WRIGHT PATMAN (1893-1976) 
chair of the United States House Committee on Banking and Currency (1965-1975) 

—The real menace of our republic is the invisible government, which like a giant octopus sprawls its 

slimy legs over our cities, states and nation. To depart from mere generalizations, let me say that at the 
head of this octopus are the Rockefeller-Standard Oil interests and a small group of powerful banking 
houses generally referred to as the international bankers. The little coterie of powerful international 
bankers virtually run the United States government for their own selfish purposes. They practically 
control both parties, write political platforms, make catspaws of party leaders, use the leading men of 
private organizations, and resort to every device to place in nomination for high public office only such 
candidates as will be amenable to the dictates of corrupt big business. These international bankers and 
Rockefeller-Standard Oil interests control the majority of the newspapers and magazines in this country. 
They use the columns of these papers to club into submission or drive out of office public officials who 
refuse to do the bidding of the powerful corrupt cliques which compose the invisible government. It 
operates under cover of a self-created screen [and] seizes our executive officers, legislative bodies, 
schools, courts, newspapers and every agency created for the public protection. " — JOHN F. HYLAN 

(1868-1936) New York City Mayor 

-4n 2009 we have two governments: 1. Our JVe, the People ' Constitutional government of by and for 

the people where supposedly our governmental powers are exercised for us by our elected 
representatives. 2. A government by a private dictatorship of 12 bankers which creates our money, 
regulates the amount in circulation and interest rate at which money shall be loaned to us, to businesses 
and to our government, whose sole legal obligation is to make profit for themselves. These private 
bankers have complete control over our government, our economy, and our well being. They can 
refuse to finance reforms and programs enacted by our constitutional government. They provide 
financing for the re-election of those who favor it as well as those who oppose it. That way, they j>wn ' 
both sides. To ensure maximum private profit, we can get health coverage for everyone only if it we pay 
31 cents of every health care dollar for interest on loans, exorbitant profits to HMO 's and CEO salaries 
and bonuses. It is they who fought against a Single Payer health coverage financed by the government 
by progressive income taxes. They are responsible to no one. They are appointed every 12 years by the 

13 



then sitting President on staggered terms. The law compels that the appointees be selected from a pool 
of bankers, no one represents the interests of we, the People. The Federal Reserve cannot be audited by 
Congress hence we cannot be privy to their actual profits. By increasing the amount of money in 
circulation, they cause infiation and conversely, by decreasing the amount in circulation, they create 
recessions leaving millions jobless. They create the bubbles and depressions thus showing anyone who 
opposes them, who is the real boss. " — DOUG PAGE 

dissindentvoice.org March 28th, 2009 

Our country is in jeopardy. Our way of life is in jeopardy. Our middle class is slowly being exterminated - relegated to 
a newly created poverty class. And that, friends, is by design. What we are now facing requires a complete 
transformation of the banking industry and Wall Street. After that, our judicial system and educational system must 
follow, for they too no longer serve the highest good as our forefathers intended. 

We, the People, the unsuspecting American citizens must let our voices be heard, for We, the People are backed by our 
Constitution and legislators who have taken a solemn oath to defend that Constitution. But they can only represent us if 
we speak up. For when we demand a return to a government-based currency as outlined in our Constitution, lives now 
filled with pain, anguish and suffering will end, and a new age of truth, integrity, and prosperity will begin. 

— A^o Congress, no President has been strong enough to stand up to the foreign-controlled Federal 
Reserve Bank. Yet there is a catch - one that President Kennedy recognized before he was slain - the 
original deal in 1913 creating the Federal Reserve Bank had a simple backout clause. The investors 
loaned the United States Government $1 billion. And the backout clause allows the United States to buy 
out the system for that $1 billion. If the Federal Reserve Bank were demolished and the Congress of the 
United States took control of the currency, as required in the Constitution, the National Debt would 
virtually end overnight, and the need for more taxes and even the income tax, itself. Thomas Jefferson 
was concise in his early warning to the American nation, Jf the American people ever allow private 
banks to control the issuance of their currency, first by infiation and then by deflation, the banks and 
corporations that will grow up around them will deprive the people of all their property until their 
children will wake up homeless on the continent their fathers conquered. "' — HAFIFIY V. MAFITIN 

FreeAmerica 1995 

—A small body of determined spirits fed by an unquenchable faith in their mission can alter the course of 
history. " — MOHANDAS KAR.AMCHAND GANDHI (1869-1948) 

Political and spiritual leader of India who pioneered resistance to tyranny through mass civil disobedience, a philosophy firmly founded upon total 
nonviolence. 

— f hold it that a little rebellion now and then is a good thing, and as necessary in the political world as 
storms in the physical. " - THOMAS JEFFER.SON 

— ? was asked - but there no words. . . JVhat had I done to benefit or advance the human race? " 

— SOGYAL R.1NPOCHE (1947-) 

a Tibetan Dzogchen Lama -The Tibetan Book of Living and Dying 

"This country, with its institutions, belongs to the people who inhabit it. Whenever they shall grow 
weary of the existing government, they can exercise their constitutional right of amending it, or their 
revolutionary right to dismember or overthrow it. " — ABRAHAM LINCOLN, First Inaugural 

—Power concedes nothing without demand. " — FREDERICK DOUGLASS (I8I8 - 1895) 

-4t does not require a majority to prevail, but rather an irate, tireless minority keen to set brush fires in 
people 's minds. " — SAMUEL ADAMS 



14 



— Se the change you want to see in the world. " 



— MAHATMA GANDHI 



In Clinton's acceptance speech in the 1992 Democratic National Convention, he stated: 

—As a teenager, I heard John Kennedy 's summons to citizenship. And then, as a student at Georgetown, 
I heard that call clarified by a professor named Carroll Quigley, who said to us that America was the 
greatest Nation in history because our people had always believed in two things - that tomorrow can be 
better than today and that every one of us has a personal moral responsibility to make it so. " 

-Perhaps it is historically true that no order of society ever perishes, save by its own hand. " 

— JOHN MAYNAB.D KEYNES 

(1883-1946) British economist 1919- Economic Consequences of Peace Chapter VI, pg.238 

—We hold these truths to be self evident, that all men are created equal, that they are endowed by their 
Creator with certain unalienable Rights, that among these are Life, Liberty, and the pursuit of 
Happiness. That to secure these rights, Governments are instituted among Men, deriving their just 
powers from the consent of the governed. That whenever any Form of Government becomes destructive 

of these ends, it is the Right of the People to alter or to abolish it, and to institute new Government, 
laying its foundation on such principles and organizing its powers in such form, as to them shall seem 
most likely to affect their Safety and Happiness. " — ^THOA4AS JEFFERSON (1743-1826) 

American Declaration of Independence 

The Tenth Amendment in the Bill of Rights: Powers of States and people: The powers not delegated to 
the United States by the Constitution, nor prohibited by it to the States, are reserved to the States 
respectively, or to the people. 

Cunningly, the Banksters have manipulated the -system" and stacked the cards against We, the People in the most 
devious ways you can possibly imagine to ensure their power. How have they gotten away with this sinister plot? By 
owning and controlling the media. This guarantees that We, the People, hear only that which they want us to hear. 

You will soon learn that many courageous people spanning hundreds of years have discovered this treachery and did 
everything they could to warn us but their voices were overpowered by the Bankster-owned media which made sure 
that no one learned what was really happening in our country. However, now that we have the Internet and search 
engines at our disposal, we have the ability to uncover this insidious truth - that is until they seize control of the Internet 
for that is indeed their intention. They are now actively seeking a -Cyber Czar" to monitor the Internet under the guise 
of 4eeeping us safe." 

We, the People, have a short window of opportunity to reclaim our country, reestablish our middle-class and assist the 
least fortunate among us out of the prisons of poverty they have been held captive in. Will you heed this call and join 
the growing number of Americans who are ^ad as hell and will not take it anymore" so we can live life as it was 
meant to be lived; in joy? If we fail to act, we may soon be living in unthinkable terror like our brothers and sisters who 
are now living in — Mirier City"... 

MURDER CITY 

—You assist an evil system most effectively by obeying its orders and decrees. An evil system never 
deserves such allegiance. Allegiance to it means partaking of the evil. A good person will resist an evil 
system with his or her whole soul. " — MAHATA4A GANDHI (1869-1948) 

-Problems neglected become acute, threaten to become unmanageable and demand remedy. ..a 
detonating issue - some problem growing in magnitude and menace and beyond the market 's invisible 
hand to solve - at last leads to a breakthrough into a new political epoch. " 

—ARTHUR M. SCHLESINGER (1917-2007) 

The Cycles of American History 

15 



Across the Rio Grande River from El Paso, Texas lies a Mexican city named Juarez with a population of 1 .5 million. 
This city is now known as Murder City" because Juarez has been the epicenter of a drug war having suffered 7540 
murders since 2007 with more than 3,000 in 2010! Why hasn't the government intervened and stopped this genocide? 
For years the drug trade was tolerated because the Mexican government was exceedingly corrupt and the common 
citizens felt powerless to do anything. Their inability to act allowed a seed of evil to grow to such a significant degree 
that murder and fear now dominates life in Juarez, making it far more difficult to eradicate. 

As we peel back yet another layer on our onion of life, we learn that this too is by design. The driving force of life is 
evolution, including the evolution of the consciousness of humanity. Typically evolution occurs through painful 

circumstances where we encounter a problem which eventually impels us to take action. If we ignore the problem, it 
will become bigger and bigger until it becomes so large and menacing, we are then forced to deal with it. This is a 
fundamental tenet of the evolutionary process and one we should be mindful of sooner rather than later. Albert Einstein 
explains: 

-Problems cannot be solved at the same level of awareness that created them. " 

When we attempt to resolve a problem, we have two options. Option one employs our old method of solving problems 
through force and power which will invariably lead to a repetition of that cycle with increasing intensity until we learn 
that this methodology is ineffective. 

Option two demands that we examine our past, acknowledge which strategies did not provide long lasting solutions, get 
out of our _box' and seek a new solution. Einstein has revealed that our solutions lie at the next level of awareness - 
thus driving the evolution of consciousness. 

hi America, We, the People are facing an even more insidious problem than our brothers and sisters in Mexico. Unless 
we choose to resolve this problem, we too will soon be cowering in our homes deprived of our freedoms as they now 
do in Juarez. The question is: are we capable of transcending our political views to save the democracy we thought we 
were living in? Will we get off the couch, turn off the TV, stop complaining, blaming and help to make a difference? 
The choice we now make, or fail to make, will result in the future we are now creating. 

-People who shut their eyes to reality simply invite their own destruction. " — JAMES BALDWIN (i924-i987) 

—The world is a dangerous place to live; not because of the people who are evil, but because of the 
people who don't do anything about it. " — ALBEFIT EINSTEIN (1879-1955) 

Theoretical physicist, philosopher and author widely regarded as one of the most influential and best known scientists and intellectuals of all time. A 
German-Swiss Nobel laureate, he is often regarded as the father of modem physics, receiving the 1921 Nobel Prize in Physics. 

-^one are so hopelessly enslaved as those who falsely believe they are free. " — VON GOETHE (1749-1832) 

—Americans continue to suffer from a notoriously short attention span. They get mad as Hades with 
reasonable frequency, but quickly return to their families and sitcoms. Meanwhile, the corporate lobbies 

stay right where they are, outlasting all the populist hysteria. " — ERIC ALTERMAN (i960) 

Distinguished Professor of English, Brooklyn College, City University of New York, and Professor of Journalism at the CUNY Graduate School of 
JoumaUsm. 

—So long as the people do not care to exercise their freedom, those who wish to tyrannize will do so; for 
tyrants are active and ardent, and will devote themselves in the name of any number of gods, religious 
and otherwise, to put shackles upon sleeping men. " — VOLTAIRINE DE CLEYRE (I866-1912) 

—ft is difficult to free fools from the chains they revere. " — VOLTAIRE (i694-i778) 



16 



— ^ once [the people] become inattentive to the public affairs, you and I, and Congress and Assemblies, 
Judges and Governors, shall all become wolves. It seems to be the law of our general nature, in spite of 
individual exceptions. " — THOMAS JEFFER.SON (1743-1826) 

third President of the United States (1801-1809) and principal author of the Declaration of Independence 

-^you see injustice and say nothing, you have taken the side of the oppressor. " — DESMOND TUTU (1931-) 

South African activist and Christian cleric who rose to worldwide fame during the 1980s as an opponent of apartheid. 

—All tyranny needs to gain a foothold is for people of good conscience to remain silent. " 

— THOMAS JEFFER.SON (1743 - 1826) 

— Tb tyranny of a prince in an oligarchy is not so dangerous to the public welfare as the apathy of a 
citizen in a democracy. " — CHARLES DE MONTESQUIEU (I689-1755) 

French Politician and Philosopher 

—Unless we change direction, we are likely to end up where we are headed. " — CHINESE PROVERB 

-^ach measure is passed without great trouble or violent public opposition because the average man 
does not see at the time, how it can possibly affect his own existence - the only thing he is really 
interested in. Then, one day, he awakens suddenly to realize all his rights and liberties are gone. " 

— AYN RAND (1905-1982) 

Russian-American novelist, philosopher, playwright, & screenwriter known for two novels and developing a philosophical system called Objectivism 



—When Hitler came for the Jews... I was not a Jew, therefore, I was not concerned. And when Hitler 

attacked the Catholics, I was not a Catholic, and therefore, I was not concerned. And when Hitler 

attacked the unions and the industrialists, I was not a member of the unions and I was not concerned. 

Then, Hitler attacked me and the Protestant church — and there was nobody left to be concerned. " 

— PASTOR MARTIN NIEMOLLER 
Congressional Record, October 14, 1968, vol. 114, p. 31636 

-^ye love wealth greater than liberty, the tranquility of servitude greater than the animating contest for 
freedom, go home from us in peace. We seek not your counsel, nor your arms. Crouch down and lick 
the hand that feeds you; May your chains set lightly upon you, and may posterity forget that ye were our 
countrymen. " — SAMUEL ADAMS 

(1722-1803) American statesman, political philosopher, and one of the Founding Fathers of the United States 

-There comes a time when your silence become betrayal. " — MARTIN LUTHER KING JR (1929-1968) 



THE BIG LIE 



—The great mass of people ... will more easily fall victim to a big lie than to a small one. What luck for 
rulers that men do not think. " — ADOLE HITLER (i889 -1945) 

—Only the small secrets need to be protected. The big ones are kept secret by public incredulity. " 

— MARSHALL MCLUHAN (I9ii-1980) 
—ft is the absolute right of the State to supervise the formation of public opinion... If you tell a lie big 
enough and keep repeating it, people will eventually come to believe it. The lie can be maintained only 
for such time as the State can shield the people from the political, economic and/or military 
consequences of the lie. It thus becomes vitally important for the State to use all of its powers to repress 
dissent, for the truth is the mortal enemy of the lie, and thus by extension, the truth is the greatest enemy 
of the State. " — DR. JOSEPH GOEBBELS (1897-1945) 

Hitler's propaganda minister 



17 



-Experience hath shown, that even under the best form (of government) those entrusted with power 
have, in time, and by slow operations, perverted it into tyranny. " — THOMAS JEFFERSON (1743 - 1826) 

—One of the saddest lessons of history is this: If we 've been bamboozled long enough, we tend to reject 
any evidence of the bamboozle. We 're no longer interested in finding out the truth. The bamboozle has 
captured us. It is simply too painful to acknowledge - even to ourselves - that we 've been so credulous. " 

— CARL SAGAN (1934-1996) 
American astronomer, astrophysicist, author, cosmologist, and highly successful popularizer of astronomy, astrophysics 

—The Matrix is a system, Neo. That system is our enemy, and when you 're inside and look around, what 
do you see? Businessmen, Teachers, Lawyers, Carpenters, the very minds of the people we are trying to 
save. But until we do, these people are still a part of that system and that makes them our enemy. You 
have to understand: most of these people are not ready to be unplugged, and many of them are so 
inured, so hopelessly dependent on the system, that they will fight to protect it. " — MORPHEUS 

The Matrix fi\m 1999 

—¥es, our regulatory agencies are incompetent. But they are incompetent by design. " 

— DAVID GOLDSTEIN 

Huffington Post - Poison for Profit, July 2007 The Nation Blog 

—A truth 's initial commotion is directly proportional to how deeply the lie was believed. It wasn 't the 
world being round that agitated people but that the world wasn 't flat. When a well-packaged web of lies 
has been sold gradually to the masses over generations, the truth will seem utterly preposterous and its 
speaker a raving lunatic. " — DRESDEN JAMLS (1931-2008) 

Donald James Wheal a British noveUst and scriptwriter who wrote under different pseudonyms, among them Donald James and Thomas Dresden 



WE (THE CONGRESS) ARE OWNED BY THE BANKING INDUSTRY" 

ANYONE CARE? 



-The history of the last century shows ...that the advice given to governments by bankers. ..was 
consistently good for bankers, but was often disastrous for governments, businessmen, and the people 
generally. Such advice could be enforced if necessary by manipulation of exchanges, gold flows, 
discount rates, and even levels of business activity. " — PROFESSOR CARROLL QUIGLEY 

Tragedy and Hope pg 62 

-banking was conceived in iniquity and was bom in sin. The Bankers own the earth. Take it away from 
them, but leave them the power to create deposits, and with the flick of the pen they will create enough 
deposits to buy it back again. However, take it away from them and all the great fortunes like mine (he was 
the second richest man in Britain) wHl disappear and they ought to disappear, for this would be a happier and 
better world to live in. But, if you wish to remain the slaves of Bankers and pay the cost of your own 
slavery, let them continue to create deposits. " — R JOSIAH STAMP (I880 - 1941) 

Govemor of Bank of England 1 920s. Quote from an address at the University of Texas in 1 927 



Rep. Louis T. McFadden, chairman of the House Banking and Currency Committee throughout the 1920-30's was a 
thorn in the side of the Banksters and after three attempts to assassinate him failed, he lost his life at the age of 60 
through an alleged ^testinal disorder." 

-Every effort has been made by the Federal Reserve Board to conceal its powers, but the truth is ... the 
Federal Reserve System has usurped the government. It controls everything here (Congress) and it 
controls all our foreign relations. It makes and breaks governments at will. " — LOUIS MCFADDEN 

D-PA 1876-1936 ex-Chairman of the House Committee on Banking and Currency 



18 



-The real truth of the matter is, as you and I know, that a financial element in the large centers has 
owned the government of the U.S. since the days of Andrew Jackson. " — FRANKLIN D. ROOSEVELT 

32°'' president of the us 1933-1945 (1882-1945) 
Letter to Col. Edward Mandell House (1933); as quoted in F.D.R.: His Personal Letters, 1928-1945 pg. 373. 

—The international bankers swept statesmen, politicians, journalists and jurists all to one side and 
issued their order with the imperiousness of absolute monarchs. " — LLOYD GEORGE (I863-1945) 

Former British Prime Minster 

—ft is well enough that the people of this nation do not understand our banking and monetary system, for 
if they did, I believe there would be a revolution before tomorrow morning. " — HENRY FORD (i 863-1947) 

—All the perplexities, confusion and distress in America arise, not from the defects of the Constitution or 
confederation, not from want of honour or virtue, so much as from the downright ignorance of the 
nation, of coin, credit and circulation. " — PRESIDENT JOHN ADAMS (1735-1826) 

2nd President of the USA 

—Banks have done more injury to the religion, morality, tranquility, prosperity, and even wealth of the 
nation than they can have done or ever will do good. " — PRESIDENT JOHN ADAMS (1735-1826) 

2nd President of the USA 

— Qr national circulating medium is now at the mercy of loan transactions of banks, which lend, not 
money, but promises to supply money they do not possess. " — IRVING FISHER 

(1867-1947) American economist 

—ft must be realized that whoever controls the volume of money in any country is absolutely master of 
all industry and commerce. And when you realise that the entire system is very easily controlled, one 
way or another, by a few powerful men at the top, you will not have to be told how periods of inflation 
and depression originate. " — PRESIDENT JAMES GARFIELD 

(1831-1881) 20th President of the United States 

—A few who can understand the system will either be so interested in its profits, or so dependent on its 
favors, that there will be no opposition from that class, while on the other hand, the great body of the 
people mentally incapable of comprehending the tremendous advantage that capital derives from the 
system, will bear it's burdens without complaint, and perhaps without even suspecting that the system is 
inimical to their interests. " — ROTHSCHILD BROTHERS OF LONDON 

—..some of those who do understand the workings of our monetary system seem to feel they are in 

possession of secrets which cannot be safely revealed to the public For this reason, it has been 

traditional for bankers and other private managers of money to cloak the working of the money system 

with a mantle of secrecy These officials seem very partial to the turns of phrase that imply that the 

supply of money — and interest rates — are subject to powerful economic laws over which men have no 

control. " — CONGRESSMAN V^RIGHT PATMAN (1893-1976) 

chair of the United States House Committee on Banking and Currency (1965-75) 

—fiver since the founding of the Federal Reserve, consistent efforts have been made by conservatives of 
both houses of Congress to have their leaders put a stop to the Fed and to the dark forces behind it. With 
the passing of each decade, there was at least one valiant attempt to expose the already well known 
conspiracy. " — GLINTHCR K. RLISSBACHER 

Navy Captain and veteran of the Office of Naval Intelligence, attached to the Central Intelligence Agency 

-^aws are no longer made by a rational process of public discussion; they are made by a process of 
blackmail and intimidation, and they are executed in the same manner... It is the aim of the Bill of Rights 
to set a limitation upon the (power of the lawmakers) to harry and oppress us to their own private profit. 



19 



The Fathers, in framing it, did not have powerful minorities in mind; what they sought to hobble was 
simply the majority. But that is a detail. The important thing is that the Bill of Rights sets forth, in the 
plainest of plain language, the limits beyond which even legislatures may not go. The Supreme Court, in 
Marbury v. Madison, decided that it was bound to execute that intent, and for a hundred years that 
doctrine remained the comer-stone of American constitutional law. " — H. L. MENCKEN (I880-1956) 

The American Mercury (May 1930) 

-The world is governed by very different personages from what is imagined by those who are not behind 
the scenes. " — PR.IME MINISTER. BENJAMIN DISR.AELI OF ENGLAND, (i804-i88i) 1844 

-4dost Americans have no real understanding of the operation of the international money lenders... The 
accounts of the Federal Reserve System have never been audited. It operates outside the control of 
Congress and... manipulates the credit of the United States. " 

— SENATOR BARRY GOLDWATER (1909-1998) R-AZ 

-The real rulers in Washington are invisible and exercise their power from behind the scenes." 

—JUSTICE FELIX FRANKFURTER (1882-1965) 

U.S. Supreme Court 

—Our great industrial nation is controlled by its system of credit. Our system of credit is privately 
concentrated. The growth of the nation, therefore, and all our activities are in the hands of a few 
men... who necessarily by very reason of their own limitations, chill and check and destroy genuine 
economic freedom. " — PRESIDENT WOODROW WILSON (1856-1924) 

— fi'very man you meet in this House, or out of it, with some rare exceptions, is either a stockholder, 
president, cashier, clerk or door keeper, runner, engraver, paper-maker, or mechanic in some other way 
to a bank. However great the will of their conduct might be, there were very few who dared to speak 
truth to this mammoth; the banks were so linked together with the business of the world that there were 
very few men exempt from their influence. " —JOHN RANDOLPH (i773-i833) 

Congressman and Senator from 1799-1833 

In 1933, Vice-President John Garner, when referring to the international bankers, said: "You see, 
gentlemen, who owns the United States. " 



On May 14, 2009 Illinois Senator Dick Durbin forthrightly proclaimed the same truth: —iVe (the Congress) are owned 
by the banking industry. " At that time. Senator Durbin was engaged in a battle with the banks to line up 60 votes for 
bankruptcy reform in light of the foreclosure crisis but met with fierce opposition. 

-The banks, hard to believe in a time when we're facing a banking crisis that many of the banks 
created, are still the most powerful lobby on Capitol Hill. And they frankly own the place. " 

Did anyone take notice? Does anyone care? 

The necessity for reform became blindingly conspicuous the week of October 8, 2010, when a last minute bill was 
clandestinely given to members of Congress just before the fall recess. This bill would have allowed banks to cover up 
the fraud they had perpetrated on loan documents in their haste to make more money and allow the violations of law 
they so brazenly committed, to be deemed lawful. Remarkably, at a time when the polarity between parties has never 
been more acute, no debate was conducted and EVERY senator magically voted yes to this bill! That alone raises 
suspicion... Serendipitously, an _angel' intervened and warned President Obama of this deception and much to the 
consternation of the banking industry, he vetoed it! But this coup is only the tip of a much greater iceberg replete with 
rampant fraud committed by the banks and Wall Street for they truly own our government and we want it back! 

—Wall Street's plan to rescue itself is a covert class war by the top 1% against the rest of us. Wall Street 
seeks to solve the problem of the huge public debt to China by inflating the dollar so that each of our 



20 



dollars buys less and less. This will put us into poverty. China is well aware of this Wall Street strategy 
which involves cheating China also. China would be repaid with inflated dollars that will buy less and 
less. Strangely enough, we have a common interest with China in stopping this sly anti-social Wall 
Street scheme. " — DOUGLAS R. PAGE 

March 28th, 2009 Retired union lawyer 

According to statistics available in March 20 11, the Federal Reserve will have increased the monetary supply from 
$800 billion in 2008 to $3.8 trillion by the end of the summer of 201 1 . That is a 475% increase in the money supply 
which unequivocally will lead to the devaluation of the dollar and significant inflation - a strategy employed many 
times in the past you will soon discover in the next section: History Through the Prism of Money. The Banksters have 
manipulated our monetary system in this same manner for over 200 years, artificially creating boom/bust cycles to 
control We, the People as our vast numbers are far easier to control when we are in survival-mode! 

Our government can be likened to a large corporation, and our President, Republican or Democrat, as the CEO. This 
corporation is controlled by a board of directors, namely the Banksters. Members of Congress can be likened to 
-customer service representatives" who have the job of answering to We, the People, in the manner the corporate board 
dictates. 

-^ind out just what the people will submit to and you have found out the exact amount of injustice and 
wrong which will be imposed upon them; and these will continue until they are resisted with either 
words or blows, or with both. The limits of tyrants are prescribed by the endurance of those whom they 
oppress. " — FREDERICK DOUGLASS 

Civil rights activist, Aug. 4, 1857 

-Political corruption begins with every voter who votes his pocketbook instead of for what's good for 
the country. There is little difference between the selling of his vote by an elected official and the selling 
of his vote by a voter, to whatever candidate promises him some benefit. " — JON ROLAND 

speech during his campaign for Congress, 1974 

This deception can only continue if We, the People allow it to, for our Constitution eclipses all laws which do not align 
with it and what the Banksters are now getting away with, violates our Constitution. We, the People are told that we 
must follow the law or we will suffer grave consequences, such as repossessing our homes - our largest assets, after we 
have lost our jobs and can no longer make payments. Don't you find it interesting that the law doesn't seem to apply to 
the banking industry, nor to Wall Street? The 1% who rule Wall Street are now far more powerful than the 99% who 
live on Main Street... Why? 

HE WHO HAS THE GOLD MAKES THE RULES 

—On the third Wednesday of every month, the nine members of an elite Wall Street society gather in 
Midtown Manhattan. The men share a common goal: to protect the interests of big banks in the vast 
market for derivatives, one of the most profitable — and controversial — fields in finance. They also 
share a common secret: The details of their meetings, even their identities, have been strictly 
confidential. Drawn from giants like JPMorgan Chase, Goldman Sachs and Morgan Stanley, the 
bankers form a powerful committee that helps oversee trading in derivatives, instruments which, like 
insurance, are used to hedge risk. In theory, this group exists to safeguard the integrity of the 
multitrillion-dollar market. In practice, it defends the dominance of the big banks. The banks in this 
group, which is affiliated with a new derivatives clearinghouse, have fought to block other banks from 
entering the market, and they are also trying to thwart efforts to make full information on prices and 
fees freely available. — LOUISL STORY 

A Secretive Banking Elite Rules Trading in Derivatives NY TIMES December 11,2010 



21 



—fVe fix the price of gold and silver to make them valuable or not. " — J.P. MORGAN(i837-i9i3)inaiettertohisson 



— ? am afraid that ordinary citizens will not like to be told that the banks can, and do, create and destroy 
money; and they who control the credit of the nation direct the policy of governments and hold in the 
hollow of their hands the destiny of the people. " — R.EG1NALD MCKENNA (i863 - 1943) 

then Chairman of Midland Bank, London 

— f care not what puppet is placed upon the throne of England to rule the Empire on which the sun never 
sets. The man that controls Britain's money supply controls the British Empire, and I control the British 
money supply. " — BARON NATHAN MAYER ROTHSCHILD (1840 -1915) 

-^ost Americans would object if they knew. The Federal Reserve is the largest single creditor of the 
United States Government, and they are also the people who decide how much the average persons car 
payments are going to be, what their house payments are going to be, and whether they have a job or 
not. The three people who passed the Federal Reserve Act in 1913, knew exactly what they were doing 
when they set up this private bank, modeled on the Bank of England and the fact that The Bank of 
England had been operating independently unopposed since 1694 must have given them a great deal of 
confidence. " — SENATOR BARRY GOLDWATER (1909-1998) r-az 

When Nelson A. Rockefeller was questioned by Congress prior to his installment to a government 
appointment, he was asked, -^ow much money did you make last year?" Rockefeller answered, —$650 
million. " —And how much Income Tax did you pay on that? " they asked. His reply? -Nothing. " 

-^am myself persuaded, on the basis of extensive study of the historical evidence, that... the severity of 
each of the contractions - 1920-21, 1929-33, and 1937-38 - is directly attributable to acts of commission 
and omission by the Reserve authorities and would not have occurred under earlier monetary and 
banking arrangements. " — MILTON ERIEDMAN (1912 - 2006) 

Nobel Prize wirming economist 

-Those who formally rule take their signals and commands not from the electorate as a body, but from a 
small group of men. This group will be called the Establishment. It exists even though that existence is 
stoutly denied. It is one of the secrets of the American social order... A second secret is the fact that the 
existence of the Establishment - the ruling class - is not supposed to be discussed. " — ^ARTHUR S. MILLER 

Playright 



—A central bank would be an engine of irresistible power in the hands of any administration; that it 
would be in politics and finance what the celebrated proposition of Archimedes was in physics - a place, 
the fulcrum from which, at the will of the Executive, the whole nation could be huffed to destruction, or 
managed in any way, at his will and discretion. The bank would serve as a broken crutch: it would tend, 
instead of remedying the evil, to aggravate it. " —JOHN RANDOLPH (1773-1833) 

Congressman and Senator from 1799-1833 

—Since Senator Wright Patman authored his J'rimer on Money' in 1964 the powers and activities of 
banks have compounded the wealth generated for the bankers and their shareholders. This is due to de- 
regulation, relaxed regulation, and the repeal of the Glass -Steagall Act so as to permit banks to venture 
outside mere money lending. Banks could now invest in new ventures, invest in the stock and futures 
markets, in hedge funds, in various collateralized debt obligations, all with the sole legal imperative that 
they make profit for their shareholders. They had no legal obligation to serve the public interest. While 
it lasted, this bubble made bank shareholders very wealthy. This tiny group of wealthy individuals uses 
its wealth to enhance its political power over elected officials. As we see from recent Bail Out events, 
this power over our government has become dominant. The powers of our government have been 
captured and used solely to benefit this tiny group, the top l%of the wealthiest people in our nation. " 

— DOUGLAS R. PAGE 

March 28th, 2009 - Patman was chair of the United States House Committee on Banking and Currency (1965-75) (http://sonofafarmer.com/pdf/ 
Patman_PrimerOnMoney.pdf) 

22 



-4n a small Swiss city sits an international organization so obscure and secretive.... Control of the 
institution, the Bank for International Settlements, lies with some of the world's most powerful and least 
visible men: the heads of 32 central banks, officials able to shift billions of dollars and alter the course 
of economies at the stroke of a pen. " — KEITH BR.ADSHER. 

reporter for The New York Times 

-The Trilateralist Commission is international... (and)... is intended to be the vehicle for multinational 
consolidation of the commercial and banking interests by seizing control of the political government of 
the United States. The Trilateralist Commission represents a skillful, coordinated effort to seize control 
and consolidate the four centers of power - political, monetary, intellectual, and ecclesiastical. " 

— SENATOR. BAB.B.Y GOLDWATER. (1909-1998) r-az 

— ^ however, a government refrains from regulations and allows matters to take their course, essential 
commodities soon attain a level of price out of the reach of all but the rich, the worthlessness of the 
money becomes apparent, and the fraud upon the public can be concealed no longer. " 

— JOHN MAYNAR.D KEYNES (1883-1946) 

British economist whose ideas have profoundly affected the economic policies of governments. 

\9l9-Economic Consequences of Peace 

—He who has his thumb on the purse has the power. " — OTTO VON BISMARK 

Chancellor of Germany 1876 



-According to William Guy Carr, in _Fttwns in the Game, ' the initial meeting of these ex-officio 
planners took place in Mayer Amschel Bauer's Goldsmith Shop in Frankfurt in 1773. Bauer, was only 
thirty years of age when he invited twelve other wealthy and influential men to meet him in Frankfurt. 
His purpose was to convince them that if they agreed to pool their resources they could then finance and 
control the World Revolutionary Movement and use it as their Manual of Action to win ultimate control 
of the wealth, natural resources, and manpower of the entire world. This agreement reached, Mayer 
unfolded his revolutionary plan. The project would he hacked by all the power that could be purchased 
with their pooled resources. By clever manipulation of their combined wealth it would be possible to 
create such adverse economic conditions that the masses would be reduced to a state bordering on 
starvation by unemployment... Their paid propagandists would arouse feelings of hatred and revenge 
against the ruling classes by exposing all real and alleged cases of extravagance, licentious conduct, 
injustice, oppression, and persecution. They would also invent infamies to bring into disrepute others 
who might, if left alone, interfere with their overall plans... Rothschild turned to a manuscript and 
proceeded to read a carefully prepared plan of action. 1. He argued that LAW was FORCE only in 
disguise. He reasoned it was logical to conclude the laws of nature right lies in force. ' 2. Political 
freedom is an idea, not a fact. In order to usurp political power all that was necessary was to preach 
J^iberalism ' so that the electorate, for the sake of an idea, would yield some of their power and 
prerogatives which the plotters could then gather into their own hands. 3. The speaker asserted that the 
Power of Gold had usurped the power of Liberal rulers.... He pointed out that it was immaterial to the 
success of his plan whether the established governments were destroyed by external or internal foes 
because the victor had to, of necessity, ask the aid of JZapitiV which J: entirely in our hands'. 4. He 
argued that the use of any and all means to reach their final goal was justified on the grounds that the 
ruler who governed by the moral code was not a skilled politician because he left himself vulnerable and 
in an unstable position. 5. He asserted that jOur right lies in force. The word RIGHT is an abstract 
thought and proves nothing. I find a new RIGHT... to attack by the Right of the Strong, to reconstruct all 
existing institutions, and to become the sovereign Lord of all those who left to us the Rights to their 
powers by laying them down to us in their liberalism. 6. The power of our resources must remain 
invisible until the very moment when it has gained such strength that no cunning or force can 
undermine it. He went on to outline twenty five points. Number 8 dealt with the use of alcoholic liquors, 
drugs, moral corruption, and all vice to systematically corrupt youth of all nations. 9. They had the 
right to seize property by any means, and without hesitation, if by doing so they secured submission and 



23 



sovereignty. 10. We were the first to put the slogans Liberty, Equality, and Fraternity into the mouths of 
the masses, which set up a new aristocracy. The qualification for this aristocracy is WEALTH which is 
dependent on us. 11. Wars should be directed so that the nations engaged on both sides should be 
further in our debt. 12. Candidates for public office should be servile and obedient to our commands, so 
that they may readily be used. 13. Propaganda— their combined wealth would control all outlets of 
public information. 14. Panics and financial depressions would ultimately result in World Government, 
a new order of one world government. " — EUSTACE MULLINS 

1950 The Secrets of The Federal Reserve citing William Guy Carr, Pawns In The Game, privately printed, 1956 

"The concentration of power in America is frightening." — OTTO VON HABSBUR.G 

(1912-) Crown Prince of Austria 

The Banksters found out early that when you control the money, you basically control everything else. So, the 
Banksters began to concentrate on tightening their grip on the financial structure of the world. 

THE RAPING OF AMERICA 

-The Founding Fathers of this great land had no difficulty whatsoever understanding the agenda of 
bankers, and they frequently referred to them and their kind as, quote, 'friends of paper money. ' They 
hated the Bank of England, in particular, and felt that even were we successful in winning our 
independence from England and King George, we could never truly be a nation of free men, unless we 
had an honest money system. Through ignorance, but moreover, because of apathy, a small, but 
wealthy, clique of power brokers have robbed us of our Rights and Liberties, and we are being raped of 
our wealth. We are paying the price for the near-comatose levels of complacency by our parents, and 
only God knows what might become of our children, should we not work diligently to shake this country 
from its slumber! Many a nation has lost its freedom at the end of a gun barrel, hut here in America, we 
just decided to hand it over voluntarily. Worse yet, we paid for the tyranny and usurpation out of our 
own pockets with voluntary ' tax contributions and the use of a debt-laden fiat currency! " 

— PETER. KEKSHAW 

Best-Selling Author 

—With his father's connection with the Astors, young Moses Taylor had no difficulty in finding a place as 
apprentice in a banking house at the age of 15. Like so many others, he found his greatest opportunities 
when many other Americans were going bankrupt during an abrupt contraction of credit. During the 
Panic of 1837, when more than half the business firms in New York failed, he doubled his fortune. In 
1855, he became president of City Bank. During the Panic of 1857, the City Bank profited by the failure 
of many of its competitors. Like George Peabody and Junius Morgan, Taylor seemed to have an ample 
supply of cash for buying up distressed stocks. He purchased nearly all the stock of Delaware 
Lackawanna Railroad for $5 a share. Seven years later, it was selling for $240 a share. Moses Taylor 
was now worth fifty million dollars. " — EUSTACE MULLINS 

1950 -Secrets of the Federal Reserve pg 65 

The Great Recession of 2007, one of many the Banksters have artificially created over the years, was caused by many 
factors: deregulation which they strong-armed Congress into giving them; the unscrupulous corrupt banking industry, 
and Wall Street. Rather than experiencing the consequences of their corrupt fraudulent actions, the Banksters have 
manipulated our government into bailing them out and protecting their cherished assets while We, the People, lose all 
we have worked our lives for. As a result, the wealthiest are now making even greater amounts of money than they 
were before the great recession - all at our expense! 

In the same bill championed by Senate Majority Whip Dick Durbin of Illinois to spare hundreds of thousands of 
anguished homeowners from foreclosure through bankruptcy, he stated: 



24 



-The banks that are too big to fail are saying that 8 million Americans facing foreclosure are too little 
to count in this economy. " 

If we are so inconsequential, then hand over the titles to our homes and write off the loss! The Banksters created the 
money out of thin air, and then had the audacity to charge us interest on that fake money, so they never had anything to 
begin with! They have and had absolutely nothing to lose! 

The most important provision of the bankruptcy reform bill which would have granted the authority for a bankruptcy 
judge to renegotiate mortgages, was opposed by the banks and consequently removed from the bill. However, a bill 
without such a provision wouldn't be reform at all. The banks stated that the passage of this bill —would encourage 
bankruptcy filings and spike interest rates. " Furthermore, they blackmailed our legislators stating: — ^ you force us to 
take more losses, we 're going to go out of business. " 

The reality is that they must go out of business. In order to transform a system which is not functioning as it was 
intended - to serve the highest good - the system must be dismantled; the core of corruption rooted out and the system 
rebuilt on the one and only litmus test: Does this new system align with our highest purpose, our Mission statement - 
the Constitution? 

If you were wondering why our new Health Care bill, a God-send for so many, was not all that it could have been, it is 
because... 

— S/g Pharma (Pharmaceutical Industry) Buys 111th Congress. Purchase Price: $1.4 million per day: 
June 29, 2009 - They say follow the money. And opensecrets.org has made all the wheeling and dealing 
that goes on more transparent than ever. They have a whole section dedicated to the money the health 
care industry has sunk into the pockets of Senators and Reps to buy the verdict on health care reform. It 
also tracks the movements of ex-congressional aides that have moved directly into lobbying spots and 
then back Congressional positions - the revolving door. It makes you realize that much of what is going 
on is not a debate. It's an auction. Votes go to the highest bidders." — TPM BLOG June 29, 2009 

in March 2009 TPM topped TIME Magazine's list of 25 Best Blogs of 2009 

We must reform the systems in our country which no longer serve the highest good which our Constitution intended. 
These corrupt infrastructures are broken and need reform. They promote immorality and are the systemic cause of the 
evil which flows through New York City and Washington. 

AMERICA FIRST 

— f realize that there are some businessmen who feel only they want to be left alone, that Government 
and politics are none of their affairs, that the balance sheet and profit rate of their own corporation are 
of more importance than the worldwide balance of power or the Nationwide rate of unemployment. But I 
hope it is not rushing the season to recall to you the passage from Dickens' "Christmas Carol" in which 
Ebenezer Scrooge is terrified by the ghosts of his former partner, Jacob Marley, and Scrooge, appalled 
by Mar ley's story of ceaseless wandering, cries out: _But you were always a good man of business, 
Jacob. ' And the ghost of Marley, his legs bound by a chain of ledger books and cash boxes, replied, 
Justness? Mankind was my business. The common welfare was my business. Charity, mercy, 
forbearance and benevolence were all my business. The dealings of my trade were but a drop of water 
in the comprehensive ocean of my business! ' Whether we work in the White House or the State House or 
in a house of industry or commerce, mankind is our business. And if we work in harmony, if we 
understand the problems of each other and the responsibilities that each of us bears, then surely the 
business of mankind will prosper. And your children and mine will move ahead in a more secure world, 
and one in which there is opportunity for them all. " — PFIESIDENT JOHN F. KENNEDY 

Florida Chamber of Commerce Speech, November 18th, 1963 



25 



— ...Corporations have been enthroned, and an era of corruption in high places will follow and the 
money power of the country will endeavor to prolong its reign by working upon the prejudices of the 
people until wealth is aggregated in a few hands and the republic is destroyed. I feel at this moment 
more anxiety for the safety of my country than ever before in the midst of the war. " — H.L MENCKEN 

(1880- 1956) 

-4n this serious hour in our Nation's history when we are confronted with grave crises in Berlin and 
Southeast Asia, when we are devoting our energies to economic recovery and stability, when we are 
asking reservists to leave their homes and their families for months on end and servicemen to risk their 
lives - and four were killed in the last two days in Viet Nam, and asking union members to hold down 
their wage requests at a time when restraint and sacrifice are being asked of every citizen, the American 
people will find it hard, as I do, to accept a situation in which a tiny handful of steel executives whose 
pursuit of private power and profit exceeds their sense of public responsibility can show such utter 
contempt for the interests of 185 million Americans. " — PRESIDENT JOHN F. KENNEDY 

News Conference April 1 1, 1962 

—When the accumulation of wealth is no longer of high social importance, there will be great changes in 
the code of morals. We shall be able to rid ourselves of many of the pseudo-moral principles which have 
hag-ridden us for two hundred years, by which we have exalted some of the most distasteful of human 
qualities into the position of the highest virtues. We shall be able to afford to dare to assess the money- 
motive at its true value. The love of money as a possession — as distinguished from the love of money as 
a means to the enjoyments and realities of life — will be recognised for what it is, a somewhat 
disgusting morbidity, one of those semi-criminal, semi-pathological propensities which one hands over 
with a shudder to the specialists in mental disease ... But beware! The time for all this is not yet. For at 
least another hundred years we must pretend to ourselves and to everyone that fair is foul and foul is 
fair; for foul is useful and fair is not. Avarice and usury and precaution must be our gods for a little 
longer still. For only they can lead us out of the tunnel of economic necessity into daylight. " 

— LORD JOHN MAYNARD KEYNES (1883-1946) 

British economist - quote irom "Keynes and the Ethics of Capitalism" by Robert Skidelsy 

— Sm^ those who desire to be rich fall into temptation, into a snare, into many senseless and harmful 
desires that plunge people into ruin and destruction. For the love of money is a root of all kinds of evils. 
It is through this craving that some have wandered away from the faith and pierced themselves with 
many pangs." — 1 TIMOTHY: 6 THE HOLY BIBLE 

-Nearly all men can stand adversity, but if you want to test a man's character, give him power. " 

—ABRAHAM LINCOLN 

The latest incarnation (2008-2011...) of the now deregulated Wall Street is decidedly anti-American. Corporations are 
self-serving entities accountable only to their stockholders and board of directors. They simply do not care about 
America, they can relocate to a country which serves their primary objective: Profit at any and all costs. Rather than 
feeling any responsibility to our country, they instead exploit every loophole they can to avoid paying any kind of taxes 
- Capitalism at its finest. 

America is unraveling at the seams because of capitalism. Capitalism serves the rich at the expense of the everyone 
else. The self-indulgent Banksters speak the praises of Capitalism for everyone but themselves. They look to We, the 
People to subsidize their greed; to bail them out - a perverse form of socialism for the wealthy. By paying their alleged 
4osses", We, the People allow them to maintain their stranglehold on America. A balance is needed between 
capitalism and socialism for it has become glaringly apparent that unbridled deregulated capitalism without integrity, 
ethics or moral conscience, destroys everj^hing in its path. It brazenly decimates the American dream and replaces it 
with an American tragedy. 

Before the current generation of degenerate narcissistic Wall Street CEO's entered the picture, all the large investment 
houses on Wall Street were run by CEO's who were partners." These men had experienced, directly or indirectly, a 



26 



soul-defining experience through the devastating Great Depression or World Wars which permitted them a more 
expansive perspective. Risks which resulted in losses were split by the partners thus discouraging employees from 
taking great risks for the wrath of the elders would certainly be upon them. 

In 1995 a sharp rise in the DOW industrial average indicated that something fundamental had changed. At that time, 
the elder CEO's of the investment houses had retired and these houses now became publicly traded corporations. With 
no real risk, the shareholders could easily be manipulated by the new breed in charge. A new lack of transparency and 
unaccountability encouraged deceit and emboldened the Banksters to pay themselves colossal wages and outlandish 
bonuses while simultaneously increasing their risk factor. To deter risk, there must be consequences, but in a climate of 
bailouts or too-big-to-fail the Banksters were given free reign to do as they pleased. 

"Where once the student was taught that the unexamined life was not worth living, he is now taught that 
the profitably lived life is not worth examining. " — BENJAMIN BARBER. 

political scientist and writer 

In 2004 Hank Paulsen, then CEO of Goldman Sachs, convinced the Securities and Exchange Commission which 
regulates securities transactions, to ease a rule which required them to maintain a percentage of capital on hand on a 
basis of 12 to 1 so the Banksters could earn even greater bonuses. The ever-obliging corrupt SEC allowed an exemption 
but only to the largest investment houses: Goldman Sachs, Bear Steams, Merrill Lynch, Lehman Brothers, and Morgan 
Stanley. These companies were given almost unlimited leverage of 40-50 to 1 and with it, their risk multiplied 
exponentially. For now if losses were incurred, the entire company could be wiped out - exactly what happened -by 
design" to Bear-Stearns at the height of the financial crisis. 

You will soon be able to -eonnect the dots" and see that this exemption was simply a step in a carefully crafted 
manipulation so that the latest Recession, which came to a head in September 2008, could enable the Banksters to 
harvest the assets of middle-class America. 

-4^et's talk financial regulation and the role that morality has to play in all this. There will never be 
enough regulations if Wall Street doesn't tap back into the notion that businessmen have responsibilities 
above and beyond the bottom line. There is a reason Adam Smith's free-market gospel, The Wealth of 
Nations, was preceded by his Theory of Moral Sentiments. He understood that economic freedom could 
not fiourish without a firm moral foundation. (All that seems to count now) is the bottom line. " 

— AB.IANNA HUFFINGTON 

Third World America: How Our Politicians Are Abandoning the Middle Class and Betraying the American Dream 

It seems as though Adam Smith had it right, for Chinese Prime Minister Wen Jiabao in a rare interview with the highly 
esteemed journalist Fareed Zecharia, also spoke of how Mr. Smith's books had infiuenced him: 

—We had one important thought: that socialism can practice market economy. Give full play to the basic 
role of market forces in allocating resources under the macro-economic guidance and regulation of the 
government. Ensure that both the visible hand and the invisible hand are given full play. " 

Prime Minister Wen Jiabao cited two books, circa 1776, by Adam Smith which inspired him." The Wealth of Nations: " 
which addresses the invisible hand of market forces; and -The Theory of Moral Sentiments: " which deals with social 
equity and justice, stressing the importance of the regulatory role of government. The prime minister agreed with 
Smith's ideas stating: 

most of the wealth in a country is concentrated in the hands of the few, the country can hardly have 
harmony and stability. " 

Our forefathers vigorously debated the potential consequences of each tenet they included in our Constitution to ensure 
that it worked for We, the People. Wall Street does not. It exists for one purpose: to make money for stockholders at 

27 



any and all costs, regardless of who or what is destroyed in the process. It promotes cost-cutting which leads to the 
annihilation of jobs. That then leads to the elimination of the middle-class while rewarding those at the top with 
stratospheric salaries further expanding the chasm between the 1% at the top and the 99% of the rest of us. 

Corporations represented on Wall Street have profit as their only objective, thus they are under enormous pressure to 
produce quarterly dividends. This encourages deceit, lies, cheating and fanciful accounting as companies scramble to 
show protitability when they near the end of a quarter. Hence, they falsify their earnings or -eook the books" in 
innumerable ways such as having clients sign ^ake" contracts to buy their products understanding they can always get 
out of this pretend -eontract." 

I recently met a retired accountant who worked for a fortune-500 insurance company. He told me that this company 
continually utilized -ereative accounting" to either make or lose money each quarter. I asked why the company would 
want to show a loss? His reply? Then they can raise insurance rates... 

We, the People are being swindled and manipulated from every direction. And all of this is by design... Unless these 
systems, the key infrastructures in America are reformed, the America that once was powerful will soon be nothing 
more than a fictitious dream which faded from memory when we awoke. Although reforming a monumental system 
may seem to be an enormous onerous task, it is not too late! Legitimate remedies are now being offered by some of the 
brightest minds in our country. 

Henry Ford was one of those past brilliant minds. Much to the chagrin of his corporate peers. Ford paid his workers 
three times the going wage in his factories. Why? The workers then had enough money to BUY his cars! He 
understood that if he paid the middle-class workers more money, they would spend it and business would then thrive! 

The basis of economics is supply and demand. If there is enough demand, supply must be ramped up to meet that 
demand. Hence companies grow and prosper, jobs are created and people spend their wages on all sorts of -stuff and 
all is well. Conversely, if people are unemployed, they have no disposable income, hence there is no demand and 
depression permeates life. 

Author Robert Reich expounded upon this premise in his new book —Aftershock. " If a great number of Americans are 
not working, demand falls and everyone suffers, including the rich. We are all interconnected. Like the ^pple-effect," 
that which affects one, affects all - sooner or later. 

-The heart of America's ongoing predicament... is to rebalance the American economy so that its 
benefits are shared more widely as they were decades before. " — ROBERT REICH 

Aftershock pg 4 

The deceit and greed which accompanies corrupt systems must end. It has become an addiction - an evil game for the 
rich who have -sold their souls to the Devil" in their desire to -outwit, outlast and outplay" their -opponents." Like the 
TV show -Undercover Boss," perhaps all corporate CEO's should be required to go -andercover" with their lowest- 
level employees, those who make the company work, and discover the truth of how their corporate decisions affect the 
lives of those who work for them. 

The Banksters, Wall Street, and Corporate America now have direct lines to Capitol Hill. They pay lobbyists millions 
of dollars to make their views known. And of course, they win. Their voices are louder than ours and they want to keep 
it that way. Do you want your voice to be heard? Do you care about America? Then it is time to do something. 

—America has been hijacked, not by Al-Qaeda , nor Osama Bin-Laden, but by a group of tyrants ready 
and willing to do whatever it takes to keep their stranglehold on this country. So what are we gonna do 
about it? " — DYLAN LOOSE CHANGE FORUM 

Let's now explore the strategies the Banksters now use to maintain their power and ensure their wealth. 



28 



DIVIDE AND CONQUER 



-4iuman society is and has been controlled and manipulated for millennia through the ancient strategy 
oj —divide and conquer. " Whether we are considering the Roman Empire from 2000 years ago or the 
now falling American Empire, the tactic is the same - keep the people divided in order to maintain 
control. This isn 't a notion of conspiracy - it is pattern of social conditioning and human survival as 
contrived from the social system and the mechanisms inherent in this —social game" we have invented. " 

—PETER. JOSEPH 
Zeitgeist, The Movie 2007 

-The social manipulation of society through the generation of fear and division has completely inhibited 
the culture. Religion, patriotism, race, wealth, class and every other form of arbitrary separatist 
identification and thus conceit has served to create a controlled population utterly malleable in the 

hands of the few. Divide and conquer is the motto... And as long as people continue to see themselves as 
separate from everything else they lend themselves to being completely enslaved. " — PETER. JOSEPH 

Zeitgeist, The Movie 2007 

-^ow, to balance the scale, I'd like to talk about some things that bring us together, things that point 
out our similarities instead of our differences. ^Cause that's all you ever hear about in this country! It's 
our differences! That 's all the media and the politicians are ever talking about! The things that separate 
us; things that make us different from one another. That's the way the ruling class operates in any 
society. They try to divide the rest of the people. They keep the lower and the middle classes fighting 
with each other so that they, the rich, can run off with all the. ..money! Fairly simple thing! Happens to 
work! You know anything different! That 's what they 're gonna talk about; race, religion, ethnic and 
national background, jobs, income, education, social status, sexuality, anything they can do, to keep us 
fighting with each other, so that they can keep going to the bank! " — GEORGE CARLIN 

(1937-2008) 

The Baaksters utilize a host deceptive manipulations, but one of their most effective strategies is -divide and conquer." 
The Banksters and Wall Street donate huge sums of money to both Republicans and Democrats. They don't care which 
party is in office for they pull the strings of both parties and get whatever they want. The reason such explosive divisive 
polarity exists today is because they instigated it. The Banksters create and then amplify controversial issues which 
evoke fear in many people. And then they pour fuel on that fire. They promote competition so we are untrusting of one 
another. Their strategy of Divide and Conquer allows them to distract and divert the attention of We, the People from 
their insidious agenda. 

-This truth is well known among our principal men now engaged in forming an imperialism of Capital 
to govern the world. By dividing the voters through the political party system, we can get them to expend 
their energies in fighting over questions of no importance. Thus by discreet action we can secure for 
ourselves what has been so well planned and so successfully accomplished. " — SIR DENISON MILLER 

(I860 - 1923) first governor of the Commonwealth Bank of Australia 

-The whole aim of practical politics is to keep the populace in a continual state of alarm (and hence 
clamorous to be led to safety) by menacing them with an endless series of hobgoblins, most of them 
imaginary. " — H. L. A/\ENCKEN (1880 - 1956) 

-The corrupt power establishment's biggest fear is the coming together of collective human intent for 
the good of society as a whole. In other words, governments know they can continue corrupt, self- 
serving practices as long as they successfully divide their population across politically exaggerated 
lines using race, religion, class, sexuality and the like. It is a tool to separate such groups - and keep 
them separated. " —PETER JOSEPH 

Zeitgeist, The Movie 2007 



29 



In an episode on -twilight Zone" something strange occurred in the middle of the night in a small town which 
awakened the population. A group gathered in the street and began to question one another as they attempted to identify 
what had occurred. This questioning escalated into accusations of suspicious behavior which then led to viciousness; 
similar to the political ads used today which destroy decency... As the camera panned farther and farther back, two 
beings observing these interactions commented: —See? We don 't have to do anything - they 'II destroy themselves. " 

Until We, the people. We, for whom our forefathers shed blood in the name of freedom, We, who hold the majority, 
take action and utilize the power of our voices; until we demand that our Constitution prevails, we will continue to be 
pawns in a game we will inevitably lose. It is high time that We, the People, recognize this unpleasant truth so that we 
can reestablish our inalienable rights: life, liberty and the pursuit of happiness. 

—The ultimate authority ... resides in the people alone... " — JAMES MADISON (i75i-i836) 

Fourth president of the US - Federalist Paper No. 46 

-Tf a nation values anything more than freedom, it will lose its freedom; and the irony of it is that if it is 
comfort or money that it values more, it will lose that too. " — W. S. MAUGHAM (i874-i965) 

—We must make our choice between economy and liberty, or profusion and servitude. If we can prevent 
the government from wasting the labors of the people under the pretense of caring for them, they will be 
happy. " — THOMAS JEFFER.SON 

—When the government fears the people, there is liberty. When the people fear the government, there is 
tyranny. " — THOM\S JEFFERSON 

-The subjugation of the Constitution is the root of all economic evils. " — JOHNNY SILVER BEAR 

The Nature of Money and our Monetary System, 2004 

— j^eople that values its privileges above its principles soon loses both. " 

— DWIGHTD. EISENHOWER ri 890 - 1969) 

34th president of the US 

And now for more alarming news. Were you aware that the United States had gone bankrupt? 

THE BANKRUPTCY OF THE UNITED STATES??? 

United States Congressional Record, March 17, 1993 Vol. 33, page H-1303 

Speaker-Rep. James Traficant, Jr. (Ohio) addressing the House of Representatives: 

"Mr. Speaker, we are here now in Chapter 11. Members of Congress are official trustees presiding over the greatest 
reorganization of any Bankrupt entity in world history, the U.S. Government. We are setting forth hopefully, a blueprint for our 
future. There are some who say it is a coroner's report that will lead to our demise. 

It is an established fact that the United States Federal Government has been dissolved by the Emergency Banking Act, March 9, 
1933, 48 Stat. 1, Public Law 89-719; declared by President Roosevelt, being bankrupt and insolvent. House Joint Resolution 
#192, 73rd Congress, in session June 5, 1933: Joint Resolution To Suspend The Gold Standard and Abrogate The Gold Clause 
dissolved the Sovereign Authority of the United States and the official capacities of all United States Governmental Offices, 
Officers, and Departments and is further evidence that the United States Federal Government exists today in name only. 

The receivers of the United States Bankruptcy are the International Bankers, via the United Nations, the World Bank and the 
International Monetary Fund. All United States Offices, Officials, and Departments are now operating within a de facto status 



30 



in name only under Emergency War Powers. With the Constitutional Republican form of Government now dissolved, the 
receivers of the Bankruptcy have adopted a new form of government for the United States. This new form of government is known 
as a Democracy, being an established Socialist/Communist order under a new governor for America. This act was instituted and 
established by transferring and/or placing the Office of the Secretary of Treasury to that of the Governor of the International 
Monetary Fund. Public Law 94-564, page 8, Section H.R. 13955 reads in part: "The U.S. Secretary of Treasury receives no 
compensation for representing the United States? ' 

Gold and silver were such a powerful form of money during the founding of the United States of America that the founding fathers 
declared that only gold or silver coins can be "money" in America. Since gold and silver coinage were heavy and inconvenient for 
a lot of transactions, they were stored in banks and a claim check was issued as a money substitute. People traded their coupons 
as money, or "currency. " Currency is not money, but a money substitute. Redeemable currency must promise to pay a dollar 
equivalent in gold or silver money. Federal Reserve Notes make no such promises, and are not "money. " A Federal Reserve Note 
is a debt obligation of the federal United States government, not "money. " The federal United States government and the U.S. 
Congress were not, and have never been, authorized by the Constitution for the United States of America to issue currency of any 
kind, but only lawful money - gold and silver coin. 

It is essential that we comprehend the distinction between real money and paper money substitute. One cannot get rich by 
accumulating money substitutes, one can only get deeper into debt. We, the People, no longer have any "money. " Most Americans 
have not been paid any "money" for a very long time, perhaps not in their entire life. Now do you comprehend why you feel 
broke? Now, do you understand why you are "bankrupt, " along with the rest of the country? 

Federal Reserve Notes are unsigned checks written on a closed account. Federal Reserve Notes are an infiatable paper system 
designed to create debt through inflation (devaluation of currency). Whenever there is an increase of the supply of a money 
substitute in the economy without a corresponding increase in the gold and silver backing, inflation occurs. 

Inflation is an invisible form of taxation that irresponsible governments inflict on their citizens. The Federal Reserve Bank who 
controls the supply and movement of Federal Reserve Notes has everybody fooled. They have access to an unlimited supply of 
Federal Reserve Notes, paying only for the printing costs of what they need. Federal Reserve Notes are nothing more than 
promissory notes for U.S. Treasury securities (T -Bills) - a promise to pay the debt to the Federal Reserve Bank. 

There is a fundamental difference between "paying" and "discharging" a debt. To pay a debt, you must pay with value or 
substance (i.e. gold, silver, barter or a commodity). With Federal Reserve Notes, you can only discharge a debt. You cannot pay a 
debt with a debt currency system. You cannot service a debt with a currency that has no backing in value or substance. No 
contract in Common law is valid unless it involves an exchange of "good & valuable consideration. " Unpayable debt transfers 
power and control to the sovereign power structure that has no interest in money, law, equity or justice because they have so 
much wealth already. Their lust is for power and control. Since the inception of central banking, they have controlled the fates of 
nations. 

The Federal Reserve System is based on the Canon law (th.s internal ecclesiastical law governing the Roman Catholic Church, the Eastern and Oriental 
Orthodox churches, and the Anglican Communion of churches.^ and the principles of Sovereignty protected in the Constitution and the Bill of 
Rights. In fact, the international bankers used a "Canon Law Trust" as their model, adding stock and naming it a "Joint Stock 
Trust. " The U.S. Congress had passed a law making it illegal for any legal "person" to duplicate a "Joint Stock Trust" in 1873. 
The Federal Reserve Act was legislated post-facto (to 1870), although post-facto laws are strictly forbidden by the Constitution. 
[1:9:3] 

The Federal Reserve System is a sovereign power structure separate and distinct from the federal United States government. The 
Federal Reserve is a maritime lender, and/or maritime insurance underwriter to the federal United States operating exclusively 
under Admiralty/Maritime law. The lender or underwriter bears the risks, and the Maritime law compelling specific performance 
in paying the interest, or premiums are the same. 

Assets of the debtor can also be hypothecated (to pledge something as a security without taking possession of it.j as security by the lender or 
underwriter. The Federal Reserve Act stipulated that the interest on the debt was to be paid in gold. There was no stipulation in 
the Federal Reserve Act for ever paying the principal. 

Prior to 1913, most Americans owned clear, allodial title to property, free and clear of any liens or mortgages until the Federal 
Reserve Act (1913) "Hypothecated" all property within the federal United States to the Board of Governors of the Federal 
Reserve, -in which the Trustees (stockholders) held legal title. The U.S. citizen (tenant, franchisee) was registered as a 
"beneficiary" of the trust via his/her birth certificate. In 1933, the federal United States hypothecated all of the present and future 

31 



properties, assets and labor of their "subjects, " the 14th Amendment U.S. citizen, to the Federal Reserve System. In return, the 
Federal Reserve System agreed to extend the federal United States corporation all the credit "money substitute" it needed. Like 
any other debtor, the federal United States government had to assign collateral and security to their creditors as a condition of 
the loan. Since the federal United States didn 't have any assets, they assigned the private property of their "economic slaves", the 
U.S. citizens as collateral against the unpayable federal debt. 

They also pledged the unincorporated federal territories, national parks forests, birth certificates, and nonprofit organizations, as 
collateral against the federal debt. All has already been transferred as payment to the international bankers. Unwittingly, 
America has returned to its pre-American Revolution feudal roots whereby all land is held by a sovereign and the common people 
had no rights to hold allodial title to property. 

Once again. We, the People are the tenants and sharecroppers renting our own property from a Sovereign in the guise of the 
Federal Reserve Bank. We, the People have exchanged one master for another. This has been going on for over eighty years 
without the "informed knowledge" of the American people, without a voice protesting loud enough. Now it's easy to grasp why 
America is fundamentally bankrupt. Why don 't more people own their properties outright? 

Why are 90% of Americans mortgaged to the hilt and have little or no assets after all debts and liabilities have been paid? Why 
does it feel like you are working harder and harder and getting less and less? 

We are reaping what has been sown, and the results of our harvest is a painful bankruptcy, and a foreclosure on American 
property, precious liberties, and a way of life. Few of our elected representatives in Washington, D. C. have dared to tell the truth. 
The federal United States is bankrupt Our children will inherit this unpayable debt, and the tyranny to enforce paying it. America 
has become completely bankrupt in world leadership, financial credit and its reputation for courage, vision and human rights. 
This is an undeclared economic war, bankruptcy, and economic slavery of the most corrupt order! Wake up America! Take back 
your Country. " 

CONNECTING THE DOTS... 

-The surest way to overthrow an existing social order is to debauch the currency. " 

— VLADIMIR LENIN (1870-1924) 

Did Representative Jim Traficant discover something so covert and insidious his character and credibility had to be 
discredited so the ruse manipulated by the Banksters was not discovered? Consider the following... 

Wikipedia (paraphrased): Jim Traficant was a Sheriff in Ohio fi^om 1981 to 1985 and made national headlines by 
refusing to execute foreclosure orders on several unemployed homeowners, many of whom had been left unemployed by 
the recent closures of steel mills. This endeared him to the local population, which had long derived its wealth fi-om steel 
and steel-associated businesses. However, in 1983, he was charged with racketeering for -accepting bribes." Traficant, 
represented himself in the criminal trial arguing that he accepted the bribes only as part of an undercover investigation 
into corruption and was acquitted of the charges. He was then elected to Congress and reelected eight times without 
serious opposition. However, it appears that someone, somewhere did not like him... In 2002, Traficant was indicted on 
federal corruption charges for taking campaign funds for personal use. Again, he represented himself insisting that the 
trial was a vendetta against him. Regardless, he was convicted of 10 felony counts including bribery, racketeering, and 
tax evasion and the House Ethics Committee expelled him fi^om Congress. He served his sentence while continually 
being admonished by prison officials and was released in 2009 at age 68. While in prison, it was erroneously stated that 
Traficant received support from David Duke who urged visitors to donate to Traficant's canteen fund. Duke posted a 
letter written by Traficant stating that he was targeted by the U.S. Department of Justice for, among other things, 
defending John Demjanjuk. (a retired auto worker and former United States citizen, who gained notoriety after being 
accused of Holocaust-related war crimes. Demjanjuk's attorney claimed that he was a scapegoat stating that Germany 
"wants to be acquitted through this trial by finding people from other nations guilty." His conviction for crimes against 
humanity was later overturned by the Israeli Supreme Court in 1 993 on the basis of reasonable doubt. Evidence showed 
that Demjanjuk was not "Ivan the Terrible" but instead a guard at camps besides Treblinka. Much to the chagrin of the 
Powers-That-Be, Traficant also claimed that he knew facts about "Waco, Ruby Ridge, Pan Am Flight 103, Jimmy Hoffa 
and the assassination of President John F. Kennedy," which he may divulge in the future... 



32 



We have all seen movies where covert agents falsely accuse someone in their attempt to smear the person's reputation 
to make sure the person is not seen as credible... to hide the real truth... Lest you believe Congressman Traficant's 
claims to be jionsense,' I implore you to simply connect the dots. 

-4^enin is said to have declared that the best way to destroy the capitalist system was to debauch the 
currency. By a continuing process of inflation, governments can confiscate, secretly and unobserved, an 
important part of the wealth of their citizens. By this method they not only confiscate, but they confiscate 
arbitrarily; and, while the process impoverishes many, it actually enriches some. The sight of this 
arbitrary rearrangement of riches strikes not only at security, but at confidence in the equity of the 
existing distribution of wealth. Those to whom the system brings windfalls, beyond their deserts and 
even beyond their expectations or desires, become 'profiteers, ' who are the object of the hatred of the 
bourgeoisie, whom the inflationism has impoverished, not less than of the proletariat. As the inflation 
proceeds and the real value of the currency fluctuates wildly from month to month, all permanent 
relations between debtors and creditors, which form the ultimate foundation of capitalism, become so 
utterly disordered as to be almost meaningless; and the process of wealth-getting degenerates into a 
gamble and a lottery. Lenin was certainly right. There is no subtler, no surer means of overturning the 
existing basis of society than to debauch the currency. The process engages all the hidden forces of 
economic law on the side of destruction, and does it in a manner which not one man in a million is able 
to diagnose. " — LORD JOHN AAAYNARD KEYNES (i 883-1946) 

British economist whose ideas have profoundly affected the economic policies of governments 

Economic Consequences of Peace Chapter VI, pg.235-236 



— ^ you increase the quantity of money, you bring about the lowering of the purchasing power of the 
monetary unit. " — LUDWIG VON MISES (I88I-1973) 

One of the most notable economists and social philosophers of the twentieth century 



-The money power preys upon the nation in times of peace and conspires against it in times of 
adversity. It is more despotic than monarchy, more insolent than the aristocracy, more selfish than the 
bureaucracy. It denounces, as public enemies, all who question its methods or throw light upon its 
crimes. " — ABRAHAM LINCOLN (i 809-1 865) 

16th president of the USA 

THE UNSUSTAINABLE DEBT BASED MONETAFIY SYSTEM 
WE AFIE CURRENTLY OPERATING UNDER 



As you will deduce from the fr)llowing voices, the monetary system we are now operating under is unsustainable. It is 
destined to collapse like a house of cards. 

-4n a hearing before the House Committee on Banking and Currency in 1941, the then Governor of the 
Federal Reserve Board, Marriner Eccles said the following when asked how the Fed got the money to 
buy government bonds: M. Eccles: —We created it. " Eccles replied. W. Patman.- —Out of what? "M. 
Eccles: —Out of the right to issue credit money. "W. Patman: —And there is nothing behind it, is there, 
except our Government's credit? " M. Eccles: —That is what our money system is.. .if there were no debts 
in our money system, there wouldn 't be any money. " — G. EDWARD GRIFFIN 

The Creature from Jekyll Island p. 188 

—Whilst there may be intrinsic reasons for the scarcity of land, there are no intrinsic reasons for the 
scarcity of capital. " — JOHN MAYNARD KEYNES (1883-1946) 

British economist whose ideas have profoundly affected the economic policies of governments 
The General Theory of Employment Interest and Money (1 935) Book 6, Chapter 24, Section 2, pg.376 

-There is no more direct way to capture control of a nation than through its credit (money) system. " 

— MR. PHILLIP A. BENSON 
President of the American Bankers' Association, June 8, 1939 

33 



— me issue and control a nation 's money and I care not who writes its laws " 

— MAYER. R.OTHSCHILD (1744- 1812) 

G. Edward GrifBn, The Creature from Jekyll Island, American Opinion Publishing, p. 218 

—Once a nation parts with the control of its currency and credit, it matters not who makes the nations 
laws. Usury, once in control, will wreck any nation. Until the control of the issue of currency and credit 
is restored to government and recognized as its most sacred responsibility, all talk of the sovereignty of 
parliament and of democracy is idle and futile. " — ^WILLIAM LYON MACKENZIE KING 

(1874-1950) Prime Minister of Canada from 1921-1930; and 1935-1948 

-^ost are dependent upon JThe System ' which forces us to live in a never-ending debt cycle. The system 
perpetrates an addiction to materialism for the purpose of producing interest which is created from 
debt. The national debt is a hoax perpetrated by the Powers-That-Be/Intemational Bankers/Global 
Elite. This ruse was perpetrated by people who own and control education, law, media, churches, banks 
and medicine. " — MARY CR-OFT 

How I Clobbered Every Bureaucratic Cash-Confiscatory Agency Known to Man 

-Thirty-some-odd years ago, a high school student loosely formed a concept of a mathematically 
perfected economy. In 1979 he published a mathematical proof which demonstrated that any economy 
conveyed by a currency subject to interest, ultimately terminates itself under insoluble debt. " 

— MARY CROFT 

How I Clobbered Every Bureaucratic Cash-Confiscatory Agency Known to Man 

When Albert Einstein was asked; —What is the most fantastic thing you ever realized in all your 
studies? " He responded, -Gompound interest." 

—What is so mind boggling is that all of this is being financed by the American people themselves 
through their own taxes. In other words, the American people are underwriting the destruction of their 
own freedom and way of life by lavishly financing through federal and state grants the very social 
scientists who are undermining our national sovereignty and preparing our children to become the 
dumbed-down vassals of the new world order. " — SAMUEL L. BLUMENFELD (circa 1925-) 

Paraphrased by Mr. Blumenfeld from author Charlotte Thomson Iserbyt's "The Deliberate Dumbing Down of America, " he states is without doubt one of the 
most important pubUshing events in the annals of American education in the last hundred years. 

—Our current monetary system requires that our money be debased. This is the very nature of the 
Federal Reserve's fractional reserve system. Our fiat money supply - which is backed by nothing, must 
continue to grow forever. One of the many downsides of this system is that the value of our money 
continues to be debased forever. Constant money supply growth = constant inflation. Constant inflation 
= constant money devaluation. By forever ' - 1 mean until the system collapses which is inevitable. " 

—JOHNNY SILVER BEAR 

-^aper money is like dram-drinking, it relieves for a moment by deceitful sensation, but gradually 
diminishes the natural heat, and leaves the body worse than it found it. Were not this the case, and could 
money be made of paper at pleasure, every sovereign in Europe would be as rich as he pleased. But the 
truth is, that it is a bubble and the attempt vanity. Nature has provided the proper materials for money: 
gold and silver, and any attempt of ours to rival her is ridiculous.... " — THOMAS PAINE (1737 - 1809) 

-The Fed Note is essentially unsound. It is the worst currency and the most dangerous that this Country 
has ever known. When the proponents of the act saw that the Democratic doctrine would not permit 
them to let the proposed banks issue the new currency as bank notes, they should have stopped at that. 
They should not have foisted that kind of currency, namely, an asset currency, on the United States 
Government. They should not have made the Government [liable on the private] debts of individuals and 
corporations, and, least of all, on the private debts of foreigners. " — CONGRESSMAN LOUIS MCFADDEN 



34 



—Our whole monetary system is dishonest, as it is debt-based... We did not vote for it. It grew upon us 
gradually but markedly since 1971 when the commodity-based system was abandoned. " 

—THE EAR.L OF CAITHNESS: MALCOLM IAN SINCLAIR. 

(bom 1948) British Conservative politician and member of the House of Lords 

—The whole profit of the issuance of money has provided the capital of the great banking business as it 
exists today. Starting with nothing whatever of their own, they have got the whole world into their debt 
irredeemably, by a trick. This money comes into existence every time the banks 'lend' and disappears 
every time the debt is repaid to them. So that if industry tries to repay, the money of the nation 
disappears. This is what makes prosperity so 'dangerous' as it destroys money just when it is most 
needed and precipitates a slump. There is nothing left now for us but to get ever deeper and deeper into 
debt to the banking system in order to provide the increasing amounts of money the nation requires for 
its expansion and growth. An honest money system is the only alternative. " — FREDERICK SODDY 

(1877-1956) English radiochemist-received the Nobel Prize for Chemistry in 1921 

-Since 1933, the Reserve has been printing too much money, compared to the declining Gross National 
Product (GNP). The GNP is the accumulated values of services and goods produced in the country. If 
the GNP is 4%, then the money produced should only be about 5-6%, thus insuring enough money to 
keep the goods produced by the GNP in circulation. Additional social services, which are promised 
during election year rhetoric to gain votes, increase the Federal Budget, so more money is printed. Then 
the Government will cut the Budget, establish wage and price controls. The extra money in circulation 
decreases the value of the dollar, and prices go up. Simply put, too much money in circulation causes 
inflation, and that is what the Reserve is doing, purposely printing too much money in order to destroy 
the economy. On the other hand, if they would stop printing money, our economy would collapse. The 
Reserve is responsible for setting the interest rate that member banks can borrow from the Reserve, thus 
controlling the interest rates of the entire country. So, what it boils down to is that the Federal Reserve 
determines the amount of money needed, which is created by the International Bankers out of nothing. 
Besides the face value, they charge the government 3^ to produce each bill. The Federal government 
pays the Reserve in bonds (which are also printed by the Reserve), and then pay the bonds off at a high 
rate of interest. That interest will very soon become the largest item in the Federal Budget. William 
McChesney Martin, a member of the Council on Foreign Relations (CFR), and Chairman of the Federal 
Reserve (FED) during the 'New Frontier' years of the Kennedy Administration, testified to the Federal 
Banking Committee, that the value of the dollar was being scientifically brought down each year by 3-3- 
1/2%, in order to allow wages to go up. The reasoning behind this was that the people were being made 
to think that they were getting more, when in fact they were actually getting less. " 

— DAVID ALLEN RIVERA 

Final Warning: A History of the New World Order 

-4t is critical to understand that the entire structure of our monetary system can only produce one thing 
in the long run: DEBT. It doesn 't take a lot of ingenuity to figure this scam out. For, nearly every single 
dollar produced by both the central bank and its regulated commercial banks is loaned at interest. That 
means every dollar produced is actually the dollar plus a certain percentage of debt based on that 
dollar. And since the banking system has the monopoly of the production of the currency, and they loan 
each dollar out with an immediate debt attached to it, where does the money to pay for the debt come 
from? It can only come from the banks again. Which means the banking system has to perpetually 
increase its money supply to temporarily cover the outstanding debt created which, in turn, since that 
new money is loaned out at interest as well - creates even more debt. The end result of this system is 
essentially slavery for it is technically impossible for the government and thus the public to ever come 
out of the self-generating debt. " — PETER JOSEPH 

Zeitgeist, The Movie 2007 

The United States government pays the expenses of running the government from the taxes it collects. However, our 
taxes do not generate enough money to pay all the expenses so the difference is paid in bonds created by the Federal 
Reserve The Fed creates the bonds and pays for them with money they create out of thin air through electronic credits. 



35 



The receiving banks use these credits to make loans at ten-twelve times the amount of the credits. By reducing/ 
tightening/contracting the amount of money in the economy, a depression is artificially created. Conversely, to create a 
boom cycle, the Fed simply lowers the interest rate thereby increasing the amount of money in circulation. Bonds are 
sold to the public (and other nations, including China) and the money to pay for these bonds is drawn from the 
purchaser's bank to pay for them. Each $1 million used to pay for these bonds then reduces the bank's ability to make 
loans by $10 million thus contracting the money supply. 

What is used to back these bonds? The labor/assets of the American people. This is how you and I are enslaved to 
trillions of dollars of debt and continual interest by the privately-owned Federal Reserve! How does our government 

pay this interest? By borrowing more money which then compounds the interest. Eventually the compounded interest 
grows so high that t exceeds the amount of revenue generated thereby causing the economy to collapse. This is 
inevitable. It's gonna happen and the Banksters, the Economic Elite KNOW it and want to ensure that they profit from 
it. 

Even if the government found a way to pay off the national debt, there would be no bonds to back the currency because 
that would then kill the currency! Sound like an unsustainable system?? 

—We are completely dependent on the commercial banks. Someone has to borrow every dollar we have 
in circulation, cash or credit. If the banks create ample synthetic money we are prosperous; if not, we 
starve. We are absolutely without a permanent money system. It is the most important subject intelligent 
persons can investigate and reflect upon. It is so important that our present civilization may collapse 
unless it becomes widely understood and the defects remedied very soon. " — ROBER.T H. HEMPHILL 

Atlanta Federal Reserve Bank 

—A private central bank issuing the public currency is a greater menace to the liberties of the people 
than a standing army. " — THOMAS JEFFERSON 

-4f the American people ever allow private banks to control the issue of their currency, first by inflation, 
then by deflation, the banks... will deprive the people of all property until their children wake-up 
homeless on the continent their fathers conquered... The issuing power should be taken from the banks 
and restored to the people, to whom it properly belongs. " — THOAAAS JEFFERSON 

—Central banks were supposedly the guardians of money. Yet, they have created the biggest liquidity 
bubble in history. " — THE ECONOMIST 

— Sy the early 20th century, the U.S. had already implemented and removed a few central hanking 
systems, which were maneuvered into place by the ruthless banking interests. " — PAUL HLLLYLR 

Light at the End of the Tunnel, p. 21 1 

-^anks create credit. It is a mistake to suppose that bank credit is created to any extent by the payment 
of money into the banks. A loan made by a bank is a clear addition to the amount of money in the 
community. " — ENCYCLOP/CDIA BRFFANNICA 14TH EDITION 

— ? place economy among the first and most important virtues, and public debt as the greatest of 
dangers. To preserve our independence, we must not let our rulers load us with perpetual debt. " 

— THOMAS JEFFERSON 

— ^ all bank loans were paid.. .there would not be a dollar of coin or currency in circulation. " 

— ROBERT HEMPHILL (1915-1983) 

Federal Reserve Bank in Atlanta, in foreword to -400% Money " by Irving Fisher 

All money is _boirowed into existence' hence, it doesn't exist until someone borrows it; it is _dd)t-based money.' The 
_mon^' the banks issue is not backed by their assets, efforts, property, or risk; it is fake - created out of thin air, which 



36 



is the reason the Fed has never been audited. Banks are not permitted to lend their money or assets; they are only 
aUowed to lend credit - which We, the People create. We are led to believe that when we obtain a loan, the money 
loaned to us comes from bank deposits, but that is a charade. When we _borrow money' from a bank, our promissory 
note becomes a signed check to the bank which creates money for them to lend. Rather than _giving' us money, they 
use our promissory note to make themselves money! Bear in mind, under this system a bank cannot lose anything 
because they never loaned an5^ing. 

For example: When you borrow $100,000 for a mortgage, you agree to pay back the loan plus interest. The bank issues 
a $100,000 credit into your account or issues a check to the seller of the home you purchased. Your transaction added 
$100,000.00 to the amount of "money in circulation." However, because only $100,000 is put into circulation and not 
the interest owed, which can be as high as 3 times the amount of a mortgage, to pay off this obligation you must earn 
$200,000 - $300,000 more than what was originally put in circulation. 

Every new loan utilizes the same process hence there is no way debtors can ever pay off the Banksters for the new 
money never equals the new debt. Under this system, debt will always exceed new money no matter how much or how 
little is borrowed for the total debt increasingly outstrips the amount of money available to pay it off This system 
enables the Banksters to gradually gain a death grip on all the land and buildings, as well as the present and future 
eamings of the working population. Bottom line? We, the People will never get out of debt as long as this corrupt 
system is in place! 

—A deposit created through lending is a debt that has to be paid on demand of the depositor, just the 
same as the debt arising from a customer's deposit of checks or currency in the bank. Of course they do 

not really pay out loans from the money they receive as deposits. If they did this, no additional money 
would be created. What they do when they make loans is to accept promissory notes in exchange for 
credits to the borrowers' transaction accounts. " — FEDER.AL R.ESER.VE BANK 

Chicago, Modem Money Mechanics, p. 6 

-The actual process of money creation takes place primarily in banks ... bankers discovered that they 
could make loans merely by giving their promise to pay, or bank notes, to borrowers. In this way banks 
began to create money. Transaction deposits are the modem counterpart of bank notes. It was a small 
step from printing notes to making book entries crediting deposits of borrowers, which the borrowers in 
turn could ^spend ' by writing checks, thereby j>rinting ' their own money. " 

— MODEB.N MONEY MECHANICS 
Federal Reserve Bank of Chicago 

Back to our $100,000. Mortgage example: At closing, you sign a promissory note promising to pay the amount of the 
loan with interest. You also provide collateral which the bank can seize if you do not repay the loan. The bank then 
sells or hypothecates your promissory note before you sign the final loan papers. In other words, the bank receives the 
proceeds from the Fed before it purchases or accepts your note as a loan to itself. Your $100,000 ^an" is then 
deposited into an account for you to utilize or is used to pay the seller of whatever you purchased. 

Your promissory note is then converted into a _n^otiable instrument' which becomes an asset on the bank's books and 
is then sold by the bank for cash. According to the Uniform Commercial Code 1-201(24) and 3-104, it is your signature 
which creates the ^oney." The bank then establishes an account containing the ^oney" you just created and becomes 
the source of fimds you received as a Joan'. 

The bank risks nothing in this transaction; it uses your signature/note to create an asset for itself. It also uses your 
$100,000.00 note as ^principal' which it _bans' you and then charges you interest! According to the law, collateral is 
essential to an _enforceable' contract and in reality, your note was obtained via Iraud because the bank did not loan you 
any money, therefore the entire transaction/contract is fi^audulent. According to a lawsuit entitled ^e Ashley case" of 
19SS, fraud on the part of the bank was proven because the defendant revealed, ^e banks told me they had _money' to 
lend and they didn't." 



37 



The Banksters have legalized this counterfeit system by publishing their own manual which states: -Money does not 
have to be issued by the government or be in any special form. Money is anything that can be sold for cash and which 
the banks accept as money. " 



THE HIDDEN AGENDA: TO CONTROL THE WORLD 

—What is at stake is more than one small country, it is a big idea - a new world order... to achieve the 
universal aspirations of mankind.. .based upon shared principles and the rule of law.... The illumination 
of a thousand points of light... The winds of change are with us now. " — PRESIDENT GEORGE W. BUSH 

43"* president of the US - State of the Union message during the Gulf War 

-Mankind's problems can no longer be solved by national government. What is needed is a world 
government. This can best be achieved by strengthening the United Nations system. " 

— JAMES GUSTAVE SPETH 

1994 - In the Human Development Report, published by the UN Development Program, there was a section called -Global Governance for the 21st 
Century." The administrator for this program was appointed by Bill Clinton 

—What Congress will have before is not a conventional trade agreement but the architecture of a new 
international system.. .a first step toward a new world order. " — HENRY KISSINGER 

CFR member and Trilateralist - July 18, 1993 ^os Angeles Times" concerning the North American Free Trade Agreement 

—fThe New World Order] cannot happen without U.S. participation, as we are the most significant 
single component. Yes, there will be a New World Order, and it will force the United States to change its 
perceptions. " — HENRY KISSINGER 

—We shall have world government whether or not you like it - by conquest or consent. " 

— JAMES WARBURG 

Feb. 7, 1950 International financier and CFR member tells a Senate Foreign Relations Subcommittee 

"The individual is handicapped by coming face to face with a conspiracy so monstrous, he cannot 
believe it exists. " — J. EDGAR HOOVER 

Hfa Magazine, August, 1956 

-Nationhood as we know it will be obsolete; all states will recognize a single global authority... All 
countries are basically social arrangements... No matter how permanent or even sacred they may seem 
at any one time, in fact they are all artificial and temporary... Perhaps national sovereignty wasn't such 
a great idea after all... But it has taken the events in our own wondrous and terrible century to clinch the 
case for world government. " — STROBE TALBOTT 

July 20, 1992 — TIME" magazine pubhshes -Hie Birth of the Global Nation, " by Strobe Talbott, Rhodes Scholar, roommate of Bill Clinton at Oxford 
University, CFR Director, TrilateraUst, and appointed Deputy Secretary of State by President Clinton 



-The Federal Reserve Bank of New York is eager to enter into close relationship with the Bank for 
International Settlements.... The conclusion is impossible to escape that the State and Treasury 
Departments are willing to pool the banking system of Europe and America, setting up a world financial 
power independent of and above the Government of the United States.... The United States under 
present conditions will be transformed from the most active of manufacturing nations into a 
consuming and importing nation with a balance of trade against it. " — LOUIS MCFADDEN 

D-PA 1876-1936 ex-Chairman of the House Committee on Banking and Currency 



38 



—fVe have restricted credit, we have restricted opportunity, we have controlled development, and we 
have come to be one of the worst ruled, one of the most completely controlled and dominated, 
governments in the civilized world - no longer a government by free opinion, no longer a government by 
conviction and the vote of the majority, but a government by the opinion and the duress of small groups 
of dominant men. " — WOODROW WILSON 

(1856-1924) 28th President of the United States 

—.the concentration of capital and the growth of their turnover is radically challenging the significance 

of the banks. Scattered capitalists are transformed into a single collective capitalist. When carrying the 
current accounts of a few capitalists, the banks, as it were, transact a purely technical and exclusively 
auxiliary operation. When, however, these operations grow to enormous dimensions we find that a 
handful of monopolists control all the operations, both commercial and industrial, of capitalist society. 
They can, by means of their banking connections. " — VLADIMIR LLNIN (I870-1924) 

Russian Marxist revolutionary and communist politician who led the October Revolution of 1917 



—Power from any source tends to create an appetite for additional power... It was almost inevitable that 
the super-rich would one day aspire to control not only their own wealth, but the wealth of the whole 
world. To achieve this, they were perfectly willing to feed the ambitions of the power-hungry political 
conspirators who were committed to the overthrow of all existing governments and the establishments of 
a central world-wide dictatorship. " — W.CLEON SKOUSEN 

'The Naked Capitalist' 

"The power of financial capitalism had another far-reaching aim, nothing less that to create a world 
system of financial control in private hands able to dominate the political system of each country and 
the economy of the world as a whole. This system was to be controlled in a feudalist fashion by the 
central banks of the world acting in concert, by secret agreements arrived at in frequent private 
meetings and conference. " — PROFESSOR CARROLL QUIGLEY, 1966 

— f'or more than one hundred years, since the days when John D. Rockefeller Sr. used every devious 
strategy he could devise to create a gigantic oil monopoly, enough books have been written about the 
Rockefellers to fill a library. I have read many of them. And to my knowledge, not one has dared to 
reveal the most vital part of the Rockefeller story: that the Rockefellers and their allies have, for at least 
fifty years, been carefully following a plan to use their economic power to gain political control of first 
America, and then the rest of the world. Do I mean conspiracy? Yes I do. I am convinced there is such 
a plot, international in scope, generations old in planning, and incredibly evil in intent. " 

— GARY ALLEN 

The Rockefeller File, Introduction 

—We are on the verge of a global transformation. All we (the Council on Foreign Relations) need is the 
right major crisis and the nationfsj will accept the New World Order. " — DAVID ROCKEFELLER 

speaking at a UN Business Conference, Sept. 14, 1994, Founder and Honorary Chairman, Council of the Americas; Chairman, Americas Society; Founder, 
Forum of the Americas; Chairman, Emeritus, Council on Foreign Relations [CFR]; Founder and Honorary Chairman, Trilateral Commission [TC]; 
Chairman, The Bilderbergs 

The crises unfolding in our worid today have a deep, significant meaning underlying them. When a large percentage of 
the population grovels for survival - can't get a job, unemployment benefits are running out, prices on food, gasoline, 
home heating fuel, etc. are soaring - the immediate result is a lower standard of living and extermination of the middle 
class. The reality of this scenario was seen on -60 Minutes" which aired a segment on the unemployed in Silicon 
Valley, California where well-educated unemployed citizens were going through garbage cans to search for cans and 
bottles they could cash in for a meager amount of money. We, the Sheeple, are most manageable when we are 
distracted and struggling for survival. Furthermore, when the Banksters by owning everything we need, starve the best 
-us - they can then -e-ffer" a solution that we will then -beg" for... Of course, this was their plan all along. 



39 



-The bankers rule the world through debt, which is money they create out of nothing. They need world 
government to ensure no country defaults or tries to overthrow them. As long as private bankers, instead 
of governments, create money, the human race is doomed. These bankers and their allies have bought 
everything and everyone. " — HENRY MAKOW (1949-) 

-nights for a poor man are no more than a bitter piece of irony, for the necessity he is under of toiling 

almost all day gives him no present use of them, but the other hand robs him of all guarantee of regular 
and certain earnings by making him dependent on strikes by his comrades or lockouts by his masters. " 

—THE PROTOCOLS OF THE LEARNED ELDERS OF ZION 

—We are grateful to The Washington Post, New York Times, Time Magazine and other great 
publications whose directors have attended our meetings and respected their promises of discretion for 
almost forty years. It would have been impossible for us to develop our plan for the world if we had been 
subject to the bright lights of publicity during those years. But, the world is now more sophisticated and 
prepared to march towards a world government. The supranational sovereignty of an intellectual elite 
and world bankers is surely preferable to the national auto-determination practiced in past centuries. " 

— DAVID ROCKEFELLER (1915) 
American patriarch of the Rockefeller family. Founder of, and in an address before the Trilateral Commission -June 1991 

—So limited is our knowledge that we resort, not to science, but to shamans. We place control of the 
world's largest economy in the hands of a few elderly men, the central bankers. " 

— BLNOiT MANDELBROT 

ne (Mis)Behavior of Markets (2004, 2008), Ch. 13, p. 254-255 

— Ay system which gives so much power and so much discretion to a few men, [so] that 
mistakes - excusable or not - can have such far reaching effects, is a bad system. It is a bad system to 
believers in freedom just because it gives a few men such power without any effective check by the body 
politic - this is the key political argument against an independent central bank... To paraphrase 
Clemenceau: Jdoney is much too serious a matter to be left to the Central Bankers. "' 

— MILTON FRIEDMAN (1912-2006) 

"For a long time I felt that FDR had developed many thoughts and ideas that were his own to benefit 
this country, the United States. But he didn 't. Most of his thoughts were carefully manufactured for 
him in advance by the Council on Foreign Relations One World Money Group. The United Nations is 
but a long range, international banking apparatus clearly set up for financial and economic profit by a 

small group of powerful One-World revolutionaries, hungry for profit and power. The One-World 
government leaders and their ever close bankers have now acquired full control of the money and credit 
machinery of the U.S. via the creation of the privately owned Federal Reserve Bank. " 

— CURTIS DALL (1896-1991) 
Vice-presidential candidate and Son-in-Law of F.D.R., 1936 



-The powers of financial capitalism had (a) far-reaching aim, nothing less than to create a world 
system of financial control in private hands able to dominate the political system of each country and 
the economy of the world as a whole. This system was to be controlled in a feudalist fashion by the 
central banks of the world acting in concert, by secret agreements arrived at in frequent meetings and 
conferences. The apex of the systems was to be the Bank for International Settlements in Basel, 
Switzerland; a private bank owned and controlled by the world's central banks which were themselves 
private corporations. Each central bank.. .sought to dominate its government by its ability to control 
Treasury loans, to manipulate foreign exchanges, to influence the level of economic activity in the 
country, and to influence cooperative politicians by subsequent economic rewards in the business 
world. " — PROFESSOR CARROLL QLIIGLCY 

(1910-1977) Tragedy and Hope 



40 



—Since I entered politics, I have chiefly had men's views confided to me privately. Some of the biggest 
men in the United States, in the field of commerce and manufacture are afraid of somebody, are afraid 
of something. They know that there is a power somewhere so organized, so subtle, so watchful, so 
interlocked, so complete, so pervasive, that they better not speak above their breath when they speak in 
condemnation of it. " — PRESIDENT WOODROW WILSON (i 856-1924) 

The New Freedom (1913) Doubleday, pp. 13-14 

-4n my view The Trilateral Commission represents a skillful, coordinated effort to seize control and 

consolidate the four centers of power - political, monetary, intellectual, and ecclesiastical. All this is to 
be done in the interest of creating a more peaceful, more productive world community. What the 
Trilateralists truly intend is the creation of a worldwide economic power superior to the political 
governments of the nation-states involved. They believe the abundant materialism they propose to create 
will overwhelm existing differences. As managers and creators of the system they will rule the future. " 

— U.S. SENATOR BARRY GOLDWATER 

Republican candidate for President in 1 964 in With no Apologies 

—All money is created in the form of debt to the privately owned banking cartel. Imagine if you could 
create money out of thin air. Imagine you have the credit cards of all the nations in your pocket. Your 
first impulse is to lend money to your nominees so they can buy most of the world's real wealth for you. 
Your second impulse is to establish a totalitarian system (jworH government ' globalization) to prevent 
any nation from challenging this system or defaulting on their jiebt' to you. To make them accept 
jvorld government, ' you need to weaken them by having them fight among themselves, run up huge 
debts for armaments (which you sell them), kill off the cream of their manhood, and become demoralized 
and decadent. You accomplish this through your ownership of politicians and the press and your control 
of MI-6, CIA who will carry out assassinations and acts of terror. This is the real history of the last 300 
years. " — HENRY MAKOW (1949-) 

Wiki: Author Henry Makow spent years conducting research and concluded that there is a hidden hand shaping modem 
history according to a long-term agenda. He argues that democracy today is a charade and serves as an instrument of 
social control; the mass media stifles information and channels thought; and popular entertainment degrades us and 
diverts the audience from what is really happening. He believes that our banking system is confrolled by a handful of 
private interests with the ability to impoverish productive people by controlling their take home pay and profits; a secret 
police bureau to track and harass common people, while covering up the crimes of the elite; and a policy of social 
engineering in which the federal government actively forms public opinion. 

Much evidence corroborates the fact that a scheme to control all the people and property in the world has been and is 
now unfolding. It appears that England and the Rothschild family are at the center of this cabal controlling the money 
of every country in the world and therefore its laws. In addition, it is said that the Rothschilds also control the vast 
wealth of the Vatican... And while that topic is intriguing, the purpose of this thesis is to focus on the existence of the 
Banking cartel of power so that We, The Sheeple can reclaim our rightful role as We, the People and utilize the power 
of our numbers to deny the rechartering of the Federal Reserve Bank in 2012 and reinstate our Constitutional 
government as our forefathers intended. 

-^he Rothschilds long had a powerful influence in dictating American financial laws. The law records 
show that they were the power in the old Bank of the United States. " — GUSTAVUS MYERS (i 872-1942) 

History of the Great American Fortunes, Random House, p. 556 American journalist and historian who published a series of influential studies on capital 
formation. 

-The United States will bring in the New World Order and its seat will be England. " 

— GOVERNOR CORNWALLIS (1713 - 1776) 

—Our goal is gradually to absorb the wealth of the world. " — CECIL RHODES (i859-i902) 

Re: the Secret Banking Cabal - English-bom businessman, mining magnate, and politician in South Africa. He was the founder of the diamond company 
De Beers, which today markets 40% of the world's rough diamonds and at one time marketed 90%. 



41 



-4doney is the god of our times, and Rothschild is his prophet " 



— HEINR.1CH HCINC 
German poet (1797-1856) 



—The one aim of these financiers is world control by the creation of inextinguishable debts. " 

— HENRX FORD (1863-1947) 

—To cover the fact that a central bank is merely a cartel which has been legalized, its proponents had to 
lay down a thick smoke screen of technical jargon focusing always on how it would supposedly benefit 
commerce, the public, and the nation... there was not the slightest glimmer that underneath it all, was a 
master plan which was designed from top to bottom to serve private interests at the expense of the 
public... the system is merely a cartel with a government facade. " — G. EDWAFID GFIIFFIN (1931-) 

American film producer, author, and political lecturer. He produced documentaries and books on several subjects, including the Federal Reserve 

-Today, America would be outraged if U.N. troops entered Los Angeles to restore order [referring to 
the 1991 LA Riot]. Tomorrow they will be grateful! This is especially true if they were told that there 
were an outside threat from beyond [i.e., an "extraterrestrial" invasion] , whether real or promulgated, 
that threatened our very existence. It is then that all peoples of the world will plead to deliver them from 
this evil. The one thing every man fears is the unknown. When presented with this scenario, individual 
rights will be willingly relinquished for the guarantee of their well-being granted to them by the World 
Government. " — DR. HENRY KISSINGER (1923-) 

Bilderberger Conference, Evians, France, 1991 

-behind the facade of democracy the (cabal of power) is stealthily constructing a totalitarian world 
government. To further their plan, they involve nations in needless wars and enthrall the masses with 
violence, trivia and toys. They attack our sources of identity — God (religion) ; family (gender); country 
and race — in order to separate and dehumanize us. The empire they have established over centuries is 
partly based on controlling your mind. However, if you know the truth, they can't. " — HENRY MAKOW 

(1949-) The Twilight Of Civilization 

—for more than a century, ideological extremists at either end of the political spectrum have seized 
upon well-publicized incidents such as my encounter with Castro to attack the Rockefeller family for the 
inordinate influence they claim we wield over American political and economic institutions. Some even 
believe we are part of a secret cabal working against the best interests of the United States, 
characterizing my family and me as 'internationalists' and of conspiring with others around the world to 
build a more integrated global political and economic structure - one world, if you will. If that is the 
charge. Island guilty, and I am proud of it. " — DAVID ROCKEFELLER (i9i5-) 

From Rockefeller's "Memoirs" p. 405 

THE TFIOJAN HORSE IS USHEFIED IN 

Do you detect a bit of arrogance in the above quotation by David Rockefeller? Why would he even dignify such 
claims? My ongoing research as well as observing what is now unfolding in our world has led me to conclude that the 

Banksters believe that because they have built the infrastructures on our planet, they are entitled to protect" their 
investments at any and all costs. Under the guise of ^saving the world' from those who would undoubtedly destroy it, 
(you and I: the peons) the Banksters have unwittingly compromised all traces of their humanity. So, it is up to you and I 
to help them see the light and divert them from the insatiable black hole of power they have created for they too are our 
brothers and sisters - a part of Humankind. 

—A nation can survive its fools, and even the ambitious. But it cannot survive treason from within. An 
enemy at the gates is less formidable, for he is known and carries his banners openly against the city. 
But the traitor who moves among those within the gates freely, his sly whispers rustling through all the 
alleys, heard in the very halls of government itself. For the traitor appears (to be) no traitor; he speaks 



42 



in the accents familiar to his victims, and he wears their face and their garments, and he appeals to the 
baseness that lies deep in the hearts of all men. He rots the soul of a nation; he works secretly and 
unknown in the night to undermine the pillars of a city; he infects the body politic so that it can no 
longer resist. " — AAARCUS CICERO (106 bc-43 bc) 

speaking to Caesar, Crassus, Pompey and the Roman Senate 

—Thus corporations finally claimed the full rights enjoyed by individual citizens while being exempted 
from many of the responsibilities and liabilities of citizenship. Furthermore, in being guaranteed the 
same right to free speech as individual citizens, they achieved, in the words of Paul Hawken, 'precisely 
what the Bill of Rights was intended to prevent: domination of public thought and discourse. ' The 
subsequent claim by corporations that they have the same right as any individual to influence the 
government in their own interest pits the individual citizen against the vast financial and 
communications resources of the corporation and mocks the constitutional intent that all citizens have 
an equal voice in the political debates surrounding important issues. " — DAVID C. KOR.TEN 

When Corporations Rule the World 

—The tyrant, who in order to hold his power, suppresses every superiority, does away with good men, 
forbids education and light, controls every movement of the citizens and, keeping them under a 
perpetual servitude, wants them to grow accustomed to baseness and cowardice, has his spies 
everywhere to listen to what is said in the meetings, and spreads dissension and calumny among the 
citizens and impoverishes them, is obliged to make war in order to keep his subjects occupied and 
impose on them permanent need of a chief. " — ARISTOTLE (384 bc - 322 bc) 

-Experience should teach us to be most on our guard to protect liberty when the Government's purposes 
are beneficent. Men bom to freedom are naturally alert to repel invasion of their liberty by evil-minded 
rulers. The greatest dangers to liberty lurk in insidious encroachment by men of zeal, well meaning, but 
without understanding. " — JUSTICE LOUIS D. BRANDEIS (1856-I94i) 

1928, dissenting, Olmsteadv. United States 

-T am concerned for the security of our great nation, not so much because of any threat from without, 
but because of the insidious forces working from within. " — GENERAL DOUGLAS MACARTHUR (i880-i964) 

BIG BROTHER IS WATCHING... 

—We (the bankers) must proceed with caution and guard every move made, for the lower order of people 
are already showing signs of restless commotion. Prudence will therefore show a policy of apparently 

yielding to the popular will until our plans are so far consummated that we can declare our designs 
without fear of any organized resistance. The Farmers Alliance and Knights of Labor organizations in 
the United States should be carefully watched by our trusted men, and we must take immediate steps to 
control these organizations in our interest or disrupt them. At the coming Omaha Convention to be held 
July 4th (1892), our men must attend and direct its movement, or else there will be set on foot such 
antagonism to our designs as may require force to overcome. This at the present time would be 
premature. We are not yet ready for such a crisis. Capital must protect itself in every possible manner 
through combination (conspiracy) and legislation. The courts must be called to our aid, debts must be 
collected, bonds and mortgages foreclosed as rapidly as possible. When through the process of the law, 
the common people have lost their homes, they will be more tractable and easily governed through the 
influence of the strong arm of the government applied to a central power of imperial wealth under the 
control of the leading financiers. People without homes will not quarrel with their leaders. History 
repeats itself in regular cycles. This truth is well known among our principal men who are engaged in 
forming an imperialism of the world. While they are doing this, the people must be kept in a state of 
political antagonism. The question of tariff reform must be urged through the organization known as the 
Democratic Party, and the question of protection with the reciprocity must be forced to view through the 



43 



Republican Party. By thus dividing voters, we can get them to expand their energies in fighting over 
questions of no importance to us, except as teachers to the common herd. Thus, by discrete action, we 
can secure all that has been so generously planned and successfully accomplished. " 

— 1892 PAMPHLET cited in a 1924 US Banker's Association Magazine 



THE SKY IS FALLING, THE SKY IS FALLING... 

When the United States Government cries Jbul' about anything under the guise of _rBtionaI security,' it is only so the 
Banksters can protect their interests and power; not about the so-called rights of We, the People. 

—Beyvare the leader who bangs the drums of war in order to whip the citizenry into a patriotic fervor, for 

patriotism is indeed a double-edged sword. It both emboldens the blood, just as it narrows the mind. 
And when the drums of war have reached a fever pitch and the blood boils with hate and the mind has 
closed, the leader will have no need in seizing the rights of the citizenry. Rather, the citizenry, infused 
with fear and blinded by patriotism, will offer up all. " — UNKNOWN 

—Necessity ' is the plea for every infringement of human freedom. It is the argument of tyrants; it is the 
creed of slaves. " — WM PITT (1759 - 18O6) i783 

William Pitt the Younger -British politician who became the youngest Prime Minister in 1783 at the age of 24, and was Prime Minister again from 1804 
until his death in 1 806. 

-The urge to save humanity is almost always a false front for the urge to rule. " — H. L. AAENKEN(i880-i956) 



-Everything the state says is a lie. " — FfllEDR.lCH WILHELM NIETZSCHE (i844 - 1900) 

German philosopher and classical philologist who wrote critical texts on reUgion, morality, contemporary culture, philosophy and science 

—..It is the leaders of the country who determine the policy and it is always a simple matter to drag the 
people along, whether it is a democracy, or a fascist dictatorship, or a parliament, or a communist 
dictatorship. Voice or no voice, the people can always be brought to the bidding of the leaders. That is 
easy. All I have to do is tell them they are being attacked, and denounce the peacemakers for lack of 
patriotism and exposing the country to danger. It works the same in any country. " 

— HERMANN WILHELM GORING (1893 - 1946) 

remarks from the Nuremberg Trials. Goering was a German military leader and a leading member of the Nazi Party 

—Wars are major debt creators, which is what the Global Elite create to collect more interest. This is the 
true purpose of war and yet the people buy the ruse of either a humanitarianism cause or worse, 
jraking the world safe for democracy '. The players are manipulated by the Global Elite/bankers who 
play both sides. The reason the Global Elite want democracy is because that is the only form of 
government which they can manipulate and control under law Merchants. Every democracy the world 
has known ends in an economic downward spiral. Governments which operate under tyrannical 
dictators or archaic monarchies don 't work either, however, when a regime is forced to change to a 
democracy it dies economically. The Global Elite/Bankers do not want democracy for our benefit; it is 
for theirs. " — MARY CROFT 

How I Clobbered Every Bureaucratic Cash-Conflscatory Agency Known to Man 

—War is just a racket. A racket is best described, I believe, as something that is not what it seems to the 
majority of people. Only a small inside group knows what it is about. It is conducted for the benefit of 
the very few at the expense of the masses. The trouble with America is that when the dollar only earns 6 
percent over here, then it gets restless and goes overseas to get 100 percent. Then the flag follows the 
dollar and the soldiers follow the flag. " —MAJOR GENERAL SMEDLEY DARLINGTON BUTLER 

(1881-1940) critic of U.S. military adventurism. In his 1935 book War is a Racket, he described the workings of the military-industrial complex 



44 



— fi'very collectivist revolution rides in on a Trojan horse of janergency. ' It was the tactic of Lenin, 

Hitler, and Mussolini. In the collectivist sweep over a dozen minor countries of Europe, it was the cry of 

men striving to get on horseback. An emergency ' became the justification of the subsequent steps. This 

technique of creating emergency is the greatest achievement that demagoguery attains. " 

— PRESIDENT HERBERT HOOVER. (1874-1964) 
31" president of the United States 

— Sverv government is run by liars and nothing they say should be believed. " — ISIDOR E. STONE 

(1907-1989) iconoclastic American investigative journalist 

—ft is a perfect absurdity to suppose that government would ever take our money without our consent 
under the guise of protecting us. It cannot reasonably be supposed that anyone will voluntarily pay 
money to the terrocrats who masquerade as J.he government, ' for the purpose of securing his 
protection, unless he first makes an explicit and purely voluntary contract with them for that purpose. " 

— LYSANDER SPOONER (i808 - 1887) 

American entrepreneur, political philosopher, abolitionist, and legal theorist of the nineteenth century 



PROGRAM THE MINDS OF THE SHEEPLE BY OWNING THE MEDIA 



—we must try to obtain an infiuence in... all ofjices which have an effect, either in forming, or in 
managing, or even in directing the mind of man.: 

Adam weishaupt professor john Robison proofs of a conspiracy pg 112 

-4n the technotronic society the trend seems to be toward aggregating the individual support of millions 
of unorganized citizens, who are easily within the reach of magnetic and attractive personalities, and 
effectively exploiting the latest communication techniques to manipulate emotions and control 
reason.... Power will gravitate into the hands of those who control information.... Human beings become 
increasingly manipulatable and malleable. " — ZBIGNIEW BRZEZINSKl 

Council on Foreign Relations member, first director of the Trilateral Commission, and President Carter's National Security Advisor from his 1970 book, 
Between Two Ages: America's Role in the Technotronic Era 

—We have delivered our freedoms to a new master, the corporate and governmental conglomerate ... 'the 
New King. ' We have achieved the Orwellian prediction.- Enslaved, the people have been programmed to 
love their bondage and are left to clutch only mirage-like images of freedom, its fables and fictions. The 
new slaves are linked together by vast electronic chains of television that imprison not their bodies hut 
their minds. Their desires are programmed, their tastes manipulated, their values set for them. Whereas 
the Black slave was chained to a living master, the new slave has become a digit, a mere item of 
production that is expended by an invisible master without heart or soul. " — GERRY SPENCE 

(1929-) forward From Freedom to Slavery 

—Those who manipulate the organized habits and opinions of the masses constitute an invisible 
government which is the true ruling power of the country... It remains a fact that in almost every act of 
our daily lives, whether in the sphere of politics or business, in our social conduct or our ethical 
thinking, we are dominated by the relatively small number of persons... It is they who pull the wires 
which control the public mind, who harness old social forces and contrive new ways to bind and guide 
the world... As civilization has become more complex, and as the need for invisible government has been 
increasingly demonstrated, the technical means have been invented and developed by which opinion 
may be regimented. " — noWARD BCRNAYS 

Propaganda -1928- Sigmund Freud's nephew and chief advisor to William Paley who started CBS in 1928 



45 



"Democracy and freedom will be the theme of every broadcast and editorial — but democracy and 
freedom in a strictly Pickwickian [i.e. not literal] sense. Meanwhile the ruling oligarchy and its highly 
trained elite of soldiers, policemen, thought-manufacturers and mind-manipulators will quietly run the 
show as they see fit. " — ALDOUS HUXLEY 

"Brave New World Revisited" 1958 

"Man can become enslaved and betrayed by his own thoughts. He has indeed become a mental robot, 
completely unaware that he is such, and absolutely oblivious to the invisible power that controls him. " 

— HCLCN PCTCR.S 

"The Union Jack: Masonry and British Israelism" 1 970 

—To be controlled in our economic pursuits means to be controlled in everything. " 

— FB.IEDB.1CH AUGUST VON HAYEK 

(1899-1992) Austrian-bom- considered one of the most important economists and political philosophers of the twentieth century 

—With the control of the money came the control of the news media. " — KENT COOPER 

Head of the Associated Press Barriers Down 



-4ntemational bankers under the House of Rothschild acquired an interest in the three leading 
European agencies^ — KENT COOPER 

Head of the Associated Press Barriers Down, pg 21 

— f think the subject which will be of most importance politically is mass psychology.... Although this 
science will be diligently studied, it will be rigidly confined to the governing class. The populace will not 
be allowed to know how its convictions were generated. " — BERTRAND RUSSEEE 

(1 872-1 970) British philosopher, logician, mathematician, historian -The Impact of Science on Society 



—The Rothschilds bought control of the Reuters International News Agency, based in London, Havas of 
France, and Wolf in Germany, which controlled the dissemination of all news in Europe. " 

—EUSTACE MUEEINS 

1950 Secrets of the Federal Reserve 

—Assemble a mob of men and women previously conditioned by a daily reading of the newspapers; treat 
them to amplified band music, bright lights. ..and in next to no time you can reduce them to a state of 
almost mindless subhumanity. Never before have so few been in a position to make fools, maniacs, or 
criminals of so many. " — ALDOUS HUXLEY 

(1894-1963) English writer- The Devils of Loudon 

-The iron grip of the ^London Connection '" (Rothschilds) on the media was exposed in a recent book by 
Ben J. Bagdikian J'he Media Monopoly ', described as: ^A startling report on the 50 corporations that 
control what America sees, hears, reads '. Bagdikian, who edited the nation 's most influential magazine 
the Saturday Evening Post until the monopoly suddenly closed it down, reveals the interlocking 
directorates among the fifty corporations which control the news, but fails to trace them back to the five 
London banking houses which control them. He mentions that CBS interlocks with the Washington Post, 
Allied Chemical, Wells Fargo Bank, and others, but does not tell the reader that Brown Brothers 
Harriman controls CBS, or that the Eugene Meyer family (Lazard Freres) controls Allied Chemical and 
the Washington Post, and Kuhn Loeb Co., the Wells Fargo Bank. He shows the New York Times 
interlocked with Morgan Guaranty Trust, American Express, First Boston Corporation and others, but 
does not show how the banking interlocks. He does not mention the Federal Reserve System in his entire 
book, which is conspicuous by its absence. Bagdikian documents that the media monopoly is steadily 
closing down more newspapers and magazines. Washington D.C, with one paper. The Post, is unique 
among world capitals. London has eleven daily newspapers, Paris fourteen, Rome eighteen, Tokyo 
seventeen, and Moscow nine. He cites a study from the 1982 World Press Encyclopedia that the United 
States is at the bottom of industrial nations in the number of daily newspapers sold per 1,000 



46 



population. Sweden leads the list with 572, the United States is at the bottom with 287. There is 
universal distrust of the media by Americans, because of their notorious monopoly and bias. The media 
unanimously urge higher taxes on working people, more government spending, a welfare state with 
totalitarian powers, close relations with Russia, and a rabid denunciation of anyone who opposes 
Communism. This is the program of J;he London Connection. ' It flaunts a maniacal racism, and has as 
its motto the dictum of its high priestess, Susan Sontag, that "The white race is the cancer of history. " 
Everyone should be against cancer. The media monopoly deals with its opponents in one of two ways; 
either frontal assault of libel which the average person cannot afford to litigate, or an iron curtain of 
silence, the standard treatment for any work which exposes its clandestine activities. " 

—EUSTACE MULLINS 

1950 Secrets of the Federal Reserve pg 6 1 

The media have been purchased by the Banksters/Global Elite, therefore what is conveyed as _rEws' is exactly the 
propaganda they want us to hear. To enact their agenda, they first determine what they want; next, create a problem 
which compels us to react thus demanding a solution; and then quite magically, they provide the solution! Rent the 
movie, —Wag the Dog" and you will see exactly how they manipulate We, the Sheeple. 

The Banksters want We, the People to believe that we influence/control what happens in our country, but that ploy is a 
cleverly contrived illusion. We really have no choices at all. If we believe that _vvhat is going on in the world' is real, 
they have succeeded for we have fallen into their trap. 

— f urge you to learn the harsh facts that lurk behind the mask of optical illusion with which we have 
concealed our true circumstances, even from ourselves. Our country is in danger. Not just from foreign 
enemies; but above all, from our own misguided policies, and what they can do to this country. There is 
a contest, not for the rule of America, but for the heart of America. " — R.OBER.T KENNEDY (1925-1968) 

— ^ an election were held tomorrow the only parties able to run would be those who could afford to pay 
for the privilege. We have the same wealthy groups of people fighting each time to represent us; so even 
before we are given the right to choose, choice itself is taken away. Maybe this is why today so many 
people are deciding not to vote at all. It isn't because they don't care; they just don't care for what's 
being offered... What we have now is a rich powerful minority of Politicians, Bankers, Businessmen and 
combinations of who in the guise of caretakers are, unconsciously or consciously, cheating the mostly 
poor and subservient majority. Those at the top of the financial tree rely totally on those below for their 
position and take us for granted. They grin with confidence even during an election, secure in the 
knowledge that whoever we might vote for, we will end up with the same system with them ultimately in 
control. The election process as it is now does not threaten the financial powers that are really running 
things. While they can see the value in giving us a choice on minor matters, there is no way they are silly 
enough to risk their privileged position by going along fully with the will of the people. The real rulers 
act beyond democracy and with no mandate from us, and they will continue to do so as long as we 
collectively let them. " — ANONYMOUS @XAT.ORG 

—Those who cast the votes decide nothing. Those who count the votes decide everything. " 

— JOSEF STALIN (1878-1953) 

—Unless the mass retains sufficient control over those entrusted with the powers of their government, 

these will be perverted to their own oppression, and to the perpetuation of wealth and power in the 
individuals and their families selected for the trust. " — PR.ESIDENT THOMAS JEFFER.SON (1743-I826) 

third President of the United States (1801-1809) and principal author of the Declaration of Independence 

-^one are more hopelessly enslaved than those who falsely believe they are free. The truth has been 
kept from the depth of their minds by masters who rule them with lies. They feed them on falsehoods till 
wrong looks like right in their eyes. " — JOHANN WOLFGANG VON GOETHE (1749-1832) 

German writer and polymath considered to be one of the most important writers in the German language and thinkers in Western culture 



47 



-The nature of psychological compulsion is such that those who act under constraint remain under the 
impression that they are acting on their own initiative. The victim of mind-Manipulation does not know 
that he is a victim. To him the walls of his prison are invisible, and he believes himself to be free. That 
he is not free is apparent only to other people. His servitude is strictly objective. " — ALDOUS HUXLEY 

(1894-1963) Brave New World Revisited, 1958 

-^he ideal tyranny is that which is ignorantly self-administered by its victims. The most perfect slaves 
are, therefore, those which blissfully and unawaredly enslave themselves." — DRESDEN JAMES (1931-2008) 

-during the 1960's and the early 1970 's, Congressman Wright Patman of Texas repeatedly tried to 
expose the one-world plot by calling for audits of the Federal Reserve and even trying to have the 
Federal Reserve Act repealed. However, the findings of each of his committees for some strange reason, 
were unable to attract any attention from the media. Patman, like those who had gone before him, 
frequently vented his frustration over this lack of coverage. On one occasion he stated, jOur exposes of 
the Federal Reserve are shocking and scandalous, but they are only printed in the daily Congressional 
Record, which is read by very few people. "' — DR.. JOHN COLEMAN 

The Federal Reserve Bank, Greatest Swindle in History, pp. 26-27 

The Banksters have cunningly convinced us that what is not true is true and vice versa. They understand that the mind 
is highly susceptible to programming and manipulation through a constant influx of information. When we are 
repeatedly told something over and over, whether by the media, parents, schools, government, advertising, news, 
billboards, and those ^cts" are coupled with emotion, we become hypnotized; our subconscious mind/ego accepts it 
as true and incorporates that truth into our belief system. Therefore, when we are exposed to new knowledge which 
deviates from that programming," we automatically reject it because it doesn't fit into our belief system. Hence, while 
many people actually think they know what's going on in the world, they are actually responding to their programming. 

-between 1969 and 1986 nine multinational conglomerates bought over 200 newspapers and magazines 
with a total circulation of 46 million at the time of purchase (excluding publications resold to each 
other). Some of these (Atlantic Richfield, Lonrho, Trafalgar House, Reed, Hollinger) were primarily 
engaged in activities outside publishing and their involvement in Fleet Street was sometimes shortlived. 
Others (the conglomerates controlled by Murdoch, Maxwell, the Cowdrays, and Stevens) were 
originally printing or publishing companies which expanded into other areas like banking and 
transport. There is now no popular national newspaper in Britain which does not have, or is not 
controlled by, a major interest outside the media. This integration of the press into finance and industry 
created conflicts of interest. It gave rise to no-go areas where newspapers were sometimes reluctant to 
investigate for fear of stepping on corporate toes. As The Times, then owned by the Thomson 
Organisation, candidly told the last Royal Commission on the Press, 'Coverage of Thomson 
Organisation activities in Thomson newspapers tends, certainly, to be drily factual. ' It also resulted 
sometimes in newspapers editorial columns being misused to promote the commercial interests of other 
companies in the same group. No reasonable person would expect a so-called free press' to operate in 
this biased, self-serving way. After reading this sort of thing on their front own page you might be less 
inclined to believe what was printed inside. " — JAMES CURRAN & JI^AN SEATON i98i 

Power Without Responsibility, The Press and Broadcasting in Britain, page 94 and 99 

— ?7?e majority of regular folks, your friends and neighbors, have been so thoroughly brainwashed by the 

constant bombardment of lies in the media, they now strongly believe the lies to be the truth. It is truly 
an amazing psychological study of the power of repetition and a criminal media. " — B. WINWRIGHT 

allvoices.com 

—There is no such thing, at this date of the world's history, in America, as an independent press. You 
know it and I know it. There is not one of you who dares to write your honest opinions, and if you did, 
you know beforehand that it would never appear in print... Any of you who would be so foolish as to 
write honest opinions would be out on the streets looking for another job. If I allowed my honest 



48 



opinions to appear in one issue of my paper, before twenty-four hours my occupation would be gone. 
The business of the journalists is to destroy the truth, to lie outright, to pervert, to vilify, to fawn at the 
feet of mammon, and to sell his country and his race for his daily bread. You know it and I know it, 
and what folly is this toasting an independent press? We are the tools and vassals of rich men behind 
the scenes. We are the jumping jacks, they pull the strings and we dance. Our talents, our possibilities 
and our lives are all the property of other men. We are intellectual prostitutes. " — JOHN SWINTON 

(1829-1901) former chief-of-staff for the New York Times in an address to his colleagues. Swinton had been provoked by someone who had offered a toast 
to the independent press at a banquet honoring him as a preeminent New York journalist. -Richard O. Beyer and Herbert M. Morals, co-authors, Labor's 
Untold Story, published by United Electrical, Radio & Machine Workers of America, NY. 

-^he real mass media are basically trying to divert people.. .Let everybody be crazed about professional 
sports or sex scandals. " — NOAM CHOMSKY 

(1928-) American linguist, philosopher, cognitive scientist, and political activist. He is an Institute Professor and professor emeritus of linguistics at the 
Massachusetts Institute of Technology. 

—A monopoly is a terrible thing, until you have it. " — RUPERT MURDOCH (1931) 

Multi-Billionaire owner of film studios, print newspapers, print magazines, television stations, cable TV stations among them 20th Century Fox, Twentieth 
Century Fox Espaiiol, Twentieth Century Fox International, Twentieth Century Fox Television, Fox Searchhght Pictures, Fox Studios Australia, Fox Studios 
Baja, Fox Studios Los Angeles, Fox Television Studios,National Geographic, etc. 

—Our job is to give people not what they want, but what we decide they ought to have. " 

— RICHARD SALANT (1914- 1993) 

former President of CBS News from 1961-1964 In 1971 Salant broadcast a controversial documentary entitled — F/je Selling of the Pentagon" which 
examined the military's manipulation of public opinion and the news media. Some members of Congress wanted to cite him for contempt, and as a result, he 
incurred the wrath of the government. He was a passionate defender of the first amendment and strongly criticized broadcasters who seemed more interested 
in ratings than news quality. - From Encyclopedia of Television News" -Michael D. Murray, pg 221 

—As long as each individual is facing the television tube alone, formal freedom poses no threat to 
privilege. " — NOAM CHOMSKY (1928-) 

-4n March, 1915, the J. P. Morgan interests, the steel, shipbuilding, and powder interest, and their 
subsidiary organizations, gathered 12 powerful men in the newspaper world and employed them to 
select the most influential newspapers in the United States and sufficient number of them to control 
generally the policy of the daily press ... They found it was necessary to purchase the control of only 25 
of the greatest papers. An agreement was reached; the policy of the papers was bought, to be paid for by 
the month; an editor was furnished for each paper to properly supervise and edit information regarding 
the questions of preparedness, militarism, financial policies, and other things of national and 
international nature considered vital to the interests of the purchasers. " 

— CONGRESSMAN OSCAR CALLAWAY (1872-1947) 

1917, served on the Committee on Expenditures in the Treastiry Department 1912-1913. Callaway's tenure was marked by outspoken and sharp questioning 
of every federal expenditure. In 1917 he charged that leading business interests were purchasing newspapers to advance their agenda. 

-4t's not what you don't know that will screw you up, it's what you know that is wrong. The spin you 
hear from the mainstream media is intended to mislead you. Open your eyes and face the future. If you 

leave your head in the sand and ignore it, you are only leaving your butt exposed for the world to kick. 
This all may sound like gloom and doom, but when you get a handle on what is going to happen, you 
will have a future filled with opportunity. Fortune favors the Informed. " — JOHNNY SILVER BEAR 

The Nature of Money and ottr Monetary System, 2004 

-The ruling class has the schools and press under its thumb. This enables it to sway the emotions of the 
classes. " — ALBERT EINSTEIN (1879 - 1955) 

—People everywhere confuse what they read in newspapers with news. " — A. J. LIEBLING 

(1904-1963) American journalist and press critic closely associated with TheNew Yorker. The New Yorker, AprilT, 1956 



-freedom of the press is guaranteed only to those who own one. " — A. J. LIEBLING 

(1904-1963) The New Yorker, May 14, 1960 



49 



-There's really five companies that control 90 percent of what we read, see and hear. " 

— TED TURNER (1938) 

American media mogul, philanthropist and founder of the cable news network CNN 



-^he function of the press in society is to inform, but its role in society is to make money. " 

— A. J. LIEBLING (1904-1963) 

-The banksters first bought all the politicians. Next they bought all the major media to promote the 
illusion that politicians represent our interests. Then they took control of the education system, ensuring 
kids stop thinking at an early age. The Office of Homeland Security is designed to control us in order to 
confiscate our funds for the purpose of paying the alleged debt of trillions of dollars. It 's only a matter 
of time before we will have no more cash, no pensions, no government Jjenefits '. If we resist, there is an 
Orwellian police state and military police to ensure it. " — AUTHOR UNKNOWN 



—Anyone who has the power to make you believe absurdities has the power to make you commit 
atrocities." —VOLTAIRE 

aka Fran9ois-Marie Arouet (1694 -1778) 

—When you control opinion, as corporate America controls opinion in the United States by owning the 
media, you can make the [many] believe almost anything you want, and you can guide them. " 

— GORE VIDAL 
The Golden Age (1925-) 



—We move toward a lofty ideal. On some great and glorious day the plain folks of the land will reach 
their heart's desire at last, and the White House will be adorned by a downright moron. " 

— H. L. MENCKEN (isso - 1956) 

Baltimore Sun (26 July 1920) 

-Tie who monopolizes all media of communication has full power to keep a tight hand on the 
individuals ' minds and souls. " — LUDWIG VON MSES (I881-1973) 

One of the most notable economists and social philosophers of the twentieth century 

-The greatest threat to our world and its peace comes from those who want war, who prepare for it, and 
who, by holding out vague promises of future peace or by instilling fear of foreign aggression, try to 
make us accomplices to their plans. " — HERMANN HESSE (i877- 1962) 

German-bom Swiss noveUst who received the 1946 Nobel Prize in Literature 

—Our government has kept us in a perpetual state of fear kept us in a continuous stampede of patriotic 
fervor with the cry of grave national emergency. Always there has been some terrible evil at home or 
some monstrous foreign power that was going to gobble us up if we did not blindly rally behind it. " 

— GENERAL DOUGLAS A4ACARTHUR 1957 (1880-1964) 

—Utilizing psycho-politics the Global Elite/Banksters control us by: 

1. Creating events and predetermining their outcome 

2. Manufacturing event details and controlling the information dissemination infrastructure 

3. Biasing the alarm faculties of common people by the selected dissemination of controlled information 

4. Molding knowledge and belief systems through education ' 

5. Intentionally providing the children of common people with inferior education through public 
instruction while their children attend premier schools and colleges 

50 



6. Controlling the emotions of common people through social rhetoric and religious dogma 

7. Enacting rules and regulations that influence common peoples ' decisions based upon rewards and 
punishments 

8. Intimidating the decisions of ordinary people by threatening force, torture, fines, or imprisonment 

9. Erecting surveillance networks which have the ability to monitor the behaviors and actions of groups 
and individuals — MARY CROFT 

How I Clobbered Every Bureaucratic Cash-Conflscatory Agency Known to Man 

—Give me control of the German media, and I can control the German people. " 

—JOSEPH GOEBBCLS (1897-1945) 

Hitler's propaganda minister 

—When a candidate for public office faces the voters, he does not face men of sense; he faces a mob of 
men whose chief distinguishing mark is the fact that they are quite incapable of weighing ideas, or even 
of comprehending any save the most elemental — men whose whole thinking is done in terms of 
emotion, and whose dominant emotion is dread of what they cannot understand. So confronted, the 
candidate must either bark with the pack or be lost... All the odds are on the man who is, intrinsically, 
the most devious and mediocre — the man who can most adeptly disperse the notion that his mind is a 
virtual vacuum. " — H. L. MENCKEN (1880 - 1956) 

Baltimore Sun (26 July 1920) 

-^he man who never looks into a newspaper is better informed than he who reads them; inasmuch as he 
who knows nothing is nearer to the truth than he whose mind is filled with falsehoods and errors. It is a 
melancholy truth that a suppression of the press could not more completely deprive the nation of its 
benefits than is done by its abandoned prostitution to falsehood. " — PRESIDENT THOA4AS JEEEERSON 



BE AFRAID... BE REALLY AFRAID... 



-The bewildered herd is a problem. We've got to prevent their rage and trampling. We've got to distract 
them. They should he watching the Superbowl or sitcoms or violent movies or something. Every once in a 
while you call on them to chant meaningless slogans like 'Support Our Troops', and you've got to keep 
them pretty scared because unless they're scared properly and frightened of all kinds of devils that are 
going to destroy them from outside or inside or somewhere, they may start to think, which is very 
dangerous because they're not competent to think, and therefore it's important to distract and to 
marginalize them. " — NOAM CHOMSKY 

Professor at MIT- sarcastic excerpt from a lecture by on the power elite's conception of democracy in America 

The Banksters incite fear, uncertainty, doubt and terror as a means of controlling We, the Sheeple. Is there really only 
bad news? Of course not. There is far more that is flight' in this world than there is _wong.' But you'd never know it if 
you watched the news. The Banksters intentionally steer our thinking of what is right, what is wrong, who is good, who 
is bad and then manipulates that information to serve their agenda. Fear and terror is spread through Media, which are 
owned by the Banksters; the "Puppet Masters." 

Now that you realize that We, the Sheeple have been duped, let's examine the fraudulent national debt and how it came 
to fruition so you have a better idea of the events unfolding in the world today. 



51 



THE FRAUDULENT NATIONAL DEBT 



-^he citizens of the United States falsely owe these lemmings (the Federal Reserve) over $13 trillion 
dollars. " —DR. KEN A4ATTO 

Former Congressional Candidate, 6th District N.J. 
The Federal Reserve: History of Lies, Thievery, and Deceit 

-The Federal Reserve was incorporated in 1914 and has been creating a completely unnecessary 
national debt ever since. As of October 12, 2004, the national debt increases at a rate of about $1. 71 
billion dollars every day... " — DFl. KCN MATTO 

Former Congressional Candidate, 6th District N.J. 
The Federal Reserve: History of Lies, Thievery, and Deceit 



-^he 'National Debt has continued to increase an average of $4.15 billion per day since September 28, 
2007!" 

—A government, whether a royal monarchy or a democracy, can simply print and issue greenbacks, or 
give recipients a government check. The government would incur no debt to anybody if this method were 
used, and if interest was to be charged, the government would get the interest. Our Constitution 
authorizes this method for us. Under the exclusive franchise to manufacture money that we have 
delegated to the 12 bankers, these private bankers can simply —write a check" with absolutely nothing 
to back it up. They can create money out of thin air, loan it to us, to businesses, and to our government, 
and make a private profit from the interest charged. This private money manufacturing process is 
backed by our law that makes this money legal tender, and it is guaranteed by our government and 
hence, by us taxpayers. It is a magic money-making scheme that makes private bankers wealthy beyond 
imagination. " —CONGRESSMAN WRIGHT PATMAN(i 893- 1976) 

chair of the United States House Committee on Banking and Currency (1965-1975) 



Author Theodore R. Thoren explains in Truth in Money that the national debt is an illusion because the interest on the 
debt is unpayable; it simply accumulates endlessly. The interest on our debt is paid before any other expense for the 
entire system would collapse if it didn't. If the debt is reduced, money then disappears from circulation which in turn 
causes depression. The cycle can only maintain balance if enough money is in circulation; in fact, the quantity of 
money in circulation determines whether the economy is good or bad. You will soon learn in the next section of this 
thesis that this boom/bust cycle has occurred throughout our history and has been cunningly manipulated by the 
Banksters as a means to maintain their power and ensure their perpetual wealth. 



THE MAGIC OF FRACTIONAL BANKING 

—ft all began with the gold smiths of the late middle ages who held gold for wealthy persons who did not 
wish burden or the risk of carrying it around. The gold smiths issued receipts for the gold. People found 
it convenient to use these receipts as a medium of exchange rather than withdrawing gold, paying it to 
the creditor, with the creditor then depositing the gold with the gold smith. The gold smiths made loans 
based on their deposits. Then, since depositors rarely came at one time to withdraw the gold, they began 
to make loans of up to 10 times the amount of the actual gold on deposit. Nobody was any the wiser and 
the gold smiths got very rich. The gold smiths were creating money, ten times the amount of money they 
had on deposit. Banks now do the same thing. It is called -fractionalized reserve banking. " They loan a 
lot more than they have on deposit. What they have on —deposit" and call an —asset" for the purposes of 
the ratio will surprise you. " — CONGRESSMAN WRIGHT PATA4AN(i893-i976) 

chair of the United States House Committee on Banking and Currency (1965-1975) 



52 



Something jnagical' occurs when you obtain a loan, for upon signing a promissory note the Federal Reserve prints ten 
times the amount of your loan, or $1 Million fake dollars, and gives it to the bank! The bank then 4oans" you $100,000 
of this fake money at interest, retains $100,000.00 in reserve and loans the remaining $900,000 you just created for 
them! This ruse is called Pactional banking." 

The following is Wikipedia's definition of Fractional-reserve banking: The banking practice in which banks keep only a 
fi-action of their deposits in reserve (as cash and other highly liquid assets) and create the remainder as 'cheque book 
money', while maintaining the simultaneous obligation to redeem all these deposits upon demand. Fractional reserve 
banking occurs when banks lend out funds that it does not have on deposit instead of funds solely received from deposit 
accounts, and is practiced by all modem commercial banks. The practice of fractional reserve banking expands the 
money supply (cash and demand deposits) beyond what it would otherwise be. Due to the prevalence of fractional 
reserve banking, the broad money supply of most countries is a multiple larger than the amount of base money created 
by the country's central bank. That multiple (called the money multipher) is determined by the reserve requirement or 
other financial ratio requirements imposed by financial regulators, and by the excess reserves kept by commercial banks. 
Central banks generally mandate reserve requirements that require banks to keep a minimum fraction of their demand 
deposits as cash reserves. This both limits the amount of money creation that occurs in the commercial banking system, 
and ensures that banks have enough ready cash to meet normal demand for withdrawals. Problems can arise, however, 
when a large number of depositors seek withdrawal of their deposits; this can cause a bank run or, when problems are 
extreme and widespread, a systemic crisis. To mitigate these problems, central banks generally regulate and oversee 
commercial banks, act as lender of last resort to commercial banks, and also insure the deposits of the commercial banks' 
customers. 

While a $100,000 loan you take out will cost you at least $300,000., it will cost the bank nothing and in fact the bank 
will profit fi-om all that interest. 

—For commerce to work there must be a debtor and a creditor. An account is created to keep track of 
the debts and credits. In commerce, the only way one can win is to have more debtors than creditors. 
This is done by starting a business. We then sell to others, our time and talent. The more people you find 
with needs, the more debtors you have. The problem with this system is that we are forced to be in 
competition with others who are offering the same time and talent. In order for one to win, the other 
must lose. The more people I put out of business the better I can support my family. We make our 
brother a debtor to us by working for the J,we of money ' instead of the Jcve of service ' and giving our 
time and talent in love. When we keep accounts - who owes whom - we keep a record of wrongs. Also, 
to win in commerce we must destroy the competition. Nothing personal, it's just business. " 

— NICHOLAS GRACHANIN 

-4n the absence of the gold standard, there is no way to protect savings from confiscation through 
inflation. There is no safe store of value. If there were, the government would have to make its holding 
illegal, as was done in the case of gold... The financial policy of the welfare state requires that there be 
no way for the owners of wealth to protect themselves. This is the shabby secret of the welfare statists '* 
tirades against gold. Deficit spending is simply a scheme for the Jiidden ' confiscation of wealth. Gold 
stands in the way of this insidious process. It stands as a protector of property rights. " 

— ALAN GREENSPAN 

Gold and Economic Freedom 

*DEFINITION OF STATISTS: Sovereignty is vested not in the people but in the national state, and that all individuals and associations exist 
only to enhance the power, the prestige, and the well-being of the state. The concept of statism, which is seen as synonymous with the concept 
of nation, and corporatism repudiates individualism and exalts the nation as an organic body headed by the Supreme Leader and nurtured by 
unity, force, and discipline. 

-^very Congressman, every Senator knows precisely what causes inflation... but can't, [won't] 
support the drastic reforms to stop it [repeal of the Federal Reserve Act] because it could cost him his 
job. " — ROBERT A. HEINLEIN 

Expanded Universe 



53 



TAXES, TAXES, AND MORE TAXES = 
MORE AND MORE $$$ FOR THE BANKSTERS 



—The way to crush the bourgeoisie (common class of people) is to grind them between the millstones of 
taxation and inflation. " — VLADIMIFI LENIN (i870-i924) 

Russian Marxist revolutionary and communist politician who led the October Revolution of 1917 

The Banksters use our signatures to create fake money, then they charge us interest on that money, and in addition, 
force us to pay an incredible amount of taxes. When you ponder all of the taxes we are now paying - direct and 
indirect, excise and impost: income (federal, state/provincial, and local), sales, GST, Sin taxes (alcohol, tobacco), 
permits (firearm, building, septic, well), endless banking service fees (credit cards, stocks, bonds, accounts...), endless 
fines and penalties (traffic, invoice late fees...), travel (flight, hotel, rental), capital gains, corporate income, court costs, 
hcenses (marriage, dog, hunting, fishing, driving, piloting, all professional, all business), insurance (property, life, 
medical, vehicle, employment, workers compensation), fuel permit, gasoline (about 37%), inheritance, inventory, IRS 
interest and penalty charges (tax on top of tax), luxury, property, real estate, social security, truckers road usage, 
registration fees (birth, all professions, all vehicles), school, sports, communication (TV, cable/satellite, internet, fax, 
endless telephone service fees (universal, federal, state/prov., and local charges, surcharges, minimum usage..) tolls 
(road, bridge, tunnel), utility (water, gas, electricity, garbage), and the biggest, most insidious of them all: inflation 
which is tax on the money ' itself, you will discover that approximately 85% of what you earn pays taxes and interest. 

Not only are you paying the majority of what you earn to fatten the pockets of the Banksters, but more importantly, this 
form of taxation allows them to maintain their control over you. 

Wasn't this the reason our ancestors fled England? Didn't they want to fi-ee themselves of excessive taxation and keep 
the majority of what they earned through hard work to support their families? 

—When plunder becomes a way of life for a group of men living together in society, they create for 
themselves, in the course of time, a legal system that authorizes it and a moral code that glorifies it. " 

— FREDERIC BASTIAT (1801-1850) 

How could this deception be perpetrated for so long right under our noses? Let's now explore history through the prism 
of money for if we simply follow the money we find that history tells us an altogether different tale... 

WORLD HISTORY THROUGH THE PRISM OF MONEY: 
A PATTERN OF MANIPULATION THROUGH WAR, DEBT, BOOM AND BUST 

Money drives the engine of our world. It is a means of exchange - an essential trade of energy. The creation of paper 
money began with goldsmiths who held gold and silver for others in their vaults. The goldsmiths gave receipts to their 

clients for the gold they deposited who used them as a form of currency. Soon, the goldsmiths noticed that people 
rarely exchanged these receipts for the gold in their vaults, so they cunningly created fake receipts for gold and began 
to circulate them. Incredulously, they got away with this deception for no one seemed to notice that almost overnight 
the goldsmiths became very rich... 

—for generations men had sought to avoid the one drawback of gold, its heaviness, by using pieces of 
paper to represent specific pieces of gold. Such a certificate entitled its bearer to exchange it for pieces 
of gold on demand, but in view of convenience of paper, only a small fraction of certificate holders ever 
did make such demands. It early became clear that gold need be held on hand only to the amount needed 
to cover the fraction of certificates likely to be presented for payment; accordingly the rest of the gold 
could be used for business purposes, or, what amounts to the same thing. A volume of certificates could 
be issued greater than the volume of gold reserved for payment.. ..Such an excess volume of paper claims 
against reserves we now call bank notes. In effect, this creation of paper claims greater than the 
reserves available means that bankers were creating money out of nothing. " — CARROLL QUICLEY 

Tragedy and Hope 

54 



This fraud then became official and has a root of controversy for years. In fact, many laws have been written which 
prohibit this practice called usury... 

USURY: THE RICH GET RICHER AND THE POOR GET POORER 

Usury is defined as lending money for profit or interest, a practice condemned, scorned and prohibited throughout 
history for moral, ethical, religious, and legal reasons, as well as the detrimental effects it has on society. It allows the 
rich to get richer at the expense of the poor getting poorer. Throughout the ages, usury has exploited and oppressed the 

poor and lower classes, causing the inequitable distribution of wealth. While most people don't begrudge others who 
earn money from providing a product or service, Usury allows a person to get richer simply because they are rich. 
Usury allows only the rich to benefit - a system which does not serve the highest good. 

There are many passages in the Bible which condemn usury: 

-£)o not charge your brother interest, whether on money or food or anything else that may earn 
interest. You may charge a foreigner interest, but not a brother Israelite, so that the Lord your God may 
bless you in everything you put your hand to in the land you are entering to possess. " 

— DEUTER.ONOMY 23:19-20 

Holy Bible (New International Version) 

— ^ one of your countrymen becomes poor and is unable to support himself among you, help him as you 
would an alien or a temporary resident, so that he can continue to live among you. Do not take interest 
of any kind from him, but fear your God, so that your countryman may continue to live among you. You 
must not lend him money at interest or sell him food at profit. " — LEVITICUS 25:35-37: Holy Bible 



— ^ you lend money to one of my people among you who is needy, do not be like a moneylender; charge 
him no interest. " — EXODUS 22:25 

New International Version Holy Bible 

1,500 B.C.: The oldest known references to usury are found in the Vedic texts of ancient Hindu religious 
manuscripts which defined usury as any loan that required the payment of interest. 

800-600 B.C.: The Greeks first regulated interest but then deregulated it, creating so much unregulated debt 
that Athenians were sold into slavery and threatened revolt. 

500 B.C.: Hindu law forbade the higher castes of priests and warriors fi-om exploiting the lower castes by 
charging interest for a loan. In India, about 500 BC, both Hindus and Buddhists looked down on usury. Vashishtha, a 
Hindu lawmaker, decreed that no one in the Brahman or Kshatriya castes could lend money at interest. Buddhist 
writings from this time also state that no one can escape the Wheel of Life (reincarnation) if he/she lends money at 
interest. 

384 B.C.-322 BC: 

-4n marrying and giving in marriage, no one shall give or receive any dowry at all; and no one shall 
deposit money with another whom he does not trust as a friend, nor shall he lend money upon interest; 
and the borrower should be under no obligation to repay either capital or interest. " 

— PLATO (428/427 BC - 348/347 BC) Laws Book V 



55 



—.those who ply sordid trades, pimps and all such people, and those who lend small sums at high 
rates... for all these take more than they ought, and from the wrong sources. What is common to them is 
evidently a sordid love of gain... " — AR.1STOTLE (384bc-322bc) ni2a.,Ethics 

-There are two sorts of wealth-getting, as I have said; one is a part of household management, the other 
is retail trade: the former necessary and honorable, while that which consists in exchange is justly 
censured; for it is unnatural, and a mode by which men gain from one another. The most hated sort, and 
with the greatest reason, is usury, which makes a gain out of money itself, and not from the natural 
object of it. For money was intended to be used in exchange, but not to increase at interest. And this 
term interest, which means the birth of money from money, is applied to the breeding of money because 
the offspring resembles the parent. Wherefore of any modes of getting wealth this is the most 

unnatural. " — ARISTOTLE (384 BC - 322 BC) Politics, Book I, Part 10 

-The trade of the petty usurer is hated with most reason: it makes a profit from currency itself, instead 
of making it from the process which currency was meant to serve. Their common characteristic is 
obviously their sordid avarice. " — ARISTOTLE (384 bc - 322 bc) Ethics 



340 B.C.: The civil law of republican Rome outlaws interest altogether. 

33 A.D.: Jesus was so enraged by the jnoney changers' in Jewish temples that he tipped over the tables and 
drove them out with a whip. Why was he so upset? To enter the temple, people had to pay a ^temple tax' whose price 
was determined by whatever _the market' would bear, and the money changers made huge profits off this manipulation. 
Jesus saw this as stealing from the people and called these first _banksters': "A den of thieves. "King jamesNT,Mt2i:i3,Mr ii:i7, 

Lu 19:46 

600 A.D.: In the Islamic empire usury was forbidden. The Qu'ran states: -believers, do not live on usury, 
doubling your wealth many times over. " — THE 'IMRANS 3:130 

610-632 C.E: —Those that live in usury shall rise up before God like men whom Satan has demented by his 
touch; for they claim that trading is no dijferent from usury. " — THE COW 2:275 

800: Charlemagne (742-814) meaning _Charles the Great,' was King of the Franks from 768 and Emperor of the 
Romans from 800 to his death in 814. He outlawed interest throughout his empire. 

849-901: 

—..if any man is found taking usury, his lands will be confiscated, and he will be banished from 
England. .." — ^ALFRED THE GREAT King of England 

1 iTH 

11'" CENTURY: In England, the taking of any interest at all is punishable by confiscating the usurer's land and 
belongings. 

1000-1100: MEDIEVAL ENGLAND 

Medieval Canon Law: Usury is punishable by ex-communication. 



Medieval Roman Law: Usurer's are fined four times the amount taken, while robbery is penalized at twice the amount 
taken. 

56 



1306-1321: In ^he Inferno," Dante placed usurers at the lowest ledge in the seventh circle of hell - lower than 
murderers. 

1515: The Catholic Church formally objected to usury because it constituted unearned income. —This is the proper 
interpretation of usury: when gain is sought to be acquired from the use of a thing, not in itself fruitful (such as a flock 
or a field) without labor, expense or risk on the part of the lender, " decreed the church. 

1553-1558: During the reign of Queen Mary, the English Parliament disallowed the collection of interest. 

1566-1625: 

—.If a man is found taking usury, his lands will be confiscated. It is like taking a man's life, and it must 
not be tolerated. " — JAMES 1 

King of England 

1100-1854: TALLY STICKS: King Henry I, the tirst Norman King of England, and the son of William the 
Conqueror created the tally stick system of currency because the goldsmiths had discovered that they could control the 
King by withdrawing their loans of gold money. Since their gold money was the most convenient money to use — 
trading grain for deer skins worked, but was less convenient — when they stopped lending it out, there was less in 
circulation, the overall supply of money dropped, and this caused a depression. The people didn't understand why there 
was a depression, so they blamed the King. So, when the goldsmiths then realized that they could bully the King by the 
mere threat of reducing the money supply, he created the Tally Stick form of loans which worked brilliantly for 726 
years! 

1642 . The English Revolution of 1642 occurred when Cromwell overthrew the parliament and killed King Charles. 
Fifty years of wars followed leaving England in financial ruin. 

1694 . As a result of these wars, the government of King William III (reigned as king of England, Scotland, and Ireland from 1689 to 1702), 
became so desperate for money. Sir William Paterson (i658-i7i9) proposed the following: A group of wealthy men agreed 
to loan the King 1,200,000 pound sterling (approximately 6 million dollars) at 8% interest if he agreed to #1 - grant 
Paterson and his associates a charter which would name them "The Bank of England", #2 - allow them "sole and 
exclusive right" to issue notes to the fullest extent of its capital; and #3 - prohibit private goldsmiths to store gold and 
issue receipts, and to require them to store their gold in the Bank of England vaults thus giving the Bank of England a 
money monopoly. The King agreed to these stipulations so overnight the successful Tally Stick System was replaced 
with the Bank of England - a government sanctioned, privately owned bank which could produce money fi-om nothing - 
legally counterfeiting a national currency for private gain. 

—The bank hath benefit of interest on all moneys which it creates out of nothing. " 

—WILLIAM PATER.SON (1658-1719) 

The Bank of England became the model for every nation's Central Bank which also utilizes the fractional reserve 
system. It also grants unmitigated power to this powerful private cartel of bankers which allows them to take over a 
nation's economy and become the nation's real governing force. The Bank of England soon began to flood Britain with 
money, but without controlling the quantity, inflation occurred which soon caused prices to double. 

1698 ! The national debt of England exploded from £1,250,000 to £16,000,000 and with it, the taxes. This failure to 
control the quantity of money created economic upheaval. The wealthy, with their ^side knowledge" simply 
transferred their wealth to protect it becoming even richer while the majority of the common people suffered through 
the economic depression. 

57 



1743: THE ROTHSCHILD DYNASTY IS BORN -in 1743, German goldsmith, Amschel Moses 
Bauer (birthdateunknown-nss) Opened a counting house in Frankfurt Germany. He placed a Roman eagle on a red shield over 
the door prompting people to call his shop the Red Shield Firm, pronounced in German as "Rothschild". When his son 
Mayer Amschel Bauer inherited the business he changed his name to Rothschild. Being a bit more astute than his father 
he soon realized that he could make far more money if he loaned to governments. After educating his five sons, he sent 
them to the major financial centers of the world with one objective: to create and dominate the Rothschild-controlled 
central banking systems. Son #1 - Amschel, remained in Frankfurt and propelled Germany to financial success under 
Bismarck. Son #2 - Salomon, went to Vienna, Austria and soon became a leader in the Austria-Hungary Empire. Son 
#3 - Nathan Mayer , went to England where he took control of the Bank of England. Son #4 - Carl, was dispatched to 
Naples where he became the most powerful man in Italy through his banking skills. Son #5 - James Jacob, went to 
Paris where he established the central bank and was credited with dominating the financial destiny of the nation of 
France. 

—There is but one power in Europe and that is Rothschild. " — NIALL FER.GUSON (1964-) 

The House of Rothschild, Money's Prophets, said a French journalist in 1841 according to author 

—¥es, my dear fellow, it all amounts to this: in order to do something you must be something. We think 
Dante great, but he had a civilisation of centuries behind him; the House of Rothschild is rich but it has 
required more than one generation to attain such wealth. Such things all lie deeper than one thinks." 

— VON GOETHE (1749-1832)1828 

1773: Son #1 - Mayer Amschel Bauer (Rothschild) (1743-1812) summoned 12 wealthy and influential men and 
convinced them that if they pooled their resources, they could control the wealth, natural resources, and manpower of 
the entire world. He outlined a 25 point plan which was put into operation and Bauer aligned himself with Johann 
Adam Weishaupt (i748-i830) German philosopher and founder of the Order of lUuminati, a secret society with origins in 
Bavaria whose aim is alleged to be, world domination. 

The Rothschild family has played a critical role in international finance for two centuries according to Frederick 
Morton in The Rothschilds-, fpg 56) 

—For the last one hundred and fifty years the history of the House of Rothschild has been to an amazing 
extent the backstage history if Western Europe. (Preface)... Because of their success in making loans not 
to individuals, but to nations, they reaped huge profits, although the wealth of Rothschild consists of the 
bankruptcy of nations. " 

-The fact that the House of Rothschild made its money in the great crashes of history and the great wars 
of history, the very periods when others lost their money, is beyond question. " — E.C. KNUTH 

Empire of the City, p. 71 

1763: By the mid 1700's Britain was again heavily in debt. To make their interest payments to The Bank of 
England, the British government imposed a tax on the American colonies. At that time, the colonies printed their own 
debt free paper money they caUed Colonial Script which was not backed by gold or silver. While visiting England in 
1763, The Bank of England asked Benjamin Franklin how the colonies had become so prosperous. Franklin replied: 



-^hat is simple. In the colonies we issue our own money. It is called Colonial Script. We issue it in 
proper proportion to the demands of trade and industry to make the products pass easily from the 
producers to the consumers. In this manner, creating for ourselves our own paper money, we control its 
purchasing power, and we have no interest to pay to no one. " — BENJAMIN FRANKLIN 

Unrobing the Ghosts of Wall Street 



58 



This statement greatly distressed the Bank of England which then prompted the British parliament to pass 
-The Currency Act of 1 764" making it illegal for the colonies to print their own money and forcing them to pay all 
taxes in silver or gold. The result? 



-4n one year, the conditions were so reversed that the era of prosperity ended, and a depression set in, 
to such an extent that the streets of the Colonies were filled with unemployed. The colonies would gladly 
have borne the little tax on tea and other matters had it not been that England took away from the 

colonies their money, which created unemployment and dissatisfaction. The inability of the colonists to 
get power to issue their own money permanently out of the hands of George III and the international 
bankers was the PRIME reason for the Revolutionary War. " —BENJAMIN FRANKLIN'S AUTOBIOGRAPHY 



1775-1783: The American Revolutionary War took place between Great Britain and the thirteen British colonies. 
And though we won our political independence, our financial independence was in jeopardy. To finance the war, the 
American colonies had to again print currency as the majority of gold and silver held in the colonies had been used to 
pay their British taxes which then threatened the economic system. The colonists knew that issuing money "in proper 
proportion to the demands of trade and industry" and not charging any interest stabilized the economy. However, 
because it threatened the profitability of the Bank of England, the colonies and England engaged in continuous battles 
over money. However, England got smart: Rather than taking overt action where the masses could witness what was 
happening and subsequently revolt, the Banksters began to operate covertly. 



1781-1785: the bank of north America 



To help fund the Revolutionary War against Great Britain, Robert Morris, an American merchant and signor of the 
Declaration of Independence, the Articles of Confederation, and the United States Constitution, suggested that he be 
allowed to set up a privately owned central bank in the USA modeled after the Bank of England and call it ^he Bank 
of North America." Although the international bankers appointed Alexander Hamilton to promote a central bank, 
Thomas Jefferson vehemently opposed it stating it was contrary to the Constitution. 

-The establishment of a central bank is 90% of communizing a nation. " 

— VLADIMIR LENIN (1870-1924) 

—Unless the mass retains sufficient control over those entrusted with the powers of their government, 
these will be perverted to their own oppression, and to the perpetuation of wealth and power in the 
individuals and their families selected for the trust. " — THOMAS JEEEERSON (1743-1826) 

third President of the United States (1801-1809) and principal author of the Declaration of Independence 



-4n 1 783 America won its independence from England. However, its battle against the Central Bank 
concept and the corrupt, power hungry mentality associated with it... had just begun. So what is a 
central hank? A central bank is an institution that issues and regulates the currency of an entire nation. 
Based on historical precedent, the typical powers inherent in central banking practice include the 
control of interest rates and the expansion and contraction of the money supply itself. " 

— PETER JOSEPH 
Zeitgeist, The Movie 2007 

Desperate for money, the impoverished American Government agreed to charter the bank in 1781. Similar to the Bank 
of England, it too utilized the fraudulent system of fractional reserve banking which increased both the banks fortune as 
well as Morris's who loaned himself and his friends all the ^ke" money needed to buy the remaining shares. The bank 
then began to loan money to eager politicians who didn't seem to notice nor care how it was done. This scam lasted 
five years until the value of money decreased precipitously due to an excess amount of currency in circulation which 
produced inflation and devalued the currency. As a result, the banks charter was not renewed, however, the wealthy 
shareholder's walked off with lots of money... a fact noticed by the governor. 



59 



—The rich will strive to establish their dominion and enslave the rest. They always did. They always 
will... They will have the same effect here as elsewhere, if we do not, by (the power of) government, keep 
them in their proper spheres. " — GOVER.NOR. MOR.R.1S 

The Constitutional Convention of 1787, 7/2 

-The institution [The Bank of North America] having no principle but that of avarice, will never be 
varied in its object ...to engross all the wealth, power and influence of the state. " — ^WILLIAM FINDLEY 

(c. 1741-1821) 

1787: The Constitution of the United States of America was adopted on September 17, 1787 and ratitied by 
conventions in each state in the name of "The People." The Constitution embodies the supreme law of the United 
States; the framework for the organization of the government and for the relationship of the federal government with 
the states, citizens, and all people within the United States. 

—We the People of the United States, in Order to form a more perfect Union, establish Justice, insure 
domestic Tranquility, provide for the common defense, promote the general Welfare, and secure the 
Blessings of Liberty to ourselves and our Posterity, do ordain and establish this Constitution for the 
United States of America. " — UNITED STATES CONSTITUTION, Preamble 

The phrase "We the People" indicates that the government of the United States "is, emphatically and truly, a 
government of the people," rather than a league of the states. 

1789: George Washington (1732-1799) was elected as first President of the United States and served fi-om 1789 to 
1797. He was a dominant military and political leader and led the American army in the American Revolutionary War. 
In addition, he presided over the writing of the Constitution in 1787 and understood the need to follow the Constitution 
in terms of money. 

— Sm? if in the pursuit of the means we should unfortunately stumble again on unfunded paper money or 
any similar species of fraud, we shall assuredly give a fatal stab to our national credit in its infancy. 
Paper money will invariably operate in the body of politics as spirit liquors on the human body. They 
prey on the vitals and ultimately destroy them. Paper money has had the effect in your state that it will 
ever have, to ruin commerce, oppress the honest, and open the door to every species of fraud and 
injustice. " — PR.ESIDENT GEORGE WASHINGTON (1732-1799) 

first president of the U.S. in an excerpt from a letter to Jabez Bowen, Rhode Island, Jan. 9, 1787 

—Occupants of public offices love power and are prone to abuse it. " — GEORGE WASHINGTON (1732-1799) 



— A/o pecuniary consideration is more urgent than the regular redemption and discharge of the public 
debt: on none can delay be more injurious, or an economy of time more valuable. " 

— GEORGE WASHINGTON (1732-1799) 

1790: Amshall Rothschild proclaimed from his private central bank in Frankfurt: 

-4^et me issue and control a nation's money and I care not who writes the laws. " 

— AMSCHEL ROTHSCHILD 

1791-1811: FIRST BANK OF THE UNITED STATES 

Six years after the failure of ^he Bank of North America," Congress approved the charter of another privately held 
bank entitled the ^ank of the United States" on February 25, 1791 which was fiercely opposed by Thomas Jefferson. 
This bank was deceptively named to sound official and take attention away from the first bank which had been shut 



60 



down. It was financed by the British Board of Trade in exchange for Securities of the United States with 25,000 shares 
issued, 18,000 held by the Rothschilds banks in England. However, it was not rechartered in 1811 which then led to the 
War of 1812 with England which was trying to recover its investment. 

— . To take a single step beyond the boundaries thus specially drawn around the powers of Congress is 
to take possession of a boundless field of power, no longer susceptible of any definition. The 
incorporation of a bank, and the powers assumed by this bill [chartering the first Bank of the United 
States], have not been delegated to the United States by the Constitution. " — THOAAAS JEFFERSON 

in opposition to the chartering of the first Bank of the United States (1791) 



1797: John Adams (1735-1826) was elected second President of the United States and served fi-om 1797 to 1801. He 
was a leading champion of independence in 1776, and one of the most influential Founding Fathers of the United 
States. 

1798: The government borrowed $8.2 million dollars from the Bank of the United States in its first 5 years which 
caused massive inflation as prices rose 72%. Learning from their past mistake with a shorter term on the charter of the 
first bank, the Banksters were guaranteed a twenty year charter on their new bank. Ever-vigilant President Thomas 
Jefferson became alarmed for he could see that an ever increasing debt had irreparable consequences for there would be 
no chance of ever paying it back... The independent press, not bought off yet, called this banking scam —a great 
swindle, a vulture, a viper, and a cobra. " 

— ? wish it were possible to obtain a single amendment to our Constitution - taking from the federal 
government their power of borrowing. " — THOA4AS JEFFERSON i798 

1801-1809: Thomas Jefferson (1743-1826) was elected third President of the United States and served from 1801 to 
1809. He was the principal author of the Declaration of Independence and vehemently opposed the Banksters. 



— ^ once [the people] become inattentive to the public afiFairs, you and I, and Congress and Assemblies, 
Judges and Governors, shall all become wolves. It seems to be the law of our general nature, in spite of 
individual exceptions. " — THOMAS JEFFERSON (1743 - 1826) 



—The eyes of our citizens are not sufficiently open to the true cause of our distress. They ascribe them to 
everything but their true cause, the banking system; a system which if it could do good in any form is yet 
so certain of leading to abuse as to be utterly incompatible with the public safety and prosperity. The 
Central Bank (now the Federal Reserve) is an institution of the most deadly hostility existing against the 
principles and form of our Constitution. " — THOMAS JEFFERSON (1743 - 1826) 



—A private central bank issuing the public currency is a greater menace to the liberties of the people 
than a standing army... We must not let our rulers load us with perpetual debt. " — THOMAS JEFFERSON 



1809-1817: James Madison (i75i-i836)was elected fourth President of the United States and served from 1809 to 
1817. He was one of the Founding Fathers of The United States and a principal author of the Constitution. President 
Madison believed that the new republic needed checks and balances to protect individual rights trom the tyranny of the 
majority. Madison and Thomas Jefferson organized what they called the Republican Party in opposition to key policies 
of the Federalists, especially the national bank, for he, like Jefferson opposed the Banksters. 



-4Iistory records that the money changers have used every form of abuse, intrigue, deceit, and violent 
means possible to maintain their control over governments by controlling the money and its issuance. " 

— PRESIDENT JAMES MADISON (1751 - 1836) 



fourth President of the United States 



61 



— ^ our nation is ever taken over, it will be taken over from within. " 

— PRESIDENT JAMES A4ADISON (1751 - 1836) 

-^'Tyranny and Oppression come to this land, it will be in the guise of fighting a foreign enemy. " 

— PRESIDENT JAMES MADISON (1751 - 1836) 

—The means of defense against foreign danger historically have become the instruments of tyranny at 
home. " — PRESIDCNT JAMES MADISON (1751 - 1836) 



1803-1825: napoleon bonaparte 



As Napoleon rose to power he too began to see through the deceptive practices of the Rothschild-controlled Bank of 
France: 



—When a government is dependent upon bankers for money, they and not the leaders of the government 
control the situation, since the hand that gives is above the hand that takes... Money has no motherland; 
financiers are without patriotism and without decency; their sole object is gain. " 

—NAPOLEON BONAPARTE (1769-1821) 
War generates loans and interest which fattens the pockets of the Banksters. War loans are usually given on condition 
that whomever wins the war will pay the debts of the loser - truly a win-win situation for the Banksters. In 1803 
Napoleon realized that he was a slave to the banks so rather than borrowing from the bank at egregious rates and 
conditions, he sold what was then a French territory west of the Mississippi River to President Thomas Jefferson for $3 
million dollars in gold; a deal known as the Louisiana Purchase. Napoleon then began his conquest of Europe but soon 
discovered that every country he opposed was financed by the Rothschild-owned Bank of England. This resulted in 
huge profits for the banks because his opponents; Prussia, Austria and Russia all went into heavy debt trying to stop 
him. Four years later the main French army was in Russia and Nathan Rothschild deceptively smuggled a shipment of 
gold through France to finance an attack against Napoleon from Spain. This attack and other defeats eventually forced 
Napoleon into exile but he escaped in 1815, returned to Paris and equipped another army with money he borrowed 
from the Eubard Banking House of Paris. 



I The charter for the latest American bank was up for renewal. To continue their profit-making scheme, the 
Banksters threatened members of Congress stating that they would create bad times if their charter as not renewed. 
Despite these threats, the charter was not renewed. 



President Madison led our poorly prepared nation into the War of 1812 against Great Britain. Battles were 
fought at Bladensburg, Maryland in August 1814 when the British set Washington, D.C. ablaze. But American 
victories at the Battle of New Orleans and in Baltimore inspired the lyrics of The Star-Spangled Banner and produced a 
sense of euphoria over a "second war of independence" against Britain. 

During the war of 1812, the United States did not have a central bank controlled by the Banksters. Its currency was 
backed by gold but because the banks utilized the fractional banking system, they loaned more money than the amount 
of gold they had in reserve. 

To finance the war, banks in Washington D.C. and the Mid-Atlantic loaned money to the government. However, the 
New England states were against the war, so their banks did not loan money for the war effort. This forced the D.C. 
banks to expand their currency which caused inflation in D.C. but not New England. Soon people realized that they 
could buy cheaper goods in New England and used their D.C. bank notes as payment. The New England banks then 
requested that these notes be converted into gold which placed the D.C. banks in a quandary, for the more gold that left 
the D.C. banks, the less reserve the banks had to make loans, which forced them to suspend gold payments. This caused 
the D.C. notes to lose their value and as a result, they started selling at a discount. The government then faced the 
dilemma of not being able to finance the war. 

62 



The result? They were forced into negotiating a peace which then ushered in an "Era of Good Feelings" between 
Britain and the United States. However, during and after the war, President Madison reversed many of his prior 
positions and now supported the creation of the second National Bank. 

— ? have ever been the enemy of banks, not of those discounting for cash, but of those foisting their own 
paper into circulation, and thus banishing our cash. My zeal against those institutions was so warm and 
open at the establishment of the Bank of the United States, that I was derided as a maniac by the tribe of 
bank-mongers, who were seeking to filch from the public their swindling and barren gains... " 

- THOMAS JCFFCR.SON 

from a letter to John Adams in 1814 

1815: THE ROTHSCHILDS WREST CONTROL OF THE BANK OF ENGLAND 
FROM PATERSON: 

June 1 8 - The Battle of Waterloo, Belgium - 74,000 French troops led by Napoleon were positioned to meet 67,000 
British Troops. No one knew who would win, but Nathan Rothschild cunningly devised a deceptive scheme to take 
control of the British stock market, the bond market, and wrest the Bank of England from William Paterson. If he were 
the first to know the battle's victor, he could use that information to devastate Britain's financial system. Rothschild 
positioned an agent to observe the battle and when it was certain that Napoleon was defeated it was imperative that 
Rothschild learn of this before anyone else. The news had not yet reached England, but the weather was so treacherous, 
Rothschild's agent paid a sailor a great deal of money to take him across the English Channel so he could deliver this 
news. Upon learning the identity of the victor, Rothschild began selling his securities and bonds in an attempt to 
deceive other investors into believing that Napoleon had won the war and now had his eye on England. His ruse was so 
successful the bottom fell out of the market and investors began to sell off their securities in a panic. But secretly 
behind the scenes, Rothschild agents began to buy all the hugely devalued bonds at a fraction of what they were worth 
a few hours before! hi one afternoon, the Rothschild fortune grew by one million pounds, literally buying control of 
England for a few cents on the dollar and seizing the Bank of England in the process. 

This is the same scheme the Rockefeller's used in Japan after World War II when they bought everj^hing for 10 cents 
on the dollar. SONY - Standard Oil New York - a Rockefeller Company. 

After the 1815 Battle of Waterloo, England controlled most of the key naval trade routes which led to overseas British 
expansionism and a period of relative peace in Europe from 1815-1914. 



1816: THE SECOND BANK OF THE UNITED STATES 



The War of 1812 created hardship in America through rampant inflation and increased debt. Many of the same 
congressmen who in 1811 had refused to renew the charter of the original First Bank of the United States were now on 
their knees begging to recharter it once again which produced the Second Bank of the United States. This new privately 

owned Central Bank controlled by the Rothschild dynasty, initially expanded credit which artificially created a boom. 
The result? Wild speculation in western lands, an increase in cotton production, agricultural expansion, a growth in 
cities, and manufacturing replaced trade as the economic base in the North. This was accompanied by a rise in the sales 
of land, and the price paid for land. 



1817: James Monroe (i758-i83i) was elected fifth President of the United States and served from 1817-1825. Monroe 
was the last president who was a Founding Father of the United States and studied law under Thomas Jefferson. His 
presidency began with an "Era of Good Feelings" which was quickly replaced by an economic depression in 1819. By 
1823, he announced the Monroe Doctrine, which stated that the United States would not tolerate further European 
intervention in America. 

1819: DEPRESSION: The Banksters turned off the financial faucet of credit and a six year Depression 
followed which enabled them to strengthen their sfranglehold on America by causing non-cenfralized state banks to 



63 



collapse and enormous amounts of real estate to be foreclosed upon. Like today, the American public was led to believe 
that this disaster was their fault. The Banksters claimed that the demand for the products of American farms and 
factories after the war was so high that the people misused the easy credit to speculate but once the supposedly finite 
demand was fulfilled, the bubble burst. Keep in mind, it is the amount of money in circulation which determines boom 
or bust cycles - exactly how the Banksters control the government 

1820's: The Rothschilds now controlled the fastest growing banks in France, England, Austria, Italy, and 
Germany. Bankers who allied with the Rothschild Order became wealthy and those who did not struggled or failed. 

1825: John Quincy Adams, (i767-i848) was elected as sixth President of the United States and held office from 1825 
to 1829. The second bank's charter was soon to expire and he feared that if the banks charter was not renewed, it would 
split the Nation so he supported the Banksters. 

1826: Presidential candidate Andrew Jackson, however, understood the implications of the Banksters controlling 
America's money supply and campaigned strongly against renewing its charter: 

—¥ oil are a den of vipers. I intend to wipe you out, and by the Eternal God I will rout you out. ..If people 
only understood the rank injustice of the money and banking system, there would be a revolution by 
morning. " 

1829-1836: General Andrew Jackson (i767-i845) was elected as seventh President of the United States and served 
fi-om 1829-1836. His sole objective was to revoke the Banks charter in opposition to his predecessor John Quincy 
Adams supported. When Jackson was elected, President Adams became so enraged he refused to attend Jackson's 
inauguration. Jackson didn't falter and repeatedly warned of the danger facing the United States should a Central Bank 
be allowed to gain control of the US economy: 

-The bold effort the present (central) bank had made to control the government ... are but premonitions 
of the fate that await the American people should they be deluded into a perpetuation of this institution 
or the establishment of another like it. I am one of those who do not believe that a national debt is a 
national blessing, but rather a curse to a republic; inasmuch as it is calculated to raise around the 
administration a moneyed aristocracy dangerous to the liberties of the country. " 

1832: Although Congress voted to renew the charter of The Second Bank of The United States, Jackson vetoed it: 

— is not our own citizens only who are to receive the bounty of our government. More than eight 
millions of the stock of this bank are held by foreigners... is there no danger to our liberty and 
independence in a bank that in its nature has so little to bind it to our country?... Controlling our 
currency, receiving our public moneys, and holding thousands of our citizens in dependence... would be 
more formidable and dangerous than a military power of the enemy. If government would confine itself 
to equal protection, and, as Heaven does its rains, shower its favour alike on the high and the low, the 
rich and the poor, it would be an unqualified blessing. In the act before me there seems to be a wide and 
unnecessary departure from these just principles. " —PRESIDENT ANDREW JACKSON 

Veto of the Bank Bill, to the Senate, (1832) Herman E. Kross, Documentary History of Banking and Currency in the United States, Chelsea House, pp. 26, 
27, 

— Congress has the right under the Constitution to issue paper money, it was given to be used by 
themselves, not to be delegated to individuals or corporations!' —ANDREW JACKSON 

Jackson opposed The Second Bank of the United States for numerous reasons: it was unconstitutional; it had become a 
monopoly; it exposed the government to control by "foreign interests"; it discretely issued phony gold and silver 
certificates therefore it had the power to devalue the money supply; it could manipulate wars; it controlled the U.S. 

64 



economy; it bribed legislators thus controlling the passage of laws and bills; it manipulated interest rates; it 
manipulated foreign exchange rates; and caused recessions! In addition, it used business to control what happened to 
the country, rather than allowing the citizens to determine what they wanted. He felt the bank improved the fortunes of 
an "elite circle" of commercial and industrial entrepreneurs at the expense of the rest of the country. 



President Jackson ordered the withdrawal of government deposits from the Second Bank of the United States 
and deposited them in state banks. Nicholas Biddle, head of the Second Bank, openly threatened to cause a depression 
in 1833 if President Jackson did not re-charter the Bank. 

-This worthy President [Andrew Jackson] thinks that ... he is to have his way with the Bank [Second 
Bank of the United States]. He is mistaken.... Nothing but widespread suffering will produce any effect 
on Congress... Our only safety is in pursuing a steady course of firm restriction [of the money supply] - 
and I have no doubt that such a course will ultimately lead to restoration of the currency and the re- 
charter of the bank [Second Bank of the United States]. " 

After a fierce struggle, Jackson's veto put the final nail in the coffin for the bank.... at least temporarily. The bank's 
money-lending functions were then taken over by local and state banks and Nicolas Biddle followed through with his 
threat and began his widespread suffering by calling in all commercial loans. This contraction of the money supply 
created another recession where eight hundred banks closed, one third of manual laborers were out of work in New 
York City alone, and unemployment reached 10 percent nationwide. 

1833: FIFTH ANNUAL MESSAGE hy President Andrew Jackson. Washington, December 3, 1833 Volume: III 




"Since the last adjournment of Congress the Secretary of the Treasury has directed the money of the United States to be 
deposited in certain State banks designated by him, and he will immediately lay before you his reasons for this 
direction. I concur with him and some months before the removal I urged upon the Department the propriety of taking 
that step. The near approach of the day on which the charter will expire, as well as the conduct of the bank, appeared to 
me to call for this measure upon the high considerations of public interest and public duty. The extent of its 
misconduct, however, although known to be great, was not at that time fully developed by proof It was not until late in 
the month of August that I received from the Government directors an official report establishing beyond question that 
this great and powerful institution had been actively engaged in attempting to influence the elections of the public 
officers by means of its money, and that, in violation of the express provisions of its charter, it had by a formal 
resolution placed its funds at the disposition of its president to be employed in sustaining the political power of the 
bank. A copy of this resolution is contained in the report of the Government directors before referred to, and although 
the intent may be disguised by cautious language, no one can doubt that this money was intended for electioneering 
purposes. Not only was the evidence complete as to the past application of the money and power of the bank to 
electioneering purposes, but that the resolution of the board of directors authorized the same course to be pursued in 
future. It being thus established by unquestionable proof that the Bank of the United States was converted into a 
permanent electioneering engine, it appeared to me that the path of duty which the executive department of the 
Government ought to pursue was not doubtful. As by the terms of the bank charter no officer but the Secretary of the 
Treasury could remove the deposits, it seemed to me that this authority ought to be at once exerted to deprive that great 
corporation of the support and countenance of the Government in such a use of its funds and such an exertion of its 
power. In this point the question is presented whether the people of the United States are to govern through 
representatives chosen by their unbiased suffrages or whether the money and power of a great corporation are to be 
secretly exerted to influence their judgment and control their decisions. It must now be determined whether the bank 
is to have its candidates for all offices in the country, from the highest to the lowest, or whether candidates on 
both sides of political questions shall be brought forward as heretofore and supported by the usual means. At 
this time the efforts of the bank to control public opinion, through the distresses of some and the fears of others, are 
equally apparent, and if possible, more objectionable. By a curtailment of its accommodations more rapid than any 
emergency requires, and even while it retains specie (gold) to an almost unprecedented amount in its vaults, it is 
attempting to produce great embarrassment in one portion of the community, while through presses (media) 
known to have been sustained by its money it attempts by unfounded alarms to create a panic in all. These are the 
means by which it seems to expect that it can force a restoration of the deposits, and as a necessary consequence extort 
from Congress a renewal of its charter. I am happy to know that through the good sense of our people the effort to 





Page: 31 



65 



create a panic has failed, and that through the increased accommodations of the State banks, no public distress 
has followed the exertions of the bank, and it cannot be doubted that the exercise of its power and the 
expenditure of its money, as well as its efforts to spread groundless alarm, will be met and rebuked as they 
deserve. In my own sphere of duty I should feel myself called on by the facts disclosed to order a 'scire facias' 
(Latin, meaning "to know the causes") against the bank, with a view to put an end to the chartered rights it has 
so palpably violated, were it not that the charter itself will expire as soon as a decision would probably be 
obtained from the court of last resort, (author emphasis) 

How did the Banksters respond to Jackson's opposition? They decided to eUminate this thorn in their side by 
assassinating him... and three attempts on Jackson's Hfe followed. 

—The President had earned the undying hatred of monetary scientists, both in America and abroad. It 
is not surprising, therefore, that on January 30, 1835, an assassination attempt was made against him. 
Miraculously, both pistols of the assailant misfired, and Jackson was spared by a quirk of fate. It was 
the first such attempt to be made against the life of a President of the United States. The would-be 
assassin was Richard Lawrence, who either was truly insane or who pretended to be insane to escape 
harsh punishment. At any rate, Lawrence was found not guilty due to insanity. Later, he boasted to 
friends that he had been in touch with powerful people in Europe who had promised to protect him 
from punishment should he be caught. " — BILL HUGHES 



Assassination attempts did not deter Jackson who upon revoking the charter of the Second Bank of the U.S. 
addressed former President Adams and other Central Bank supporters: 

—Gentlemen, I have had men watching you for a long time and I am convinced that you have used the 

funds of the bank to speculate in the breadstu ff's of the country. When you won, you divided the profits 
amongst you, and when you lost, you charged it to the bank. You tell me that if I take the deposits from 
the bank and annul its charter, I shall ruin ten thousand families. That may be true, gentlemen, but that 
is your sin! Should I let you go on, you will ruin fifty thousand families, and that would be my sin! You 

are a den of vipers and thieves. ' From the original minutes of tlie Pliiladelpliia committee of citizens sent to meet with President Jackson, 
February 1834, according to Stan V. Henkels, Andrew Jackson and the Bank of the United States, 1928 

To his dying day Adams hated Jackson and as a Member of the United States House of Representatives (the only 
American President to serve in this body after leaving office) cast the only ^k)" vote on a law to give medals to the 
U.S. Military officers who had served in the Mexican- American War (1846-1848). hnmediately after casting his vote, 
Adams collapsed and died two days later. 



Upon denying the re-charter of the central bank, President Jackson deposited $10 million into the states causing an 
immediate prosperity, however... 

-The European financiers had the answer to this situation. Author Henry Clews further states, JThe 
Panic of 1837 was aggravated by the Bank of England when it in one day threw out all the paper 
connected with the United States. ' The Bank of England, of course, was synonymous with the name of 
Baron Nathan Mayer Rothschild. Why did the Bank of England in one day Jhrow out' all paper 
connected with the United States, that is, refuse to accept or discount any securities, bonds or other 
financial paper based in the United States? The purpose of this action was to create an immediate 
financial panic in the United States, cause a complete contraction of credit, halt further issues of stocks 
and bonds, and ruin those seeking to turn United States securities into cash. " — EUSTACE MULLINS 

Secrets of The Federal Reserve 1950 page 50 citing Henry Clews, Twenty-eight Years in Wall Street, Irving Company, New York, 1888, page 157 



The Secret Terrorists 



Jackson proclaimed to his vice president, Martin Van Buren: -^he Bank is trying to kill me - but I will kill it! " 




1836: PANIC AND DEPRESSION 



66 



The prosperity was temporary though as a large number of banks began printing a great deal of money which resulted 
in inflation. President Jackson tried to avoid these inflationary consequences in his last year of office by issuing a 
Specie Circular: requiring that public lands be paid for in gold or silver. But the banks didn't have enough gold which 
led to a number of consequences; banks failed, businesses went bankrupt, unemployment spread, and the depression 
deepened. 

EIGHTH ANNUAL MESSAGE by President Andrew Jackson - Washington, December 5, 1836: 

Volume: III Pages: 246-253 (extract): -The influence of an accumulating surplus (i.e. too much money in circulation) 
upon the legislation of the General Government and the States, its effect upon the Credit System of the country (which 
has) produced dangerous extensions and ruinous contractions, fluctuations in the price of property, rash speculation, 
idleness, extravagance, and a deterioration of morals, have taught us the important lesson that any transient mischief 
which may attend the reduction of our revenue to the wants of our Government is to be borne in preference to an 
overflowing treasury, (better to have a small contraction in money supply as opposed to a ruinous oversupply) I beg 
leave to call your attention to the currency of the country. It is apparent from the whole context of the Constitution, as 
well as the history of the times which gave birth to it, that it was the purpose of the Convention to establish a currency 
consisting of precious metals. These, from their peculiar properties which rendered them the standard of value in all 
other countries, were adopted to establish its commercial standard in reference to foreign countries by a permanent rule 
as to exclude the use of a mutable mediiun of exchange, such as certain agricultural commodities recognized by the 
statutes of some States as a tender for debts, or the still more pernicious expedient of a paper currency. The last, from 
the experience of the evils of the issues of paper during the Revolution, (however, it was not the issuing of paper money 
which had a negative effect, it was the unconfroUed quantity of money which led to its devaluation) had become so 
justly obnoxious as not only to suggest the clause in the Constitution forbidding the emission of bills of credit by the 
States, but also to produce that vote in the Convention which negatived the proposition to grant power to Congress to 
charter corporations - a proposition well understood at the time as intended to authorize the establishment of a national 
bank, which was to issue a currency of bank notes on a capital to be created to some extent out of Government stocks. 

The Banksters scheme for a central bank in America was temporarily deterred during Andrew Jackson's presidency, an 
accomplishment he was extremely proud of. When asked what he felt was the greatest achievement of his career 

Andrew Jackson replied without hesitation "I killed the bank!" However, the Banksters were dead serious about taking 
over the United States. Their agents infiltrated our government at the highest levels and controlled our banking system. 

1837-1843: SIX year depression 

Martin Van Buren (1782-1862), vice-president in the Jackson administration, was elected the 8 President of the 

United States and served one term from 1837 to 1841. Before his presidency, he was the eighth Vice President (1833- 
1837) and the 10th Secretary of State under Andrew Jackson (1829-1831). Although President Van Buren continued 
Jackson's anti-Bankster policies, his administration was overshadowed by the depression. 

The Banksters next ploy to install a central bank where they could again control of both the U.S. money supply and 

government was to utilize a tactic which would pit people against one another. By fanning the flames of a volatile issue 
they could create the circumstances where people would eventually demand a solution. Then they would magically 
offer a solution and come to the rescue of the people. By sowing seeds of hatred, they would inevitably divide and 
conquer our nation. The controversial issue du jour? Slavery. 

1841: Although the Independent Treasury Act was passed in 1841, the following year it was repealed. Congress 
sought to establish a new central bank, but was prevented by President Tyler who objected on constitutional grounds. 

1841: WiUiam Henry Harrison - (1773- ASSASSINATED? April 4, 1841) was elected ninth President of the 
United States but died mysteriously on his thirty-second day in office. Harrison's inaugural address promised to 
reestablish the Bank of the United States which would expand credit by issuing a paper currency. On March 17 he 
announced that a special session of Congress was needed in the interests of "the condition of the revenue and finance of 



67 



the country." The session was scheduled to begin on May 31, but before the session took place, he mysteriously died... 
or as a pattern of conduct thus emerging suggests, was assassinated. Furthermore, the controversial issue of slavery was 
creating trouble between the North and the South over whether Texas would be admitted as a free state or a slave state. 

President Harrison had made his opinion known: 

—We admit of no government by divine right, believing that so far as power is concerned, the beneficent 
Creator has made no distinction among men; that all are upon an equality, and that the only legitimate 
right to govern, is upon the expressed grant of power from the governed." — BURKE MCCARTY 

Harrison Inaugural Address, 4 March 1 84 1 The Suppressed Truth About the Assassination of Abraham Lincoln, Arya Varta Publishing, p. 44 



With that statement, those who supported slavery knew that Harrison opposed their plans and it is alleged that he was 
poisoned thirty five days into his term of office. 

—General Harrison did not die of natural disease — no failure of health or strength existed — but 
something sudden and fatal. He did not die of Apoplexy; that is a disease. But arsenic would produce a 
sudden effect, and it would also be fatal from the commencement. This is the chief weapon of the 
medical assassin. Oxalic acid, prucic acid, or salts of strychnine, would be almost instant death, and 
would give but little advantage for escape to the murderer. Therefore his was not a case of acute 
poisoning, when death takes place almost instantaneously, but of chronic, where the patient dies slowly. 
He lived about six days after he received the drug. " — JOHN SMITH DYE 

1864-7'/ie Adder 's Den, p. 37 

Initially no one questioned Harrison's death, but in 1864 author John Smith Dye stated in The Adder's Den - Secrets of 
the Great Conspiracy to Overthrow Liberty in America that many people thought Harrison did not die of natural causes 
but was assassinated by arsenic poisoning. In the August 1841 edition of the Boston Medical and Surgical Journal 
published just a few months after Harrison's death, it was suggested that the medical treatment that Harrison had 
received, not any virus or bacteria, caused his death. The official story states that Harrison developed pneumonia 
immediately after his snow-driven inaugural ceremonies and lengthy inaugural address on March 4, 1841. Though he 
was mildly fatigued and under the weather" he still carried on a normal schedule. Three weeks after the inauguration 
Harrison — took violent chill" and died three days later. 

His last words were to his doctor, but assumed to be directed at VP John Tyler: 

—Sir, I wish you to understand the true principles of the government. I wish them carried out. I ask 
nothing more. " —NICHOLAS F. BENTON 

Washington D.C. bureau chief and White House Correspondent for Executive Intelligence Review 

Along with Harrison's death was the death of Henry Clay's -American System" which Harrison supported: a tariff to 
protect and promote American industry; a national bank to foster commerce; and federal subsidies for roads, canals, 
and other 'internal improvements' to develop profitable markets for agriculture. 

I84I: John Tyler, Jr. (1790-1862) succeeded Harrison as tenth President of the United States and served one term from 
1841 to 1845. Upon taking office, a dramatic reversal of national policies took place. While former president Harrison 
and Congress wanted to reestablish the central bank. President Tyler did not. So when Congress tried to re-charter the 
bank in the midst of the latest depression on September 9, 1841, Tyler vetoed the bill. His opposition was so great that 
on September 11, 1841, all the members of his Cabinet, except one, resigned. So, on September 13, Tyler simply 
appointed new Cabinet members. 

Second Annual Message: President John Tyler - December 6, 1942: To the Senate and House of Representatives of the 

United States: volume: IV Pages: 204-209 

"Between the years 1833 and 1838 additions were made to bank capital in the form of notes designed for circulation, to 
an extent enormously great. The question seemed to be not how the best currency could be provided, but in what manner 



68 



the greatest amount of bank paper could be put in circulation. Thus a vast amount of what was called money, since for 
the time being it answered the purposes of money, was thrown upon the country, an over-issue which was attended, as 
a necessary consequence, by an extravagant increase of the prices of all articles of property, the spread of a speculative 
mania all over the country, and has finally ended in a general indebtedness on the part of States and individuals, the 
prostration of public and private credit, a depreciation in the market value of real and personal estate, and has left large 
districts of country almost entirely without any circulating medium. In view of the fact that in 1830 the whole bank-note 
circulation within the United States amounted to but $61,323,898, according to the Treasury statements, and that an 
addition had been made thereto of the enormous sum of $88,000,000 in seven years (the circulation on the 1st of 
January, 1837, being stated at $149,185,890), aided by the great facilities afforded in obtaining loans from European 
capitalists, who were seized with the same speculative mania which prevailed in the United States, and the large 
importations of funds from abroad, the result of stock sales and loans, no one can be surprised at the apparent but 
vmsubstantial state of prosperity which everywhere prevailed over the land; and as little cause of surprise should be felt 
at the present prostration of everything and the ruin which has befallen so many of our fellow-citizens in the sudden 
withdrawal from circulation of so large an amount of bank issues since 1837, exceeding, as is believed, the amount 
added to the paper currency for a similar period antecedent to 1837. It ceases to be a matter of astonishment that such 
extensive shipwreck should have been made of private fortunes or that difficulties should exist in meeting their 
engagements on the part of the debtor States; apart from which, if there be taken into account the immense losses 
sustained in the dishonor of numerous banks, it is less a matter of surprise that insolvency should have visited many of 
our fellow citizens than that so many should have escaped the blighting influences of the times. 

1845-1849: James K. Polk (1795-1849) was elected eleventh President of the United States and served one term 
from 1845-1849. A protege of Andrew Jackson, he agreed with Jackson's efforts to destroy the national bank. President 
Polk had a definite goal for his administration: to reestablish an Independent Treasury System and in 1846, he indeed 
restored a system where government flinds were held in the Treasury rather than in banks. On the inflammatory issue of 
slavery he hoped to placate the North and South by authorizing that new lands acquired in Oregon were to be free, but 
Texas was allowed to have slaves. Three short months after leaving office, President Polk died at the age of 53 from 
-eholera morbus." Interestingly, this cause of death seems to be the diagnosis _dujour,' as it was the exact same cause 
of death that President Taylor died of in 1850, which after the exhumation of his body in 1991, found traces of arsenic 
in his body... 

1849 . The Rothschild banking dynasty now controlled half of the world's wealth; more wealth than all the families 
of Europe. 

1849: Zachary Taylor (i784-i850) was elected twelfth President of the United States and served only sixteen months 
from 1849 to 1850. It is believed that he too was assassinated for he opposed the Banksters and refused to go along 
with what he believed to be the destruction of America: slavery. Because Taylor was a slaveholder it was assumed that 
he would defend southern rights however, he believed that slavery was a "social and political evil" which angered many 
Southerners. Additionally, Taylor opposed the expansion of slavery into the new territories and urged settlers in New 
Mexico and California to bypass the territorial stage and draft constitutions for statehood. This led to a Secession Crisis 
in January of 1850 and Congressional leaders sought to placate both North and South by creating ^e Compromise of 
1850" but Taylor opposed the bill because it allowed slavery in the new territories. As a result, states threatened 
secession but Taylor, a former military man, stated that he would execute disunionists -^ith less reluctance than I 
hanged spies and deserters in Mexico. " 

— A'o country could prosper without an able independent judiciary, and a sound currency, neither of 
which has this state (Kentucky) been blessed with for some time past. " — ZACHARY TAYLOFl 

(1784-1850) 12th President of the United States 

—The idea of a national bank is dead, and will not be revived in my time. " — ZACHARY TAYLOR 

(1784-1850) 12th President of the United States 

-4n the discharge of duties my guide will be the Constitution, which I this day swear to preserve, 
protect, and defend. " —ZACHARY TAYLOR 

69 



Although it is reported that President Taylor died of "cholera morbus", the true cause of his premature death has been 
questioned for decades which led to an exhumation of his body in 1991. The official story stated that while he attended 
various festivities on the July 4 holiday, he spent too much time in the hot sun and ate too many cucumbers, cherries 
and iced milk which led to his death. However, author Michael Parenti in "History as Mystery, " and many others, 
believed he was assassinated by arsenic poisoning. Taylor symptoms included severe cramps, nausea, diarrhea, 
vomiting, fever, severe pain on the side of his chest and raging thirst - the same symptoms he experienced in New 
York the year before when he was not exposed to the sun nor eaten too many cucumbers, cherries and iced milk. 
Keenly aware of that poisoning was a distinct possibility, Taylor made this statement the day before he died: 

-^should not be surprised if this were to terminate in my death. I did not expect to encounter what has 
beset me since my elevation to the Presidency. God knows I have endeavored to fulfill what I conceived 
to be an honest duty. But I have been mistaken. My motives have been misconstrued, and my feelings 
most grossly outraged. " 

The results of the 1991 exhumation stated that the symptoms and duration of Zachary Taylor's disorder were 
historically and medically compatible with acute arsenic poisoning. And though some forms of food poisoning exhibit 
some of these symptoms, they rarely result in death. 

-The arch-plotters, fearing that suspicion might he aroused by the death of the President early in his 
administration, as in the case of President Harrison, permitted him to serve one year and four months, 
when on the fourth of July, arsenic was administered to him during a celebration in Washington at 
which he was invited to deliver the address. He went in perfect health in the morning and was taken ill 
in the afternoon about five o 'clock and died on the Monday following, having been sick the same 
number of days and with precisely the same symptoms as was his predecessor, President Harrison. " 

— BURKE MCCARTY 

1924 The Suppressed Truth about the Assassination of Abraham Lincoln, Arya Varta Publishing p. 48 



Vice-president Millard Fillmore (I800-1874) assumed office after the untimely death of President Taylor on July 
9, 1850 and became the thirteenth President of the United States serving from 1850 until 1853. President Fillmore had 
been the New York State Comptroller and revised New York's banking system, making it a model for the future 
Banksters National Banking System. Regarding the issue of slavery, Taylor and Fillmore disagreed; Taylor wanted the 
new states to be free, while Fillmore supported slavery in those states to appease the South. In his own words: —God 
knows that I detest slavery, but it is an existing evil ... and we must endure it and give it such protection as is 
guaranteed by the Constitution. " 



1853: Franklin Pierce (I804-1869) was elected fourteenth President of the United States and served one term Irom 
1853 to 1857. Again the country's greatest challenge was the divisive issue of slavery. During his term, Pierce outraged 
northerners who believed that he capitulated to slave-holding interests by continually recognizing pro-slavery 
legislature even after a Congressional investigative committee found it to be illegitimate. 

1857: James Buchanan (1791^1868) was elected fifteenth President of the United States and served from 1857-1861. 
He was inaugurated on March 4, 1857, four years before the outbreak of the Civil War - a time when tensions were 
becoming more and more pronounced over the issue of slavery. Although Buchanan had been viewed by many as a 
compromise between the two sides of the slavery issue, he had many enemies: 

—James Buchanan had wined and dined with the Southerners and it appeared as though he would go 
along with their desires. The new president proved himself a decided _Trimmer. ' Although he was a 
Northern man, he had strongly courted the Southern leaders and given them to understand that he was 
JVith them heart and soul, ' in short, he double-crossed them... The gentleman had had his ear to the 
ground evidently and had heard the rumble of the Abolitionists ' wheels.... He coolly informed them that 
he was President of the North, as well as of the South. This change of attitude was indicated by his very 



70 



decided stand against Jefferson Davis and his party, and he made known his intention of settling the 
question of Slavery in the Free States to the satisfaction of the people in those States. " 

— BUR.KE MCCAR.TY 

1924 The Suppressed Truth about the Assassination of Abraham Lincoln, Arya Varta Publishing, p. 50 

— His question of domestic slavery is the weak point in our institutions, touch this question 
seriously... and the Union is from that moment dissolved. Although in Pennsylvania we are all opposed 
to slavery in the abstract, we can never violate the Constitutional compact we have with our sister 
states. Their rights will be held sacred by us. Under the Constitution it is their own question; and there 
let it remain. " — JAMES BUCHANAN 

(1791-1868) 15" president of the US 

Buchanan wanted to disassociate himself from the explosive issue of slavery and put it in the hands of the Supreme 
Court believing they would settle the issue of slavery "speedily and finally." However, two days after he took office, 
the Supreme Court unveiled the Dred-Scott decision which stated that Congress had no constitutional power to exclude 
slavery in the territories. This decision pleased Southerners and created an uproar in the North. 

Historian Kenneth Stampp wrote: —Shortly after his election, he (President Buchanan) assured a 
southern Senator that the ^reat object ' of his administration would be Jo arrest, if possible, the 
agitation of the Slavery question in the North and to destroy sectional parties. Should a kind Providence 
enable me to succeed in my efforts to restore harmony to the Union, I shall feel that I have not lived in 
vain. ' In the northern anti-slavery idiom of his day, Buchanan was often considered a "doughface, " a 
northern man with southern principles. " 

At his inauguration Buchanan suffered a severe illness which appeared to have been induced by poison. An article in 
the New York Times stated: 

— Fesident-elect Buchanan arrived at the National Hotel in Washington, D.C. on January 25, 1857. The 
very next day people at the hotel began complaining of symptoms of poisoning, which included 
inflammation of the intestines and a swollen tongue. Buchanan himself was affected, and, quite ill, 
returned to his farm in Pennsylvania. " 

After Buchanan left the National Hotel in January 1857 no new cases of poisoning were reported. However, because 
Presidential inaugurations in the 19th century took place on March 4, Buchanan returned to Washington on March 2, 
1857 and again checked into the National Hotel. And again, upon Buchanan's return, reports of poisoning began. More 
than 700 guests attending Buchanan's inauguration became ill and 38 people, including some of Buchanan's relatives, 
actually died. The excuse given was that the National Hotel had become infested with rats, so rat poison was used to 
kill them and it must have somehow made its way into the hotel food... Few bought that excuse and suspicious theories 
emerged: a dark conspiracy had fried to kill Buchanan; the southerners opposed to the federal government wanted to 
disrupt the inauguration and throw the counfry into chaos; northerners felt that Buchanan was too sympathetic to the 
South and wanted him out of the picture... 

—On Washington 's birthday (2-22), Buchanan 's stand became known and the next day he was poisoned. 

The plot was deep and planned with skill. Mr. Buchanan, as was customary with men in his station, had 
a table and chairs reserved for himself and friends in the dining room at the National Hotel. The 
President was known to be an inveterate tea drinker; in fact, Northern people rarely drink anything else 
in the evening. Southern men prefer coffee. Thus, to make sure of Buchanan and his Northern friends, 
arsenic was sprinkled in the bowls containing the tea and lump sugar and set on the table where he was 
to sit. The pulverized sugar in the bowls used for coffee on the other tables was kept free from the 
poison. Not a single Southern man was affected or harmed. Fifty or sixty persons dined at the table that 
evening, and as nearly as can be learned, about thirty-eight died from the effects of the poison. 
President Buchanan was poisoned, and with great difficulty his life was saved. His physicians treated 
him understanding^ from instructions given by himself as to the cause of the illness, for he understood 
well what was the matter. " — BUR.KE MCCAB.TY 



71 



On March 1 8, 1 857 the New York Post reported: 



—Since the appearance of the epidemic, the tables at the National Hotel have been almost empty. Have 
the proprietors of the Hotel, or clerks, or servants, suffered from it? If not, in what respect did their diet 
and accommodations differ from those of the guests? There is more in this calamity than meets the eye. 
It 's a matter that should not be trifled with. " 

Buchanan survived two assassination attempts on his life and on November 12th, 1859, a third attempt occurred. As he 
walked between the White House and Capitol building a man fired a shot at his chest which caused him to collapse. 
Remarkably the gun misfired and Buchanan was unharmed but stated that he was "... quite startled at the report of the 
pistol and at the sensation of a blow to my chest. " 

1857: PANIC 

—One of the high water marks of the successful Rothschild-Peabody Morgan business venture was the 
Panic of 1857. It had been twenty years since the Panic of 1837: its lessons had been forgotten by 
hordes of eager investors who were anxious to invest the profits of a developing America. It was time to 
fleece them again. The stock market operates like a wave washing up on the beach. It sweeps with it 
many minuscule creatures who derive all of their life support from the oxygen and water of the wave. 
They coast along at the crest of the Jide of Prosperity. ' Suddenly the wave, having reached the high 
water mark on the beach, recedes, leaving all of the creatures gasping on the sand. Another wave may 
come in time to save them, but in all likelihood it will not come as far, and some of the sea creatures are 
doomed. In the same manner, waves of prosperity, fed by newly created money, through an artificial 
contraction of credit, recedes, leaving those it had borne high to gasp and die without hope of 
salvation. " — EUSTACE MULLINS (1923-2010) 

The Secrets of The Federal Reserve 1950 

By the early 1850's the number of state banks increased and by July of 1856 the Banksters began to expand the 
currency and loaned far more money than they could back up in specie (gold) thus fueling the bubble. Then the 
Banksters popped that bubble and a well-orchestrated panic ensued and gained momentum for numerous reasons: the 
Rothschilds removed funds from U.S. banks which raised questions about America's economic soundness; the 
Supreme Court's ruling in the 1857 Dred Scott v. Sandford case threatened to open up all western territories to slavery 
which prompted railroad bonds to plummet in value causing a run on the major New York banks, hi this panic, more 
than 5,000 American businesses failed within a year and unemployment soared. 

—After the panic had been engineered, one firm came into the market with one million pounds in cash, 
purchased securities from distressed investors at panic prices, and later resold them at an enormous 
profit. That firm was the Morgan firm, and behind it was the clever maneuvering of Baron Nathan 
Mayer Rothschild. The association remained secret from the most knowledgeable financial minds in 
London and New York, although Morgan occasionally appeared as the financial agent in a Rothschild 
operation. As the Morgan firm grew rapidly during the late nineteenth century, until it dominated the 
finances of the nation, many observers were puzzled that the Rothschilds seemed so little interested in 
profiting by investing in the rapidly advancing American economy. John Moody notes, in The Masters of 
Capital, The Rothschilds were content to remain a close ally of Morgan... as far as the American field 
was concerned. ' Secrecy was more profitable than valor. " — EUSTACE MULLINS 

(1923-2010) The Secrets of The Federal Reserve 1950 pg 52, citing John Moody, The Masters of Capital pg 27 

The First Annual Message: President James Buchanan Washington, December 8, 1857: 

"We have possessed all the elements of material wealth in rich abundance, and yet, notwithstanding all these advantages, 
our country in its monetary interests is at the present moment in a deplorable condition. In the midst of unsurpassed 
plenty in all the productions of agriculture and in all the elements of national wealth, we find our manufactures 
suspended, our public works retarded, our private enterprises of different kinds abandoned, and thousands of usefial 

72 



laborers thrown out of employment and reduced to want. Volume: V Page: 437 "It is our duty to inquire what has 
produced such unfortunate results and whether their recurrence can be prevented. In all former revulsions the blame 
might have been fairly attributed to a variety of cooperating causes, but not so upon the present occasion. It is apparent 
that our existing misfortunes have proceeded solely from our extravagant and vicious system of paper currency 
and bank credits, exciting the people to wild speculations and gambling in stocks. These revulsions must continue 
to recur at successive intervals so long as the amount of the paper currency and bank loans and discounts of the 
country shall be left to the discretion of 1,400 irresponsible banking institutions, which from the very law of their 
nature will consult the interest of their stockholders rather than the public welfare. It is one of the highest and 
responsible duties of Government to insure to the people a sound circulating medium, the amount of which ought to be 
adapted with the utmost possible wisdom and skill to the wants of internal trade and foreign exchanges. If this be either 
greatly above or greatly below the proper standard, the marketable value of every man's Property is increased or 
diminished in the same proportion, and injustice to individuals as well as incalculable evils to the community are the 
consequence." Volume: V Page: 439 "From this statement it is easy to account for our financial history for the last forty 
years. It has been a history of extravagant expansions in the business of the country, followed by ruinous contractions. 
At successive intervals the best and most enterprising men have been tempted to their ruin by excessive bank loans of 
mere paper credit, exciting them to extravagant importations of foreign goods, wild speculations, and ruinous and 
demoralizing stock gambling. When the crisis arrives, as arrive it must, the banks can extend no relief to the people. In a 
vain struggle to redeem their liabiHties in specie they are compelled to contract their loans and their issues, and at last, in 
the hour of distress, when their assistance is most needed, they and their debtors together sink into insolvency. It is this 
paper system of extravagant expansion, raising the nominal price of every article far beyond its real value when 
compared with the cost of similar articles in countries whose circulation is wisely regulated, which has prevented us 
fi"om competing in our own markets with foreign manufacturers, has produced extravagant importations, and has 
counteracted the effect of the large incidental protection afforded to our domestic manufactures by the present revenue 
tariff. But for this the branches of our manufactures composed of raw materials, the production of our own country - 
such as cotton, iron, and woolen fabrics - would not only have acquired almost exclusive possession of the home market, 
but would have created for themselves a foreign market throughout the world. 



In the ongoing economic chess game of power and control, the Banksters schemed once again to reestablish 



their ability to print free money through a Cenfral Bank. And though Congress had defeated the prior cenfral bank, the 
Banksters sought to force America into more debt and by doing so, push those impacted by this burden to beg for a 
central bank. Now they would utilize another of their proven strategies: war. 

To achieve their goal of world domination, control of the United States was of utmost importance so they chose the 
sfrategy of -divide and conquer" using the explosive issue of slavery. Keep in mind, in war, regardless of which side 
wins, the Banksters always win. And though you have been taught that the Civil War was fought over the issue of 
slavery, the control of money, hence, power, was the primary root cause: 

—ft is not to be doubted, I know of absolute certainty that the division of the United States into two 
federations of equal power was decided long before the Civil War by the high financial powers of 
Europe. These bankers were afraid that the United States, if they remained as one block and were to 
develop as one nation, would attain economic and financial independence, which would upset the 
capitalist domination of Europe over the world. " — OTTO VON BISMARK 



Former President Pierce was against war and perhaps understood the Banksters broader agenda writing that "the true 
purpose of the war was to wipe out the states and destroy property. " Implication: it costs money to rebuild... money 
borrowed from Banksters. He also stated that he would -«ever justify, sustain, or in any way or to any extent uphold 
this cruel, heartless, aimless unnecessary war. " 




Chancellor of Germany 1876 



— ^ my sons did not want wars, there would be none. 



— GUTLE SCHNAPER 
wife of Mayer Amschel Rothschild, on her deathbed, 1849 



73 



Abraham Lincoln (i809-i865) was elected sixteenth President of the United States and served from 1861-1865 
when he was assassinated. Lincoln was vehemently opposed to the Banksters and to slavery as shown in the following 
statement... 



—Whenever I hear any one arguing for slavery I feel a strong impulse to see it tried on him personally. " 

—ABRAHAM LINCOLN 

hi his First Annual Message to Congress, December 3, 1861, Lincoln stated: 

-iabor is prior to, and independent of, capital. Capital is only the fruit of labor, and could never have 
existed, if labor had not first existed. Labor is the superior of capital, and deserves much the higher 
consideration. Capital has its rights, which are as worthy of protection as any other rights. " 

The Banksters believed that two separate federations would be easier for them to control. So when the Civil War began 
in April 1861, an economic war also began. Unaware of the deeper intent of the Banksters, that they really wanted the 
Union to fail, President Lincoln met with what he assumed were 4oyal/patriotic" Bankers. Needing funds to finance 
the Civil War, they offered him loans at a 24% to 36% interest rate which horritied Lincoln for he knew that would 
plunge America into a debt which would be impossible to pay back. Lincoln called on his friend. Colonel Dick Taylor 
of Chicago who advised him to 

-Just get Congress to pass a bill authorizing the printing of full legal tender treasury notes... and pay 
your soldiers with them and go ahead and win your war with them also. " 

When Lincoln asked if the people of America would accept the notes Taylor said: 

-The people or anyone else will not have any choice in the matter if you make them full legal tender. 
They will have the full sanction of the government and be just as good as any money; as Congress is 
given that express right by the Constitution. " 

He did as Taylor suggested and Congress then passed a law authorizing the printing of Treasury notes. They were 
called -Greenbacks" to pay for the War as green ink was used on the back of the bills to distinguish them from other 
notes. Greenbacks were credit notes, not redeemable into gold, but it was promised that at a future date the government 
would convert this money into a gold-backed currency. President Lincoln had $450 million dollars of this currency 
printed, and quickly recognized its great benefits: 

— . (we) gave the people of this Republic the greatest blessing they have ever had - their own paper 
money to pay their own debts... " 

—The monetary needs of increasing numbers of People advancing towards higher standards of living 
can and should be met by the Government. Such needs can be served by the issue of National Currency 
and Credit through the operation of a National Banking system. The circulation of a medium of 
exchange issued and backed by the Government can be properly regulated and redundancy of issue 
avoided by withdrawing from circulation such amounts as may be necessary by Taxation, Redeposit, 
and otherwise. Government has the power to regulate the currency and credit of the Nation. 
Government possessing the power to create and issue currency and credit as money and enjoying the 
right to withdraw both currency and credit from circulation by Taxation and otherwise need not and 
should not borrow capital at interest as a means of financing Governmental work and public enterprise. 
The government should create, issue and circulate all the currency and credit needed to satisfy the 

spending power of the government and the buying power of consumers The privilege of creating and 

issuing money is not only the supreme prerogative of Government, but it is the Government's greatest 
creative opportunity. By the adoption of these principles, the longfelt want for a uniform medium will 
be satisfied. The taxpayers will he saved immense sums of interest, discounts and exchanges. The 
financing of all public enterprises, the maintenance of stable government and ordered progress, and the 



74 



conduct of the Treasury will become matters of practical administration. The people can and will be 
furnished with a currency as safe as their own government. Money will cease to be the master and 
become the servant of humanity. Democracy will rise superior to the money power. " 

-^oney is the creature of law and the creation of the original issue of money should be maintained as 
the exclusive monopoly of national Government. " 

—Capital has its proper place and is entitled to every protection. The wages of men should be recognised 
in the structure of and in the social order as more important than the wages of money. No duty is more 
imperative for the Government than the duty it owes the People to furnish them with a sound and 
uniform currency, and of regulating the circulation of the medium of exchange so that labour will be 
protected from a vicious currency, and commerce will be facilitated by cheap and safe exchanges. " 

Greenbacks were used to pay the soldiers, Civil Service employees, and to purchase supplies for war. A fact that did 
not go unnoticed by the Banksters as they quickly realized how dangerous this policy would be for them. In 1865 -The 
London Times'' printed the following statement: 

this mischievous financial policy, which has its origin in North America, shall become endurated 
down to a fixture, then that Government will furnish its own money without cost. It will pay off debts and 
he without debt. It will have all the money necessary to carry on its commerce. It will become 
prosperous without precedent in the history of the world. The brains and wealth of all countries will go 
to North America. That country must be destroyed or it will destroy every monarchy on the globe. " 

1863 . Alexander II, the Tsar of Russia, began to unravel the true intent and conspiracy behind the Banksters and 
refused to allow them to set up a central bank in Russia. He surmised that if Lincoln could limit the power of the 
Banksters by issuing greenbacks and win the war, they would not be able to split America. The Tsar courageously 
warned France and Britain that if they helped the Confederate South, Russia would consider their actions _ai act of war 
an action he knew was taking a chance for the Banksters would then inevitably attack Russia. Sadly he was correct to 
suspect that there would be a price to pay for his actions for three assassination attempts followed in 1866, 1879, and 
1880. It was the fourth attempt which was assured though as this plan employed three backup bombers if the first two 
were ineffective and on March 13, 1881 the Tsar was murdered. 



As the war progressed, Lincoln needed more money but knew Congress would refuse to issue more 
greenbacks. The Banksters seized this opportunity to reestablish a Central Bank and with it, their unlimited source of 
fi-ee money, power and control. Treasury Secretary Salmon P. Chase, a Rothschild agent, forced a bill through 
Congress entitled the National Banking Act" which again allowed a federally chartered privately-owned central bank 
the power and authority to issue our money and charge interest. 

Afterward, Lincoln issued a prophetic warning in view of what is unfolding in our country today: 

—The money power preys upon the nation in time of peace and conspires against it in times of adversity. 
It is more despotic than monarchy, more insolent than autocracy, more selfish than bureaucracy. It 
denounces as public enemies, all who question its methods or throw light upon its crimes. I have two 
great enemies, the Southern Army in front of me and the bankers in the rear. Of the two, the one at my 
rear is my greatest foe. I see in the near future a crisis approaching that unnerves me, and causes me to 
tremble for the safety of our country. Corporations have been enthroned, an era of corruption will 
follow, and the money power of the country will endeavor to prolong its reign by working upon the 
prejudices of the people, until the wealth is aggregated in a few hands, and the republic is destroyed. " 

Later, when Treasury Secretary Chase learned of the deception by the Banksters, he was quite remorseful: 




75 



— agency in promoting the passage of the National Banking Act was the greatest financial mistake of 
my life. It has built up a monopoly which affects every interest in the country. It should be repealed, but 
before that can be accomplished, the people will be arrayed on one side and the bankers on the other, in 
a contest such as we have never seen before in this country. " — SALMON P. CHASE (i808-i873) 

Lincoln's Treasury Secretary, U.S. Senator from Ohio and the 23rd Governor of Ohio 

1865: It appeared that the Banksters were fighting among themselves and expected We, the People to bail them 
out... 

—ft is an old maxim and a very sound one that he that dances should always pay the fiddler. Now, sir, in 
the present case, if any gentlemen, whose money is a burden to them, choose to lead off a dance, I am 
decidedly opposed to the people's money being used to pay the fiddler... all this to settle a question in 
which the people have no interest, and about which they care nothing. These capitalists generally act 
harmoniously, and in concert to fleece the people, and now that they have got into a quarrel with 
themselves, we are called upon to appropriate the people 's money to settle the quarrel. " 

—ABRAHAM LINCOLN 

After winning the war, Lincoln planned to reverse the National Bank Act he had been pressured into approving. 
However, a sovereign government printing its own interest-fi-ee and debt-fi^ee money constitutes a threat to the 
Banksters and Abraham Lincoln now threatened their plans. The solution? Assassination. 

-Lincoln continued to fight against the central bank, and some now believe that it was his anticipated 
success in influencing Congress to limit the life of the Bank of the United States to just the war years 
that was the motivating factor behind his assassination. Modern researchers have uncovered evidence of 
a massive conspiracy that links the following parties to the Bank of Rothschild: Lincoln 's Secretary of 
War Edwin Stanton, John Wilkes Booth, his eight co-conspirators, and over seventy government officials 
and businessmen. Booth 's diary was recovered by Stanton 's troops and delivered to Stanton. When it 
was later produced during the investigation, eighteen pages had been ripped out but later discovered in 
the attic of one of Stanton 's descendants. From Booth 's trunk, a coded message was found that linked 
him directly to Judah P. Benjamin, the Civil War campaign manager in the South for the House of 
Rothschild. When the war ended, the key to the code was found in Benjamin 's possession. The assassin, 
portrayed as a crazed lone gunman with a few radical friends, escaped by way of the only bridge in 
Washington not guarded by Stanton 's troops. Sooth " was located and shot by a soldier without orders 
to do so. Whether or not the man killed was Booth is still a matter of contention, but the fact remains 
that whoever it was, he had no chance to identify himself It was Secretary of War Edwin Stanton who 
made the final identification. Some now believe that a dupe was used and that the real John Wilkes 
Booth escaped with Stanton's assistance. Mary Todd Lincoln, upon hearing of her husband's death, 
began screaming, —Oh, that dreadful house!" Earlier historians felt that this spontaneous utterance 
referred to the White House. Some now believe it may have been directed to Thomas W. House, a gun 
runner, financier, and agent of the Rothschild's during the Civil War, who was linked to the anti- 
Lincoln, pro-banker interests. " — ERIC NORDSTROM 

The Federal Reserve Trail of Blood 

-The death of Lincoln was a disaster for Christendom. There was no man in the United States great 
enough to wear his boots and the bankers went anew to grab the riches. I fear that foreign bankers with 
their craftiness and tortuous tricks will entirely control the exuberant riches of America and use it to 
systematically corrupt civilisation. " — OTTO VON BISMARK 

Chancellor of Germany 1876 

Forty-one days after Lincoln was reelected, he was assassinated in a plot intended to destroy his entire administration. 
In addition to Lincoln being assassinated, Vice-President Johnson, lieutenant general of the Union army Ulysses S. 
Grant, and Secretary of State William H. Seward were also to be killed. Fate was on their side though as Johnson's 
assassin got cold feet and failed to go through with the plan; suspiciously Grant did not join Lincoln at the theater as 
planned; and while Seward was shot, he survived. 



76 



The National Bank Act raised much-needed cash for the war effort and became a model for our current national 
banking system. The Act of 1863 required that banks deposit an amount of at least one-third of its capital stock with the 
Treasury in U.S. bonds. The American economy has been based on government debt ever since 1864 and is firmly 
locked into this corrupt system. And because of this debt-based money system, it is literally impossible to pay off the 
debt without first reforming the banking system. 

-4n numerous years following the war, the Federal Government ran a heavy surplus. It could not 
(however) pay off its debt, retire its securities, because to do so meant there would be no bonds to back 
the national bank notes. To pay off the debt was to destroy the money supply. " 

—JOHN KENNETH GALBRAITH 

1865: Following the assassination of President Abraham Lincoln, Andrew Johnson, (i808 - i875) became the 
seventeenth President of the United States and served from 1865 to 1869. Like Lincoln, he opposed and thus enraged 
the Banksters which greatly weakened his leadership. The Banksters lost nearly $50 million supporting the South and 
President Johnson forgave the debt the Southern States had accrued. He also granted unconditional amnesty to all 
Confederate Soldiers, fi"eed all remaining slaves and paid a $7.2 million debt owed to the Russian Empire for blocking 
a North American invasion by British and French forces in a very creative way. Although Johnson did not have the 
constitutional authority to give money to a foreign government, he purchased Alaska from the Russians in April, 1867 
for the $7.2 million we owed them. At the time, this transaction was labeled "Seward's Folly" because it appeared that 
Secretary of State William Seward purchased what was then thought to be a worthless piece of land. 

Johnson's policies were considered conciliatory towards the South as he continually vetoed civil rights bills. Radical 
Republicans became so bitter they tried unsuccessfully to impeach him on two occasions. 

Furthermore, Johnson also sought to punish those he felt were culpable for the war: 

— ? intend to confiscate the lands of these rich men whom I have excluded from pardon by my 
proclamation, and divide the proceeds thereof among the families of the wool hat boys, the Confederate 
soldiers, whom these men forced into battle to protect their property in slaves. " 

1866: THE RETURN OF THE GOLD STANDARD 

-^ight after the Civil War there was considerable talk about reviving Lincoln's brief experiment with 
the Constitutional monetary system. Had not the European money-trust intervened, it would have no 
doubt become an established institution. " — W.CLEON SKOUSEN (1913-2006) 

After Lincoln's assassination, America's printing of its own debt free money set off warning bells throughout the entire 
European banking community. So, on April 12"*, 1866 the Banksters chose to further wrest confrol over the American 
currency and thus the American people, by reestablishing the gold standard. Gold was scarce which made it easy to 
monopolize. Moreover, this scarcity could be used as a ploy to raise interest rates. To implement this plot they had to 
first create economic instability and a reason that people would want a gold standard. The first step was to persuade 
Congress to pass a -Contraction Act" allowing the treasury to retire some of Lincoln's greenbacks. Keep in mind, only 
the banks would gain from this act. By controlling the quantity of the money supply, they in turn, control the masses. 
Next, the Banksters demanded immediate payment on all existing loans and refused to issue new loans which then 
created a depression. This was followed by informing the media, they controlled, that the lack of a gold standard was 
the reason that depressions occurred. While praising a gold standard, behind the scenes they used the new Contraction 
Act to decrease/contract the amount of greenbacks in circulation from $1.8 billion in 1866 - $50.46 per person; $1.3 
billion in 1867 - $44.00 per person; $0.6 billion in 1876 - $14.60 per person; $0.4 billion 1886 - $6.67 per person. 
^Although most economists still believe that recessions and depressions are part of a natural economic flow, these 
boom/bust cycles are artificially induced by the Banksters who will continue to utilize these successful strategies if we 
allow them. 



77 



1869: A prominent military commander during the Civil War, General Ulysses S. Grant (I822-1885) was elected 
eighteenth President of the United States and served from 1869-1877. Like Andrew Jackson, President Grant was put 
into power to defeat the forces trying to create a Central Bank. The excuse this time was that the bank was desperately 
needed to assist the United States in paying the massive debts incurred from the Civil War (1861-1865)... 

INAUGURAL ADDRESS: President Ulysses S. Grant March 4, 1869: Volume: VII Page: 7 

"A great debt has been contracted in securing to us and our posterity the Union. The payment of this principal and 
interest, as well as the return to a specie basis as soon as it can be accomplished without material detriment to the debtor 
class or to the country at large, must be provided for. To protect the national honor, every dollar of Government 
indebtedness should be paid in gold, unless otherwise expressly stipulated in the contract." 

FIRST ANNUAL MESSAGE December 6, 1869 To the Senate and House of Representatives: Volume: VII Page: 29 

"Among the evils growing out of the rebellion, and not yet referred to, is that of an irredeemable currency. It is a duty, 
and one of the highest duties, of Government to secure to the citizen a medium of exchange of fixed, unvarying value. 
This implies a return to a specie basis, and no substitute for it can be devised. It should be commenced now and reached 
at the earliest practicable moment consistent with a fair regard to the interests of the debtor class. Immediate resumption 
if practicable, would not be desirable. It would compel the debtor class to pay, beyond their contracts, the premium on 
gold at the date of their purchase, and would bring bankruptcy and ruin to thousands. Fluctuation, however, in the paper 
value of the measure of all values (gold) is detrimental to the interests of trade. It makes the man of business an 
involuntary gambler, for in all sales where future payment is to be made both parties speculate as to what will be the 
value of the currency to be paid and received. 1 earnestly recommend to you, then, such legislation as will insure a 
gradual return to specie payments (the redemption of U.S. paper money by banks or the Treasury in metallic [usually 
gold] coin.) and put an immediate stop to fluctuations in the value of currency. The methods to secure the former of 
these results are as numerous as are the speculators on political economy. To secure the latter I see but one way, and that 
is to authorize the Treasury to redeem its own paper, at a fixed price, whenever presented, and to withhold from 
circulation all currency so redeemed until sold again for gold." 

1869: BUST: BLACK FRIDAY - Once the stage was set, the ruse was ready to be launched. On 
September 24, 1869 a syndicate of New York Banksters manipulated the market by raising the price of gold 
from the price of $143 to $162. Wall Street panicked and the Grant Administration tried to ease the panic by 
dumping $4,000,000 in gold on the market. However, this caused the price of gold to drop further to $133. 
This created the depression they sought where investors were ruined, fortunes lost, Wall Sfreet brokerage 
houses failed, financial institutions were bankrupted, and railway stocks decreased in value, thus paralyzing 
our nation - exactly what the Banksters had planned. 



1871: ACT OF 1871 -THE U.S. BECOMES A CORPORATION?? Due to the covert nature of 
the Banksters hidden agenda and their high degree of secrecy, I was unable to find ample evidence which corroborated 

the fact that the United States, in the aftermath of the Civil War, was in so much debt that our only option was to -sell 
our souls" to the Devil - the Banksters. However, after learning of the Banksters non-stop plotting to take over our 
floundering young nation, and believing that the Civil War was a setup from the get-go, as well as their unceasing 
intent upon gaining a stranglehold on the coffers of America, the following story is not only plausible, but makes 
logical sense. For at this time, the United States was backed into a comer with no money which left no option but 
bankruptcy. It is my belief that this circumstance forced our government to acquiesce to a plan proposed by the 
Banksters that ultimately usurped our Constitution. 

In order to bail out the U.S. and loan us money, the Banksters demanded stipulations in their loan agreement to protect 
their investment. To conduct business legally and have control of the U.S. Treasury, America could no longer be a 
nation of sovereign people, but instead had to conduct business with the Banksters as a corporate entity. 



78 



The United States was indeed out of money: The greenback problem after the Civil War was greatly complicated by the 
massive national debt. The federal debt, $64.7 million in 1860, grew to $2.32 billion in 1866. When the Confederate 
States of America collapsed, the South's economy lost more than one billion dollars due to currency failure and 
suffered devastating damages to property caused by the war. Hence, the south faced massive reconstruction - a boon to 
the banksters. 



How did the Banksters pull this off this ruse without alerting the public? The Forty-First Congress surreptitiously 
passed -The Act of 1871" which made the 10 mile square area which comprises Washington D.C., a corporation for the 
purpose of providing a government for this area. This Act formed a corporation called THE UNITED STATES owned 

by foreign interests. Our original Constitution was quietly replaced from ^he united states for America" to capital 
letters, and the word "for" replaced by "of in the title. THE CONSTITUTION OF THE UNITED STATES OF 
AMERICA is the constitution of the newly incorporated UNITED STATES OF AMERICA. This new corporation 
operates in an economic capacity and has been used to deceive the People into thinking it governs the Republic. 

I am including the actual Congressional record so you can view it for yourself: ^he Acts of the Forty-first Congress," 
Section 34, Session III, chapters 61 and 62. You can read many things into this document, including that this Act 
simply allows Wshington D.C. to be governed. But read -between" the lines and keep in mind that without the past 
history I have provided, this document in and of itself, could be innocently construed. But, the preponderance of 
evidence spoken by the many highly dignified, credible, intelligent people I have quoted sheds an entirely different 
light upon this matter. 

The following is the definition of -The United States" fi-om the Cornell University Law School -Title 28 > Part VI > 

Chapter 176 > Subchapter A > § 3002: (15) —United States" means: (A) a Federal corporation; (B) an agency, 
department, commission, board, or other entity of the United States; or (C) an instrumentality of the United States. 

CHAP. I/Xir. — An jiet io priipma ^^aiMrttm^M^^^ iftjam*^ (.wtimoic, 
_S- it ena'-"-'-^ fJie Senate and Howe of JtepreSAntativet o/ the Vhiied 
State, ofAmiru/a in Gongresi m^emiUd, That all that part of the terri- ^^Bj 
toiv ofLhe United States liiclnd^jd within the limits of the l>i8trtct Ot 
ColuinbLa be. and the is h«i-ebj-, created into a gowtttiMUt by the ^ 

nam- of the District of Columbia, by >vlu(;li name it i3 hereby M^Bfcit»te<i. i^^' 
a body corporate for municipal purpose*, and may. contract and be eon- F< 
trafited ^vhk .stie and be saerl, plead and be impleaded, have a seal, and 
esseroise all other powera of « municipal eorpwation not jncwiastent with 
flw qoftetitutum and law* 5f United- Slats* and tte pro^iaiona thJ* 

"^SeO. 2. And bs it further enacted. That the e^^cciHive power and an- & 
ttority ftl and over said Di=itrict of Columbia shult ^se vested m a gov- ^ 
pmorf who shall be appointed by the J-resident bj and ^;^tli ^^'^ 
InA con^nt the S.aa.e. and who ehalJ liold his ofhc* for four W 
, and until his .u.c...or shall b« appointed a,.d q^alifl.*^. f * 

SlMlH be a dtUea of and shall have resided v itb.n sa.d Ds.tua tweh e 
mm^ ^mm hh appointment, and imve tl,e 'l'^^'^*^'^."'-'^"^^;^^'; ^T^^ ^ 
Ho may grant pardon* and mpites for offense. ^^'^./^^^ du^ 

Bt^tfliliacteTby the kgUIative assetablj^ thereof; he shall "^"^'^^^''^ 
*H^m^r. who A be elUdor appointed to 

thA S^^a Ois&iot enairted ae aforeedd, ««d shall take ca»-6 th»t the laws 



'''&S't'Zr^'tf^^ en^e^. That ev..y bill .luH. .h.ll have ^ 
^S«d m .ioancil a«d house of .hal! before ^^^'T^H^^^^l' 

bTp^^eniea: to the governor of the iSi^trict of Columb,.. /f^c appro. ^ 
hfi shall sianit-botif BOt, he .Infill return it. Tf.th bia otgecfwns, to the 



passed ifae 6oanctl and house of d«li^ees shal 
ba presented: to the governor of the tH*trict of 
he shall sign it, bat if BOt. he .lnr,ll return it,jim hia 
bouse in which it ahall have oiigi-^ated, who eball entef tbs o*3Wtio*9 at 



79 



m 

Vet* p&ww of 



BilH »ot rt" 
toned, vltbld 



SwTdtsty of 
R«9td«nc«, 

ma, 



FOfiTV-FIRST CONGRESS. SitS3.III. 06* 62. 16T1. 

lar^eon their journal, Rnd proceed to recoasidw it. afi*r such re- 
two third, of ll the m^kr. appokt^ or .to* to 

iPctic>.i^, t?e oih^r by which it Ml htewise be re^sonswiered, 
and if apprflved by two ibirds of all ffie ifieniBfera appomtea ar*Ie(^ to 

lioN*e^ ^ha!l bf^ flf^tfirmined bj- ye^ and nays, aad the nanies the per- 
sons voting tor and against the bill shall be entered on ihd jouriMJof each 
hooae respectively. If anybiU shall not be returned by tl.s guv.rnof 
within t Jdfiys (Sundays excepted) «fler it shall have been ft^mHo 
him the sftffic shall be a law in like manner as if Se Ma itgned ^ mm 
the legislative aa^emUy by their ^joiittiiaeiit prevent its retunj^m i^fUioh 

case it chilli not l''.; l^W' _ . . ..,.,„■. . , , 

Sjjc. 4. i'-! 'd Mkr ermU That fber^'sh^ll befippoffltea%thfl 
President bvand with the advice Ltud ttii^cnl (jP ;1:b SeiiyHt, a ^fcretary 
of^aid District, who sliall reside thcreia and pssess tbe qMlifeaiiwi of 
ao elector and flhall bold his office for four yeats, ftnd until his successor 

shall be appointed ftndHifie^i '^^^^ ^"^^ P'"*^^^''™ ^'V^*^* 
gai Droceedinffi of the kgi4btiv& assembiy heremafiet eoostituted, and 



1872: Even though the Act of 1871 was passed, the public was not aware that their beloved country, which so many 
had given their lives to establish and protect, was now in the hands of the Banksters. From this point in time, 
propaganda campaigns were used to continually -convince" the public that our Constitution was the governing force in 
our country, while in reality, the Banksters controlled our country. 

The monetary system in the United States was still in great disarray and the Banksters now had to operate covertly to 
protect their investment. Step one: eliminate silver from the monetary system. But members of Congress stood in the 
way, so to bribe Congress into demonetizing silver the Bank of England sent their agent, Ernest Seyd to America armed 
with lots of cash. Seyd actually drafted the Coinage Act legislation himself which effectively stopped the minting of 
silver and was successful in carrying out this plan: 

— ^ went to America in the winter of 1872-73, authorised to secure, if I could, the passage of a bill de- 
monetising silver. It was in the interest of those I represented - the governors of the Bank of England - to 
have it done. By 1873, gold coins were the only form of coin money. " 

Senator Daniel of Virginia explained: -4n 1872 silver being demonetized in Germany, England, and 
Holland, a capital of 100,000 pounds ($500,000.00) was raised, Ernest Seyd was sent to this country 
with this fund as agent for foreign bond holders to effect the same object (demonetization of silver). " May 

22, 1890, excerpt from a speech in the Congressional Record, page 5128, quoted from the Bankers Magazine of August, 1873 



The removal of silver from our monetary system had a catastrophic effect: Within three years, 30% of the work force 
was unemployed and the unsuspecting naive public began to look back to the earlier success of silver-backed money 
and interest free greenbacks and demanded a change in government. To appease this outcry, the U.S. Silver 
Commission was set up to study the problem: 

-The disaster of the Dark Ages was caused by decreasing money and falling prices... Without money, 
civilisation could not have had a beginning, and with a diminishing supply, it must languish and unless 
relieved, finally perish. At the Christian era the metallic money of the Roman Empire amounted to 
$1,800 million. By the end of the fifteenth century it had shrunk to less than $200 million. History 
records no other such disastrous transition as that from the Roman Empire to the Dark Ages... " 

—UNITED STATES SILVER. COMMISSION 



80 



Supreme Court Justice Stepiien Field, aware of the rages of inflation, attempted to block an unconstitutional 
overextension of powers by the Bank of the United States writing: 



-The arguments in favor of the constitutionality of legal tender paper currency tend directly to break 

down the barriers which separate a government of limited powers from a government resting in the 
unrestrained will of Congress. Those limitations must be preserved, or our government will inevitably 
drift from the system established by our Fathers into a vast, centralized, and consolidated government. " 




: BUST: To keep the public at bay, the Banksters orchestrated another financial crash which again brought 



the American economy to a screeching halt. This time the banking house of Jay Cooke and Company, which helped the 
U.S. Government finance the Civil War and underwrote the construction of the Northern Pacific Railroad, declared 
bankruptcy on September 18, 1873 precipitating the "Panic of 1873." This resulted in a three year depression where 
more than 10,000 businesses failed, more than a billion dollars of debt defaulted, and over million people were 
unemployed. 

A depression, already underway in Europe, caused investors to call in American loans which caused the New York 
Stock Exchange to close for 10 days. In response to this latest panic, the people fought back for they could see that the 
banks were manipulating the currency for their benefit. Those financially hurt by the Panic of 1873 formed a new 
political party called the -Greenback Party" referring to President Lincoln's -greenbacks" issued during the American 
Civil War. The party opposed a specie (gold) based monetary system because it believed that privately owned banks 
and corporations would then reacquire the power to define the value of products and labor. The party also believed 
that government control of the monetary system would allow it to keep more currency in circulation, as it had in the 
war, which would assist businesses and make debts easier to pay. 



Fifth Annual Message by Ulysses S. Grant while in office as President March 4, 1869 to March 4, 
1877. Executive Mansion, December 1,. Volume: VII Page 235: 

"In the midst of great national prosperity a financial crisis has occurred that has brought low fortunes of gigantic 
proportions; political partisanship has almost ceased to exist, especially in the agricultural regions; and finally, the 
capture upon the high seas of a vessel bearing our flag has for a time threatened the most serious consequences, and has 
agitated the public mind from one end of the country to the other. Volume: VII Page: 243-245 "The revenues have 
materially fallen off for the first five months of the present fiscal year from what they were expected to produce, owing 
to the general panic now prevailing, which commenced about the middle of September last. The full effect of this 
disaster, if it should not prove a "blessing in disguise," is yet to be demonstrated. In either event it is your duty to heed 
the lesson and to provide by wise and well-considered legislation, as far as it lies in your power, against its recurrence, 
and to take advantage of all benefits that may have accrued. My own judgment is that, however much individuals may 
have suffered, one long step has been taken toward specie payments; that we can never have permanent prosperity until 
a specie basis is reached; and that a specie basis cannot be reached and maintained until our exports, exclusive of gold, 
pay for our imports, interest due abroad, and other specie obligations, or so nearly so as to leave an appreciable 
accumulation of the precious metals in the country from the products of our mines. The development of the mines of 
precious metals during the past year and the prospective development of them for years to come are gratifying in their 
results. Could but one-half of the gold extracted from the mines be retained at home, our advance toward specie 
payments would be rapid." 



confi-ont the issue of falling prices by injecting more -greenbacks" into the money supply. However, President Grant 
vetoed the measure under pressure from the Banksters. While jobs and food were still scarce, matters were exacerbated 
when a grasshopper invasion occurred in the Midwest, followed by a potato-bug blight in the East which had 
devastating effects on farmers which forced them to search for work. Frustrated by the political and industrial leader's 
inabihty to remedy this economic plight, Americans began to pressure their elected officials. As a result, on June 20, 
1874 Congress passed a Currency Act which fixed the maximum amount of greenbacks in circulation to $382,000,000. 





BUST: A year after the 1873 crash Congress passed legislation called the Inflation Bill of 1874 designed to 



81 



• The Banksters fought back and on January 14, 1875 Congress passed the Specie Resumption Act which 
reduced the amount of greenbacks in circulation from $382,000,000 to $300,000,000 and allowed the resumption of 
specie (gold) payments by January 1, 1879. This bill, twice before recommended by President Grant, was an attempt to 
balance what the western farmers wanted; an increase the circulation of Greenbacks because the resulting inflation 
would decrease their debts and creditors, and what Banksters wanted: a reinstatement of the gold standard. 



15//: Rutherford Hayes (I822-1893) was elected nineteenth President of the United States and served from 1877-1881. 
Because Greenbacks were not backed by gold or silver. President Hayes was -told" that a return to the Gold standard 
would ensure prosperity, so he supported the 1875 Specie Resumption Act and gradually increased the government's 
supply of gold. While the government could obviously see the problems caused by a restricted money supply, the 
Bankster-controUed legislators did nothing. Riots broke out all over the country but the Banksters response was to 
campaign against the idea that greenbacks should be reissued. The American Bankers Association secretary James Buel 
expressed the Banksters attitude of greed and caring about no one but themselves in a letter to fellow members of the 
association writing: 



—ft is advisable to do all in your power to sustain such prominent daily and weekly newspapers, 

especially the Agricultural and Religious Press, as will oppose the greenback issue of paper money and 
that you will also withhold patronage from all applicants who are not willing to oppose the government 
issue of money. To repeal the Act creating bank notes, or to restore to circulation the government issue 
of money will be to provide the people with money and will therefore seriously affect our individual 
profits as bankers and lenders. See your congressman at once and engage him to support our interest 
that we may control legislation. " — JAMES BUEL (I849-1920) 

American Bankers Association from a circular issued by authority of the Associated Bankers of New York, Philadelphia, and Boston 



15/5: Recovery began in 1878 with Bankster-backed railroad construction leading the way. Employment increased 
and many workers joined labor unions which advocated higher wages and shorter working hours. On February 28, The 
Bland-Allison Act was passed by Congress which required the Government to buy between $2,000,000 and $4,000,000 
of silver each month to be coined into silver dollars over President Hayes's Bankster-inspired veto. Congress then 
began to redeem "greenbacks" into gold which put the United States back on the gold standard believing it would 
stabilize the dollar and prevent its devaluation. It was believed that gold provided liquidity within and beyond national 
borders and prevented interference through the manipulation of the economic markets. 



15 /y: Large monopolistic corporations began to replace the small entrepreneur. However competition still grew and 
wealthy businessmen begin to fear the effect on their profits so they devised a way to limit competition by creating 
"Trusts" - a ruse where corporations entrust their stocks to a board of trustees who act on behalf of the corporations. 
Trusts are beneficial to the Banksters as they circumvent many state laws which restrict interstate corporations. 
Bankster John D. Rockefeller organized the largest trust, the Standard Oil Trust which was comprised of all the major 
corporations engaged in refining and transporting oil. This monopoly was exposed by a Committee set up by the New 
York State legislature which revealed that Rockefeller totally dominated the oil industry by essentially freezing out 
competition throughout the entire world. When people learned of this blatant manipulation, they demanded greater 
government regulation of private enterprise. 



1879-1882: boom ! On January 1, 1879 the Government resumed specie payments authorized by the Specie 
Resumption Act of 1875. Despite the fact that greenbacks were now worth their equivalent in gold. Secretary of the 
Treasury John Sherman, with a gold reserve of over $200,000,000, doubted that there would be a rush to redeem the 
greenbacks. 



The reestablishment of the gold standard and expansion of currency created a boom cycle. By 1880, trading on the New 

82 



York Stock Exchange reached an unprecedented high and the value of seats at the Exchange rose dramatically as did 
the -opportunity" to earn huge quantities of money. However, the Banksters then reported a sudden fall in railway and 
industrial profits at the close of 1881 which caused a contraction in the volume of business on Wall Street and fall in 
prices. This roller coaster of boom/bust cycles was again deliberately enacted and served to set the stage for the most 
insidious crime/coup ever to take place in American history - to create the ^leed" for a new central bank to ^abilize" 
currency and this new entity was to be called The Federal Reserve. 

1881: James Abram Garfield (i83i-i88i) was elected twentieth President of the United States and served from March 4, 
1881 until he was assassinated four months later on July 2, 1881. Although he did not die until September, President 
Garfield was clearly ANTI-Bankster and warned of the dangers to America should the Central Bankers ever gain 
power: 

—J'he chief duty of the National Government in connection with the currency of the country is to coin 
money and declare its value. Grave doubts have been entertained whether Congress is authorized by the 
Constitution to make any form of paper money legal tender. The present issue of United States notes has 
been sustained by the necessities of war; but such paper should depend for its value and currency upon 
its convenience in use and its prompt redemption in coin at the will of the holder, and not upon its 
compulsory circulation. These notes are not money, but promises to pay money. If the holders demand it, 
the promise should be kept. " — PRESIDENT JAMES GARFIELD (I83i-i88i) 20th President of the us 

— Sy the experience of commercial nations in all ages it has been found that gold and silver afford the 
only safe foundation for a monetary system. Confusion has recently been created by variations in the 
relative value of the two metals, but I confidently believe that arrangements can be made between the 
leading commercial nations which will secure the general use of both metals. Congress should provide 
that the compulsory coinage of silver now required by law may not disturb our monetary system by 
driving either metal out of circulation. If possible, such an adjustment should be made that the 
purchasing power of every coined dollar will be exactly equal to its debt-paying power in all the 
markets of the world. " — PRESIDENT JAMES GARFIELD (I83i-i88i) 20th President of the us 

—A brave man is a man who dares to look the Devil in the face and tell him he is a Devil. " 

— PRESIDENT JAMES GARFIELD 
(1831-1881) 20th President of the US 

"Whosoever controls the volume of money in any country is absolute master of all industry and 
commerce... And when you realise that the entire system is very easily controlled, one way or another, 
by a few powerful men at the top, you will not have to be told how periods of inflation and depression 
originate. " — PRESIDENT JAMES GARFIELD 

(1 83 1-1 88 1 ) 20th President of the US 

Within weeks of releasing this statement President Garfield was assassinated. 

1881: Vice-president Chester A. Arthur, (i 829-1 886) a Bankster choice, succeeded President Garfield upon his 
assassination becoming the twenty-first President of the United States serving from 1881 to 1885. 

1882: BOOM: Under the guise that money was still needed to pay for the Civil War, taxes and tariffs were 
raised resulting in an unprecedented surplus in the Treasury which had numerous implications. In his message to 
Congress on Dec. 4, President Arthur stated: 

—..either the surplus must lie idle in the (Federal) Treasury or the Government will be forced to buy at market 
rates its bonds not then redeemable, and which under such circumstances cannot fail to command an 
enormous premium, or the swollen revenues will be devoted to extravagant expenditures, which, as experience 
has taught, is ever the bane of an overflowing treasury. " 



83 



1883: BUST: Railroad construction was at its height from 1879 to 1882, but when completed, jobs were no 
longer needed and the supporting industries which provided the materials for construction, declined. This caused a 
recession which then led to the Panic of 1884 caused by the New York City national banks, with the approval of the 
Bankster-controUed U.S. Treasury, demanding immediate payment on all existing loans. Although a larger crisis was 
averted as a result of the New York Clearing House bailing out banks, two large investment firms, six Stock Exchange 
Houses, and two important banks, failed, along with 10,000 small firms. This was followed by another rumor-induced 
financial crisis in 1884, when multiple New York banks collapsed; tens of millions of dollars of foreign-owned 
American securities were sold out of fear that the United States was preparing to abandon the gold standard. This 
financial panic destroyed eleven New York banks, more than a hundred state banks, and led to defaults on at least $32 
million worth of debt. Unemployment, which had stood at 2.5% between recessions, surged to 7.5% in 1884-1885, and 
13%) in the northeastern United States. 



Stephen Grover Cleveland (i837-i908) was elected twenty-second President of the United States and served 
from 1885-1889. President Cleveland battled for political reform and fiscal conservatism which made him popular with 
conservatives. He held a romanticized version of mankind believing that the friendliness and charity of our countrymen 
can always be relied upon to relieve their fellow-citizens in misfortune; that Federal aid in such cases encourages the 
expectation of paternal care and weakens our national character. Of course were the social programs eliminated and 
those in need had to j;ount on' help from the _haves,' they would be forced to -beg" for help rather than allowing them 
the dignity and assurance that help will be there. No human being wants to beg and only if conservatives were to 
experience that very position themselves, they would they undoubtedly understand the lack of dignity afforded them as 
well as the ongoing anxiety associated with not knowing whether you, and potentially your family, would be helped out 
today or not. 



Benjamin Harrison (i833-i90i) was elected twenty-third President of the United States and served one term 
from 1889 to 1893. Tariffs became the most important issue of the election as high tariff rates had created a surplus in 
the Treasury. Democrats called for lowering the tariffs while Republicans wanted rates to remain high and use the 
surplus on improvements and eliminating taxes. Members of both parties were concerned with the growth of the power 
of trusts and monopolies and passed the Sherman Antitrust Act requiring the government to investigate and pursue 
trusts, companies, and organizations suspected of violating the Act. This was the first Federal statute to limit cartels and 
monopolies, and today still forms the basis for most antitrust litigation by the federal government. However, for the 
most part, politicians were unwilling (afraid...) to use the law until Theodore Roosevelt's Presidency (1901-1909). 

Another volatile issue was whether money should be backed by gold and silver, or by gold alone. Silver was worth less 
than its equivalent in gold so taxpayers paid their taxes in silver, while international creditors demanded payment in 
gold thus depleting America's gold supply. Because the gold standard had reduced incomes without an equivalent 
reduction in debts, many pushed to utilize silver coinage as a means to deter inflation. Harrison advocated the coinage 
of silver, but at its own value, which resulted in the Sherman Silver Purchase Act. (wiki) Under the Act, the government 
purchased millions of ounces of silver with paper currency, becoming the second-largest buyer in the world after India. 
In addition to the $2-$4 million monthly government purchase of silver required by the Bland- Allison Act of 1878, the 
U.S. government was now required to purchase an additional 4.5 million ounces of silver bullion every month with a 
special issue of Treasury (Coin) Notes that could be redeemed for silver or gold. However, most redeemed their 
currency in gold dollars which further depleted the government's gold reserves. 



. Standard Oil of Ohio, owned by Bankster John D. Rockefeller, was refining 90 percent of all crude oil in the 
United States and had begun expanding internationally. The Supreme Court ruled that Standard Oil of New Jersey was 
in violation of the Sherman Anti-Trust Law and attempted to break up the monopoly, but it soon became apparent that 
all of the new companies were owned by the same people (John D. Rockefeller had 25 percent of the stock in each of 
the firms) -and there wasn't a shard of competition among any of them." [wiiuam Hoffman, David, p.35.] The Rockefellers 
were the subject of repeated congressional investigations because of antitrust violations and alleged conspiracy but 



84 



because they were Banksters, they were always one step ahead of the government. 



1890 marked a "boom" in prices on the Stock Exchange which was extinguished by a November panic in London when 
English Banksters staged another coup withdrawing their money from United States banks. This caused a panic on the 
New York Stock Exchange where three investment houses failed and led to a more serious panic in 1893. 



1891-1912: BUST: fleecing of the flock" is the term the Banksters use for the process of booms and 
depressions which they continually employ so they can repossess properties and corporate stocks at a fraction of their 
value. The ever-conniving Banksters were planning a major fleece or 4iarvest" in 1891. 

—On Sept 1st, 1894, we will not renew our loans under any consideration. On Sept 1st we will demand 

our money. We will foreclose and become mortgagees in possession. We can take two-thirds of the farms 
west of the Mississippi, and thousands of them east of the Mississippi as well, at our own price... Then 
the farmers will become tenants as in England... " — 1891 AMER.1CAN BANKCR.S ASSOCIATION 

as printed in the Congressional Record of April 29, 1913. The continued gold standard made this possible. 

1893: Stephen Grover Cleveland (1837-1908) was elected twenty-fourth President of the United States and served 
from 1893-1897. While in office, the panic of 1893 occurred and the following was his address to Congress. 



Special session message to Congress by President Grover Cleveland August 8, 1893: To the Congress of the United 
States: Volume: IX Pages: 401-405 



"The existence of an alarming and extraordinary business situation involving the welfare and prosperity of all our people ...so 
present evils may be mitigated and dangers threatening the future may be averted. Our unfortimate phght is the result of a sudden 
financial distrust and fear... Numerous banks have failed because adequate assets were not immediately available to meet the 
demands of frightened depositors. Surviving corporations and individuals are content to keep in hand the money they are 
usually anxious to loan, and those engaged in legitimate business are surprised to find that the securities they offer for loans, 
though heretofore satisfactory, are no longer accepted. Values supposed to be fixed are fast becoming conjectural, and loss and 
failure have invaded every branch of business... Undoubtedly the monthly purchases by the Government of 4,500,000 ounces of 
silver were regarded by those interested in silver production as a certain guaranty of its increase in price. The result, however, has 
been entirely different, for immediately following a slight rise, the price of silver began to fall. ..This disappointing result has led to 
renewed and persistent effort in the direction of tree silver coinage. This law provides that in payment for the 4,500,000 ounces of 
silver bullion which the Secretary of the Treasury is commanded to purchase monthly there shall be issued Treasury notes 
redeemable on demand in gold or silver coin, at the discretion of the Secretary of the Treasury, and that said notes may be reissued. 
It is, however, declared in the act to be "the established policy of the United States to maintain the two metals on a parity with each 
other upon the present legal ratio or such ratio as may be provided by law." This declaration so controls the action of the Secretary of 
the Treasury as to prevent his exercising the discretion nominally vested in him if by such action the parity between gold and silver 
may be disturbed. Manifestly a refusal by the Secretary to pay these Treasury notes in gold if demanded would necessarily result in 
their discredit and depreciation as obligations payable only in silver, and would destroy the parity between the two metals by 
estabUshing a discrimination in favor of gold. Up to the 15th day of July, 1893, these notes had been issued in payment of silver- 
bullion purchases to the amount of more than $147,000,000. While all but a very small quantity of this bullion remains uncoined and 
without usefulness in the Treasury, many of the notes given in its purchase have been paid in gold. This is illustrated by the 
statement that between the 1st day of May, 1892, and the 15th day of July, 1893, the notes of this kind issued in payment for silver 
bullion amounted to a little more than $54,000,000, and that during the same period about $49,000,000 were paid by the Treasiuy in 
gold for the redemption of such notes. The policy necessarily adopted of paying these notes in gold has not spared the gold reserve 
of $100,000,000 long ago set aside by the Government for the redemption of other notes, for this fund has aheady been subjected to 
the payment of new obligations amounting to about $150,000,000 on account of silver purchases, and has as a consequence for the 
first time since its creation been encroached upon. We have thus made the depletion of our gold easy and have tempted other and 
more appreciative nations to add it to their stock. That the opportunity we have offered has not been neglected is shown by the large 
Eunounts of gold which have been recently drawn from our Treasury and exported to increase the financial strength of foreign 
nations. The excess of exports of gold over its imports for the year ending June 30, 1893, amounted to more than 
$87,500,000. Between the 1st day of July, 1890, and the 15th day of July, 1893, the gold coin and bulUon in our Treasury decreased 
more than $132,000,000, while during the same period the silver coin and bullion in the Treasury increased more than $147,000,000. 
Unless Government bonds are to be constantly issued and sold to replenish our exhausted gold, only to be again exhausted, it is 
apparent that the operation of the silver-purchase law now in force leads in the direction of the entire substitution of silver for the 
gold in the Government Treasury, and that this must be followed by the payment of all Government obligations in depreciated silver. 



1893: BUST : After the Panic of 1893, President Cleveland repealed the Sherman Silver Purchase Act of 1890 thus 

85 



preventing the depletion of the America's gold reserves. Bankster J. P. Morgan then formed a syndicate that -saved" 
the U.S. with a large -gold loan" which allowed the U.S. to avert bankruptcy. This artificially-induced panic of 1893 
was followed by another great depression where the volume of Stock Exchange business fell to its lowest point since 
1878. Recovery followed in 1895, but foreign money was needed to cover the United States Government's bond issue 
and protect the Treasury's gold reserve. 

1896: William Jennings Bryan was the Democratic candidate for president in 1896 and could clearly see that a 

roller coaster of boom/bust cycles was purposefully being manipulated. He campaigned against the Banksters and 
delivered a famous impassioned speech entitled -Gross of Gold" which is applicable to what is unfolding in America 
today: 

Mr. Chairman and Gentlemen of the Convention: I would be presumptuous, indeed, to present myself against the distinguished 
gentlemen to whom you have listened if this were a mere measuring of abilities; but this is not a contest between persons. The 
humblest citizen in all the land, when clad in the armor of a righteous cause, is stronger than all the hosts of error. I come to 
speak to you in defense of a cause as holy as the cause of liberty — ^the cause of humanity. When this debate is concluded, a motion 
will be made to lay upon the table the resolution offered in commendation of the administration, and also the resolution offered in 
condemnation of the administration. We object to bringing this question down to the level of persons. The individual is but an atom; 
he is bom, he acts, he dies; but principles are eternal; and this has been a contest over a principle. Never before in the history of 
American politics has a great issue been fought out as this issue has been, by the voters of a great party. On the fourth of March, 
1895, a few Democrats, most of them members of Congress, issued an address to the Democrats of the nation, asserting that the 
money question was the paramount issue of the hour; and concluding with the request that the believers in the free coinage of 
silver in the Democratic party should organize, take charge of, and control the policy of the Democratic party. Three months later, at 
Memphis, an organization was perfected, and the silver Democrats went forth openly and courageously proclaiming their belief, and 
declaring that, if successfiil, they would crystallize into a platform the declaration which they had made. Then began the conflict. 
With a zeal approaching the zeal which inspired the crusaders who followed Peter the Hermit, our silver Democrats went forth from 
victory unto victory until they are now assembled, not to discuss, not to debate, but to enter up the judgment already rendered by the 
plain people of this country. In this contest brother has been arrayed against brother, father against son. The warmest ties of love, 
acquaintance, and association have been disregarded; old leaders have been cast aside when they have refused to give expression to 
the sentiments of those whom they would lead, and new leaders have sprung up to give direction to this cause of truth. We do not 
come as individuals... the people for whom we speak would never be willing to put him in a position where he could thwart the will 
of the Democratic party. I say it was not a question of persons; it was a question of principle, and it is not with gladness, my friends 
that we find ourselves brought into conflict with those who are now arrayed on the other side... we stand here representing people 
who are the equals, before the law, of the greatest citizens in the State of Massachusetts. When you [turning to the gold delegates] 
come before us and tell us that we are about to disturb your business interests, we reply that you have disturbed our business 
interests by your course. We say to you that you have made the definition of a business man too limited in its application. The man 
who is employed for wages is as much a business man as his employer; the attorney in a country town is as much a business man as 
the corporation counsel in a great metropolis; the merchant at the cross-roads store is as much a business man as the merchant of 
New York; the farmer who goes forth in the morning and toils all day — who begins in the spring and toils all summer — and who by 
the application of brain and muscle to the natural resources of the country creates wealth, is as much a business man as the man who 
goes upon the board of trade and bets upon the price of grain; the miners who go down a thousand feet into the earth, or climb two 
thousand feet upon the cliffs, and bring forth from their hiding places the precious metals to be poured into the channels of trade are 
as much business men as the few financial magnates who, in a back room, corner the money of the world. We come to speak of 
this broader class of business men. Ah, my friends, we say not one word against those who live upon the Atlantic coast, but the 
hardy pioneers who have braved all the dangers of the wilderness, who have made the desert to blossom as the rose — ^these people, 
we say, are as deserving of the consideration of our party as any people in this country. It is for these that we speak. We do not come 
as aggressors. Our war is not a war of conquest; we are fighting in the defense of our homes, our families, and posterity. We 
have petitioned, and our petitions have been scorned; we have entreated, and our entreaties have been disregarded; we have 
begged, and they have mocked when our calamity came. We beg no longer; we entreat no more; we petition no more. We defy 
them! ...What we need is an Andrew Jackson to stand, as Jackson stood, against the encroachments of organized wealth. They tell us 
that this platform was made to catch votes. We reply to them that changing conditions make new issues; that the principles upon 
which Democracy rests are as everlasting as the hills, but that they must be applied to new conditions as they arise. Conditions have 
arisen, and we are here to meet those conditions. They tell us that the income tax ought not to be brought in here; that it is a new 
idea. They criticize us for our criticism of the Supreme Court of the United States. My friends, we have not criticized; we 
have simply called attention to what you already know. If you want criticisms, read the dissenting opinions of the court... They 
say that we are opposing national bank currency; it is true. If you will read what Thomas Benton said, you will find he said that, in 
searching history, he could find but one parallel to Andrew Jackson; that was Cicero, who destroyed the conspiracy of Cataline and 
saved Rome. Benton said that Cicero only did for Rome what Jackson did for us when he destroyed the bank conspiracy and saved 
America. We say in our platform that we believe that the right to coin and issue money is a function of government We believe it. 
We believe that it is a part of sovereignty, and can no more with safety be delegated to private individuals than we could afford to 
delegate to private individuals the power to make penal statutes or levy taxes. Mr. Jefferson, who was once regarded as good 
Democratic authority, seems to have differed in opinion from the gentleman who has addressed us on the part of the minority. Those 



86 



who are opposed to this proposition tell us that the issue of paper money is a function of the bank, and that the government ought 
to go out of the banking business. I stand with Jefferson rather than with them, and tell them, as he did, that the issue of money 
is a function of government, and that the banks ought to go out of the governing business. They complain about the plank which 
declares against life tenure in office. They have tried to strain it to mean that which it does not mean. What we oppose by that plank 
is the life tenure which is being built up in Washington, and which excludes from participation in official benefits the humbler 
members of society. Let me call your attention to two or three important things. The gentleman from New York says that he will 
propose an amendment to the platform providing that the proposed change in our monetary system shall not affect contracts aheady 
made. Let me remind you that there is no intention of affecting those contracts which according to present laws are made 
payable in gold; but if he means to say that we cannot change our monetary system without protecting those who have 
loaned money before the change was made, I desire to ask him where, in law or in morals, he can find justification for not 
protecting the debtors when the act of 1873 was passed, if he now insists that we must protect the creditors. He says he will 
also propose an amendment which will provide for the suspension of free coinage if we fail to maintain the parity within a year. We 
reply that when we advocate a policy which we believe will be successfiil, we are not compelled to raise a doubt as to our own 
sincerity by suggesting what we shall do if we fail. I ask him, if he would apply his logic to us, why he does not apply it to himself 
He says he wants this country to try to secure an international agreement. Why does he not tell us what he is going to do if he fails to 
secure an international agreement? There is more reason for him to do that than there is for us to provide against the failure to 
maintain the parity. Our opponents have tried for twenty years to secure an international agreement, and those are waiting for it most 
patiently who does not want it at all. And now, my friends, let me come to the paramount issue. If they ask us why it is that we 
say more on the money question than we say upon the tariff question, I reply that, if protection has slain its thousands, the 
gold standard has slain its tens of thousands. If they ask us why we do not embody in our platform all the things that we 
believe in, we reply that when we have restored the money of the Constitution all other necessary reforms will be 
possible; but that until this is done there is no other reform that can be accomplished. Why is it that within three months 
such a change has come over the counfry? Three months ago, when it was confidently asserted that those who believe in the gold 
standard would frame our platform and nominate our candidates, even the advocates of the gold standard did not think that we could 
elect a president. And they had good reason for their doubt, because there is scarcely a State here today asking for the gold standard 
which is not in the absolute control of the Republican party. But note the change. Mr. McKinley was nominated at St. Louis upon 
a platform which declared for the maintenance of the gold standard until it can be changed into bimetallism by international 
agreement. Mr. McKinley was the most popular man among the RepubMcans, and three months ago everybody in the 
Republican party prophesied his election. How is today? Why, the man who was once pleased to think that he looked like 
Napoleon — that man shudders today when he remembers that he was nominated on the anniversary of the battle of 
Waterloo. Not only that, but as he listens he can hear with ever-increasing distinctness the sound of the waves as they beat 
upon the lonely shores of St. Helena. Why this change? Ah, my friends, is not the reason for the change evident to anyone who 
will look at the matter? No private character, however pure, no personal popularity, however great, can protect from the 
avenging wrath of an indignant people a man who will declare that he is in favor of fastening the gold standard upon this 
country, or who is willing to surrender the right of self-government and place the legislative control of our affairs in the hands of 
foreign potentates and powers. We go forth confident that we shall win. Why? Because upon the paramount issue of this campaign 
there is not a spot of ground upon which the enemy will dare to challenge battle. If they tell us that the gold standard is a good thing, 
we shall point to their platform and tell them that their platform pledges the party to get rid of the gold standard and substitute 
bimetalhsm. If the gold standard is a good thing, why try to get rid of it? I call your attention to the fact that some of the very people 
who are in this convention today and who tell us that we ought to declare in favor of international bimetallism — ^thereby declaring 
that the gold standard is wrong and that the principle of bimetallism is better — ^these very people four months ago were open and 
avowed advocates of the gold standard, and were then telling us that we could not legislate two metals together, even with the aid of 
all the world. If the gold standard is a good thing, we ought to declare in favor of its retention and not in favor of abandoning it; and 
if the gold standard is a bad thing why should we wait until other nations are willing to help us to let go? Here is the line of battle, 
emd we care not upon which issue they force the fight; we are prepared to meet them on either issue or on both. If they tell us that the 
gold standard is the standard of civilization, we reply to them that this, the most enlightened of all the nations of the earth, has never 
declared for a gold standard and that both the great parties this year are declaring against it. If the gold standard is the standard of 
civilization, why, my friends, should we not have it? If they come to meet us on that issue we can present the history of our 
nation. More than that; we can tell them that they will search the pages of history in vain to find a single instance where the 
common people of any land have ever declared themselves in favor of the gold standard. They can find where the holders of 
fixed investments have declared for a gold standard, but not where the masses have. Mr. Carlisle said in 1878 that this was a 
struggle between "the idle holders of idle capital" and "the struggling masses, who produce the wealth and pay the taxes of the 
country"; and, my friends, the question we are to decide is: Upon which side will the Democratic party fight; upon the side of "the 
idle holders of idle capital" or upon the side of "the struggling masses"? That is the question which the party must answer first, 
and then it must be answered by each individual hereafter. The sympathies of the Democratic party, as shown by the platform, are on 
the side of the struggling masses who have ever been the foimdation of the Democratic party. There are two ideas of government. 
There are those who believe that, if you will only legislate to make the well-to-do prosperous, their prosperity will leak 
through on those below. The Democratic idea, however, has been that if you legislate to make the masses prosperous, their 
prosperity will find its way up through every class which rests upon them. You come to us and tell us that the great cities are in 
favor of the gold standard; we reply that the great cities rest upon our broad and fertile prairies. Bum down your cities and leave our 
farms, and your cities will spring up again as if by magic; but destroy our farms and the grass will grow in the sfreets of every city in 
the country. My friends, we declare that this nation is able to legislate for its own people on every question, without waiting for the 
aid or consent of any other nation on earth; and upon that issue we expect to carry every State in the Union. I shall not slander the 
inhabitants of the fair State of Massachusetts nor the inhabitants of the State of New York by saying that, when they are confronted 



87 



with the proposition, they will declare that this nation is not able to attend to its own business. It is the issue of 1776 over again. Our 
ancestors, when but three millions in number, had the courage to declare their political independence of every other nation; shall we, 
their descendants, when we have grown to seventy millions, declare that we are less independent than our forefathers? No, my 
friends, that will never be the verdict of our people. Therefore, we care not upon what lines the battle is fought. If they say 
bimetallism is good, but that we cannot have it until other nations help us, we reply that, instead of having a gold standard because 
England has, we will restore bimetallism, and then let England have bimetallism because the United States has it. If they dare to 
come out in the open field and defend the gold standard as a good thing, we will fight them to the uttermost. Having behind us 
the producing masses of this nation and the world, supported by the commercial interests, the laboring interests, and the toilers 
everywhere, we will answer their demand for a gold standard by saying to them: You shall not press down upon the brow of labor 
this crown of thorns, you shall not crucify mankind upon a cross of gold. 

—WILLIAM J. BRYAN 

The First Battle: A Story of the Campaign of 1896 (Chicago: W. B. Conkey Company, 1896), pp. 199-206 



The Banksters opposed Bryan but to make sure he lost his bid for the presidency, factory bosses were -eonvinced" 
(threatened) to inform their employees that they would be out of a job if Bryan was elected and as a result, he was not. 



1897-1901: BOOM: At the close of the 1800's, American investment capital began to rise because of an 
extremely profitable agricultural harvest at a time when Europe was experiencing famine. Additionally, there was an 
increase in the exportation of manufactured goods which led to investors speculating on the future. 

1897: William McKinley, anti-Bankster (i843-i90i) was elected twenty-fifth President of the United States and served 
from 1897- until his assassination in 1901. 



—Our financial system needs some revision; our money is all good now, but its value must not further be 
threatened. It should all be put upon an enduring basis, not subject to easy attack, nor its stability to 
doubt or dispute. Our currency should continue under the supervision of the Government. The several 
forms of our paper money offer, in my judgment, a constant embarrassment to the Government and a 
safe balance in the Treasury. " —WILLIAM MCKINLEY 

(1843-1901) 25* President of the US 

McKinley began his attack against the Banksters with the Sherman Antitrust Act." This act was first used against the 

Bankster-owned Northern Trust which now owned nearly all of America's railroads. Shortly after President McKinley 
began this attack, he was assassinated and Bankster-backed Vice President Theodore ^eddy" Roosevelt (i858-i9i9) 
assumed office. One of his first acts was to drop the government lawsuits against the Northern Trust and accelerate the 
Bankster agenda known as ^Manifest Destiny" which gives the Banksters the power to plunder the entire World for 
profit and gain above all else. 

-Theodore Roosevelt had been a (J. P.) Jdorgan ' man from the beginning of his career. His father and 
uncle were both Wall Street bankers, both of them closely associated with various Morgan-dominated 
railroads. Roosevelt's first cousin and major financial adviser, W. Emlen Roosevelt, was on the board of 
several New York banks, including the Astor National Bank, the president of which was George F. 
Baker, close friend and ally of J. P. Morgan and head of Morgan's flagship commercial bank, the First 
National Bank of New York. ' At Harvard, furthermore, young Theodore married Alice Lee, daughter of 
George Cabot Lee, and related to the top Boston Brahmin families. Kinsman Henry Cabot Lodge soon 
became T.R. 's long-time political mentor. " 



19U1: BUST: The Stock Exchange was thriving to the extent that just a few years before, the trading of 200,000 
shares a day was considered a large market whereas now the trading of one to two million shares a day was common. 
This led to the general public entering the stock market as speculators. A notable episode during this era was the 
Northern Pacific comer," where a ^ght" occurred on May 3, 1901 for control of the stock between the Morgan -Hill 
interests on the one side and the Harriman-Kuhn-Loeb- Standard Oil people on the other. This episode led to yet another 
artificially created panic but the following are the events reported: Railroad executive Edward Henry Harriman (1848- 
1909) concocted a devious plan to acquire controlling interest in the Northern Pacific and use its power on his 
Burlington RR to place ^iendly" directors upon its board. Harriman began a stock raid which drove the price per share 



88 



to $1000, which three weeks before had not even reached $100. By the end of the day he was short 40,000 shares of 
common stock and though Harriman placed an order to cover this, a Morgan agent, acting on behalf of Morgan who 
was vacationing in Italy, placed an order for 150,000 shares of common stock thereby defeating Harriman's ploy. In the 
aftermath of this battle, investors became apprehensive that operators would be unable to deliver the stock they had 
pledged and as a result, one of the most violent collapses of value in the Stock Exchanges History occurred. Stocks 
were sold without rhyme or reason - anything "to get out." As a result, many fortunes were totally wiped out. 
Conferences, composed of important bankers and banking interests, were then held to consider ways to prevent a 
national financial catastrophe which played into the hands of the Banksters who were setting the stage for a final coup 
where they could seize all power in America... 

1901: Theodore "Teddy" Roosevelt (i858-i9i9) succeeded President McKinley upon his assassination as twenty-sixth 
President of the United States and served from 1901-1909. 



—Our aim is not to do away with corporations; on the contrary, these big aggregations are an inevitable 
development of modem industrialism, and the effort to destroy them would be futile unless accomplished 
in ways that would work the utmost mischief to the entire body politic. We can do nothing of good in the 
way of regulating and supervising these corporations until we fix clearly in our minds that we are not 
attacking the corporations, but endeavoring to do away with any evil in them. We are not hostile to 
them; we are merely determined that they shall be so handled as to subserve the public good. We draw 

the line against misconduct, not against wealth. " state of the Union address (2 December 1902) 



—We wish to control big business so as to secure among other things good wages for the wage-workers 
and reasonable prices for the consumers. Wherever in any business the prosperity of the businessman is 
obtained by lowering the wages of his workmen and charging an excessive price to the consumers we 
wish to interfere and stop such practices. We will not submit to that kind of prosperity any more than we 
will submit to prosperity obtained by swindling investors or getting unfair advantages over business 

rivals. " Speech at Progressive Party Convention, Chicago 

Bankster Paul Moritz Warburg (I868-1932)- now entered the picture as a major financial player who came to the United 
States from Germany in 1902. He bought into the partnership of Kuhn, Loeb and Co. with the financial backing of the 
Rothschilds. He had been trained at the family banking house, M. M. Warburg and Co., run by his father Moritz M. 
Warburg, a Rothschild-allied bank founded in 1798 by his great-grandfather. Paul strategically married Nina Loeb, the 
daughter of Bankster Solomon Loeb. 



190/: BUST: The panic of 1907 set the stage for the Banksters larger goal: a central banking system - a mac- 
daddy of all central banks which would ensure the uncontested control of America by the Banksters. The next step in 
this Master Plan was to create circumstances which would promote a public outcry demanding a more stable form of 
banking. On January 6, 1907, the Banksters began their propaganda campaign. The 'New York Times published an 
article by Bankster Paul Warburg, called "Defects and Needs of Our Banking System," and upon doing so, became the 
leading proponent of monetary reform. That same year, Bankster Jacob Schiff told the New York Chamber of 
Commerce, that "unless we have a Central Bank with adequate control of credit resources, this country is going to 
undergo the most severe and far reaching money panic in history. " Schiff, then known as the "unseen guardian angel" 
of the Federal Reserve Act, said that the U.S. Constitution was the product of 18th century minds, was outdated, and 
should be "scrapped and rewritten." In 1908, he laid out the final plans to seize the American monetary system for the 
Banksters. 



Schiff s chief representative and courier was Bankster Colonel (an honorary title) Edward Mandell House (i858-i938), the 
son of British financier Thomas W. House, and a Rothschild agent who made his fortune by suppl5dng the south with 
supplies from France and England during the Civil War. He was appointed to carry out Schiff s plans. 



89 



19U/: BUST: On March 13, 1907 Bankster J.P. Morgan provoked the well-orchestrated financial panic of 1907 
by circulating rumors that the Knickerbocker Bank and Trust Co. of America was insolvent. This caused a run on the 
banks which created a financial crisis. To stabilize the banks and corporations, great sums of money were deposited in 
the banks by the govemment, Bankster J.P. Morgan, and other Banksters. If a troubled bank spumed an injection of 
capital, they would simply go under. 

Apart from making a small number rich at the expense of the many, this latest manipulation had a greater purpose: to 
create public support and sentiment for a central banking system in order to -eradicate" these painful boom and bust 
cycles. The Banksters were well aware that desperate people have httle time for logic. 

Behind the scenes Congressman Charles Lindbergh was putting two plus two together and became aware of what was 
really happening: 

-To cause high prices (inflation= devaluation of the dollar) all the Federal Reserve board will do will be 
to lower the re-discount rate... producing an expansion of credit and a rising stock market; then when... 
business men are adjusted to these conditions, it can check... prosperity in mid-career by arbitrarily 
raising the rate of interest. It can cause the pendulum of a rising and falling market to swing gently back 
and forth by slight changes in the discount rate, or cause violent fluctuations by greater rate variation, 
and in either case it will possess inside information as to financial conditions and advance knowledge of 
the coming change, either up or down. This is the strangest, most dangerous advantage ever placed in 
the hands of a special privileged class by any Government that ever existed. The system is private, 
conducted for the sole purpose of obtaining the greatest possible profits from the use of other people's 
money. They know in advance when to create panics to their advantage. They also know when to stop 
panic. Inflation and deflation work equally well for them when they control flnance... " 

— REP. CHARLES LINDBERGH (R-mn) 

Bankster J.P. Morgan's offer to -save the day" was yet another ploy to keep the masses at bay by creating the illusion 
of fi-eedom; that the govemment was ran _by the people." To achieve their hidden agenda, the Banksters simply create 
a problem geared to panicking the -sheeple" who will, like Pavlov's dog, then -beg" for a solution. At that point the 
Banksters magically offer the solution they wanted all along! 

President Wilson was among those who had been initially duped by this latest Bankster rase: 

—All this trouble could be averted if we appointed a committee of six or seven men like J.P.Morgan to 
handle the ajfairs of our country." 

Author Michael A. Kirchubel explains in Vile Acts of Evil: Banking In America Volume 1 that: 

—The Federal Reserve Bank of Minneapolis attributed the Panic of 1907 to financial manipulation from 
the banking establishment: J Knickerbocker Trust would falter, then Congress and the public would 
lose faith in all Trust companies and banks would stand to gain, the bankers reasoned. ' Major banks, 
including J.P. Morgan (owned by Rothschild) and Chase (owned by Rockefeller), launched an all-out 
attack on the Knickerbocker Trust. They sold off assets in their competitor and planted stories about bad 
loans in their newspapers, (yes, their newspapers) The run on Knickerbocker Trust turned into a panic 
and, just like today, the Federal Government came to the rescue of the privately owned ,JWational 
Banks.' During the depositors 'run' on the Knickerbocker Trust, J.P. Morgan and James Stillman of 
First National City Bank acted as a central bank, ' providing liquidity to stop the bank run. President 
Theodore Roosevelt provided Morgan with $25 million in government funds to help control the panic. 
Morgan, acting as a one-man central bank, gathered together his own funds, along with money from 
other wealthy individuals, trusts, banks, and the U.S. Treasury. He decided which firms failed and which 
firms survived. His, of course, survived. To be fair, he put his own money at risk too, not knowing if the 
companies he supported would ultimately die. So, after creating the 1907 fiasco, J.P. Morgan got Teddy 
Roosevelt to provide him with $25 million in U.S. government money to keep the nation's banking 



90 



system from collapsing. The funds were then deposited in the national banks in New York with the intent 
of adding funds to a system sorely in need of more liquidity. " 

Congressman Charles A Lindbergh Sr. then authored Sanking and Currency and the Money Trust" and commented on 
how the 1907 panic was used to usher in the newest Central Bank, the Federal Reserve: 

-^one of us will have the opportunity to do what he did in his time, because when we really understand 
we will not permit anyone to fleece us as JP Morgan & Co. and other bankers have fleeced us... The 
king bankers put in motion, in 1907, a great scheme. They had gambled and speculated on Wall 
Street until so many watered stocks and bonds had been manufactured on speculation, that 
numberless speculators, big and small, sprang up all over the country... The largest crop ever grown, 
up to that time, was harvested in 1907...The king bankers knew the condition and informed the favored 
of their friends what was to come. There was to be a panic in the fall of 1907 that would be advertised 
as the result of our bad banking and currency laws... This 1907 panic was to be the means by which the 
people were to be forced to enact new laws, guaranteeing the full face value of the watered stocks and 
bonds. That guarantee would make the people pay the interest and dividends on them forever. ..Thus, in 
1907. ..we were given a panic as the initial move for the proposed steal - The Aldrich Plan. " p.87-90 

In 191 1, Senator Robert Owen was quoted in the New York Times regarding the 1907 panic, stating: 

-^believe the panic of 1907 was brought about by a deliberate conspiracy for enrichment of those who 
engineered it.. .Such a conspiracy ought not to go unrebuked. I regard it as treason against the United 
States. There are now comparatively a few men who control the power of expanding or contracting 
credits. This unrestrained power to contract credits means the power to create panics and to coerce this 
country politically. " 

Studies showed that the panics of 1873, 1893, and 1907 were all artificially manipulated with the underlying intent to 
create such harsh living conditions that the public would -demand" that Congress enact legislation to prevent these 
circumstances fi-om occurring again - thus falling victim to the Banksters trap. 

As planned. President Roosevelt created a National Monetary Commission to find a solution for monetary reform. By 
appointing Bankster-backed Senator Nelson Aldrich to head this committee, he essentially appointed a Bankster to 
investigate a Bankster-owned Trust... Aldrich, a close associate of Bankster J. P. Morgan, the father-in-law of Bankster 
John D. Rockefeller, Jr., then went to Europe from 1908-1910 accompanied by a 16-man committee to study the 
^superior" European central banking system at a cost of $300,000 of taxpayer funds which appears to have earned him 
a rather nasty reputation. 

-finance and the tariff are reserved by Nelson Aldrich as falling within his sole purview and 
jurisdiction. Mr. Aldrich is endeavoring to devise, through the National Monetary Commission, a 
banking and currency law. A great many hundred thousand persons are firmly of the opinion that Mr. 
Aldrich sums up in his personality the greatest and most sinister menace to the popular welfare of the 

United States. " Harper's Weekly, May 7, 1910 

-Aldrich lost no time setting up the National Monetary Commission, which was launched in June 1908. 
The official members were an equal number of senators and representatives, but these were mere 
window dressing. The real work would be done by the copious staff, appointed and directed by Aldrich, 
who told his counterpart in the House, Cleveland Republican Theodore Burton: idea is, of course, 
that everything shall be done in the most quiet manner possible, and without any public announcement. ' 
From the beginning, Aldrich determined that the National Monetary Commission would be run as an 
alliance of Rockefeller, Morgan, and Kuhn, Loeb people."" — MURRAY ROTHBARD 

The History of Money and Banking in the United States, 2002 



91 



William Howard Taft (1857-1930) was elected twenty-seventh President of the United States and served from 
1909-1913. Pro-Bankster, President Taft delivered a message to Congress on June 16, 1909 which proposed a two- 
percent tax on the net income of all corporations except the banks, which he believed would make up for revenue lost 
by tariff reductions. He also proposed that Congress adopt a constitutional amendment that would permit the collection 
of personal federal income taxes. With Taft safely in their pocket, the next stage of the Bankster plot to control the 
money/assets of America was about to unfold. Now that the corporate entity of the United States government was in 
place by the Act of 1871, it was time to establish an even firmer grip on the banking system. 

Our government obligations are paid by the taxes it collects. However, that amount is insufficient to cover all of 
expenses, so the difference is issued in bonds which are then sold. By 1912 there was more bond debt than there was 

money in the Treasury, so the Banksters who had been -buying" these bonds, initiated their coup and demanded their 
money. However, the government didn't have enough money to pay them so the Banksters foreclosed on the American 
government and seized the assets of the nation's Treasury to once more, -save the nation" from bankruptcy. Now the 
Banksters literally -ewned" the government and planned to replace dollars with notes, (Federal Reserve notes) which 
were similar to letters of credit used to secure debt. Although such an action would have been a grievous violation of 
Constitutional law, there is no law against private corporations making such arrangements. 

1910: THE FEDERAL RESERVE CONSPIRACY 

-The panic of 1907 led to the Congressional investigation headed by Senator Nelson Aldrich, who had 
intimate ties to the financial powers and later became part of the Rockefeller family through marriage. 

The commission led by Aldrich recommended a central bank should be implemented so a panic like 
1907 could never happen again. This was the spark that the bankers needed to initiate their plan. " 

— CHARLES LINDBERGH 

banking and Currency and the Money Trust" p. 87-90 

The following is a paraphrased account of how the ^ed" was established from a book entitled Secrets of the Federal 
Reserve" published in 1952 by Eustace MuUins who backs his statements with an incredible amount of research. 

After returning from a two year European trip to study the European banking system. Senator Aldrich surreptitiously 
met a group of the nation's leading financiers at the railway station at Hoboken, New Jersey on November 22, 1910. 
Nelson Aldrich and Frank Vanderlip represented the Rockefeller financial empire; Henry Davison, Charles Norton, and 
Benjamin Sfrong, represented J.P. Morgan; and Paul Warburg, represented the Rothschild banking dynasty of Europe. 
These men were enroute to Jekyll Island, Georgia, under the guise of _duck hunting,' but in reality they were on a 
secret mission which would drastically change the history of the United States. Their objective was to create a plan 
which would ensure that the confrol of the money and credit of the United States was firmly and perpetually in the 
hands of the Banksters. 

Bertie Charles Forbes, a financial writer at the time who later founded Forbes Magazine, wrote the following article 
about the Jekyll Island meeting: 

-T'icture a party of the nation 's greatest bankers stealing out of New York on a private railroad car 
under cover of darkness, stealthily riding hundreds of miles South, embarking on a mysterious launch, 
sneaking onto an island deserted by all but a few servants, living there a full week under such rigid 
secrecy that the names of not one of them was once mentioned lest the servants learn the identity and 
disclose to the world this strangest, most secret expedition in the history of American finance. I am not 
romancing; I am giving to the world, for the first time, the real story of how the famous Aldrich currency 
report, the foundation of our new currency system, was written... The utmost secrecy was enjoined upon 
all. The public must not glean a hint of what was to be done. Senator Aldrich notified each one to go 
quietly into a private car of which the railroad had received orders to draw up on an unfrequented 
platform. Off the party set. New York's ubiquitous reporters had been foiled... Nelson (Aldrich) had 
confided to Henry (P. Davison, senior partner of J.P. Morgan Company), Frank (Vanderlip, president of 

92 



the National City Bank of New York), Paul (Warburg) and A. Piatt (Andrew, Assistant Secretary of the 
Treasury, and Special Assistant of the National Monetary Commission) that he was to keep them locked 
up at Jekyll Island, out of the rest of the world, until they had evolved and compiled a scientific currency 
system for the United States, the real birth of the present Federal Reserve System, the plan done on 
Jekyll Island in the conference with Paul, Frank and Henry... Warburg is the link that binds the Aldrich 
system and the present system together. He more than any one man has made the system possible as a 
working reality. " — BER.T1E CHAR.LES FORBES 

^en Who Are Making America," Leslies Weekly, Oct 19th 1916, p 423 

This plan had to be crafted in secrecy because if any genuine monetary reform had been presented to Congress, it 
would have been turned down as it was imperative that We, the People not discover what had really happened to our 
government. In the wake of the financial panic of 1907 there was acute resentment against bankers so any Bankster 
plan to reestablish a central bank would certainly have met with heavy opposition. 

—We were told to leave our last name behind us... If it were to be exposed publicly that our particular 
group had got together and written a banking bill, that bill would have no chance whatever of passage 
by Congress." — FRANK VANDERLIP 

-From Farm Boy To Financier" Saturday Evening Post. 1933, pp. 25, 70. 



To deceive We, the People into thinking this new creation was not a central bank, the Banksters chose the name the 
"Federal Reserve System" which would indeed be a central bank plan owned by the Banksters. 

-4Iow was the Reserve Bank to be controlled? It must be controlled by Congress. The government was 
to be represented in the board of directors, it was to have full knowledge of all the Bank's affairs, but a 
majority of the directors were to be chosen, directly or indirectly, by the banks of the association. " 

— NATHANIEL WRIGHT STEPHENSON 

—Nelson W. Aldrich, A Leader in American Politics " Scribners, N.Y. 1930, Chap. XXIV "Jekyll Island" p. 379 

To make the American people believe that our government was still controlled by our Constitution, the majority of 
Federal Reserve directors were to be chosen, "directly or indirectly" by the banks of the association. But the Federal 
Reserve Board of Governors would be appointed by the President of the United States, with the real work of the Board 
controlled by a Federal Advisory Council, who would meet with the Feds Governors. The Council would be chosen by 
the directors of the twelve Federal Reserve Banks, and would remain unknown to the public. The "Federal Reserve 
System" would be dominated by the masters of the New York money market but to prevent the citizens from 
recognizing that this plan was set up as a central bank, they would call it a ^gional" reserve system. 

Senator Aldrich insisted that the officials should be appointive, not elected, and that Congress should have no role in 
their selection. His Capitol Hill experience taught him that Congressional opinion would be inimical to the Wall Street 
interests. Removing the system from Congressional control meant that the Federal Reserve was unconstitutional as 
Article 1, Sec. 8, Par. 5 of the Constitution expressly charges Congress with "the power to coin money and regulate the 
value thereof" This plan would deprive Congress of its sovereignty, and the systems of checks and balances of power 
set up by Thomas Jefferson in the now usurped Constitution, would be destroyed. 

The Jekyll Island conference proceeded along two successful lines: first, if anyone questioned the entire Jekyll Island 
story, it was to be dismissed as a ridiculous concoction which never actually took place. However, Warburg later 
confirmed that: "The matter of a uniform discount rate was discussed and settled at Jekyll Island. " 

Frank Vanderlip, another Jekyll Island attendee, also confirmed the Jekyll Island conference years later in the Saturday 
Evening Post, February 9, 1935, p. 25: 

"Despite my views about the value to society of greater publicity for the affairs of corporations, there 
was an occasion near the close of 1910, when I was as secretive, indeed, as furtive, as any conspirator... 

Since it would have been fatal to Senator Aldrich 's plan to have it known that he was calling on anybody 
from Wall Street to help him in preparing his bill, precautions were taken that would have delighted the 
heart of James Stillman (a colorful and secretive banker who was President of the National City Bank 



93 



during the Spanish-American War, and who was thought to have been involved in getting us into that 
war) . . . I do not feel it is any exaggeration to speak of our secret expedition to Jekyll Island as the 
occasion of the actual conception of what eventually became the Federal Reserve System. " 

"The existence of a Federal Reserve Board creates, in everything but in name, a real central bank. In 
the two fundamentals of command of reserves and of a discount policy, the Federal Reserve Act has 
frankly accepted the principle of the Aldrich Bill, and these principles, as has been stated, were the 
creation of Mr. Warburg and Mr. Warburg alone. It must not be forgotten that Mr. Warburg had a 
practical object in view. In formulating his plans and in advancing in them slightly varying suggestions 
from time to time, it was incumbent on him to remember that the education of the country must be 
gradual and that a large part of the task was to break down prejudices and remove suspicion. His plans 
therefore contained all sorts of elaborate suggestions designed to guard the public against fancied 
dangers and to persuade the country that the general scheme was at all practicable. It was the hope of 
Mr. Warburg that with the lapse of time it might be possible to eliminate from the law a few clauses 
which were inserted largely at his suggestion for educational purposes. " — PFIOFCSSOFI LR.A. SCLIGMAN 

a member of the international banking family of J. & W. Seligman, and head of the Department of Economics at Columbia University, wrote in an essay 
published by the Academy of Political Science, Proceedings, v. 4, No. 4, p. 387-90 

Now that the public debt of the United States is approaching fourteen trillion dollars [11-28-2010], we may indeed 
admit "how great is the indebtedness of the United States to Mr. Warburg. " 

After the Federal Reserve plan was crafted, the -Jekyll Island Seven" returned to New York to begin a nationwide 
propaganda campaign which supported the "Aldrich Plan." This included three of the leading universities, Princeton, 
Harvard, and the University of Chicago, as the rallying points for this propaganda, and national banks had to contribute 
to a fimd of $5 million dollars to persuade the American public that this central bank plan should be enacted into law by 
Congress. 

Congressman Lindbergh tried to warn the American public and testified before the Committee on Rules, on December 
15, 1911, after the Aldrich plan had been introduced in Congress stating: 

"Our financial system is a false one and a huge burden on the people... I have alleged that there is a 
Money Trust. The Aldrich Plan is a scheme plainly in the interest of the trust... Why does the Money 
Trust press so hard for the Aldrich Plan now, before the people know what the Money Trust has been 
doing? The Aldrich Plan is the Wall Street Plan. It is a broad challenge to the Government by the 
champion of the Money Trust. It means another panic, if necessary, to intimidate the people. Aldrich, 
paid by the government to represent the people, proposes a plan for the trusts instead. It was by a very 
clever move that the National Monetary Commission was created. In 1907 nature responded most 
beautifully and gave this country the most beautiful crop it had ever had. Other industries were busy 
too, and from a natural standpoint all the conditions were right for a most prosperous year. Instead, a 
panic entailed enormous losses upon us. Wall Street knew the American people were demanding a 
remedy against the recurrence of such a ridiculously unnatural condition. Most Senators and 
Representatives fell into the Wall Street trap and passed the Aldrich Vreeland Emergency Currency 
Bill. But the real purpose was to get a monetary commission which would frame a proposition for 
amendments to our currency and banking laws which would suit the Money Trust. The interests are 
now busy everywhere educating the people in favor of the Aldrich Plan. It is reported that a large sum of 
money has been raised for this purpose. Wall Street speculation brought on the Panic of 1907. The 
depositors' funds were loaned to gamblers and anybody the Money Trust wanted to favour. Then 
when the depositors wanted their money, the banks did not have it. That made the panic. " 

— CONGRESSA4AN CHARLES A. LINDBERGH, SR. 

Banking, Currency and the Money Trust, 1913, p. 131 

Edward Vreeland, co-author of the -Aldrich" bill wrote in the August 25, 1910 ^dependent" newspaper (owned by 
Bankster Aldrich): 



94 



"Under the proposed monetary plan of Senator Aldrich, monopolies will disappear because they will not 
be able to make more than four percent interest and monopolies cannot continue at such a low rate. 
Also, this will mark the disappearance of the Government from the banking business. " 

Vreeland's fantastic claims were typical of the propaganda flood unleashed to pass the Aldrich Plan. Monopolies would 
disappear, the Government would disappear from the banking business. Pie in the sky... 

Nation Magazine, January 19, 1911, noted: 

"The name of Central Bank is carefully avoided, but the ^Federal Reserve Association ', the name given 
to the proposed central organization, is endowed with the usual powers and responsibilities of a 
European Central Bank. " 

The Federal Reserve Act would fulfill all the functions of a central bank. Its stock would be owned by private 
stockholders who could use the credit of the Government for their own profit. It would have control of the nation's 
money and credit resources and would finance the government by "mobilizing" credit in time of war - an important 
element of the Federal Reserve Plan which was soon to be utilized to finance the first World War... 

Senator LaFoUette and Congressman Lindbergh vehemently opposed the Aldrich Plan and warned people about the 
power of the Banksters, he refers to as the JVIoney Trust.' On December 15, 1911 Congressman Lindbergh stated: 

—The government prosecutes other trusts, but supports the money trust. I have been waiting patiently for 
several years for an opportunity to expose the false money standard, and to show that the greatest of all 
favoritism is that extended by the government to the money trust. " 

-Those not favorable to the money trust could be squeezed out of business and the people frightened 
into demanding changes in the banking and currency laws which the Money Trust would frame. " 

— REP. CHARLES A. LINDBERGH (R-mn) 

Charles August Lindbergh Sr. opposed the formation of the Federal Reserve and the American entry into World War I. 
In 1913 he authored a book entitled: -banking. Currency, and the Money Trust", and in 1917 wrote "Why is Your 
Country at War?, " attributing high finance as the reason America was involved in World War I. According to author 
Eustace MuUins, plates of this book were confiscated and destroyed by Government agents, but there is an alleged 
photocopy available on Scribd.com. 

In 1917 Lindbergh brought articles of impeachment against members of the Federal Reserve Board, including Paul 
Warburg and W.P.G Harding, charging that the Federal Reserve Board members were involved "...in a conspiracy to 
violate the Constitution and laws of the United States" but no one listened... 

! Three decades of banker- initiated panics/depressions primed the pump to gain Congressional support for 
Monetary Reform. On May 11, 1911, the National Citizens League for the Promotion of a Sound Banking System, a 
Bankster-backed front-organization, like the Tea Party of today announced their support for the Aldrich Bill - the 
precursor to the Federal Reserve System. However, the Aldrich Bill was destined for failure because Aldrich was so 
closely identified with Bankster J. P. Morgan, so the Banksters initiated a second version of the -Aldrich Bill" created 
at Jekyll Island. The National Citizens League publicly withdrew their support of the Aldrich Bill, and the move was on 
now to disguise this new bill so that it could get through Congress. 

By 1912, it appears that former President Teddy Roosevelt now understood the true nature of the Banksters: 

—We stand equally against government by a plutocracy and government by a mob. There is something to 
be said for government by a great aristocracy which has furnished leaders to the nation in peace and 
war for generations; even a democrat like myself must admit this. But there is absolutely nothing to be 
said for government by a plutocracy, for government by men very powerful in certain lines and gifted 



95 



with Jhe money touch, ' but with ideals which in their essence are merely those of so many glorified 
pawnbrokers. " —PRESIDENT TEDDY ROOSEVELT 

Letter to Sir Edward Grey (1913) 



Roosevelt's anti-Bankster change in attitude may have contributed to an assassination attempt in Milwaukee, 
Wisconsin in 1912 where he was shot moments before delivering a speech. However, the bullet did not hit its intended 
target as it was blocked by the thickness of his prepared speech which Roosevelt credited as saving his life: 

-friends, I shall ask you to be as quiet as possible. I don't know whether you fully understand that I 
have just been shot; but it takes more than that to kill a Bull Moose. First of all, I want to say this about 

myself: I have altogether too important things to think of to feel any concern over my own death; and 
now I cannot speak to you insincerely within five minutes of being shot. I am telling you the literal truth 
when I say that my concern is for many other things. I cannot tell you of what infinitesimal importance I 
regard this incident as compared with the great issues at stake in this campaign, and I ask it not for my 
sake, not the least in the world, but for the sake of common country, that they make up their minds to 
speak only the truth, and not use that kind of slander and mendacity which if taken seriously must incite 
weak and violent natures to crimes of violence. Don't you make any mistake. Don't you pity me. I am all 
right. I am all right and you cannot escape listening to the speech either. " — ^TEDDY ROOSEVELT 

1912: The ever conniving Banksters meticulously planned the formation of a private corporation called the "Federal 
Reserve Bank" which could legally transact business with Corporate USA without involving the government. Whether 
the Corporate USA was created through the Act of 1871 or by another Act is unknown. 

However, it appears that the collateral used to guarantee the repayment of the debts of the US government was the 
labor of We, the People, the citizens... But because we believe are a sovereign people, it was necessary to first convince 
us that we were responsible for the national debt. Once this step was accomplished, the Banksters legally transformed 
each citizen into an -accommodation party," (definition: One who has signed an agreement without receiving value for it, for the 

purpose of lending his or her name so that another person can secure a necessary loan or other arrangement.) a fictional entity or 

STRAWMAN created by the government. Once we were made collateral, all the money we earned and assets we 
acquired were property of the Banksters which they 4iarvest" at specific intervals through boom/bust cycles through 
foreclosure, manipulation of the markets etc. 

It has been alleged that nothing will interfere with the Banksters plans... But just how far will they go? 

1912: APRIL 14: THE SINKING OF THE TITANIC??? -it is alleged that the Titanic sunk under 

rather mysterious circumstances stemming from the fact that three of the most wealthy men in America opposed the 
creation of the Federal Reserve: Benjamin Guggenheim, Isidor Straus, the owner of Macy's Department Stores, and 
John Jacob Astor, reputedly the wealthiest man in the world. However, my search to back up these claims produced 
only spotty corroborating evidence. Despite that fact, I present what I have found for your consideration because these 
allegations appear to fit a recurring Bankster pattern you will learn as you read further. Therefore, I suggest that you try 
to substantiate these claims on your own if you are so inclined. 

The story goes that Guggenheim, Straus, and Jacob Astor were in London after completing -successful" negotiations 
with the Rothschilds who agreed to 4eave America alone" under -threat of war" and were now returning to New York. 
But on April 14, 1912 when the doomed SS Titanic sunk, their voices of opposition vanished. Coincidence? Consider 
the following: 

#1) J.P. Morgan represented the Rothschild interests, control of commerce, and soon-to-be Federal Reserve that 
became law in 1913. The Titanic was part of the "White Star" line which in 1902 was acquired by the International 
Mercantile Marine Co. of New Jersey (President of IMM Co, was Phillip A.S. Franklin; a 1910 Jekyll Island 
participant) and under the control of J. P. Morgan. 



96 



#2) A wireless message was sent at 9:40 PM by the ship Mesaba, which warned of ice floes two hours before the 
Titanic hit the fatal iceberg which caused her demise at 11:40 PM: "From 'Mesaba' to 'Titanic' and all east-bound 
ships. Ice report in lat. 42° N. to 41° 25' N., long. 49° to long. 50° 30' W. Saw much heavy pack ice and great number 
large icebergs. Also field ice. Weather good, clear. " The message was received by an experienced wireless operator 
and given an emergency Masters' Service Gram" prefix, indicating that it was a personal message for Titanic's Captain 
which meant that it should have been delivered to the captain at once who would then have been alerted to the potential 
danger ahead. However, this message was not delivered to Master Smith nor to any of Titanic's officers. 

#3) The Titanic was set to steer a great circle course from Ireland to a point well clear of ice at 42°N, 47° W. From 
there a rhumb line course of 266°T would be steered for New York. In practice, a great circle course is steered in a 
series of rhumb lines, with the course usually being changed at every 10° change of Longitude. This procedure resulted 
in Titanic heading for her last turning point on a course of 242° T. Her final change to 266° T led her towards the ice 
field. However, Captain Smith delayed this turn for thirty minutes which meant that at the time of collision. Titanic was 
5 miles south of where she would have been if she had been on course which has been attributed to Captain Smith 
holding his course for about 30 minutes after passing the turning point... 

#4) The Californian was quite close to the Titanic when she sunk. It was known that her captain, rather strangely, did 
not fix his position on the evening of April 14th and later refused to give news reporters his exact position stating this 
information was:— »tate secrets. " Later investigations found that the Californian was 10-16 miles from the Titanic when 
she went down rather than the 19.5 miles initially stated. Moreover, the Californian had another puzzling ^ilure to 
respond" for the Titanic had shot off white rockets which were internationally recognized signals of distress, a fact 
which was not contested by Captain Lord or his officers, but they chose to ignore these emergency calls... 

#5) An interesting newspaper article appeared early in the morning of the 15th of April, 1912 in which a reference was 
made to the value of the reinsurance premiums held by Lloyd's of London on the Titanic. Interestingly, as news of the 

Titanic stopped, the premiums rose; and as erroneous news surfaced stating that the ship was being towed to Halifax 
(read: someone could potentially discover how the ship really went down), the premiums dropped in value... 

#6) Despite all warnings of ice both by radio and signal lamp. Captain Smith sailed Titanic at near top speed of 22 Yi 
knots, into slushy iceberg infested waters. 

Any one of these anomalies alone could simply be regarded as -eoincidence" but when you learn the monetary history 
preceding these events and Jbllow the money,' these anomalies present a far more distressing conundrum. 

1913-1933 . From 1900 to 1933, gold was coined by the U.S. Mint, and our paper currency was tied to the amount 
of gold held in the U.S. Treasury reserves. 



Thomas Woodrow Wilson (i856-i924) was elected twenty-eighth 28th President of the United States and served 
from 1913-1921. Initially pro-Bankster, upon learning of the deceit behind the Banksters agenda, he later turned against 
them but they had already taken advantage of his _usdlilness.' His election wasn't a slam-dunk though. In 1912, 
President Taft ran for re-election against Woodrow Wilson, but the Banksters wanted to make sure that a man who 
would support their agenda would be elected. Wilson was perfect because he lacked knowledge about banking and 
finance and favored an independent reserve system because he didn't trust the 'common men' that made up Congress. 
Publicly he promised to "free the poor people of America from control by the rich" and institute a monetary system that 
would not be under the control of Wall Street's International Bankers stating: "A concentration of the control of credit 
... may at any time become infinitely dangerous to free enterprise. " But the Banksters had him in their pocket and began 
plotting a Wilson victory with a strategy to split the vote. 

The Bankster strategy was to split the Democratic vote between Taft and Roosevelt. The Banksters convinced former 
President Theodore Roosevelt (I90I-1909) to run on the Progressive ticket and two J. P. Morgan agents organized, ran, 
and financed Roosevelt's campaign which was 'anti-business' because of his stand against corporations and trusts. 



97 



Roosevelt also proposed reorganizing the government which was viewed by the Bankster-backed New York Times as 
"super-socialism." He was opposed to the Aldrich Currency Bill because —ks provisions would place our currency and 
credit system in private hands, not subject to effective public control. " This strategy was so successful that not only was 
Bankster-backed Woodrow Wilson elected president, but the Democrats gained control of both houses in Congress. 
The Banksters kept Wilson on a ^*eed to know" basis and clearly he did not need to know what was really going on - 
that in reality, he was nothing more than the new puppet of the Banksters. 

-To see the British Prime Minister watching the company, with six or seven senses not available to 
ordinary men, judging character, motive, and subconscious impulse, perceiving what each was thinking 

and even what each was going to say next, and compounding with telepathic instinct the argument or 
appeal best suited to the vanity, weakness, or self-interest of his immediate auditor, was to realize that 
the poor President would be playing blind man 's bluff in that party. " — JOHN MAYNAFID KCYNCS 

(1883-1946) British economist referring to British prime minister David Lloyd George and Woodrow Wilson 

1919- Economic Consequences of Peace Chapter III, pg. 41 

According to the Federal Reserve's historical narrative, upon taking office in 1912 Wilson relied on others for expert 
advice on the economy and currency, and Bankster Colonel Edward Mandell House became his mentor. Arthur C. Link 
was the editor of -The Papers of Woodrow Wilson'" (69 volumes), which contained hundreds of letters and memoranda 
between Bankster/Rothschild agent. Colonel House and Woodrow Wilson. It is believed that the following excerpt was 
derived from those papers: 

-Edward Mandell House served as an advisor to President Woodrow Wilson, particularly in the area of 
foreign affairs. He functioned as Wilson's chief negotiator in Europe during the negotiations for peace 
(1917-1919), and as chief deputy for Wilson at the Paris Peace Conference. House was ambitious and 
wanted to control the country and planned to do so by becoming a king maker instead of a king. House 
knew that if he could control two or three men in the Senate, two or three men in the House; and the 
President, he could control the country. House 's role was to influence the candidate from behind the 
scenes. While the people would perceive that one man was representing them, in reality, an entirely 
different man was in control. House didn 't need to influence millions of people; he need only influence a 
handful of men. He helped to establish a secret society in America that would operate in the same 
fashion - the Council on Foreign Relations. " — GEMWOR.LD.COM 

Colonel Edward Mandell House was referred to by Rabbi Stephen Wise in his autobiography. Challenging Years as 
"the unofficial Secretary of State". Colonel House used his father's money to become the kingmaker of Texas 
politics," successively electing five governors from 1893 to 1911. It is aUeged that in a private meeting with President 
Woodrow Wilson, Colonel House had given him a detailed outline of plans which would essentially enslave the 
American people: 

—Very soon, every American will be required to register their biological property in a national system 
designed to keep track of the people and that will operate under the ancient system of pledging. By such 
methodology, we can compel people to submit to our agenda, which will affect our security as a charge 
back for our fiat paper currency. " -^very American will be forced to register or suffer being able to 
work and earn a living. They will be our chattels (slaves) and we will hold the security interest over 
them forever by operation of the law merchant under the scheme of secured transactions. Americans, by 
unknowingly or unwittingly delivering the bills of lading to us, will be rendered bankrupt and insolvent, 
secured by their pledges. They will be stripped of their rights and given a commercial value designed to 
make us a profit and they will be none the wiser, for not one man in a million could ever figure our 
plans and, if by accident one or two should figure it out, we have in our arsenal plausible deniability. 
After all, this is the only logical way to fund government, by floating liens and debts to the registrants in 
the form of benefits and privileges. This will inevitably reap us huge profits beyond our wildest 
expectations and leave every American a contributor to this fraud, which we will call —Social 
Insurance. " Without realizing it, every American will unknowingly be our servant, however 
begrudgingly. The people will become helpless and without any hope for their redemption and we will 
employ the high office (presidency) of our dummy corporation (USA) to foment this plot against 
America. " — COLONEL EDWAB.D MANDELL HOUSE 



98 



(1858 - 1938) American diplomat, politician, and presidential advisor 



And as you are now learning, this is exactly what has happened... 

Congressman Louis McFadden, during a 1932 House Speech explains how President Wilson had been used by the 
Banksters: 

-4t has been said that President Wilson was deceived by the attentions of these bankers and by the 
philanthropic poses they assumed. It has been said that when he discovered the manner in which he had 
been misled by Colonel House, he turned against that busybody, that —holy monk" of the financial 
empire, and showed him the door. He had the grace to do that, and in my opinion he deserves great 
credit for it. President Wilson died a victim of deception. When he came to the Presidency, he had 
certain qualities of mind and heart which entitled him to a high place in the councils of this Nation; but 
there was one thing he was not and which he never aspired to be; he was not a banker. He said that he 
knew very little about banking. It was, therefore, on the advice of others that the iniquitous Federal 
Reserve act, the death warrant of American liberty, became law in his administration. " 

1913: THE FEDERAL RESERVE ACT 

To bring the Bankster plot of the Federal Reserve to fruition, they had to ensure the passage of the Federal Reserve Act 
in Congress. Behind the scenes, two shadowy, non-elected people, German Bankster Paul Warburg, and Colonel House 
orchestrated a propaganda campaign. To blind the American people to the real purpose of this Act, the architects of the 
Aldrich Plan, Aldrich, although no longer a senator, and Frank Vanderlip, president of the National City Bank, began to 
rail against the bill. They denounced the proposed Federal Reserve Act as inimical to banking and good government. 
Vanderlip 's claims were so bizarre however that Senator Robert L. Owen, chairman of the newly formed Senate 
Banking and Currency Committee, formed on March 18, 1913, accused him of carrying on a campaign of 
misrepresentation about the bill. 

Senator Owen, chairman of the Senate Banking and currency Committee, was quoted in the New York Times on August 
13, 1913 before passage of the Act: 

-The Federal Reserve Act will furnish the bank and industrial and commercial interests with the 
discount of qualified commercial paper and thus stabilize our commercial and industrial life. The 
Federal Reserve banks are not intended as money money-making banks, but to serve a great national 
purpose of accommodating commerce and businessmen and banks, safeguard fixed market for 
manufactured goods, for agricultural products and for labor. There is no reason why the banks should 
be in control of the Federal Reserve System. Stability will make our commerce expand healthfully in 
every direction. " 

On another front, Colonel House and Paul Warburg secretly lobbied Congressmen and Senators to -eonvince" them to 
see things their way. Elisha Ely Garrison wrote in -Tloosevelt, Wilson and the Federal Reserve Law" that Warburg 
utilized a famous strategy - a veiled threat - that legislators should "see it his way. " In a letter to a congressman dated 
February 8, 1912 he wrote: "I have no doubt that at the end of a thorough discussion, either you will see it my way or I 
will see it yours - but I hope you will see it mine. " Those who did not see it his way typically found that at the next 
election, their opponents were given large sums of money and they went down in defeat. 

October 23, 1913, two months before the Federal Reserve Act was passed The Nation pointed out: 

-Mr. Aldrich himself raised a hue and cry over the issue of government Jiat money ', that is, money 
issued without gold or bullion back of it, although a bill to do precisely that had been passed in 1908 
with his own name as author, and he knew besides, that the ^o\ernment' had nothing to do with it, that 
the Federal Reserve Board would have full charge of the issuing of such moneys. " 

Another Senator prophetically raised the problem of inflation, claiming that under the Federal Reserve Act, note 



99 



circulation would expand indefinitely which would cause great inflation. The later history of the Federal Reserve 
System showed that by expanding the amount of currency in circulation, inflation occurs, and by restricting credit, or 
contracting the money supply, depressions occur, hence the boom-bust cycles which occurred from 1929 to 1939. 
Vocal critic of the Federal Reserve, Ohio lawyer Alfred Crozier, testified for the Senate Committee because he had 
written a provocative book in 1912 entitled U.S. Money vs. Corporation Currency. This book exposed the Banksters 
plan to substitute "corporation currency" for the lawful money of the U.S. as guaranteed by Article I, Sec. 8 Para. 5, of 
the Constitution. He attacked the Aldrich-Vreeland Act of 1908 as a Wall Street instrument, and pointed out that when 
our government had to issue money based on privately owned securities, we were no longer a free nation. Crozier 
testified: 

"It should prohibit the granting or calling in of loans for the purpose of influencing quotation prices of 
securities and the contracting of loans or increasing interest rates in concert by the banks to influence 
public opinion or the action of any legislative body." 

William McAdoo, Secretary of the Treasury of the United States also became aware of the sinister underljdng agenda 
of the Banksters and charged that there was a conspiracy among the large banking interests to reduce the amount of 
currency in circulation and to raise interest rates -^r the sake of making the public force Congress into passing 
currency legislation desired by those interests. " 

Author Elisha Ely Garrison began to suspect that a plot was unfolding by the Banksters to control the Federal Reserve 
and wrote the following in Roosevelt, Wilson and the Federal Reserve Law. 

—Colonel House agreed entirely with the early writing of Mr. Warburg." Page 337, He quotes Colonel 
House: "/ am also suggesting that the Central Board be increased from four members to five and their 
terms lengthened from eight to ten years. This would give stability and would take away the power of a 
President to change the personnel of the board during a single term of office. " 

House's phrase, "take away the power of a President" is significant, because later Presidents found themselves helpless 
to change the direction of the government because they did not have the power to change the composition of the 
Federal Reserve Board to attain a majority on it during that President's term of office. 

Garrison also wrote of the true architect of the Federal Reserve Act in this book: 

—Paw/ Warburg is the man who got the Federal Reserve Act together after the Aldrich Plan aroused 
such nationwide resentment and opposition. The mastermind of both plans was Baron Alfred Rothschild 
of London. " 

Congressman Charles Lindbergh addressed the House of Representatives on the historic day the Federal Reserve Act 
was passed by Congress: 

-This act establishes the most gigantic trust on earth. When the President signs this bill, the invisible 
government of Monetary Power will be legalized. The people may not know it immediately, but the day 
of reckoning is only a few years removed. The trusts will soon realize that they have gone too far even 
for their own good. The people must make a declaration of independence to relieve themselves from 
the Monetary Power. This they will be able to do by taking control of Congress. Wall Streeters could 
not cheat us if you Senators and Representatives did not make a humbug of Congress. ..If we had a 
people 's Congress, there would be stability. The greatest crime if Congress is its currency system. The 
worst legislative crime of the ages is perpetrated by this banking bill. The caucus and the party bosses 
have again operated and prevented the people from getting the benefit of their own government. " 

The December 23, 1913 New York Times had fallen for the propaganda perpetrated by the Banksters editorially 
commenting, in contrast to Congressman Lindbergh's criticism of the bill: 

—The Banking and Currency Bill became better and sounder every time it was sent from one end of the 
Capitol to the other. Congress worked under public supervision in making the bill. " 

100 



By public supervision," The Times apparently meant Paul Warburg, who for several days had maintained a small 
office in the Capitol building where he directed a successful pre-Christmas campaign to pass the bill. This strategy 
became known as — le Christmas Massacre." 

1913: THE CHRISTMAS MASSACRE: Warburg knew that it was a long-standing political courtesy that 
important legislation would not be acted upon during the week before Christmas, so he used this knowledge to his 
advantage. Most members of Congress had already departed the Christmas holidays, but on December 22, 1913 a 
Congressional Conference Committee meeting was scheduled at 1:30 - 4:30 AM when most members of Congress 
were asleep. With few members to object, on 23rd December 1913 the House of Representatives passed the Federal 
Reserve Act, but it was having difficulty getting through the Senate. However, Warburg made sure that the Senate had 
not adjourned sene die (without day) knowing they were technically still in session. Cunningly, with only three 
Senators present, the 1913 Federal Reserve Act was passed -unanimously." No objection was made, possibly because 
there was no one there to object. 

The President had to sign the bill in order to enact it into law, but President Woodrow Wilson refused because he had 
been assured the bill would not come up for a vote until after Christmas. He had objected to the provisions for the 
selection of Class B Directors. Bernard Baruch, a principal contributor to Wilson's campaign fund, was stunned when 
he was informed that Wilson refused to sign the bill, so he assured Wilson that this was a minor matter, which could be 
fixed up later through "administrative processes." With this assurance, Wilson signed the Federal Reserve Act on 
December 23, 1913 and the Federal Reserve came into being through of one of the slickest, most egregious moves in 
financial history. 

On that historic day, our Constitution ceased to be the governing covenant of the American people, and our liberties 
were handed over to a small group of international bankers. On December 24, 1913 the New York Times headline read 
-WILSON SIGNS THE CURRENCY BILL!" Below it, also in capital letters, were two fiirther headlines, 
"PROSPERITY TO BE FREE" and "WILL HELP EVERY CLASS." Who could object to a law which provided 
benefits to everyone? 

Representative Moore of Kansas, not understanding that the President had very limited powers said to the House of 
Representatives: 

—The President of the United States now becomes the absolute dictator of all the finances of the country. 

He appoints a controlling board of seven men, all of whom belong to his political party, even though it 
is a minority. The Secretary of the Treasury is to rule supreme whenever there is a difference of opinion 
between himself and the Federal Reserve Board. And, only one member of the Board is to pass out of 
office while the President is in office. " 

-The powers vested in the Federal Reserve Board seem to me highly dangerous, especially where there 

is political control of the Board... The bill as it stands seems to me to open the way to a vast inflation of 

the currency.. I do not like to think that any law can be passed which will make it possible to submerge 

the gold standard in a flood of irredeemable paper currency. I had hoped to support this bill, but I 

cannot vote for it as it stands, because it seems to rest upon principles in the highest degree menacing to 

our prosperity, to stability in business, and to the general welfare of the people of the United States. " 

—SENATOR HENRY CABOT LODGE 

Massachusetts 

-4n the Federal Reserve Law, they have wrested from the people and secured for themselves the 
constitutional power to issue money and regulate the value thereof. " — H.W. LOUCKS 

The Great Conspiracy of the House of Morgan 

-The Federal Reserve bank buys government bonds without one penny... " 

— CONGRESSAAAN WRIGHT PATA4AN(1893-1976) 
Congressional Record, Sept 30, 1941 



101 



—fVhy did we give a monopoly of creating money out of thin air to a private corporation? The result is 
exactly the same as if someone was picking your pocket every year, because that is exactly what they 
[the Federal Reserve Bank] are doing. " — FRANKLIN SUNDERS 

Tax Honesty 

-4Jere are the card-carrying shareholders in the Federal' Reserve Corporation: Rothschild Banks of 
London and Berlin, hazard Brothers Bank of Paris, Israel, Moses Sieff Banks of Italy, Warburg Bank of 
Hamburg and Amsterdam, Kuhn Loeb Bank of New York, Chase Manhattan Bank of New York, 
Goldman Sachs Bank of New York" — MILES ERANKLIN NEWSLETTER 

Some people think the Federal Reserve Banks are the United States government 's institutions. They are 
not government institutions. They are private credit monopolies which prey upon the people of the 
United States for the benefit of themselves and their foreign swindlers. " - CONGRESSIONAL RECORD 

12595-12603 June 10, 1932 

-^ost Americans have no real understanding of the operation of the international money lenders. The 
accounts of the Federal Reserve System have never been audited. It operates outside the control of 
Congress and manipulates the credit of the United States. " — BARRY GOLDWATER r-az 

-There are two methods, or means, and only two, whereby man's needs and desires can be satisfied. 
One is the production and exchange of wealth; this is the economic means. The other is the 
uncompensated appropriation of wealth produced by others; this is the political means. " 

— ALBERT JAY NOCK (1870-1945) 

—Although the public was told that the Federal Reserve System was an economic stabilizer and inflation 
and economic crises were thing of the past, as history has shown, nothing was further from the truth. 
The fact is, with the creation of the Federal Reserve, the bankers now had a streamlined machine for 
economic manipulation. " — PETER JOSEPH 

Zeitgeist, The Movie 2007 



The Federal Reserve now controlled America's gold. The total assets of the Federal Reserve Banks on 
November 16, 1914 were $143,000,000 from the -sale" of shares in the Federal Reserve Banks to stockholders of the 
national banks which subscribed to it. How much of this $143,000,000 was actually paid remains shrouded in mystery. 
Some historians believe that the shareholders paid nothing, but simply sent in fake checks they drew on the national 
banks they owned. 

Senator Aldrich decided that he ^o longer" had misgivings about the Federal Reserve Act. (the ruse he played to dupe 
the people) In a magazine he owned called The Independent, he brazenly wrote in July, 1914: 

-before the passage of this Act, the New York bankers could only dominate the reserves of New York. 
Now we are able to dominate the bank reserves of the entire country. " 



1914: SETTING THE STAGE FOFl WOFILD WAR 

-The House of Morgan is now in supreme control of our industry, commerce and political affairs. They 
are in complete control of the policy making of the Democratic, Republican and Progressive parties. 
The present extraordinary propaganda for jrqjaredness ' is planned more for home coercion than for 
defense against foreign aggression. " — H.W. LOUCKS 

1916 - The Great Conspiracy of the House of Morgan 



102 



The newly formed Federal Reserve was but one significant step leading to the Banksters ultimate goal: a World Central 
Bank and with it, World Rule. When Paul Warburg used the phrase, "mobilization of credit" as an important element of 
the Federal Reserve, this was important because the first task of the Federal Reserve System would be to finance a 
World War. 

War puts a country into deep debt making it more manageable for the Banksters for by conquering countries, one at a 
time, the Banksters ensure their plan for World Domination. War creates inextinguishable debt as the military- 
industrial complex calls for continual "rearmament" and "defense." This, in turn, enslaves the people to continually pay 
"interest" on the war debt. Moreover, war uses expensive equipment which doesn't wear out slowly, but instead is 
blown up. 

WAR = DEBT: By 1914 England had been at war for 56 years, from the founding of the Bank of England to 
Napoleon's defeat at Waterloo, while the rest of the time, it was preparing for it. And while the Banksters grew rich, by 
January 1914 England was bankrupt which meant there was no more interest money coming in. Bank of England notes 
became legal tender on a temporary emergency basis and all gold was removed from circulation. England's gold 
reserves then went to the Rothschild-owned Bank of England. Other European nations were also on the verge of 
bankruptcy because they too had maintained large standing armies for almost fifty years. 

At the same time, Germany had contracted to build a railroad in fraq but was also interested in cotton, oil, farming and 
trade with the locals. This distressed England as it had set its sights on acquiring the oilfields in that area. In fact, on 
May 23, 1914 the London Petroleum Review published a map of "Mesopotamia" showing all of the oilfields that would 
soon fall into Britain's hands, for the victors of war typically seize the resources of the country being attacked. 

As always, the public must be coerced into thinking that war is warranted. So how does one ignite a war of such 
magnitude? By staging emotionally-charged incidents to incite the people. WWI began with a few such incidents. First, 
Franz Ferdinand, heir-apparent of Austria and his wife. Duchess Sophie, were killed in Sarajevo (capital of Bosnia) on 
June 28, 1914 by Gavrilo Princip, a 19 year old Serbian patsy - one of six jD^sy' assassins. Although German and 
Austria-Hungarian citizens viewed the assassination as a police matter that could be settled peacefully, the Banksters 
had perpetrated this assassination to incite war. Through demands and accusations, the situation accelerated until 
Austria-Hungary declared war on July 28, 1914 on the grounds that Serbia had played a role in the assassinations. Next, 
politicians in Russia declared war on Germany on July 29, 1914 and Germany reciprocated, declaring war on Russia on 
August 4, 1914. 

Britain entered the war on August 4, 1914 -to protect Belgian neutrality" and Austria-Hungary declared war against 
Russia on August 6, 1914. Military alliances had been forged earlier to create a "balance of power" (to benefit Britain) 
based on Bankster's loans or objectives, dividing Europe into two hostile camps: The secretive Franco-Russian Alliance 
Military Convention, (August 18, 1892) the Triple Entente, (1907, Britain, France, Russia) the Triple Alliance (1882 
Germany, Austria-Hungary, Italy) and the Entente Cordiale (1904, Britain, France). As planned, most of Europe was 
soon engaged in war. 

—The future life of Europe was not their concern; its means of livelihood was not their anxiety. Their 
preoccupations, good and bad alike, related to frontiers and nationalities, to the balance of power, to 
imperial aggrandizements, to the future enfeeblement of a strong and dangerous enemy, to revenge, and 
to the shifting by the victors of their unbearable financial burdens on to the shoulders of the defeated. " 

— JOHN MAYNAR.D KEYNES 

(1883-1946) British economist 1919- Economic Consequences of Peace Chapter IV, pg. 56 



By March 1915, Germany was running out of money, energy and food (due to a British blockade) and wanted 
to declare peace. But this put a wrench in the Banksters Master Plan for without Germany's participation, Britain's 
underlying motive to seize Iraq's income-producing oilfields at the end of the war would not be possible. Germany 
would not be crushed, the downfall of the Ottoman Empire would not occur, and America's gold would not be seized. 
So Paul Warburg, recently appointed head of the Federal Reserve, came to Germany's rescue with a source of credit 



103 



arranged through his brother, Max Warburg who was director of the family business - M. M. Warburg & Company, an 
institution associated with the Bank of England which is controlled by the Rothschilds. The Germans borrowed money 
from the German Rothschild's bank, the British from the British Rothschild's bank, and the French from the French 
Rothschild's bank. And American J.P. Morgan made vast quantities of money selling war materials at a cost of $10 
million a day. Where there's war, there's profit! 

America had not yet entered the war which was critical because one element of the Banksters Master Plan was to seize 
our gold, making America more dependent on the Banksters. 

Americans was not keen to enter the war though which meant that another politically-provoked incident had to occur to 
incite the public. And that next incident would be the sinking of the Lusitania... an event that caused anti-Bankster 
William Jennings Bryan, secretary of state under Wilson in 1912, to resign his government position in 1915 when he 
discovered suspicious circumstances surrounding this latest sinking. 

On the afternoon of May 1 the RMS Lusitania, an ocean liner owned by the Cunard Line, left New York City enroute 
for Liverpool, England. One of the fastest liners afloat, she could outrun potential submarine attacks which were 
common at that time. On the night of May 7 she had reached the coast of Ireland but was not running at fiill speed 
because of fog. At the same time, the destroyer H.M.S. Juno which had been escorting Lusitania, had been instructed to 
abandon her. Captain William Turner, her experienced pilot, oddly did not follow the established defensive custom of 
travelling in a zig-zag fashion as admiralty practice dictates to avoid submarines that gathered off the Irish coast - 
despite knowing in advance where they lay. Lusitania was essentially a sitting duck for a German submarine was 
indeed lurking in the shallow Irish waters and its captain couldn't believe what he was seeing later writing in his log: 
—ft is remarkable that there is so much traffic on this particular day, as two large steamers were sunk the day before 
south of George 's Channel. It is also inexplicable that the Lusitania was not sent through the North Channel. " As 
Lusitania headed straight into his sights, the submarine captain launched his torpedoes which caused her to sink in 
eighteen minutes and to kill 1,198 of the 1,959 people aboard. 

The sinking of the Lusitania was a coup for anti-German sentiment for it indeed evoked anger as well as patriotism 
causing many to put their lives on the line to -stamp out evil." The Banksters plan was successful! However, profit is 
not the only motive for war; revenge is another... 

You may recall that the Russian Tsar had interfered with the Banksters plot to split America in the Civil War. 
Moreover, Russia remained the last major country not to have its own central bank, so on July 16, 1918 the entire 
Russian royal family was killed and Communism began with the Banksters at the helm. 

—The state does not function as we desired. The car does not obey. A man is at the wheel and seems to 
lead it, but the car does not drive in the desired direction. It moves as another force wishes. " 

—VLADIMIR. LENIN 

Wurmbrand, "Marx and Satan," p. 49 

Even when Communism collapsed in the Soviet Union, Boris Yeltsin revealed that most of the foreign aid was ending 
up, "straight back into the coffers of western banks in debt service. " 

1915: In America, Paul Warburg addressed the Twin City's Bankers Club in St. Paul, Minnesota about the monetary 
pohcies they were expected to follow: 

—ft is to your interest to see the Federal Reserve banks as strong as they can possibly be. It staggers the 
imagination to think what the future may have in store for the development of American banking. With 
Europe 's foremost powers limited to their own field, with the United States turned into a creditor nation 
for all the world, the boundaries of the field that lies open for us are determined only by our power of 
safe expansion. The scope of our banking future will ultimately be limited by the amount of gold that we 
can muster as the foundation of our banking and credit structure. 'XTQad: amount of gold limits amount 
of money capable of being printed - a problem...) 



104 



The ten year terms of the members of the Federal Reserve Board were lengthened by the Banking Act of 1935 to 
fourteen years, which meant that these directors, although not elected by the people, held office longer than three 
presidents. The composition of the Federal Reserve Board of Governors and the Federal Reserve Advisory Council, 
from its initial membership to the present day, can be linked to the Jekyll Island conference and the London banking 
community. 

Daniel Davison, head of London's Morgan Grenfell stated: 

-The American banks have brought the necessary money, customers, and skills which have established 
London in its present preeminence.. .only the American banks have a lender of last resort. The Federal 
Reserve Board of the United States can, and does, create dollars when necessary. Without the 
Americans, the big dollar deals cannot be put together. Without them, London would not be credible as 
an international financial centre. " 

-T^ondon is the world's financial center because it can command enormous sums of capital created at its 

command by the Federal Reserve Board of the United States. But how is this possible? We have already 
established that the monetary policies of the United States, the interest rates, the volume and value of 
money, and sales of bonds, are decided, not by the figurehead of the Federal Reserve Board of 
Governors, but by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York. The pretended decentralization of the Federal 
Reserve System and its twelve, equally autonomous jegional ' banks, is and has been a deception since 
the Federal Reserve Act became law in 1913. That United States monetary policy stems solely from the 
Federal Reserve Bank of New York is yet another fallacy. That the Federal Reserve Bank of New York is 
itself autonomous and free to set monetary policy for the entire United States without any outside 
interference is especially untrue. We might believe in this autonomy if we did not know that the majority 
stock of the Federal Reserve Bank of New York was purchased by three New York City banks: First 
National Bank, National City Bank, and the National Bank of Commerce. An examination of the 
principal stockholders in these banks, in 1914, and today, reveals a direct London connection. 

— EUSTACE MULLINS 

Secrets of The Federal Reserve pg 64 

Incontrovertible evidence exists which proves there was a plan to control the money and credit of the American public 
to profit the Banksters. By selecting members of the Federal Advisory Council from bankers associated with the "big 
five" banks of New York, the heralded claims of —regional safeguarding of the public interest" by Carter Glass and 
other Washington proponents of the Federal Reserve Act, was a deliberate deception. While Colonel House, Jacob 
Schiff and Paul Warburg exalted in their victory, other actors in this drama soon learned, as we are too are now 
learning, that they had been both used and duped. 

1916: Woodrow Wilson wrote in National Economy and the Banking System, Sen. Doc. No. 3, No. 223, 76th 
Congress, 1st session, 1916: 



—We have come to be one of the worst ruled, one of the most completely controlled governments in the 
civilised world - no longer a government of free opinion, no longer a government by... a vote of the 
majority, but a government by the opinion and duress of a small group of dominant men. " 

— PR.CS1DCNT WOODB.OW WILSON 
(1856-1924) 28th President of the United States 

—Our great industrial nation is controlled by its system of credit. Our system of credit is privately 
concentrated. The growth of the nation, therefore, and all our activities are in the hands of a few 
men... who necessarily by very reason of their own limitations chill and check and destroy genuine 
economic freedom. " — PRESIDENT WOODROW WILSON 

(1856-1924) 28th President of the United States 



105 



-The government, which was designed for the people, has got into the hands of the bosses and their 
employers, the special interests. An invisible empire has been set up above the forms of democracy. " 

— PR.ES1DENT WOODR.OW WILSON 
(1856-1924) 28th President of the United States 

Another regretful player in getting the Federal Reserve Act passed was William Jennings Bryan who later wrote: 

—That is the one thing in my public career that I regret - my work to secure the enactment of the Federal 
Reserve Law. " 

Representative Glass who also played a role in getting this legislation passed later wrote: 

-T had never thought the Federal Bank System would prove such a failure. The country is in a state of 
irretrievable bankruptcy. " 

1916: The true purposes of the Federal Reserve soon began to disillusion others who had been deceived and believed 
in its claims. W.H. Allen wrote in Moody's Magazine, in 1916: 

-The true purpose of the Federal Reserve Act was to prevent concentration of money in the New York 
banks by making it profitable for country bankers to use their funds at home, but the movement of 
currency show that the New York banks gained from the interior in every month except December 1915, 
since the Act went into effect. The stabilization of rates has taken place in New York alone. In other 
parts, high rates continue. The Act, which was to deprive Wall Street of it funds for speculation, has 
really given the bulls and the bears such a supply as they have never had before. The truth is that far 
from having clogged the channel to Wall Street... it actually widened the old channels and opened up 
two new ones. The first of these leads directly to Washington and gives Wall Street a string on all the 
surplus cash in the United States Treasury. Besides, in the power to issue bank-note currency, it 
furnishes an inexhaustible supply of credit money; the second channel leads to the great central hanks of 
Europe, whereby, through the sale of acceptances, virtually guaranteed by the United States 
Government, Wall Street is granted immunity from foreign demands for gold which have precipitated 
every great crisis in our history. " 

-The passage of the Federal Reserve Act proved every allegation Thomas Jefferson had made against a 
central bank in 1791: that the subscribers to the Federal Reserve Bank stock had formed a corporation, 
whose stock could be and was held by aliens; that this stock would he transmitted to a certain line of 
successors; that it would be placed beyond forfeiture and escheat; that they would receive a monopoly 
of banking, which was against the laws of monopoly; and that they now had the power to make laws, 
paramount to the laws of the states. No state legislature can countermand any of the laws laid down by 
the Federal Reserve Board of Governors for the benefit of their private stockholders. This board issues 
laws as to what the interest rate shall he, what the quantity of money shall be and what the price of 
money shall be. All of these powers abrogate the powers of the state legislatures and their responsibility 
to the citizens of those states. " — ELISTACC MLILLINS 

Secrets of the Federal Reserve pg 35 

Benjamin Strong, president of the Bankers Trust (J. P. Morgan) was selected as the first Governor of the New York 
Federal Reserve Bank. Adept in high finance. Strong manipulated the country's monetary system at the discretion of 
the directors representing the leading New York banks. Under Strong, the Reserve System was interlocked with the 
Bank of England and the Bank of France. Benjamin Strong held his position until his -sudden death" (authors quotes) 
in 1928, during a Congressional investigation of the secret meetings between Reserve Governors and heads of 
European central banks which brought on the Great Depression of 1929-31. 

-The most powerful men in the United States were themselves answerable to another power, a foreign 
power, and a power which had been steadfastly seeking to extend its control over the young republic of 
the United States since its very inception. This power was the financial power of England, centered in 



106 



the London Branch of the House of Rothschild. The fact was that in 1910, the United States was for all 
practical purposes being ruled from England, as it is today. The ten largest bank holding companies in 
the United States are firmly in the hands of certain banking houses, all of which have branches in 
London. They are J.P. Morgan Company, Brown Brothers Harriman, Warburg, Kuhn Loeb and J. 
Henry Schroder. All of them maintain close relationships with the House of Rothschild, principally 
through the Rothschild control of international money markets through its manipulation of the price of 
gold. Each day, the world price of gold is set in the London office of N.M. Rothschild and Company. 
These banking houses actually take their direction from London. Their history is a fascinating one, and 
unknown to the American public, originating as it did in the international traffic in gold, slaves, 
diamonds, and other contraband. There are no moral considerations in any business decision made by 
these firms. They are interested solely in money and power. " — JOHN MOODY 

"The Seven Men ", McClure 's Magazine, August, 1911,p.418 



—Whoever controls the Federal Reserve Bank of New York essentially controls the system. For all 
practical purposes the Federal Reserve Bank of New York Js ' the Federal Reserve. Currently, more 
than ninety of the one hundred largest banks in the United States are located within this district. Class A 
stockholders control the system by owning the stock of the largest member banks in the New York 
Federal Reserve Bank. The controlling interest is held by fewer than a dozen international banking 
establishments, only four of which are based in the United States. The rest of the interests are 
European, with the most influential of these being the Rothschild family of London. Each of the 
American interests is in some way connected to this family. Included among these are the Rockefellers 
who are by far the most powerful of the Fed's American stockholders. (The Rockefeller holdings in the 
Federal Reserve are primarily through the Chase Manhattan Bank.) " — GARY H. KAH 

En Route to Global Occupation (Lafayette: Huntington House, 1992) Pp. 302-31 1 



In February of 1917, America entered WWI and suffered 320,518 casualties. The Russian Empire collapsed in 
1917. After a 1918 German offensive, United States forces and the allies drove back the Germans in a series of 
successful offensives until Germany agreed to a cease fire on November 11, 1918, known as Armistice Day. Germany, 
Russia, Austria-Hungary and the Ottoman Empire were defeated and the last two eliminated. The Soviet Union 
emerged from the Russian Empire, while the map of central Europe was redrawn into smaller states. Now that the 
people of the world were in heavy debt and rubble, they was so preoccupied with survival that the Banksters proceeded 
with their plan of world domination. 



The Council on Foreign Relations (CFR) was formed in 1919 in Paris, France by Bankster Colonel Edward 

Mandell House. This organization was and still is, dedicated to the one world rule under a new world order. After 
suffering the devastation of war, unemployment, disease, poverty, a decline in agriculture which led to famine, 
currency devaluation, the emergence of new countries, disintegration of governments, disruption of communications 
and the most obvious: the death and grievous injuries of millions of innocent people, the Banksters expected that the 
public would now beg for peace and stability. 

The Banksters now had control of every major national economy so the time had come to implement their plan to go 
global. Their first attempt was proposed at the Paris Peace Conference after WWI in 1919-1920 where a League of 
Nations was formed to prevent another such conflict." But 'the war to end all wars' was not enough to convince 
nations to dissolve their boundaries and as a result, the League died and with it, the Banksters plans - temporarily... 



In 1920, Congress passed the Independent Treasury Act which abolished the U.S. Treasury. (Wiki): ^he 
Independent Treasury was a system for the retaining of government funds in the United States Treasury and its 
subtreasuries, independently of the national banking and financial systems. In one form or another, it existed from 1846 
to 1921 and allowed all U.S. money in the private Federal Reserve Banks, to be kept separate from Federal Reserve 
Notes. 



107 



—That, if any moneys or bullion, constituting part of the trust funds or other special funds heretofore 
required by law to be kept in Treasury offices, shall be deposited with any Federal reserve bank, then 
such moneys or bullion shall by such bank be kept separate and distinct from the assets, funds, and 
securities of the Federal Reserve Bank and be held in the joint custody of the Federal Reserve Agent and 

the Federal Reserve Bank. " Public Law 94-564 Legislative History, pg. 5936 

1920: BUST: Anytime the Banksters plans were foiled they simply retaliated by contracting the currency and in 
1920 they made the people suffer once more... 

-^arge-city banks which were members of the system were given support by the Fed during the summer 
of 1920 to enable them to extend credit to manufactures and merchants. That allowed many of them to 
ride out the slump. There was no such support for the farmers or the country hanks which, by 1921, 
were falling like dominos. History books refer to this event as the Agricultural Depression of 1920-1921. 
A better name would have been the Country-Duck Dinner in New York. " — G. EDWARD GRIFFIN 

Economic Historian The Creature From Jekyll Island, p 477 

In a speech accepting the Republican presidential nomination Warren Harding stated: 

—We will attempt intelligent and courageous deflation, and strike at government borrowing which 
enlarges the evil, and we will attack high cost of government with every energy and facility which attend 
Republican capacity. We promise that relief which will attend the halting of waste and extravagance, 
and the renewal of the practice of public economy, not alone because it will relieve tax burdens but 
because it will be an example to stimulate thrift and economy in private life. Let us call to all the people 
for thrift and economy, for denial and sacrifice if need be, for a nationwide drive against extravagance 
and luxury, to a recommittal to simplicity of living, to that prudent and normal plan of life which is the 
health of the republic. There hasn 't been a recovery from the waste and abnormalities of war since the 
story of mankind was first written, except through work and saving, through industry and denial, while 
needless spending and heedless extravagance have marked every decay in the history of nations " 

Harding's approach to recovery directly opposed what -experts" are urging today. The program for recovery" in 2010 
is to increase government spending. But this strategy not only increases the national debt which is now incapable of 
being paid off, but also causes inflation thus driving the American economy further in the ditch where there is no way 
out except -One World Government" - GOTCHA! ! ! 

When you become aware of the Federal Reserve's manipulation of the market to 4*arvest" the assets of the middle- 
class, those with the greatest potential to incite a quiet revolution and relegate a large portion of the population to 
poverty and survival-mode, the Banksters can more easily manage those with the real power - We, The Sheeple. But 
many are now beginning to put two and two together: 

-^ot surprisingly, many modern economists who have studied the depression of 1920-21 have been 
unable to explain how the recovery could have been so swift and sweeping even though the federal 
government and the Federal Reserve refrained from employing any of the macroeconomic tools — public 
works spending, government deficits, inflationary monetary policy — that conventional wisdom now 
recommends as the solution to economic slowdowns. The Keynesian economist Robert A. Gordon 
admitted that _go\ernment policy to moderate the depression and speed recovery was minimal. The 
Federal Reserve authorities were largely passive... Despite the absence of a stimulative government 
policy, however, recovery was not long delayed. ' Another economic historian briskly conceded that Jhe 
economy rebounded quickly from the 1920-21 depression and entered a period of quite vigorous 
growth ' but chose not to comment further on this development. J'his was 1921, ' writes the 
condescending Kenneth Weiher, J,ongbefore the concept of countercyclical policy was accepted or even 
understood. ' They may not have -understood" countercyclical policy, but recovery came anyway — and 
quickly. " —THOMAS E. WOODS, JR. 

Warren Harding and the Forgotten Depression of 1920 



108 



-^rom 1914 to 1919 the Fed substantially increased the money supply, resulting in extensive loans to 
small hanks and the public. Then, in 1920 the Fed deliberately contracted credit in an extreme way, thus 
resulting in banks having to call in large numbers of loans and, just like 1907, bank runs, bankruptcy 
and systemic collapse occurred. Numerous competitive banks outside of the Federal Reserve System 
collapsed further consolidating the monopoly of the Jdoney Trust ' cartel. " — PETER. JOSEPH 

Zeitgeist, The Movie 2007 

Two historians of the Harding presidency, like contemporary author/economist Robert Reich, urge that without 
redistribution of the wealth in America, the economy will never be stable (exactly what the Banksters want...): 

-The tax cuts, along with the emphasis on repayment of the national debt and reduced federal 
expenditures, combined to favor the rich. Many economists came to agree that one of the chief causes of 
the Great Depression of 1929 was the unequal distribution of wealth, which appeared to accelerate 
during the 1920 's, and which was a result of the return to normalcy. Five percent of the population had 
more than 33 percent of the nation's wealth by 1929. This group failed to use its wealth responsibly... 
Instead, they fueled unhealthy speculation on the stock market as well as uneven economic growth. " 

—EUGENE P. IRANI AND DAVID L WILSON 

The Presidency of Warren G. Harding (Lawrence, KS: University Press of Kansas, 1977), 72. 

1921: Warren Harding (I865-1923) was elected twenty-ninth President of the United States and served from 1921 to 
1923. The economic situation in 1920 was grim; unemployment had risen from 4 percent to nearly 12 percent, and the 

GNP (gross national product: the market value of all goods and services produced in one year by labor and property supplied by the residents of a country) 

declined by 17 percent. Secretary of Commerce Herbert Hoover urged President Harding to consider an array of 
interventions to turn the economy around, but instead of ^scal stimulus," Harding cut the government's budget nearly 
in half, slashed tax rates; and reduced the national debt by one-third. The Federal Reserve did nothing. As one 
economic historian stated: 

-Respite the severity of the contraction, the Fed did not move to use its powers to turn the money supply 
around and fight the contraction. " 

-4n May 1920. ..the farmers were exceedingly prosperous... They were paying off their mortgages. They 
had bought a lot of new land, at the insistence of the Government - had borrowed money to do it - and 
then they were bankrupted by a sudden contraction of credit and currency which took place in 1920. The 
Federal Reserve Board met in a meeting which was not disclosed to the public. They met on the 18th of 
May, 1920, and it was a secret meeting and they spent all day; the minutes made sixty printed pages, 
and it appears in Senate Document 310 of February 19, 1923... Under action taken by the Reserve Board 
on May 18 1920, there resulted a violent contraction of credit.. .This contraction of credit and currency 
had the effect, the next year, of diminishing the national production $15,000,000,000; it had the effect of 
throwing millions of people out of employment... " — SENATOR. ROBERT OWEN 

former Chairman of the Senate Banking and Currency committee 
Special committee on the Investigation of Silver, Silver, Part 5, 76th Cong., 1st sess. (Washington, DC: GPO, 1939), April 7, 1939, pp 196-197 

Ever since the founding of the Federal Reserve System, consistent efforts have been made by Congressional leaders to 
put a stop to the Fed, each decade producing at least one valiant attempt to expose the conspiracy. Congressman 
Charles Lindbergh Sr., father of the famous aviator, was among those who fought the passage of the Federal Reserve 
Act and later conducted an investigation into the cartel. Others were New York city Mayor Hylan, William Jennings 
Bryan, Congressman Ron Paul who authored a book entitled — fi'nJ The Fed" and others argued that the "invisible 
government" exercised its control of the US Government through the Federal Reserve: 

-These international bankers and Rockefeller-Standard Oil interests control the majority of the 
newspapers and magazines in this country. They use the columns of these papers to club into submission 
or drive out of office public officials who refuse to do the bidding of the powerful corrupt cliques which 

109 



compose the invisible government. ..The warning of Theodore Roosevelt has much timeliness today, for 
the real menace of our republic is this invisible government which like a giant octopus sprawls its slimy 
length over City, State, and nation... It seizes in its long and powerful tentacles our executive officers, 
our legislative bodies, our schools, our courts, our newspapers, and every agency created for the public 
protection... To depart from mere generalizations, let me say that at the head of this octopus are the 
Rockefeller-Standard Oil interest and a small group of powerful banking houses generally referred to as 
the international bankers. The little coterie of powerful international bankers virtually run the United 
States government for their own selfish purposes. They practically control both parties, write political 
platforms, make catspaws of party leaders, use the leading men of private organizations, and resort to 
every device to place in nomination for high public office only such candidates as will be amenable to 
the dictates of corrupt big business... These international hankers and Rockefeller-Standard Oil interests 
control the majority of newspapers and magazines in this country. " — JOHN HYLAN 

Mayor of New York 

President Warren Harding wrote: 



-4t is instructive to compare the American response in this period to that of Japan. In 1920, the 
Japanese government introduced the fundamentals of a planned economy, with the aim of keeping prices 
artificially high. According to economist Benjamin Anderson, JThe great banks, the concentrated 
industries, and the government got together and destroyed the freedom of the markets, arrested the 
decline in commodity prices, and held the Japanese price level high above the receding world level for 
seven years. During these years Japan endured chronic industrial stagnation and at the end, in 1927, 
she had a banking crisis of such severity that many great branch bank systems went down, as well as 
many industries. It was a stupid policy. In the effort to avert losses on inventory representing one year 's 
production, Japan lost seven years. " — ^THOA4AS E WOODS, JR. (from ir 44:2, Fail 2009) - 10/20/09 

Warren Harding and the Forgotten Depression of 1920 



President Harding allowed the U.S. economy to readjust. 



-4n 1920-21, " writes Anderson, -^e took our losses, we readjusted our financial structure, we endured 
our depression, and in August 1921 we started up again... The rally in business production and 
employment that started in August 1921 was based on a drastic cleaning up of credit weakness, a 
reduction in the costs of production, and on the free play of private enterprise. It was not based on 
governmental policy designed to make business good. " 



'. At the end of his term, president Woodrow Wilson wrote: 

—Our great industrial nation is controlled by its system of credit. Our system of credit is privately 
concentrated. The growth of the nation, therefore, and all our activities are in the hands of a few men... 
who necessarily, by reason of their own limitations, chill and check and destroy genuine economic 
freedom. " Wilson finally saw the light - a little too late. J unwittingly ruined my country. "' 

— PRESIDENT WOODROW WILSON 



Congress, undoubtedly at the instruction of the Federal Reserve, abolished the U.S. Treasury and as a result, all 
of America's gold, money in trust funds, etc. that had been kept in U.S. Treasury vaults, were transferred to the Federal 
Reserve. Meanwhile, in the aftermath of World War I Germany could no longer afford to pay war reparations to 
Britain, France and other Allies, so Wall Street _came to the rescue' and by the middle of the decade, prosperity was 
widespread. 



1923: Rather than following the dictates of Keynesian economists. President Warren Harding did not run 
unbalanced budgets and prime the pump of increased debt through increased expenditures. He instead kept spending 
and taxation low and reduced the public debt which enraged the Banksters as he was interfering with their plans. In 



110 



June of 1923, Harding set out on a cross-country "Voyage of Understanding," to meet ordinary people and explain his 
policies. On the tour rumors of corruption" in his administration (a Bankster strategy: smear campaign) began to 
surface and Harding was profoundly shocked. At the end of July, while traveling south from Alaska through British 
Columbia, Harding developed what was thought to be a severe case of food poisoning. The President's train proceeded 
to San Francisco and immediately he was brought to the Palace Hotel where he developed pneumonia and died on 
August 2, 1923. He had been ill exactly one week. While Naval physicians surmised that he had suffered a heart attack, 
this diagnosis was not made by U.S. Surgeon General Dr. Charles E. Sawyer, who was traveling with the presidential 
party. In The Strange Death of President Harding (1930) author Gaston B. Means reveals that the circumstances 
surrounding President Harding's death led some to suspect that he, like others who opposed the Banksters, had been 
poisoned. 



1923: John Calvin Coolidge, Jr., (I872-1933) succeeded President Harding after his sudden death as thirtieth President 
of the United States and served from 1923-1929. Elected in his own right in 1924, he earned a reputation as a small- 
government conservative. Many attempts have been made to assess President Coolidge's contribution, if any, to the 
Stock Market catastrophe and the Great Depression that followed, but Coolidge did not see the Federal Reserve as 
insidious nor detrimental to the economy and thus fell prey to the Federal Reserve's manipulation of boom and bust 
cycles - times to Jleece the flock.' 

In Calvin Coolidge: The Quiet President (1967, rpt. 1988), author Donald R. McCoy discussed Coolidge's January 6, 
1928 statement to the press that he had no evidence that brokers' loans, which had risen to almost $4 billion in value, 

were cause for suspicion as they had expanded too rapidly. Coolidge —declared that brokers' loans reflected steadily 
increasing bank deposits and the larger number of securities on the market. " A few days later H. Parker Willis, editor- 
in-chief of the Journal of Commerce, discussed the statement with Coolidge at the White House. The President 
indicated that his official view and his personal opinion differed: 

— ^ / were to give my own personal opinion about it, I should say that any loan made for gambling in 
stocks was an excessive loan. ' / regard myself as the representative of the government and not as an 
individual. When technical matters come up I feel called on to refer them to the proper department of 
government which has some information about them and then, unless there is some good reason, I use 
this information as a basis for whatever I have to say; but that does not prevent me from thinking what I 
please as an individual. " (pp. 319-20). 

Bankster propaganda was effective as President Coolidge and public opinion viewed the Federal Reserve as successful: 

-4t would be difficult to overestimate the service which the Federal reserve system has already rendered 
to the country. It is necessary only to recall the chaotic condition of our banking organization at the 
time the Federal Reserve System was put into operation. The old system consisted of a vast number of 
independent banking units, with scattered bank reserves which never could be mobilized in times of 
greatest need. In spite of vast banking resources, there was no coordination of reserves or any credit 
elasticity. As a consequence, a strain was felt even during crop-moving periods and when it was 
necessary to meet other seasonal and regularly recurring needs. " — PRESIDENT CALVIN COOLIDGE 



Fourth State of the Union Address 



1926: December 7, President Coolidge's Fourth State of the Union Address: 



Our present state of prosperity has been greatly promoted by three important causes, one of which is economy, resulting in reduction 
and reform in national taxation. Another is the elimination of many kinds of waste. The third is a general raising of the standards of 
efficiency. This combination has brought the perfectly astonishing result of a reduction in the index price of commodities and an 
increase in the index rate of wages. We have secured a lowering of the cost to produce and a raising of the abihty to consume. 
Prosperity resulting from these causes rests on the securest of all foundations. It gathers strength from its own progress.. .The Federal 
reserve system is not a panacea for all economic or financial ills. It cannot prevent depression in certain industries which are 
experiencing overexpansion of production or contraction of their markets. Its business is to furnish adequate credit and currency 
facilities. This it has succeeded in doing, both during the war and in the more difficult period of deflation and readjustment which 
followed. It enables us to look to the future with confidence and to make plans far ahead, based on the belief that the Federal reserve 
system will exercise a steadying influence on credit conditions and thereby prevent tiny sudden or severe reactions from the period 



111 



of prosperity which we are now enjoying. In order that these plans may go forward, action should be taken at the present session on 
the question of renewing the banks' charters and thereby insuring a continuation of the policies and present usefulness of the Federal 
reserve system. 



192/: BOOM: World War I was so depressing the people desperately wanted a return to joy and prosperity. 

Little did the public know that -bust time" was right around the corner... In July of 1927, the directors of the Bank of 
England, the New York Federal Reserve Bank, and the German Reichsbank, were contemplating a way to remove the 
gold out of the United States and into Europe, which was far easier now that the Federal Reserve controlled the gold. 
And their solution was yet another boom-bust cycle and to initiate this boom of 1927, the Banksters lowered the rate of 
interest, thus expanding credit. 

The Banksters set the stage to once more Jleece the flock' of their assets and lured the unsuspecting public into another 
-boom cycle": the Soaring Twenties" - which primed the pump for the Great Depression. 

—..the driving factor behind both the inflation and the bursting of the speculative bubble was the 
expanding use of leverage (i.e., debt) by individuals as well as corporations. The decade was marked by 
an enormous expansion of consumer credit, which Americans used to finance purchases of new products 
such as automobiles and radios, which were created using new techniques of mass production that 
additionally helped to drive down prices. Consumers also used credit to purchase stocks, and as the 
stock market escalated, investors began to take advantage of margin loans provided by their brokers. 
Their primary targets were industries involving new technologies, such as the automobile, motion 
picture, and aircraft industries. Radio stocks boomed, rising by 400 percent in 1928 alone, and the stock 
market attracted an immense public following. " — PBS DOCUMENTARY 

-Famous Bubbles" re: the 1920's bubble 



—..The fateful week starting on the 24th day of October, 1929 was not as financial writers often 
comment jx sharp technical reaction, resulting from an over-bought position '. It was the long-in- 
coming, housecleaning. Actually, it was the calculated ^shearing' of the public by the World-Money 
powers, triggered by the planned sudden shortage of the supply of call money in the New York money 
market." — CURTIS B. DALL 

FDR: My Exploited Father-in-Law p 33-34 



-Nothing did more to spur the boom in stocks than the decision made by the New York Federal Reserve 
bank, in the spring of 1927, to cut the rediscount rate. Benjamin Strong, Governor of the bank, was chief 
advocate of this unwise measure, which was taken largely at the behest of Montagu Norman of the Bank 
of England.. ..At the time of the Banks action I warned of its consequences....! felt that sooner or later the 
market had to break. " —BERNARD BARUCH 

American financier, stock-market speculator, statesman, and political consultant. After his success in business, he devoted his time toward advising U.S. 
Presidents Woodrow Wilson and Franklin D. Roosevelt on economic matters 



—Warnings (about the Banksters) fell on deaf ears, drowned out by the music and excitement of the 
roaring 20's. People don't tend to complain much in times of prosperity, so the money changers used 
this boom time they had created to defuse any complaints about their growing control. " 

— JOHN HYLAN 

Former New York City Mayor speaking in Chicago- March 27, 1927, New York Times 



1929 . Herbert Clark Hoover (i874-i964) was elected thirty-first President of the United States and served fi-om 1929- 
1933. As the United States Secretary of Commerce in the 1920's under Presidents Warren G. Harding and Calvin 
Coolidge, Hoover promoted government intervention under the guise of "economic modernization." 



1929: BUST: The Banksters continued transferring huge amounts of American gold to the Bank of England in 

1929 which helped to trigger the Depression. President Hoover's troubles began in the late autumn of 1929. The nation 
had been in the grip of a fictitious stock-market prosperity. Stocks had been forced up by speculative buyers: A.T.&T., 

112 



for example, rose to $304 a share and United States Steel to $241, so when the stock market crashed on October 23, it 
wiped out an average of more than a billion dollars' worth of paper value a day. The following is how they burst the 
bubble: 

—When everything was ready, the New York financiers started calling 24 hour broker call loans. This 
meant that the stockbrokers and the customers had to dump their stock on the market in order to pay the 
loans. This naturally collapsed the stock market and brought a banking collapse all over the country 
because the banks not owned by the oligarchy were heavily involved in broker call claims at this time, 
and bank runs soon exhausted their coin and currency and they had to close. The Federal Reserve 
System would not come to their aid, although they were instructed under the law to maintain an elastic 
currency. " — WILLIAM J. BR.YAN 

The United States ' Unresolved Monetary and Political Problems 

On October 24, 1929 large brokerages called in their 24 hour ^nargin call-loans" forcing brokers and investors to sell 
their stocks at any price to cover the loans. By 1 1:30 am panic prevailed. In an effort to stem the tide, the vice president 
of the Exchange successfully purchased millions of dollars worth of key stocks which began to stabilize prices, but on 
October 28, prices again began to plummet. This decline was not stopped and on October 29 panic selling grew more 
intense. 

Cunningly, the Banksters saw an -opportunity" to further rape the market. The ticker tape, which the panicked sellers 
relied on for stock prices, was unable to keep up with the heavy activity and was now running two and one -half hours 
behind. As the ticker spewed out two hour old sales, Banksters began buying the heavily discounted stock which the 
media naively reported as an attempt to "support the market." Although thousands of investors had their fortunes wiped 
out, -The Great Depression" was a bonanza for the super-rich. On the three "black days" of October, 1929; Thursday, 
the 24th; Monday, the 28th; and Tuesday, the 29"'; a quarter of US industrial ownership was transferred from the public 
to the giants of international finance; a successful Reccing of the flock"... To further tighten the stranglehold on 
Congress and the masses, the Federal Reserve then diabolically contracted the money in circulation by 33%, causing an 
even deeper depression. 

-This crash was an event for which Herbert Hoover was ready. For a decade, Herbert Hoover had 
urged that the United States break its age-old policy of not intervening in cyclical recessions. During the 
postwar 1920-1921 recession, Hoover, as secretary of commerce, had unsuccessfully urged President 
Harding to intervene massively in the recession, to "do something" to cure the depression, in particular 
to expand credit and to engage in a massive public-works program. Although the United States got out 
of the recession on its own, without massive intervention. Hoover vowed that next time it would be 
different. In late 1928, after he was elected president. Hoover presented a public works scheme, the 

"Hoover Plan" for "permanent prosperity When the stock market crash came in October 1929, 

therefore. President Hoover was ready for massive intervention to attempt to raise wage rates, expand 
credit, and embark on public works.... The major opponent of this new statist dogma was Secretary of 
the Treasury Mellon, who, though one of the leaders in pushing the boom, now at least saw the 
importance of liquidating the malinvestments, inflated costs, prices, and wage rates of the inflationary 
boom. Mellon, indeed, correctly cited the successful application of such a laissez-faire policy in 
previous recessions and crises. But Hoover overrode Mellon, with the support of Treasury 
Undersecretary Ogden Mills. If Hoover stood ready to impose an expansionist and interventionist New 
Deal, (Bankster) Morgan man George L. Harrison, head of the New York Fed and major power in the 
Federal Reserve, was all the more ready to inflate. During the week of the crash, the last week of 
October, the Fed doubled its holdings of government securities, adding $150 million to bank reserves, 
as well as discounting $200 million more for member banks. The idea was to prevent liquidation of the 
bloated stock market, and to permit the New York City banks to take over the loans to stockbrokers that 
the nonbank lenders were liquidating. As a result, member banks of the Federal Reserve expanded their 
deposits by $1.8 billion-a phenomenal monetary expansion of nearly 10 percent in one week! Of this 
increase, $1.6 billion were increased deposits of the New York City banks. In addition, Harrison drove 

down interest rates, lowering its discount rates to banks from 6 percent to 4.5 percent in a few weeks 

By mid-November, the great stock break was over, and the market, artificially buoyed and stimulated by 



113 



expanding credit, began to move upward again. p275... the Fed tried its best to inflate a great deal more, 
but its expansionary policy was partially thwarted by increasing caution and by withdrawal of money 
from the banking system by the general public. Here we see, at the very beginning of the Hoover era, the 
spuriousness of the monetarist legend that the Federal Reserve was responsible for the great contraction 
of money from 1929 to 1933. On the contrary, the Fed and the administration tried their best to inflate, 
efforts foiled by the good sense, and by the increasing distrust of the banking system, of the American 
people. — MUR.RAY N. R.OTHBAB.D 

A History of Money and Banking in the United States - The Colonial Era to World War II 

Chairman of the House Banking and Currency Committee, Representative Louis T. Mc Fadden, was onto the Banksters 
agenda and accused both the Fed and international bankers of premeditating the crash. He went on to accuse European 
statesmen and financiers of creating a circumstance which facilitated the reacquisition of the massive amounts of gold 
which Europe had lost to the U.S. during WWI. 

"/ think it can hardly be disputed that the statesmen and financiers of Europe are ready to take almost 
any means to re-acquire rapidly the gold stock which Europe lost to America as the result of World War 
I. " — REP. LOUIS T. MCFADDEN (D-pa) 

-^rom now on, depressions will be scientifically created. " — CHARLES A. LINDBERGH SR. -1913 



-^he Federal Reserve definitely caused the Great Depression by contracting the amount of currency in 
circulation by one third from 1929 to 1933. " —MILTON FRIEDMAN 

Nobel Prize winning economist and Stanford University Professor 

"It was not accidental. It was a carefully contrived occurrence... The international bankers sought to 
bring about a condition of despair here so that they might emerge as rulers of us all. " 

— REP. LOUIS T. MCEADDEN (D-pa) 

-The Fed was largely responsible for converting what might have been a garden-variety recession, 
although perhaps a fairly severe one, into a major catastrophe. Instead of using its powers to offset the 
depression, it presided over a decline in the quantity of money by one-third from 1929 to 1933 ... Far 
from the depression being a failure of the free-enterprise system, it was a tragic failure of government. " 

—MILTON FRIEDMAN 

Noted Economist Two Lucky People, 233 

Milton Friedman's opinion of the Depression was accurate for he understood that it was created by the Banksters. 
However, his feeling that it was a failure of free-enterprise shows that he was trying to make sense of an experience 
from a limited perspective. Just like today, 2011, economists, bankers, and politicians are trying to make sense of this 
latest bust cycle most believing that the market will soon recover and that this recession is merely a momentary 
psychological aberration. In 1929, Secretary of the Treasury Andrew Mellon insisted that the stock market debacle was 
an illness that would soon run its course. Little did they know that, like today, a meticulously-calculated plan was 
unfolding under their very noses... 

If they looked hard enough they would have discovered that all the wall street giants, J.P. Morgan, Joe F. Kennedy, J.D. 
Rockefeller, Bernard Baruch, had gotten out of the stock market and put their assets in gold just before the stock market 
crash of 1929. Morgan "fortuitously" sold the "White Star" line before the stock market crash for a nice profit in 1926 
and $40 Billion dollars somehow shifted into the hands of the Banksters during the crash for Joe Kennedy's fortune 
grew from $4 Million dollars in 1929 to over $100 million in 1935. 

—The investing public, including most stock brokers and bankers, took a horrendous blow in the crash, 
but not the insiders. They were either out of the market or had sold _short' so that they made enormous 
profits as the Dow Jones plummeted. For those who knew the score, a comment by Paul Warburg had 
provided the warning to sell. That signal came on March 9, 1929, when the Financial Chronicle quoted 
Warburg as giving this sound advice: ^orgies of unrestricted speculation are permitted to spread too 

114 



far, the ultimate collapse is certain ... to bring about a general depression involving the whole 
country. ' " — GAR.Y ALLEN 

None Dare Call it Conspiracy, 1971 p 35 



Common to every bust cycle, unemployment rose by more than 7,000,000 within a year and totaled 15,000,000. Those 
who continued to work did so under greatly reduced wage scales. For three and one half years a paralyzing deflation 
continued and its effects spread to all parts of the world. Millions of people lost their savings and millions more were 
reduced to poverty. Destitution, despair, and divided counsels prevailed - a price the public paid for their inaction. 

-July 30, 1930 McFadden Basis of Control of Economic Conditions: JThis control of the world business 
structure and of human happiness and progress by a small group is a matter of the most intense public 
interest. In analyzing it, we must begin with the internal group which centers itself around J.P. Morgan 
Company. Never before had there been such a powerful centralized control over finance, industrial 
production, credit and wages as is at this time vested in the Morgan group... The Morgan control of the 
Federal Reserve System is exercised through control of the management of the Federal Reserve Bank of 
New York. " — EUSTACE MULLINS 

Secrets of the Federal Reserve 



Of the twelve regional Federal Reserve Banks, or corporations, McFadden explained the stranglehold the Fed has over 
every aspect of the U.S. economy today: 



-The imperial power of elasticity of the public currency is wielded exclusively by the central 
Corporations owned by the banks [i.e., the regional Federal Reserve Banks.] This is a life and death 
power over all local banks and all business. It can be used to create or destroy prosperity, to ward off or 

cause stringencies and panics. By making money artificially scarce, interest rates throughout the 
Country can be arbitrarily raised and the bank tax on all business and cost of living increased for the 
profit of the banks owning these regional central banks, and without the slightest benefit to the people. 
The twelve Corporations together cover, monopolize, and use for private gain, every dollar of the public 
currency and all public revenue of the United States. Not a dollar can be put into circulation among the 
people by their Government, without the consent of and on terms fixed by these twelve private money 
trusts. " — CONGB.ESSMAN LOUIS MCFADDEN 



1931 : On December 15, Chairman McFadden informed the House of a dispatch in the Public Ledger of Philadelphia, 
October 24, 1931, "GERMAN REVEALS HOOVER'S SECRET." The American President was in intimate 
negotiations with the German government regarding a year's debt holiday as early as December, 1930." 

-behind the Hoover announcement there were many months of hurried and furtive preparations both in 
Germany and in Wall Street offices of German bankers. Germany, like a sponge, had to be saturated 
with American money. Mr. Hoover himself had to be elected, because this scheme began before he 
became President. If the German international bankers of Wall Street - that is Kuhn Loeb Company, J. 
& W. Seligman, Paul Warburg, J. Henry Schroder - and their satellites had not had this job waiting to 
be done, Herbert Hoover would never have been elected President of the United States. The election of 
Mr. Hoover to the Presidency was through the influence of the Warburg Brothers, directors of the great 
bank of Kuhn Loeb Company, who carried the cost of his election. In exchange for this collaboration 
Mr. Hoover promised to impose the moratorium of German debts. Hoover sought to exempt Kreuger's 
loan to Germany of $125 million from the operation of the Hoover Moratorium. The nature of Kreuger 's 
swindle was known here in January when he visited his friend, Mr. Hoover, in the White House. " 

— EUSTACE MULLINS 

1931 . On December 15, Rep. Louis T. McFadden, who for more than ten years served as Chairman of the Banking 
and Currency Committee in the House of Representatives, stated: 



—The Federal Reserve Board and banks are the duly appointed agents of the foreign central banks of 



115 



issue and they are more concerned with their foreign customers than they are with the people of the 
United States. The only thing that is American about the Federal Reserve Board and banks is the money 
they use... " 



mi: In his June 10 address on the House floor, as reported in the Congressional Record McFadden declared: 

—Mr. Chairman, we have in this country one of the most corrupt institutions the world has ever known. I 

refer to the Federal Reserve Board and the Federal Reserve hanks. The Federal Reserve Board, a 
Government board, has cheated the Government of the United States out of enough money to pay the 
national debt. The depredations and the iniquities of the Federal Reserve Board and the Federal 
Reserve banks acting together have cost this country enough money to pay the national debt several 
times over. This evil institution has impoverished and ruined the people of the United States, has 
bankrupted itself, and has practically bankrupted our Government. It has done this through defects of 
the law under which it operates, through the maladministration of that law by the Federal Reserve 
Board, and through the corrupt practices of the moneyed vultures who control it. " 

— CONGR.CSSMAN LOUIS MCFADDCN 

Chairman of the Banking and Currency Committee 

1932 . Franklin Delano Roosevelt (I882-1945) was elected thirty-second President of the United States and served an 
unprecedented four terms from 1932-1945. He assumed office at the depth of the Great Depression when 13,000,000 
people were unemployed and almost every bank was closed. In his first "hundred days" he enacted a sweeping program 
to bring recovery to business and agriculture, relief to the unemployed and those in danger of losing farms and homes, 
and reform, especially through the establishment of the Tennessee Valley Authority. 

1933: In the aftermath of the Great Depression, the Banksters schemed to remove another impediment to their 
ultimate control of our currency: the gold standard. As a finite resource, gold restricts the free-flow of printing fake 
money so to pull off this latest ruse, the U.S. paid interest on its war debts with gold until the gold was gone. With no 
more gold to pay the interest on our loans, the Banksters called their loans and on March 9, 1933, an Emergency 
Banking Act" was passed effectively dissolving the United States Federal Government and forcing the U.S. into an 
involuntary bankruptcy with England. On that historic day, ownership (legal title) of all property was given to the State; 
individual ^ownership' was given only equitable (user) title stating that the assets you thought were yours, are your to 
use only and must be in accordance with law and subordinate to the necessities of the State. 

Not wanting to alarm nor inform the public, the Banksters used the pretense of 4i-elping to end the depression," to rob 
the public of any wealth they had left by confiscating their gold. One month after his inauguration. President Franklin 
Roosevelt declared a National Emergency making it unlawful for any citizen of the United States to own gold. On April 
5th, 1933, President Roosevelt ordered that all gold coins, gold bullion, and gold certificates be turned into the Federal 
Reserve banks by May 1^'. 

In June, Congress enacted House Joint Resolution #192 which made all debts, public or private, no longer collectible in 
gold. Instead, all debts were to be payable in Fed-created debt-based fiat currency - lOU's - Federal Reserve Notes, 
with no backing whatsoever. This legislation states that all forms of currency are debt. 

From this point forward, America was owned by the soulless Banksters, who are contemptuous of the fi-eedom and 
sovereignty intended by our forefathers. 

-The monetary system of the United States at the time of the Depression could not sustain inflation very 
long because the country was on a gold standard. If people sensed that the government was printing too 
many paper dollars, by law they could redeem those dollars from the government's store of gold. 

Moreover, gold coins circulated along with silver dollars, half-dollars, quarters, and dimes. If people 
were exchanging their dollars for gold, then the government 's own gold supply would be diminished. 
Since the gold standard included requirements that the country's money supply have at least a 40 

116 



percent gold backing, a drain on gold reserves would have forced the government to stop printing so 
many dollars. Therefore, the plans of the New Dealers ran headlong into the reality of the gold standard 
and its check on inflation. Thus, early in his presidency, on April 5, 1933, Roosevelt signed Executive 
Order 6102, which ordered people to turn in their gold to the government at payment of $20.67 per 
ounce. While there were some exceptions for dental use, jewelry, and artists and others who used gold in 
their jobs, most people were not covered. (Individuals could hold up to $100 in gold coins, but the 
government confiscated the rest.) Furthermore, the president 's order nullified all private contracts that 
called for payment in gold, something that led Sen. Carter Glass of Virginia to declare that the whole 
thing was -dishonor ". — WILLIAM L. ANDER.SON 



From: President of the United States Franklin Delano Roosevelt Dated: 5 April, 1933 Presidential Executive Order 6102 Forbidding 
the Hoarding of Gold Coin, Gold Bullion and Gold Certificates by virtue of the authority vested in me by Section 5(b) of the Act of 
October 6, 1917, as amended by Section 2 of the Act of March 9, 1933, entitled An Act to provide reUef in the existing national 
emergency in banking, and for other purposes, in which amendatory Act Congress declared that a serious emergency exists, I, 
Franklin D. Roosevelt, President of the United States of America, do declare that said national emergency still continues to exist and 
pursuant to said section to do hereby prohibit the hoarding gold coin, gold bullion, and gold certificates within the continental United 
States by individuals, partnerships, associations and corporations and hereby prescribe the following regulations for carrying out the 
purposes of the order: Section 2. All persons are hereby required to deliver on or before May 1, 1933, to a Federal Reserve bank or 
a branch or agency thereof or to any member bank of the Federal Reserve System all gold coin, gold bullion, and gold certificates 
now owned by them or coming into their ownership on or before April 28, 1933, except the following: (a) Such amount of gold as 
may be required for legitimate and customary use in industry, profession or art within a reasonable time, including gold prior to 
refining and stocks of gold in reasonable amounts for the usual trade requirements of owners mining and refining such gold, (b) 
Gold coin and gold certificates in an amount not exceeding in the aggregate $100.00 belonging to any one person; and gold coins 
having recognized special value to collectors of rare and unusual coins, (c) Gold coin and bullion earmarked or held in trust for a 
recognized foreign government or foreign central bank or the Bank for International Settlements, (d) Gold coin and bullion licensed 
for the other proper transactions (not involving hoarding) including gold coin and gold bullion imported for the re-export or held 
pending action on apphcations for export Ucense. Section 4. Upon receipt of gold coin, gold bullion, or gold certificates delivered to 
it in accordance with Section 2 or 3, the Federal reserve bank or member bank will pay thereof an equivalent amount of any other 
form of coin or currency coined or issued under the laws of the United States. 

*By the end of WWII Fort Knox held 70% of the world's gold, but over the years it was sold off to the European 
Banksters. A public audit of Fort Knox reserves was repeatedly denied but there were persistent rumors regarding 
missing gold. 

—Allegations of missing gold from our Fort Knox vaults are being widely discussed in European circles. 
But what is puzzling is that the Administration is not hastening to demonstrate conclusively that there is 
no cause for concern over our gold treasure - if indeed it is in a position to do so. " 



**In 1981 President Reagan discovered that the US Treasury owned no gold at all. All the remaining gold in Fort Knox 
is now held as collateral by the Federal Reserve against the national debt. The Fed has robbed the largest treasure of 
gold on earth by utilizing it to pay interest" on the fake money it creates. 



Following the Crash of 1929, one of every five banks in America failed. Many people blamed this crash on 
market speculation by the banks so Senator Carter Glass (D-Va.) and Congressman Henry Steagall (D-Ala.) introduced 
legislation to limit the conflicts of interest created when commercial banks are permitted to underwrite stocks or bonds. 
In the early part of the century, individual investors were seriously hurt by banks whose overriding interest was 
promoting stocks of interest and benefit to the banks, rather than to individual investors. The new law banned 
commercial banks from underwriting securities, forcing banks to choose between being a simple lender or an 
underwriter (brokerage). The act also established the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC), insuring bank 
deposits, and strengthened the Federal Reserve's control over credit. 



Economist 



—EDITH ROOSEVELT 



wife of Theodore Roosevelt 




Congressman McFadden could again see through the gold deception and brought impeachment 
charges against the members of the Federal Reserve for the treason they were committing: 




117 



"Whereas I charge them jointly and severally with having brought about a repudiation of the national 
currency of the United States in order that the gold value of said currency might be given to private 
interests... 

I charge them ... with having arbitrarily and unlawfully taken over $80,000,000,000 from the United 
States Government in the year 1928... 

I charge them ... with having arbitrarily and unlawfully raised and lowered the rates on money ... 
increased and diminished the volume of currency in circulation for the benefit of private interests... 

I charge them . . . with having brought about the decline of prices on the New York Stock Exchange. . . 

I charge them ... with having conspired to transfer to foreigners and international money lenders, title to 
and control of the financial resources of the United States... 

I charge them ... with having published false and misleading propaganda intended to deceive the 
American people and to cause the United States to lose its independence... 

I charge them ... with the crime of having treasonably conspired and acted against the peace and 
security of the United States, and with having treasonably conspired to destroy the constitutional 
government of the United States. " 

Wikipedia: On June 5, 1933, Congress passed House Joint Resolution HJR 192 to suspend the gold standard and abrogate the gold 
clause in the national constitution. Since then no one in America has been able to lawfully pay a debt. This resolution declared: 
"To assure uniform value to the coins and currencies of the United States, Whereas the holding of or dealing in gold affect pubhc 
interest, and are therefore subject to proper regulation and restriction; and Whereas the existing emergency has disclosed that 
provisions of obligations which purport to give the obligee a right to require payment in gold or a particular kind of coin or 
currency of the United States, Every obligation shall be discharged upon payment, dollar for dollar, in any coin or currency which 
at time of payment is legal tender for public and private debts, (b) As used in this resolution, the term 'obligation' means any 
obligation (including every obligation of and to the United States, excepting currency) payable in money of the United States; and 
the term 'coin or currency' means coin or currency of the United States, including Federal Reserve notes and circulating notes of 
Federal Reserve banks and national banking associations. Note: "payment of debt" is now against Congressional and "public 
pohcy" and henceforth, "Every obligation... Shall be discharged."As a result of, and from that day forward (June 5, 1933), no one 
in this nation has been able to lawfully pay a debt or lawfully own anything. The only thing one can do is tender in transfer of 
debts, with the debt being perpetual. The suspension of the gold standard, and prohibition against paying debts, removed the 
substance for our common law to operate on, and created a void as far as the law is concerned. This substance was replaced with a 
"PUBLIC NATIONAL CREDIT SYSTEM" where debt is "LEGAL TENDER" money. The day after President Rooseveft signed 
the resolution, the treasury offered the public new government securities, minus the traditional "payable in gold" clause. If you 
review the Modem Money Mechanics article you will discover that all currency is your credit! The Federal Reserve calls it 
"monetized debt." 

The following information was obtained through the Internet, which I have stated before, can be an unreliable source 
for myriad reasons. Therefore, I ask that you conduct your own research to determine if the following information 
^ngs true in your heart" as it unfortunately did in mine: 

Since 1933, (or as you learned earlier, perhaps 1871) the "United States Government" has been a privately owned cor- 
poration - property of the Federal Reserve. Without alerting the American people, our good faith and credit were 
pledged as collateral: Upon birth, each of us are registered via a birth certificate and given a corporate 
-STRAWMAN" name. The Banksters put the name of your corporate fiction into upper case letters to differentiate it 
from the living being you are, yet also to con you into believing that it represents you. This distinction is of paramount 
importance. Your state then sells the birth certificate to the Commerce Department of the corporate USA, which 
places a bond on the birth certificate making it a negotiable instrument and places your fictional STRAWMAN into 
the corporate warehouse of the USA. This fiction is then given to the British Accredited Registry/Regency which is 
owned and operated by the Crown for the purpose of contracting your STRAWMAN into a third party action. This 
bond is then sold at a securities exchange and bought by the Federal Reserve Bank which uses it as collateral to issue 
bank notes. The bond is held in trust for the Feds at the Depository Trust Corporation. What this means is that 
essentially, when the Banksters create a boom/bust cycle, they are simply collecting on your bond. 



118 



-4n addition, by Registering (signing over to the state) your biological property (your body and the 
bodies of your children), creating a Birth Certificate (a financial security instrument representing 
proof of parental consent in signing over the child) you are thus consenting to the state's ownership of 
you and your children. The State then creates a child's very first legal PERSON, with the parental 
signing of the Birth Certificate, which is given a jzimmercial value '. If you have an older-style Birth 
Certificate, look on the Reverse side of it, to see 3 points of interest. 1) A 6-10 digit Number that you 
have never used in your life. 2) The words "Revenue Receipt" on the left side of this number. 3) The 
words J^or Treasury Purposes Only ' on the right side of the number. " — PAUL VEFIGE 

Highjacking Humanity 

You are led to believe that your hard work produces an income which can be saved or spent as you please, but in 
reality it is collateral on the US debt which the Banksters 4iarvest" periodically through artificially-induced 
depressions they create which you are led to believe are simply natural cycles" of the economy. You are not really a 
victim of these natural cycles but instead working as a slave for the Banksters who feel they have the right to 
whatever you earn. 

-4nasmuch as every government is an artificial person, an abstraction, and a creature of the mind 
only, a government can interface only with other artificial persons. The imaginary, having neither 
actuality nor substance, is foreclosed from creating and attaining parody with the tangible. The legal 
manifestations of this are that no government, as well as any law, agency, aspect, court, etc. can 
concern itself with anything other than corporate, artificial persons and the contracts between them. " 

— ANONYMOUS 
in reference to US case: Penhallow vs. Doanes Administrators - 1795 

From the onset of the Federal Reserve, propaganda has used to win a war of misinformation. The Banksters did this, 
in part, by attempting to advance Keynesianism economics, monetarism, and supply-side economics and President 
Reagan was the foremost promoter of such economic theories. However, as you read through the many quotations by 
Keynes, you will see that he was well aware of the Banksters and their Master Plan. 

— was certainly right. There is no subtler, no surer means of overturning the existing basis of 
society than to debauch the currency. The process engages all the hidden forces of economic law on 
the side of destruction, and does it in a manner which not one man in a million is able to diagnose. " 

—JOHN MAYNAR.D KEYNES 

The gold exodus was not specific to America; that was only one part of the Banksters diabolical plan. Their ultimate 
objective is -0ne World Order" and to achieve that end, another war would be necessary. During the first half of the 
20th century, Mao, Stalin, and Hitler, all within ninety days of assuming office, were coerced into making it illegal for 
their citizens to own gold. The Banksters needed to demonetize gold if they were to successfully manipulate the 
world's money and wage war. 

Senator Barry Goldwater wrote in his book With No Apologies: 

-^oes it not seem strange to you that these men just happened to be CFR (Council on Foreign 
Relations) and just happened to be on the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve that absolutely 
controls the money and interest rates of this great country? A privately owned organization ... which has 
absolutely nothing to do with the United States of America!" 

Nov. 21, 1933 - In a letter to Colonel Edward House, President Franklin Roosevelt writes: 

-The real truth of the matter is, as you and I know, that a financial element in the larger centers has 
owned the Government since the days of Andrew Jackson. " 



119 



-The course of Russian history has, indeed, been greatly affected by the operations of international 
bankers... The Soviet Government has been given United States Treasury funds by the Federal Reserve 
Board... acting through the Chase Bank. ...England has drawn money from us through the Federal 
Reserve Banks and has re-lent it at high rates of interest to the Soviet Government... The Dnieprostroi 
Dam was built with funds unlawfully taken from the United States Treasury by the corrupt and dishonest 
Federal Reserve Board and the Federal Reserve Banks. " — REP. LOUIS T. MCFADDEN (d-pa) 

United States Congressional Record June 15, 1934 



-The decadent international but individualistic capitalism in the hands of which we found ourselves 
after the war is not a success. It is not intelligent. It is not beautiful. It is not just. It is not virtuous. And 

it doesn't deliver the goods. In short we dislike it, and we are beginning to despise it. But when we 
wonder what to put in its place, we are extremely perplexed. " — JOHN MAYNARD KEYNES 

(1883-1946) British economist National Self-Sufficiency (1933) Section 3, republished in Collected Writings Vol. 1 1 (1982) 



1934: 



Now that the Banksters controlled the world's gold, it suddenly rose in value! ! 



-On January 30th, 1934, the Gold Reserve Act was passed, giving the Federal Reserve title to all the 

gold which had been collected. This act also changed the value/price of gold from $20.67 per ounce to 
$35 per ounce, which meant that all of the silver certificates the people had recently received for their 
gold now were worth 40 percent less. On January 31st, 1934, after President Roosevelt fixed the dollar 
at 15 and 5/21 grains standard to gold. Russia and the central banks of Europe were very excited and 
began buying up gold in huge quantities. This planned redistribution of our country's wealth was one of 
the most important objectives of the Globalist's agenda. Thus a dual monetary system began which 
ojfered the gold standard for foreigners and Federal Reserve notes for Americans. Between 1934 to 
1963 all Federal Reserve notes issued had promised to pay, or to be redeemed in "lawful money. " Over 
a short period of time the wording on the Federal Reserve notes began to change until there was no 
redemption in silver promised. This was done slowly enough that the people didn't see it coming. On 
November 2nd, 1963, new Federal Reserve notes with no promise to pay in "lawful money" was 
released. No guarantees, no value. In 1965 silver in coins were reduced to 40 percent by President 
Lyndon Johnson's authorization. President Lyndon Johnson issued a proclamation on June 24, 1968, 
that all Federal Reserve Silver Certificates were merely fiat legal tender and could not be redeemed in 
silver. " — JOHNNY SILVER BEAR 

The Nature of Money and our Monetary System 2004 

1935: Once all the gold was collected in 1935 the price of gold rose from $20.66 up to $35 per ounce, but only non- 
American gold qualified to be sold. This meant those who had invested in gold and shipped it to London to avoid the 
crash, nearly doubled their money while the rest of America starved. 

By 1935 America had somewhat recovered from the Depression, but businessmen and bankers were beginning to turn 
against Roosevelt's New Deal program. They were also upset because he had taken the Nation off the gold standard and 
allowed deficits in the budget. Roosevelt responded with new reforms: Social Security, heavier taxes on the wealthy, 
new controls over banks and public utilities, and a huge work relief program for the unemployed. These efforts paid off 
for in 1936 Roosevelt was re-elected. 

1936: Sadly, the Courageous Champion of Democracy and biggest thorn in the Banksters side, former 
Congressman Louis T. McFadden, died suddenly of "heart-failure" on October 4, 1936 after two previous assassination 
attempts were unsuccessful. Pelley's Weekly of Oct. 14 stated: 



120 



— A^ow that this sterling American patriot has made the Passing, it can be revealed that not long after his 
public utterance against the encroaching powers ofJudah, it became known among his intimates that he 
had suffered two (assassination) attacks against his life. The first attack came in the form of two 
revolver shots fired at him from ambush as he was alighting from a cab in front of one of the Capital 
hotels. Fortunately both shots missed him, the bullets burying themselves in the structure of the cab. He 
became violently ill after partaking of food at a political banquet at Washington. His life was only saved 
from what was subsequently announced as a poisoning by the presence of a physician friend at the 
banquet, and subjected the Congressman to emergency treatment. " 

— ROBERT EDWARD EDMONDSON 

Publicist-Economist 

Roosevelt kept the United States out of the war in Europe until the Japanese attacked Pearl Harbor on December 7, 
1941, another ^serendipitous" controversial event.... 

1939-1945 WORLD WAR II: 

— f wouldn't go to war again as I have done to protect some lousy investment of the bankers. There are 
only two things we should fight for. One is the defense of our homes and the other is the Bill of Rights. 
War for any other reason is simply a racket. " —MAJOR GENERAL SMEDLEY DARLINGTON BUTLER 

(1881-1940) outspoken critic of U.S. military adventurism. In his 1935 book War is a Racket, he described the workings of the military-industrial complex 

As you can see, some people are awakening to the truth... while sadly, others are being used as pawns in a larger game. 

War renders the common people more manageable and susceptible to propaganda. To create a one -world government, 
the Banksters need the public to demand a one-world government and war is the strategy used to create that demand. 
The ravages of war heighten the public's desire for peace - at any price. To manipulate circumstances which would 
incite the people's desire for war, the Banksters simply pit one country against another utilizing some egregious event 
which causes the people to thirst for the blood of their heartless enemies. (Do you recall seeing Iraqi soldiers in 
hospitals in Kuwait unplugging the incubators which housed premature babies?... Did that action elicit a response from 
you as it did me? If so, you fell for their ruse! !) 

To prime the pump for WWII, Wall Street began to invest heavily in rebuilding Germany, and the Chase bank 
supported the Russian revolution. Hitler's rise to power was almost completely financed by the Federal Reserve. The 
objective of the Banksters again is neutral. They don't care who wins for their goal is simply to create debt by leaving a 
country in ruin and therefore, they have control. 

—After WWI, Germany fell into the hands of the international bankers. Those hankers bought her and 
they now own her, lock, stock, and barrel. They have purchased her industries, they have mortgages on 
her soil, they control her production, they control all her public utilities. The international German 
bankers have subsidised the present Government of Germany and they have also supplied every dollar 
of the money Adolph Hitler has used in his lavish campaign to build up threat to the government of 
Bruening. When Bruening fails to obey the orders of the German International Bankers, Hitler is 
brought forth to scare the Germans into submission... Through the Federal Reserve Board over $30 
billion of American money has been pumped into Germany. You have all heard of the spending that has 
taken place in Germany... Modernistic dwellings, her great planetariums, her gymnasiums, her 
swimming pools, her fine public highways, her perfect factories. All this was done on our money. All this 
was given to Germany through the Federal Reserve Board. The Federal Reserve Board has pumped so 
many billions of dollars into Germany that they dare not name the total. " 

— CONGRESSA4AN LOUIS T. MCFADDEN (D PA) 

Chairman of the Committee on Banking and Currency 

1941 . The Rothschilds found out early that when you control the money of a nation you basically control everything. 
So, the Banksters began to concentrate on tightening their grip on the financial structure of the world. Some began to 



121 



put two and two together and could plainly see where all this was headed. A speech by Senator Norris which was 
printed in the Congressional Record of November 30, 1941 stated: 

"J. P. Morgan, with the assistance and cooperation of a few of the interlocking corporations which 
reach all over the United States in their influence, controls every railroad in the United States. They 
control practically every public utility, they control literally thousands of corporations, they control all 
of the large insurance companies. Mr. President, we are gradually reaching a time, if we have not 
already reached that point, when the business of the country is controlled by men who can be named on 
the fingers of one hand, because those men control the money of the Nation, and that control is growing 
at a rapid rate. " 

— the testimony of Marriner Eccles before the House Committee on Banking and Currency on 
September 30, 1941. Marriner Eccles was the Governor of the Federal Reserve System in 1941. He is 
being questioned by Congressman Wright Patman about how the Fed got the money to purchase two 
billion dollars worth of government bonds in 1933. Eccles; We created it. Patman; Out of what? 
Eccles; Out of the right to issue credit money. Patman; And there is nothing behind it, is there, except 
our government's credit? Eccles; That is what our money system is. If there were no debts in our money 
system, there wouldn 't be any money. " —CONGRESSMAN WRIGHT PATMAN 

1941: Aviator Charles Lindbergh (Jr.) had been an outspoken advocate of keeping the U.S. out of the world conflict 

and became a leader of the anti-war America First movement. His Congressman father, Charles August Lindbergh 
vehemently opposed the Banksters and understood their motives also opposed entering World War I. Lindbergh, was 
the father of baby Charles A. Lindbergh Jr. who was kidnapped and murdered in 1932 and delivered the following 
speech in Des Moines, Iowa, on September 11, 1941 which was met with outrage in many quarters: 

—ft is now two years since this latest European war began. From that day in September, 1939, until the present 
moment, there has been an over-increasing effort to force the United States into the conflict. That effort has been 
carried on by foreign interests, and by a small minority of our own people; but it has been so successful that, 
today, our country stands on the verge of war... When hostilities commenced in Europe, in 1939, it was realized by 
these groups that the American people had no intention of entering the war. But they believed that this country 
could be entered into the war in very much the same way we were entered into the last one. They planned: first, to 
prepare the United States for foreign war under the guise of American defense; second, to involve us in the war, 
step by step, without our realization; third, to create a series of incidents which would force us into the actual 
conflict 

These plans were of course, to he covered and assisted by the full power of their propaganda. Our theaters soon 
became filled with plays portraying the glory of war. Newsreels lost all semblance of objectivity. Newspapers and 
magazines began to lose advertising if they carried anti-war articles. A smear campaign was instituted against 
individuals who opposed intervention. Men lost their jobs if they were frankly anti-war. Many others dared no 
longer speak. Before long, lecture halls that were open to the advocates of war were closed to speakers who 
opposed it. A fear campaign was inaugurated. We were told that aviation, which has held the British fleet off the 
continent of Europe, made America more vulnerable than ever before to invasion. Propaganda was in full swing. 
There was no difficulty in obtaining billions of dollars for arms under the guise of defending America. Congress 
passed appropriation after appropriation for guns and planes and battleships, with the approval of the 
overwhelming majority of our citizens. 

Ever since its inception, our arms program has been laid out for the purpose of carrying on the war in Europe, 
far more than for the purpose of building an adequate defense for America. First, we agreed to sell arms to 
Europe; next, we agreed to loan arms to Europe; then we agreed to patrol the ocean for Europe; then we 
occupied a European island in the war zone. The war groups have succeeded in the flrst two of their three major 
steps into war. The greatest armament program in our history is under way. We have become involved in the war 
from practically every standpoint except actual shooting. Only the creation of sufficient Jncidents ' yet remains; 
and you see the flrst of these already taking place, according to plan [ill.]— a plan that was never laid before the 
American people for their approval. 



122 



Our system of democracy and representative government is on test today as it has never been before... It is not too 
late to show that no amount of money, or propaganda, or patronage can force a free and independent people into 
war against its will. It is not too late to retrieve and to maintain the independent American destiny that our 
forefathers established in this new world. The entire future rests upon our shoulders. It depends upon our action, 
our courage, and our intelligence. If you oppose our intervention in the war, now is the time to make your voice 
heard. Help us to organize these meetings; and write to your representatives in Washington. I tell you that the last 
stronghold of democracy and representative government in this country is in our House of Representatives and 
our Senate. There, we can still make our will known. And if we, the American people, do that, independence and 
freedom will continue to live among us, and there will be no foreign war. 

1941: PEAFIL HAFIBOR.: A DAY THAT WILL LIVE IN INFAMY...: The majority of the 

people in the United States did not want to enter into another war. But the Banksters did, so it became necessary to 
create another catastrophic event to incite a massive pubUc outrage and that event was the supposedly -unprovoked" 
Japanese attack on Pearl Harbor. From much evidence that has emerged it appears that Roosevelt believed that 
provoking Japan into an attack on fJawaii was the only option he had to overcome the powerflil America First non- 
interventionist movement led by aviation hero Charles Lindbergh. Anti-war views were shared by 80 percent of the 
American pubhc. On November 25, 1941, Secretary of War Stimson wrote the following in his diary: "the question was 
how we should maneuver the (Japanese) into the position of firing the first shot without too much danger to ourselves. 
In spite of the risk involved, however, in letting the Japanese fire the first shot, we realized that in order to have the full 
support of the American people it was desirable to make sure that the Japanese be the ones to do this so that there 
should remain no doubt in anyone's mind as to who were the aggressors. " 

The following is a chronology of the events which led to the deaths of 2.403 and 1,178 wounded, not to mention a 
bonanza for the Banksters as much military equipment soon needed replacing including 5 battleships, 188 planes which 
were destroyed and 162 damaged. 

Japan's military plans were obtained in advance by the United States but concealed from the Hawaiian military 
commanders. Admiral Husband E. Kimmel and Lieutenant General Walter Short so they would not interfere with the 
plan. The findings of nine Pearl Harbor investigations revealed that commanders Kimmel and Short were denied 
military intelligence which tracked the Japanese forces toward Hawaii. After the Japanese attack took place both 
commanders were relieved of their commands, blamed for failing to ward off the attack, and demoted in rank. 

October 8, 1940: the Commander-in-Chief of the U.S. Fleet, Admiral James O. Richardson, was summoned to the 
Oval Office and told of the plan to provoke the Japanese into attacking Pearl Harbor In a heated argument with FDR, 
the admiral objected to placing his sailors and ships in harm's way. Richardson was then fired and Rear Admiral 
Husband E. Kimmel was then selected to command the fleet in Hawaii. Kimmel was promoted to a four-star admiral 
and took command on February 1, 1941. In a related appointment, Walter Short was promoted from Major General to a 
three-star Lieutenant General and given command of U.S. Army troops in Hawaii. 

Throughout 1941, FDR implemented seven provocations and gauged Japanese reaction through intercepted and 
decoded communications intelligence originated by Japan's diplomatic and military leaders. The Pearl Harbor attack 
was leaked to the U.S. in January 1941 . During the next 1 1 months, the White House followed the Japanese war plans 
through the intercepted and decoded diplomatic and military communications intelligence. 

At least 1 ,000 Japanese military and diplomatic radio messages per day were intercepted by monitoring stations 
operated by the U.S. and her Allies, and the intercept summaries were clear: Pearl Harbor would be attacked on 
December 7, 1941, by Japanese forces advancing through the Central and North Pacific Oceans. On November 27 and 
28, 1941, Admiral Kimmel and General Short were ordered to remain in a defensive posture for ^e United States 
desires that Japan commit the first overt act." The order came directly from President Roosevelt. 

Immediately after December 7, 1941, military communications documents that disclose American foreknowledge of 
the Pearl Harbor disaster were locked in U.S. Navy vaults away from the prying eyes of congressional investigators, 
historians, and authors. Though the Freedom of Information Act freed the foreknowledge documents from the secretive 



123 



vaults to the sunlight of the National Archives in 1995, a cottage industry continues to cover up America's 
foreknowledge of Pearl Harbor. 

7 Oct 1940 - Navy IQ analyst McCoUum wrote an 8 point memo on how to force Japan into war with US. 

11 February 1941 - FDR proposed sacrificing 6 cruisers and 2 carriers at Manila to get into war but Navy Chief Stark 
objected (Charles Beard President Roosevelt and the Coming of War 1941, p 424) 

23 Jun 1941 - Advisor Harold Ickes wrote FDR a memo the day after Germany invaded the Soviet Union, "There 
might develop from the embargoing of oil to Japan such a situation as would make it not only possible but easy to get 
into this war in an effective way. And if we should thus indirectly be brought in, we would avoid the criticism that we 
had gone in as an ally of communistic Russia." FDR was pleased with Admiral Richmond Tumer's report read July 22: 
"It is generally believed that shutting off the American supply of petroleum will lead promptly to the invasion of 
Netherland East Indies. ..it seems certain she would also include military action against the Philippine Islands, which 
would immediately involve us in a Pacific war." On July 24 FDR told the Volunteer Participation Committee, "If we 
had cut off the oil off, they probably would have gone down to the Dutch East Indies a year ago, and you would have 
had war." The next day FDR froze all Japanese assets in US cutting off their main supply of oil and forcing them into 
war with the United States. Intelligence information was withheld from Hawaii from this point forward. 

18 October 1941- diary entry by Secretary of Interior Harold Ickes: "For a long time I have believed that our best 
entrance into the war would be by way of Japan." 

31 March 1941 - A Navy report by Bellinger and Martin predicted that if Japan made war on the US, they would strike 
Pearl Harbor without waming at dawn with aircraft from a maximum of 6 carriers. For years Navy planners had 
assumed that Japan, on the outbreak of war, would strike the American fleet wherever it was. The fleet was the only 
threat to Japan's plans. Logically, Japan couldn't engage in any major operation with the American fleet on its flank. 

10 July 1941 - US Military Attache Smith-Hutton at Tokyo reported that the Japanese Navy was secretly practicing 
aircraft torpedo attacks against capital ships in Ariake Bay which closely resembles Pearl Harbor. 

July 1941- The US Military Attache in Mexico forwarded a report that the Japanese were constructing special small 
submarines for attacking the American fleet in Pearl Harbor, and that a training program then under way included 
towing them from Japan to positions off the Hawaiian Islands, where they practiced surfacing and submerging. 

10 August 1941 - the top British agent, code named "Tricycle", Dusko Popov, told the FBI of the planned attack on 
Pearl Harbor and that it would be soon. The FBI told him that his information was "too precise, too complete to be 
beheved. 

Fall 1941 - Kilsoo Haan, an agent for the Sino-Korean People's League, told Eric Severeid of CBS that the Korean 
underground in Korea and Japan had positive proof that the Japanese were going to attack Pearl Harbor before 
Christmas. In late October, Haan convinced US Senator Guy Gillette that the Japanese were planning to attack in 
December or January. Gillette alerted the State Department, Army and Navy Intelligence and FDR personally. 

24 September 1941 - the "bomb plot" message pilots was deciphered in J- 19 code from Japan Naval Intelligence to 
Japan's consul general in Honolulu requesting grid of exact locations of ships pinpointed for the benefit of bombardier. 
Chief of War Plans Tumer and Chief of Naval Operations Stark repeatedly kept warnings from being passed to Hawaii. 
The chief of Naval Intelligence Captain Kirk was replaced because he insisted on waming HI. The bomb plots were 
addressed to "Chief of 3rd Bureau, Naval General Staff, marked Secret Intelligence message, and given special serial 
numbers, so their significance couldn't be missed. There were about 95 ships in port. Simple traffic analysis of the 
accelerated frequency of messages from various Japanese consuls gave a another identification of war preparations, 
from Aug-Dec there were 6 messages from Seattle, 18 from Panama, 55 from Manila and 68 from Hawaii. 

Oct, 1941 - Soviet spy Richard Sorge informed Kremlin that Pearl Harbor would be attacked within 60 days. Moscow 
informed him that this was passed to the US. Interestingly, all references to Pearl Harbor in the War Department's copy 

124 



of Sorge's 32,000 word confession to the Japanese were deleted. NY Daily News, 17 May 1951. 

1 Nov. 1941- Message deciphered: JN-25 Order to continue drills against anchored capital ships to prepare to "ambush 
and completely destroy the US enemy." The message included references to armor-piercing bombs and 'near surface 
torpedoes.' 

13 Nov. 1941- The German Ambassador told US intelligence that Pearl Harbor would be attacked. 

22 Nov. 1941 - Tokyo relayed to its Ambassador Nomura in Washington that they would extend the deadline for 
negotiations to November 29: "...this time we mean it, that the deadline absolutely cannot be changed. After that things 
are automatically going to happen." 

25 Nov. 1941 - British decrypted a message sent Nov. 19: there would be an attack and that the signal would come over 
Radio Tokyo as a weather report - rain meaning war, east (Higashi) meaning US. 

25 Nov. 1941 - Navy Department ordered all US trans-Pacific shipping to take the southern route. PHH 12:317 (PHH = 
1946 Congressional Report, vol. 12, page 317) 

25 Nov. 1941- Yamamoto radioed this order in the JN-25 code: " (a) The task force, keeping its movements strictly 
secret and maintaining close guard against submarines and aircraft, shall advance into Hawaiian waters and upon the 
very opening of hostilities, shall attack the main force of the United States Fleet in Hawaii and deal it a mortal blow. 
The raid is planned for dawn on X-day — exact date to be given by later order, (b) Should the negotiations with the US 
prove successful, the task force shall hold itself in readiness forthwith to return and reassemble. 

26 Nov. 1941 3 A.M. - Churchill sent an urgent secret message to FDR which caused the greatest agitation in DC. Of 
Churchill's voluminous correspondence with FDR, this is the only message that has not been released (on the grounds 
that it would damage national security). Stark testified that "On November 26 there was received specific evidence of 
the Japanese intention to wage offensive war against Great Britain and the United States." C.I. A. Director William 
Casey, who was in the OSS in 1941, in his book The Secret War Against Hitler, p 7, wrote "The British had sent word 
that a Japanese fleet was steaming east toward Hawaii. " Washington, in an order of Nov 26 as a result of the "first 
shot" meeting the day before, ordered both US aircraft carriers, the Enterprise and the Lexington out of Pearl Harbor 
"as soon as practicable." This order included stripping Pearl of 50 planes or 40 percent of its already inadequate fighter 
protection. 

26 Nov. 1941 - Japan was given an ultimatum that it must withdraw from Indochina and all China. FDR's Ambassador 
to Japan called this "The document that touched the button that started the war." 

27 Nov. 1941 - Secretary of War Stimson sent a confusing warning meant to direct attention away from Pearl Harbor 
and mislead Hawaii into believing negotiations were continuing. The Army, which could not do reconnaissance was 
ordered to, and the Navy which do reconnaissance could was ordered not to. 

29 Nov. 1941 - The New York Times in its 12/8/41 PH report on page 13 under the headline "Attack Was Expected" 
stated the US had known that Pearl Harbor was going to be attacked the week before. 

29 Nov. 1941 - The FBI embassy tap made an intercept of an uncoded plain-text Japanese telephone conversation in 
which an Embassy functionary (Kurusu) asked 'Tell me, what zero hour is. Otherwise, I won't be able to carry on 
diplomacy.' The voice from Tokyo (K. Yamamoto) said softly, 'Well then, I will tell you. Zero hour is December 8 
(Tokyo time, ie, December 7 US time) at Pearl Harbor.' (US Navy franslation 29 Nov) 

30 Nov. 1941 - The Japanese fleet was radioed this Imperial Naval Order (JN-25): "japan, under the necessity of her 
self-preservation and self-defense, has reached a position to declare war on the United States of America." (Congress 
Appendix D,p 415). 



125 



1 Dec. 1941- Office of Naval Intelligence, Twelfth Naval District in San Francisco found the missing Japanese fleet by 
correlating reports from the four wireless news services and several shipping companies that they were getting strange 
signals west of Hawaii. The Soviet Union also knew the exact location of the Japanese fleet because they asked the 
Japanese in advance to let one of their ships pass (Layton p 261). 

1 Dec. 1941 - Japanese Foreign Minister Togo cabled Washington Ambassador Nomura to continue negotiations "to 
prevent the U.S. from becoming unduly suspicious." 

1 Dec. 1941- The tanker Shiriya, intercepted an order on Nov 14: "proceeding to a position 30.00 N, 154.20 E. Expect 
to arrive at that point on 3 December." (near HI) The fact that this message is in the National Archives destroys the 
myth that the attack fleet maintained radio silence. Stinnett in Day Of Deceit (p 209) found over 100 messages from the 
Striking Force in the National Archives. All direction finding reports Irom Hawaii have been crudely cut out. Reports 
from Dec 5 show messages sent from the Striking Force picked up by Station Cast, P.I. 

2 Dec. 1941- 2200 Tokyo time- A coded message in JN-25 reports that ships-in-harbor report sent to attack fleet: 
"Striking Force telegram No. 994. Two battleships (Oklahoma, Nevada), 1 aircraft carrier (Enterprise) 2 heavy cruisers, 
12 desfroyers sailed. The force that sailed on 22 November returned to port. Ships at anchor Pearl Harbor p.m. 28 
November were 6 battleships (2 Maryland class, 2 California class, 2 Pennsylvania class), 1 aircraft carrier (Lexington), 
9 heavy cruisers (5 San Francisco class, 3 Chicago class, 1 Salt Lake class), 5 light cruisers (4 Honolulu class, 1 Omaha 
class)" 

2 Dec. 1941- A Dutch sub visually fracked the attack fleet to the Kurile Islands in early November and this info was 
passed to DC, but DC did not pass it onto Hawaii The intercepts the Dutch gave the US are still classified in RG 38, 
Box 792. 

4 Dec 1941 - US General Thorpe at Java sent four messages warning of the Pearl Harbor attack. Washington DC 
ordered him to stop sending warnings. 

5 Dec. 1941- All Japanese international shipping had returned to home port. 

5 Dec. 1941- In the morning FDR dictated a letter to Wendell Wilkie for the Australian Prime Minister, "There is 
always the Japanese to consider. The situation is definitely serious and there might be an armed clash at any 
moment.. .Perhaps the next four or five days will decide the matters." 

5 Dec. 1941- At a Cabinet meeting. Secretary of the Navy Knox said, "Well, we have very secret information that the 
Japanese fleet is out at sea. Our information is..." and then a scowling FDR cut him offi {Infamy, Toland, 1982, ch 14 
sec 5) 

5 Dec. 1941- Washington Star reporter Constantine Brown quotes a friend in his book The Coming of the Whirlwind p 
291, "This is it! The Japs are ready to attack. We've broken their code, and we've read their ORDERS." 

6 Dec. 1941- FDR read the first 13 parts of the decoded Japanese diplomatic declaration of war at 9:30 P.M and said 
"This means war." He did nothing and upon returning to his 34 dinner guests he said, "The war starts tomorrow." 

7 December 1941 -Two Marines were stationed outside the Japanese Naval Attache's door and witnessed aides 
begging Stark to send a warning to Hawaii. He did not. 

7 December 1941 - 7:55 A.M. Hawaii time: t\IR RAID PEARL HARBOR. THIS IS NOT DRILL." 

7 December 1941 - 1:50 P.M. Washington time: Harry Hopkins, the only person with FDR when he received the news 
of the attack by telephone from Knox, wrote that FDR was unsurprised and expressed "great relief" Eleanor Roosevelt 
wrote about December 7th in This I Remember p 233, that FDR became "in a way more serene." In the NY Times 
Magazine of October 8, 1944 she wrote: "December 7 was. ..far from the shock it proved to the country in general. We 



126 



had expected something of the sort for a long time." 



7 December 1941 - 9 hours later, MacArthur's entire air force was -eaught by surprise" and wiped out in the 
Philippines. His reaction to the news of Pearl Harbor was quite unusual - he locked himself in his room all morning and 
refused to meet with his air commander General Brereton. Furthermore, he refused to attack Japanese forces on 
Formosa despite orders from the War Department. MacArthur gave three conflicting orders that ensured the planes 
were on the ground most of the morning. MacArthur tracked the Japanese planes at 140 miles, 100, 80, 60, down to 20 
miles by radar to ensure that his planes were on the ground. The destruction of half of all US heavy bombers in the 
world was more important than naval damage in Pearl Harbor. Either MacArthur had committed the greatest blunder in 
military history or he was under orders to allow his forces to be destroyed. If it were the greatest blunder in history, it 
is remarkable how he escaped any reprimand, kept his command and got his fourth star and Congressional Medal of 
Honor shortly later. Prange argued, "How could the President ensure a successful Japanese attack unless he confided in 
the commanders and persuaded them to allow the enemy to proceed unhindered?" 

7 December 1941- 8:30 PM: FDR said to his cabinet, "We have reason to believe that the Germans have told the 
Japanese that if Japan declares war, they will too. In other words, a declaration of war by Japan automatically brings..." 
at which point he was interrupted, but his expectation and focus is clear. Mrs. Frances Perkins, Secretary of Labor, 
observed later about FDR: "I had a deep emotional feeling that something was wrong, that this situation was not all it 
appeared to be." Mrs. Perkins was obsessed by Roosevelt's strange reactions that night and remarked particularly on the 
expression he had:" In other words, there have been times when I associated that expression with a kind of 
evasiveness." 

FDR met with CBS newsman Edward R. Murrow at midnight. Murrow, who had seen many statesmen in crises, was 
surprised at FDR's calm reaction. After chatting about London, they reviewed the latest news from Pearl Harbor and 
then FDR tested Murrow's news instincts with these questions: "Did this surprise you?" Murrow said yes. FDR: 
"Maybe you think it didn't surprise us?" FDR gave the impression that the attack itself was not unwelcome. This is the 
same high-strung FDR that got polio when convicted of perjury; the same FDR that was bedridden for a month when 
he learned Russia was to be attacked; the same FDR who couldn't eat or drink when he got the Japanese order to sail. 

1944: THE CREATION OF THE IMF - THE GLOBAL TEDERAL RESERVE': 

To achieve the Banksters ultimate goal of one-world government, they first had to establish the European Monetary 
Union, and the North America Free Trade Agreement. Next they had to centralize the global economy via a World 
Bank and an International Monetary Fund. 

The United Nations Monetary and Financial Conference was held in Bretton Woods, New Hampshire, in 1944 under 
the direction of Harry Dexter White (CFR member). It established the policies of the International Monetary Fund to 
merge industrial capabilities, economic, social, educational and religious policies to facilitate a one -world government. 
The IMF is the intergovernmental organization that oversees the global financial system formed to stabilize 
international exchange rates and facilitate development. It achieves this end by forcing countries to adopt their 
economic policies as a condition for loans, restructuring or aid. Again, the Banksters push them into a comer where 
they have no other options at which point they gain perpetual control... 

The Bretton Woods agreement can be likened to the Federal Reserve Act in that it allows the Banksters to control the 
World with economic bondage through debt. Employing the fractional reserve banking system, the IMF produces 
money out of thin air and refers to its currency as -Special Drawing Rights" or SDR's. SDR's are accepted as legal 

money in the U.S., and all other member nations are being pressured to follow suit. Nations borrow SDR's from the 
International Monetary Fund in order to pay interest on their mounting debts. Rather than alleviating poverty or 
furthering development in nations, it instead creates a steady flow of wealth from these nations to the Banksters who 
control the IMF and World Bank. 

Like the continual US National debt, the debt of Third World Countries continually increases as it attempts to pay the 
ever-growing compounding interest created by previous borrowing. By 1992 Africa's debt had reached $290 billion 

127 



dollars - two and a half times greater than it was in 1980. Although Africa has attempted to repay its loans, it takes the 
money from the people which results in increased infant mortality, unemployment, deteriorating schools, and health 
and welfare problems. This system has gone beyond clever financing; it is wholesale murder, global injustice, and the 
hardships generated by the IMF are now legion. 

—.7 am convinced that Bretton Woods will enthrone a world dictatorship of private finance more 
complete and terrible than a Hitler-like dream. It offers no solution to world problems, but quite 
blatantly sets up controls which will reduce the smaller nations to vassal states and make every 
government the mouthpiece and tool of International Finance. It will undermine and destroy the 
democratic institutions of this country - in fact as effectively as ever the Fascist forces could have done - 
pervert and paganise our Christian ideals; and will undoubtedly present a new menace, endangering 
world peace. World collaboration of private financial interests can only mean mass unemployment, 
slavery, misery, degradation and financial destruction. Therefore, as freedom loving Australians we 
should reject this infamous proposal. " — CDDIC WARD 

Labor Minister of Australia, during the inception of tlie World Bank and Bretton Woods 

With the advent of Bretton Woods and the IMF, the world's resources are purchased by the Banksters ensuring their 
ownership and confrol every human being on Planet Earth. Brazilian President, Luis Ignacio Silva, explained: 

"Without being radical or overly bold, I will tell you that the Third World War has already started - a 
silent war, not for that reason any the less sinister. This war is tearing down Brazil, Latin America and 

practically all the Third World. Instead of soldiers dying there are children, instead of millions of 
wounded there are millions of unemployed; instead of destruction of bridges there is the tearing down of 
factories, schools, hospitals, and entire economies... It is a war by the United States against the Latin 
American continent and the Third World. It is a war over the foreign debt, one which has as its main 
weapon interest, a weapon more deadly than the atom bomb, more shattering than a laser beam... 

—LUIS IGNACIO SILVA 

35th and current President of Brazil at the Havana Debt Conference in August 1985, quoted by Susan George, A Fate Worse Than Death p 238 

-The infamous ^conditionalities' policy for procuring emergency IMF loans... remains in force to this 
day... The prospective recipient of money must convince inspectors it is implementing a -realistic rate of 
exchange... as defined by the IMF. The focus on the exchange rate allows the IMF to control a country 's 
fiscal policy, government expenditure, tax policy, and public enterprise policy - in short, every aspect of 
national economic life... The formula is invariably the same. The debtor country is forced to slash 
imports, severely devalue its domestic currency (ensuring that relative dollar -denominated debt 
increases by multiples), and impose draconian cuts in government subsidies for food and other 
necessaries, while opening vital areas of the national economy to foreign takeovers on the cheap, 
justified as free market reforms ' by the IMF. " — EXECUTIVE INTELLIGENCE REVIEW 

-The World Trade Organization, the World Bank, the International Monetary Fund and other financial 
institutions virtually write economic policy and parliamentary legislation. With a deadly combination of 

arrogance and ruthlessness, they take their sledgehammers to fragile, interdependent, historically 
complex societies and devastate them, all under the fiuttering banner of 'reform '. " — ARUNDHATI ROY 

(1961-)Indian novelist, essayist and activist who focuses on issues related to social justice and economic inequality 

-The powers of financial capital had another far-reaching aim, nothing less than to create a world 
system of financial control in private hands able to dominate the political system of each country and 
the economy of the world as a whole. This system was to be controlled in a feudalist fashion by the 
central banks of the world acting in concert, by secret agreements arrived at in frequent private 
meetings and conferences. The apex of the system was to be the Bank for International Settlements in 
Basle, Switzerland, a private bank owned and controlled by the world's central banks which were 
themselves private corporations. Each central bank, in the hands of men like Montagu Norman of the 
Bank of England, Benjamin Strong of the New York Federal Reserve Bank, Charles Rist of the Bank of 
France, and Hjalmar Schacht of the Reichsbank, sought to dominate its government by its ability to 
control Treasury loans, to manipulate foreign exchanges, to influence the level of economic activity in 



128 



the country, and to influence cooperative politicians by subsequent economic rewards in the business 

world. " — PROFESSOR. CARROLL QUIGLEY Tragedy and Hope 



1945: The Banksters were ultra-successful with WWII for it increased the U.S. debt by 598%, Japan's 1,348%, 
France's 583%) and Canada's 417%)! In the wake of WWII, the carefully contrived Bankster-backed cold war began, 
and along with it, the arms race with more borrowing necessary. Now the Banksters could focus on global domination. 

Roosevelt felt strongly that the future peace of the world depended upon good relations between the United States and 
Russia and devoted much effort to the planning of a United Nations, which was exactly what the Banksters wanted. It 
was Roosevelt's hope that this institution could settle international difficulties before they escalated into war. 

As the World War II drew to a close, Roosevelt's health deteriorated, and on April 12, 1945, while at Warm Springs, 
Georgia, he died of a cerebral hemorrhage. While Roosevelt was able to -connect the dots" regarding the Banksters and 
readily see what was really happening -beneath the covers," he apparently did not think they would go far as to 
instigate war to achieve their ultimate goal... 

-The sole objective of the Global Elite is to create: an economic system owned by the workers and 
controlled by the state, economic growth and planning controlled by a central authority, corporations 
and their stocks regulated by the government, a private Federal Reserve Bank controlling interest rates 
and income tax, and political control by an authoritative party. " 

— PRESIDENT FRANKLIN D. ROOSEVELT 

-Practices of the unscrupulous money-changers stand indicted in the court of public opinion, rejected 
by the hearts and minds of men. The money changers have fled from their high seats in the temple of our 
civilization. " — PRESIDENT FRANKLIN D. ROOSEVELT 



Now that the IMF was created, the United Nations replaced the League of Nations under the altruistic guise of 
preventing wars between countries; to provide a platform for dialogue. The Banksters had successfully dissolved all 
opposition through WWII and now their objective was to destroy all countries monetary systems thus setting the stage 
for a one-world monetary system. The currency used by the IMF, SDR's, is partially backed by gold thereby allowing a 
world gold standard to sneak its way in through the back door. This of course, is also by design as the Banksters now 
hold two-thirds of the world's gold and can use this gold to structure the world's economy to their advantage. 

In his 1966 book entitled Tragedy and Hope, President Clinton's mentor Carroll Quigley wrote: 

"The powers of financial capitalism had [a] far-reaching [plan], nothing less than to create a world 
system of financial control in private hands able to dominate the political system of each country and 
the economy of the world as a whole. This system was to be controlled in a feudalist fashion by the 
central banks of the world acting in concert, by secret agreements arrived at in frequent meetings and 
conferences. The apex of the system was to be the Bank for International Settlements in Basel, 
Switzerland, a private bank owned and controlled by the world's central banks which were themselves 
private corporations. Each central hank... Sought to dominate its government by its ability to control 
treasury loans, to manipulate foreign exchanges, to influence the level of economic activity in the 
country, and to influence cooperative politicians by subsequent economic rewards in the business 
world. " — CARROLL QUIGLEY 

Professor, Georgetown University 

To bankrupt the nations of the world so that the public -begs" for a one-world monetary system, the Banksters must 

simply contract the amount of money in circulation. For then depression follows, creating massive hardship and pain 
which then drives the national debt up so high that the country will be unable to repay it. By creating money out of thin 
air on a global scale, the Banksters achieve full and complete power over the world. 



129 



-Today, the stranglehold of the controlling negative forces upon Earth is extremely advanced and is 
choking the very life from our planet. The effects of this are evident everywhere in the form of fear, 
separation, war, disease and multifarious kinds of disharmony on all levels. " — DAVID ICKE 

The Veil of Tears 

1945: Harry S. Truman (I884-1972) assumed office as the thirty-third President of the United States after President 

Roosevelt's death on April 12, 1945 - less than three months after beginning his historic fourth term. President Truman 
served from 1945-1953 and faced many challenges taking a ^ro-people" stance as opposed to being Pro-Bankster. 

-The president is the representative of the whole nation and he's the only lobbyist that all the one 
hundred and sixty million people in this country have. " — HARRY S. TRUMAN 

President Truman had a conflicted relationship with the Federal Reserve which grew out of his desire to peg the interest 
paid on government securities (the bonds sold to the Fed which equals the national debt) as opposed to allowing it to 
fluctuate with the market. The Banksters felt his position overlooked the -benefits" of an independent monetary policy 
which -eontroUed inflation." From Truman's perspective, this was as much a matter of fairness as it was of economics. 

Secretary of the Treasury, John W. Snyder, argued that releasing a peg on interest rates would hurt the fiscal position of 
the federal government during a crucial period, but Truman wanted to protect the small town investor feeling an 

obligation to not allow a decline in the price of government bonds. During the second half of the 1940s the Fed 
maintained an interest rate peg which allowed Truman to enforce that principle. At the same time the United States was 
playing an important international role, helping to establish the United Nations while redeveloping Europe and Japan 
through the Marshall Plan and the Truman Doctrine. 



President Truman issued Proclamation 2725 which tightened the stranglehold on the American economic 
system by allowing the Federal Reserve to include ALL state banks to now be controlled by the Fed. In addition, 
proclamation 2725 prevented these banks from converting federal reserve notes to gold thereby ensuring that all U.S. 
gold was kept by the Banksters. 

April 7, 1947: Proclamation 2725 - Amending the Proclamations of March 6 and March 9, 1933, and the Executive Order of 
March 10, 1933, to Exclude from Their Scope Member Banks of the Federal Reserve System - Whereas on March 10, 1933, 
the President of the United States, in pursuance of the program to permit resumption of banking operations following the Bank 
Holiday Proclamations No. 2039 of March 6 and No. 2040 of March 9, 1933, respectively, issued Executive Order No. 6073 which, 
among other things, authorized the Secretary of the Treasury to permit any member bank of the Federal Reserve System and any 
other banking institution organized imder the laws of the United States to perform any or all of their usual banking functions except 
as otherwise prohibited; and Whereas on December 30, 1933, the President of the United States issued Proclamation No. 2070 which 
excluded from the scope of the said proclamations of March 7 and March 9, 1933, and the Executive order of March 10, 1933, all 
banking institutions which were not members of the Federal Reserve System; and Whereas by December 30, 1933, the Secretary of 
the Treasury had acted upon all requests for licensing of member banks of the Federal Reserve System; and Whereas on December 
31, 1945, the Secretary of the Treasury issued a General License to transact normal banking business to all banks thereafter 
authorized to begin business by the Comptroller of the Currency and to all State banks thereafter admitted to membership in the 
Federal Reserve System, and thereby dispensed with the requirement of an individual license for each new member bank of the 
Federal Reserve System; and Whereas it is no longer necessary, or in the interest of government internal management, for the 
Secretary of the Treasury to license the transaction of normal banking business: Now, Therefore, I, Harry S. Truman, President 
of the United States of America, acting under and by virtue of the authority vested in me by section 5(b) of the Trading with the 
Enemy Act of October 6, 1917, 40 Stat. 415, as amended, and section 4 of the act of March 9, 1933, 48 Stat. 2, and by virtue of all 
other authority vested in me, do hereby, in the interest of the internal management of the Government, proclaim, order, direct, and 
declare that the said proclamations of March 6 and March 9, 1933, and Executive order of March 10, 1933, as amended, are further 
amended to exclude from their scope banking institutions which are members of the Federal Reserve System: Provided, however, 
that no banking institution shall pay out any gold coin, gold bullion, or gold certificates, except as authorized by the 
Secretary of the Treasury, or allow the withdrawal of any currency for hoarding. This proclamation shall become effective as 
of March 15, 1947. 



The Banksters, wanting to release Truman's peg instigated another problem." In November of 1950, the Chinese 
entered the Korean War by forcing American forces toward the 38th parallel. This pushed the Truman Administration 
into a comer where America faced an extended conflict and a possible world war if the fighting expanded into China or 



130 



the Soviet Union. Chinese entry in the war meant that the Treasury would have to issue new debt to pay for the war and 
the Fed warned the Truman administration of the consequences which would arise if the price of U.S. Treasuries 
continued to be subject to the control of the government. Because inflation was nearing 20 percent in late 1950, the Fed 
argued that the low peg on interest rates had to be raised. (Again, the Banksters create inflation by expanding the 
monetary supply...) However, Truman felt that a low interest rate on debt was essential to fight the Communists. Li an 
attempt to reconcile their differences, Truman and members of the Federal Reserve Board held a series of meetings 
when the Fed finally had had enough, put its fist down and forced a resolution. In February 1951, the Fed informed the 
White House that it was no longer willing to support the current situation of pegged interest rates. 



1950: This angered President Truman and a potential message" may have been sent fi-om the Fed telling Truman 
to stop interfering in their -business." On November 1, 1950 an assassination attempt was made by two Puerto Rican 
pro-independence activists: Oscar CoUazo and Griselio Torresola. A gun battle ensued between the assassins and the 
Secret Service which resulted in the death of White House Policeman who killed Torresola before dying himself. 
CoUazo survived with serious injuries but was pardoned" by President Jimmy Carter in 1979??? Fortunately, Truman 
was not harmed and lived to the age of 88. 

Truman then met with the Chairman of the Board of Governors, the President of the Federal Reserve Bank of New 
York, and other government policymakers and called for direct credit controls as an alternative method for slowing 
inflation. This method which would allow interest rates to remain unchanged, but the Feds challenged that this policy 
would essentially be a return to the bureaucracy that tightly controlled and rationed the economy during World War E. 
Moreover, they also saw this stance as Truman's attempt to keep the Fed under the administration's control. The 
dispute was settled on March 3, 1951 when Chairman McCabe, the 1948 Chairman of the Board of Governors of the 
Federal Reserve System officially resigned his position six days after the Accord was released and William Martin, Jr. 
(1906-1998) was appointed as Chairman of the Board of Governors. This decision bothered the Banksters, for prior to his 
appointment Martin had been with the Treasury department and had negotiated the Accord on behalf of the Treasury. 
But soon after his new appointment. Chairman Martin -saw the light" (-eoerced" to see the light"???), and worked to 
solidify the Fed's independence that had been made possible by the Accord. (Martin was the longest-serving Chairman of the 
United States Federal Reserve and served from April 2, 1951 to January 31, 1970 imder five Presidents. 

1950' S! Congressman Carroll Reece (i889-i96i) of Tennessee was chairman of the Reece Committee which conducted 
investigations of the major tax-exempt foundations linked to the international Banksters. The investigation centered on 
foundations and trusts controlled by the Rockefellers, Fords, and Carnegies, as well as the Guggenheim 
foundations. The findings regarding the wealth and power of these institutions were so pervasive that many in Congress 
found the information difficult to believe. 



Dwight David "Ike" Eisenhower (i890-i969), a five-star general in the United States Army, was elected thirty- 
fourth President of the United States and served from 1953 until 1961. Eisenhower's policies created a major shift in 
the direction of national economic policy which provided more opportunity for individual freedom and initiative under 
a market-based system. After seeing the US government grow larger and more intrusive into the affairs of individuals, 
Eisenhower felt that if the market was properly supported, people could pursue their interests. This fimdamental shift 
provided the basis for a market-based entrepreneurial economy. Although Eisenhower remained in the background, he 
supported the Fed's independence. 

— ^ most communities it is illegal to cry ^ire' in a crowded assembly. Should it not be considered 
serious international misconduct to manufacture a general war scare in an effort to achieve local 
political aims? " —DWIGHT D. EISENHOWER 

-4n the councils of government, we must guard against the acquisition of unwarranted influence, 
whether sought or unsought, by the military-industrial complex. The potential for the disastrous rise of 
misplaced power exists and will persist. " — DWIGHT D. EISENHOWER. 



131 



—Every gun that is made, every warship launched, every rocket fired signifies, in the final sense, a theft 
from those who hunger and are not fed, those who are cold and not clothed. This world in arms is not 
spending money alone. It is spending the sweat of its laborers, the genius of its scientists, the hopes of its 
children. This is not a way of life at all in any true sense. Under the cloud of threatening war, it is 
humanity hanging from a cross of iron. " — DWIGHT D. EISENHOWER. 

From a speech before the American Society of Newspaper Editors, April 16, 1953 

— ? like to believe that people in the long run are going to do more to promote peace than our 
governments. Indeed, I think that people want peace so much that one of these days governments had 
better get out of the way and let them have it. " —DWIGHT D. EISENHOWER. 

— ? hate war as only a soldier who has lived it can, only as one who has seen its brutality, its futility, its 
stupidity. " —DWIGHT D. EISENHOWER 



Between 1958 and 1968 the amount of gold bullion in the U.S. Treasury dropped by 52%. Of the amount 
remaining, $12 billion was reserved by law to back the paper money in circulation. Previously U.S. dollars had been 
backed by a 25% gold reserve in accordance to a law that was passed in 1945, but that law was rescinded in 1968. The 
amount of gold slipped from 653.1 million troy ounces in 1957, to 31 1.2 million ounces in 1968 due to sales to foreign 
banking institutions, sales to domestic producers, and the bujdng and selling of gold on the world market to stabilize 
prices. This was a loss of 341.9 million troy ounces. 



I960's-70' S: Beginning in the 1960s banks lobbied Congress to allow them to enter the municipal bond market, 
and a lobbying subculture sprung up around the Glass-Steagall Act. In the 1970s, some brokerage firms began 
encroaching on banking territory by offering money-market accounts that paid interest, allowed check-writing, and 
offered credit or debit cards. 



John Fitzgerald Kennedy (I9i7-i963), ^TK", was elected thirty-fifth President of the United States, and served 
from 1961 until his assassination in 1963. He was clearly Anti-Bankster and paid the ultimate price for his morals. 

-4Iarry Truman once said there are 14 or 15 million Americans who have the resources to have 
representatives in Washington to protect their interests, and that the interests of the great mass of other 
people, the hundred and fifty or sixty million, is the responsibility of the President of the United States. 

And I propose to fulfill it. " — JFK -Atlantic city at the Convention of the United Auto Workers. May 8th, 1962 



19bJ: JUNE: In a direct affront to the Banksters, on June 4, 1963 President Kennedy issued Executive Order 1110 
which basically stripped the Federal Reserve Bank of its power to loan money to the United States Federal Government 
at interest. This order gave the U.S. Treasury the power "to issue silver certificates against any silver bullion, silver, or 
standard silver dollars in the Treasury." This meant that for every ounce of silver in the U.S. Treasury's vault, the 
government could infroduce new money into circulation. Kennedy issued $4,292,893,825 of cash money that would 
belong to the people - interest-free and debt-free. 

-4n June 1963 Kennedy took the ultimate step against the Fed by authorizing the issuance of more than 
$4 billion in 'United States Notes' through the U.S. Treasury, not the Federal Reserve. " — JIM MAR.RS 

Rule By Secrecy 

Executive Order 11110 Amendment of Executive Order No. 10289 - As Amended, Relating to the Performance o/ 
Certain Functions Affecting the Department of the Treasury 

By virtue of the authority vested in me by section 301 of title 3 of the United States Code, it is ordered as follows: 
Section 1. Executive Order No. 0289 of September 19, 1951, as amended, is hereby further amended- By adding at the 
end of paragraph 1 thereof the following subparagraph (j): (j) The authority vested in the President by paragraph (b) of 
section 43 of the Act of May 12,1933, as amended (31 U.S.C.821(b)), to issue silver certificates against any silver 



132 



bullion, silver, or standard silver dollars in the Treasury not then held for redemption of any outstanding silver 
certificates, to prescribe the denomination of such silver certificates, and to coin standard silver dollars and subsidiary 
silver currency for their redemption And - By revoking subparagraphs (b) and (c) of paragraph 2 thereof. Sec. 2. The 
amendments made by this Order shall not affect any act done, or any right accruing or accrued or any suit or proceeding 
had or commenced in any civil or criminal cause prior to the date of this Order but all such liabilities shall continue and 
may be enforced as if said amendments had not been made. -John F. Kennedy The White House, June 4, 1963. 



—Kennedy apparently reasoned that by returning to the Constitution, which states that only Congress 
shall coin and regulate money, the soaring national debt could be reduced by not paying interest to the 
bankers of the Federal Reserve System, who print paper money then loan it to the government at 
interest." — JIMMARRS 

Rule by Secrecy p. 129 

—fJ.F.K. was) by far the most knowledgeable President of all time in the general area of economics. " 

— ECONOMIST SEYMOUR HARRIS 



—What [J.F.K. tried] to do with everything from global investment patterns to tax breaks for individuals 
was to re-shape laws and policies so that the power of property and the search for profit would not end 
up destroying rather than creating economic prosperity for the country. " — DONALD GIBSON 

Battling Wall Street. The Kennedy Presidency 

1963: NOVEMBER: President Kennedy understood how the Federal Reserve System was destroying the 
United States, and on November 22, 1963, five months after issuing Executive Order 11110, President Kennedy was 
brutally assassinated. People have long sought to find out who was behind his assassination, but when you look through 
at this tragedy through the prism of money, the cause of his death becomes blindingly conspicuous. Moreover, the day 
after Kennedy's assassination, all the silver certificates he had issued were called out of circulation and not a word was 
said to the American people. But those who knew anything about money and banking were able to put the pieces of the 
puzzle together, for President Kennedy must have intended to repeal the Federal Reserve Act of 1913 and return the 
power to create America's money back to Congress. Executive Order 11110 was never repealed by any U.S. President 
and is still valid. Had it replaced the Federal Reserve, our national debt, now nearly $14 trillion dollars, could have 
been eliminated because the money printed would have both been interest-free. Perhaps the assassination of JFK was a 
warning to future presidents who might also try to eliminate the Federal Reserve's control over the creation of money. 



-The answer to the Kennedy assassination is with the Federal Reserve Bank. Don't underestimate that. 
It's wrong to blame it on [ CIA official James] Angleton and the CIA per se only. This is only one finger 
of the same hand. The people who supply the money are above the CIA. " 

—WIFE OF ACCUSED ASSASSIN LEE HARVEY OSWALD, as told to A j. Weberman 



-Tn fact, the (Eastern) Establishment's (name for East Coast banking & industrial elite) rejection of 
Kennedy became increasingly intense during his time in office. " — DONALD GIBSON 

Battling Wall Street. The Kennedy Presidency 

1963: Lyndon Baines Johnson (1908-1973), assumed office as the thirty-sixth President of the United States after 
President Kennedy's death and served from 1963 to 1969. It appears that his relationship with the Federal Reserve was 
tentative at best. In 1964, President Lyndon B. Johnson had a great deal on his plate for he was heavily involved in both 
large spending programs on welfare as well as the unpopular Vietnam War. This put pressure on the Fed to keep 
interest rates down and the Fed yielded somewhat to administration pressure. By late 1965 the Federal Reserve raised 
the discount rate which infiiriated Johnson, who feared that the increase would slow the economy and jeopardize his 
plans for the Vietnam War and War on Poverty. According to the current head of the Dallas Fed, Johnson once 
physically assaulted a Fed chairman until he agreed to ^rint the money" Johnson needed." In another incident where 
Johnson was recovering from surgery at his ranch, he met with Federal Reserve chairman Martin and accused him of 
putting himself above the presidency and totally disregarding his wishes. Martin promptly put the President in his place 
by reminding him that the Federal Reserve was independent of the government and that it alone had the power to 
determine interest rates. 



133 



President Johnson authorized The Coinage Act of 1965 which completely eliminated silver coins, with the 
exception of the Kennedy half-dollar which was reduced to 40 percent silver. This act terminated the original 
legislation signed by George Washington 173 years earlier (which carried the death penalty) and enabled the U.S. 
Treasury to eliminate the silver content of all currency. 



1966 . Congressional investigations headed by Representative Wright Patman of Texas discovered that four of the 
world's seven largest oil companies were under the control of the Rockefeller family. According to a New York Times 
report, the largest of these. Standard Oil of New Jersey (Exxon) alone controlled 321 other companies, including 
Humble Oil and Venezuela's Creole Petroleum, which were among the largest corporations in the world. 

—A study of the 200 largest banks in the Federal Reserve System showed a whole network of links among 
top stockholders. " — WR.1GHT PATMAN 

—What may appear, then, to be a simple decision to rein in the money supply and raise interest rates is, 
in fact, a simultaneous decision about the whole range of economic life — the prices people pay, the 
incomes they earn, the level of prosperity and the dynamic thrust of the economy is permitted to develop. 
The fallout extends even further. As interest rates rise, a transfer of income also takes place — to the 
large holders of liquid assets and the large financial institutions. It is no accident that rising interest 
rates are accompanied by a boom in the market for the stocks of banks and life insurance companies. 
The major owners of these institutions — certainly concentrated among a tiny minority of families in the 
United States — receive gratuitous additions to their personal wealth as the value of their stock 
increases. This only reflects the fact that there has been a shift of income away from interest payers — all 
of us in our role as consumers — toward the substantial interest receivers — only a relative handful. " 

— CONGB.ESSMAN WR.1GHT PATMAN 

1968: Robert Francis "Bobby" Kennedy, (1925-1968) younger brother of President John F. Kennedy, was privy to the 
cancer called the Federal Reserve within our government. As one of JFK's advisers during his presidency, he served as 
U.S. Attorney General from 1961 to 1964. In March 1968, Bobby Kennedy was the front-running presidential 
candidate for the Democratic Party, but following a victory speech in the California presidential primary on June 4 
where Kennedy had defeated Eugene McCarthy, he was assassinated and died June 6, 1968. He, like his older brother 
had discovered the truth about the Banksters stranglehold on America and sought to desfroy it. 



-^irst is the danger of futility; the belief there is nothing one man or one woman can do against the 
enormous array of the world's ills - against misery, against ignorance, or injustice and violence. Yet 
many of the world's great movements, of thought and action, have flowed from the work of a single man. 
A young monk began the Protestant reformation, a young general extended an empire from Macedonia 
to the borders of the earth, and a young woman reclaimed the territory of France. It was a young Italian 
explorer who discovered the New World, and 32-year-old Thomas Jefferson who proclaimed that all 
men are created equal. JJive me a place to stand, ' said Archimedes, j2ndl will move the world. ' These 
men moved the world, and so can we all". — ROBERT F. KENNEDY 



-The problem of power is how to achieve its responsible use rather than its irresponsible and indulgent 
use — of how to get men of power to live for the public rather than off the public. " 

— ROBERT F. KENNEDY 



-4- urge you to learn the harsh facts that lurk behind the mask of optical illusion with which we have 
concealed our true circumstances, even from ourselves. Our country is in danger. Not just from foreign 
enemies; but above all, from our own misguided policies, and what they can do to this country. There is 
a contest, not for the rule of America, but for the heart of America. " — ROBERT KENNEDY (1925-1968) 



134 



-^think that we could agree on what kind of a world we would all want to build. It would be a world of 
independent nations, moving toward international community, each of which protected and respected 
the basic human freedoms. It would be a world which demanded of each government that it accept its 
responsibility to insure social justice. It would be a world of constantly accelerating economic progress 
— not material welfare as an end in itself but as a means to liberate the capacity of every human being 
to pursue his talents and to pursue his hopes. It would, in short, be a world that we would be proud to 
have built. " — B.OBER.T F. KENNEDY 

-The responsibility of our time is nothing less than a revolution. A revolution that would be peaceful if 
we are wise enough; humane if we care enough; successful if we are fortunate enough. But a revolution 
will come whether we will it or not. We can affect its character, we cannot alter its inevitability. " 

— R.OBER.T F. KENNEDY 

—few will have the greatness to bend history itself but each of us can work to change a small portion of 
events. It is from numberless diverse acts of courage and belief that human history is shaped. Each time 
a man stands up for an ideal, or acts to improve the lot of others, or strikes out against injustice, he 
sends forth a tiny ripple of hope, and crossing each other from a million different centers of energy and 
daring those ripples build a current which can sweep down the mightiest walls of oppression and 
resistance. " — ROBERT F. KENNEDY 

-Too often we honor swagger and bluster and wielders of force; too often we excuse those who are 
willing to build their own lives on the shattered dreams of others. " — ROBERT F. KENNEDY 

—Men without hope, resigned to despair and oppression, do not make revolutions. It is when expectation 
replaces submission, when despair is touched with the awareness of possibility, that the forces of human 
desire." — ROBERT F. KENNEDY 



-All of us will ultimately be judged on the effort we have contributed to building a new world order." 

— ROBERT F. KENNEDY 

-T do not run for the Presidency merely to oppose any man, but to propose new policies. I run because I 
am convinced that this country is on a perilous course and because I have such strong feelings about 
what must be done, and I feel that I'm obliged to do all I can. " — ROBERT F. KENNEDY 



The most famous political figures of the 20th century have been assassinated in plain sight and the real killers get away 
scot-fi-ee while a "patsy" is set up to "take the fall." This reveals the naivete of the American people who will accept 
any story told to them; especially when it is repeated countless times. This same weakness is the reason why the 
greatest financial crime in history, the Federal Reserve System has been able to swindle the citizens of the United 
States. 

1969 . Richard Milhous Nixon (1913-1994) was elected thirty-seventh President of the United States and served 
fi-om 1969 to 1974 before he resigned the office of president after the Watergate scandal. 

When Vice President Richard M. Nixon ran for President in 1959-1960, he blamed his defeat on the Fed for chairman 
William Martin had tightened the money policy resulting in the recession of 1960. After winning the presidential 
election of 1968, Nixon named Burns to the Fed Chairmanship with specific instructions to ease credit when he ran for 
reelection in 1972. Bums resisted and word was that Nixon administration threatened to reduce the Fed's power, so 
Bums succumbed. As I ponder Nixon's fall from grace and forced resignation because of the Watergate scandal, I 
wonder if his fall was not intentionally orchestrated by the Banksters who needed to get rid of an all too powerful 
Nixon... 



135 



1971: By August, 1971, gold was used only for world trade because foreign countries wouldn't accept U.S. dollars. 
The price of gold had been fixed at $35 an ounce since the Roosevelt administration, but foreign governments began 
accumulating so many dollars they exceeded Americas gold supply. The British requested that $3 billion in dollars be 
converted into gold in August 1971 and the Nixon administration decided to put a stop to converting dollars into gold. 
The Fed argued vociferously but was overruled. Going off the gold standard would weaken the dollar against other 
currencies, add to inflation by driving up the price of imported goods, and give up fixed exchange rates - a momentous 
step in the history of international economics. 

1972: Democrat representative and House Majority Leader Hale Boggs was one of seven members on the Warren 

Commission which investigated the assassination of President John F. Kennedy. Although the commission found that 
Lee Harvey Oswald was acting alone when he killed the president, Boggs, had "strong doubts" that Oswald acted alone, 
but initially went along with the commission findings. Later, in 1971 and 1972, he went public with his doubts and on 
October 16, 1972, just weeks before national elections, he and another Democratic Congressmen were killed in a 
mysterious plane crash and their bodies never found. 

1974 . After the 1972 reelection of President Nixon, price controls began to fail due in part to oil shocks from the 

1973 oil crisis, and by 1974, inflation rose to 12.3 percent. In response, Nixon announced what later became known as 
the "Nixon shocks": Citizens could no longer convert dollars into gold; there would be a ninety-day freeze on wages 
and prices; and he would establish a Cost-of-Living Council. As a result of these actions, inflation was halted 
temporarily but by 1972 there were 2 million more people out of work than in 1969, so the administration stimulated 
the economy with $25 Billion in deficit spending. The Fed expanded the money supply by 9 percent in the election year 
so things appeared well... temporarily. Inflation could not be suppressed by wage and price controls, and when lifted, 
the increased deficits, expanded money supply, coupled with a rise in oil prices caused inflation to increase by 8.8 
percent in 1973 and 12.2 percent in 1974, beginning a decade marked by increasing inflation through the end of the 
Carter presidency. 

1975: Vice-President Gerald Rudolph Ford, Jr. Ford, (bom Leslie Lynch King, jr.; 1913-2006) assumed office after Nixon 
resigned from the Presidency and served as thirty-eighth President of the United States from 1974 to 1977. 

His presidency was scarred by a controversial pardon to Richard Nixon and unwillingness to bail out New York City in 

1975 which was on the verge of economic collapse. Vice-President Nelson Rockefeller, Treasury Secretary Simon and 
others within the White House urged President Ford to save the city from collapse. But Ford held his ground: no 
bailout... which The New York Daily News reported with the headline -^ORD TO CITY: DROP DEAD. " 

Evidently President Ford learned of the power held by the Banksters and courageously stuck to his beliefs: 

-The political lesson of Watergate is this: Never again must America allow an arrogant, elite guard of 
political adolescents to by-pass the regular party organization and dictate the terms of a national 
election. " — GERALD R. FORD 

— ^ Lincoln were alive today, he'd be turning over in his grave. " — GERALD R. FORD 

—Government big enough to give you everything you want is a government big enough to take from you 
everything you have." — GERALD R. FORD 

—Our constitution works. Our great republic is a government of laws, not of men. " — GERALD R. FORD 



The price President Ford paid for his beliefs and unwillingness to support the Banksters was two assassination attempts 
he survived in 1975. 



136 



The first assassination attempt took place on September 5, 1975 on the northern grounds of the California State Capitol. 
Lynette Fromme, an alleged follower of Charles Manson, drew a pistol on Ford when he reached to shake her hand in a 
crowd. There were four cartridges in the pistol's magazine but the firing chamber was empty. She was sentenced to life 
in prison but released from custody on August 14, 2009, nearly 3 years after Ford's death. 

The second assassination attempt took place 17 days later on September 22 in San Francisco. In this attempt, Sara Jane 
Moore fired at Ford from a distance of 40 feet. Fortunately, a bystander grabbed Moore's arm and the shot missed Ford. 
Moore was sentenced to life in prison but was later paroled in 2007 after serving more than 30 years. 

Had an assassination been successful, Bankster Vice-President Rockefeller would have become President but after the 
second assassination attempt. President Ford suddenly changed his mind and approved federal loans to bailout New 
York city... 

1975: The Rockefellers had gained control of the single largest block of stock in Atlantic Richfield (ARCO) and 
were believed to control Texaco as well. It was also discovered that the Rockefellers were operating major joint 
ventures with Royal Dutch Shell which was already in the hands of European one-world interests. 



Pro-People Congressman Jerry Litton of Missouri, was killed in a plane crash in 1976 on the day he was 
nominated by his party. 

-during the 1960's and 1970's, Congressman Wright Patman, (i893-i976) chair of the United States House 

Committee on Banking and Currency (1965-1975) Texas - investigated manipulations by foundations, 
trusts and the Federal Reserve. Using his influence as Chairman of the House Banking Committee and 
later as the Chairman of other important committees, he repeatedly tried to expose the so called "One 
World Plot" by calling for audits of the Federal Reserve, and even trying to have the Act repealed. 
However, the findings of each of his committees, for some strange reason, were unable to attract any 
attention from the media. Patman, and others who have gone after and before him, frequently stated and 
vented his frustration over this lack of press and media coverage. On one occasion he stated, "our 
exposes of the Federal Reserve Board are shocking and scandalous, but they are only printed in the 
daily Congressional Record, which is read by very few people. " — GUNTHCR K. RUSSBACHLFl 

Navy Captain and veteran of the Office of Naval Intelligence, attached to the Central Intelligence Agency 



1977: James Earl "Jimmy" Carter, Jr. (1924-) was elected thirty-ninth President of the United States and served one 
term from 1977 to 1981. He was the recipient of the 2002 Nobel Peace Prize, the only U.S. President to have received 
the Prize after leaving office. 



—ft is difficult for the common good to prevail against the intense concentration of those who have a 
special interest, especially if the decisions are made behind locked doors. " —JIMMY CARTER 

Carter's presidency was marred by soaring inflation as a result of a catastrophic increase in oil prices fi-om the 
Bankster-controUed OPEC (the Organization of Petroleum Exporting Countries). A domino-effect ensued as soaring oil 
prices compelled businesses to raise their prices to keep up with this added expense. In addition, food harvest failures 
around the world created higher prices and companies that imported food raised their prices, resulting in even higher 
inflation. 



At the same time a crisis was growing at the Federal Reserve. In the 1960's, the Fed began to routinely expand the 
money supply to reduce unemployment, however, businesses raised prices anyway in anticipation of these increases 
rather than hiring more workers. The more money the Fed pumped into the economy, the more businesses raised their 
prices. As a result, inflation and unemployment started growing together which economist Paul Samuelson labeled 
"stagflation." Carter then nominated economist Paul Volcker for the Chairman of the Federal Reserve Board because he 
was committed to eradicating stagflation. In 1980, Volcker contracted the money supply and created a recession. Job 

137 



growth was halted; businesses cut their prices; and workers stopped demanding wage increases so businesses could 
remain in business. 



1978 . Political candidate Richard "Dick" Obenshain of Virginia was killed in a plane crash in 1978 shortly after 
receiving the Republican Senate nomination. He was an attorney and rising conservative political leader with a "skill at 
birthing an alliance of Republicans and conservative Democrats, his prescient support of Ronald Reagan and bold tax 
cuts, and his tireless crusade to curb Democratic dominance in the state." 

"The most important goal in my life is to have some significant impact in preserving personal freedom in 
the life of this country. " 

1981: Ronald Wilson Reagan (i9i 1-2004) was elected fortieth President of the United States and served from 1981- 
1989. When he assumed office, inflation had soared to 12.5% which caused him to take immediate steps and implement 
the Economic Recovery Tax Act of 1981. This act adopted an economic sfrategy known as ^eaganomics" which was 
based on stimulating the economy through large tax cuts. The belief was that economic growth would occur when tax 
rates were low enough to spur investment which would then lead to increased economic growth, higher employment 
and wages. Critics labeled this "trickle-down economics" — ^the belief that tax policies which benefit the wealthy will 
"trickle-down" and help the poor. However, in retrospect it appears that this increased wealth did not ^ckle down" to 
the poor but instead fattened the pockets of the wealthy resulting in many poor and minority citizens viewing Reagan as 
indifferent to their struggles. 

Reagan also adopted a policy of "peace through strength" which resulted in a 40% real increase in defense spending 
between 1981 and 1985. In order to cover these new federal budget deficits, the United States borrowed heavily which 
raised the national debt from $997 billion to $2.85 frillion. Reagan later described the new debt as the "greatest 
disappointment" of his presidency. 



An assassination attempt on Reagan's life occurred on Monday, March 30, 1981, just 69 days into the 
presidency of Ronald Reagan. While leaving a speaking engagement at the Washington Hilton Hotel in Washington, 
D.C., President Reagan and three others were shot and wounded by John Hinckley, Jr. Reagan suffered a punctured 

lung, but prompt medical attention allowed him to recover quickly. No formal invocation of presidential succession 
took place, although Secretary of State Alexander Haig controversially stated that he was "in control here" while Vice 
President George H. W. Bush returned to Washington. Hinckley was found not guilty by reason of insanity and remains 
confined to a psychiatric facility. 

A few days before the shooting. Vice President George H. W. Bush received the assignment of running crisis 
management in case of emergency despite Secretary of State Alexander Haig's objection. '^^^^ When the White House 
learned of the assassination attempt, however. Bush was over Texas aboard Air Force Two, which did not have secure 
voice communications, '■^'^^ and his discussions with the White House were intercepted and given to the press. '^^^^ White 
House Counsel Fred Fielding immediately prepared for a transfer of presidential powers under the 25th Amendment,'-^^-' 
and Chief of Staff James A. Baker and Counselor to the President Edwin Meese went to Reagan's hospital. '^^^^ 

— Ivill not accept the excuse that the federal government has grown so big and powerful that it is beyond the control of 

any president, any administration or Congress. We are going to put an end to the notion that the American taxpayer 
exists to fund the federal government. The federal government exists to serve the American people. On January 20th, 
we are going to re-establish that truth." Everywhere we have met thousands of Democrats, Independents, and 
Republicans from all economic conditions and walks of life bound together in that community of shared values of 
family, work, neighborhood, peace and freedom. They are concerned, yes, but they are not frightened. They are 
disturbed, but not dismayed. They are the kind of men and women Tom Paine had in mind when he wrote—during the 
darkest days of the American Revolution~"We have it in our power to begin the world over again."Nearly 150 years 
after Tom Paine wrote those words, an American president told the generation of the Great Depression that it had a 
"rendezvous with destiny." I believe that this generation of Americans today has a rendezvous with destiny. Tonight, let 



138 



us dedicate ourselves to renewing the American compact. I ask you not simply to "Trust me," but to trust your values— 
our values—and to hold me responsible for living up to them. I ask you to trust that American spirit which knows no 
ethnic, religious, social, political, regional, or economic boundaries; the spirit that burned with zeal in the hearts of 
millions of immigrants from every comer of the Earth who came here in search of freedom." 

—Are you entitled to the fruits of your labor or does government have some presumptive right to spend 
and spend and spend? " — FIONALD FIEAGAN 

— ^/ave we the courage and the will to face up to the immorality and discrimination of the progressive 
tax, and demand a return to traditional proportionate taxation? ... Today in our country the tax 
collector's share is 37 cents of every dollar earned. Freedom has never been so fragile, so close to 
slipping from our grasp. " — R.ONALD R.EAGAN 

—Government does not tax to get the money it needs; government always finds a need for the money it 
gets. " —RONALD REAGAN 

President Reagan was interested in cutting the waste and inefficiency in the government so he appointed a commission, 
which was called the Grace Commission Report. He instructed members of the commission to "be bold" and "work like 
tireless bloodhounds; not to leave any stone unturned in your search to root out inefficiency." Part of the report 
revealed that: 



— Qe-third of all income taxes is consumed by waste and inefficiency in the federal government, and 
another one-third escapes collection owing to the underground economy. With two thirds of everyone 's 
personal income taxes wasted or not collected, one hundred percent of what is collected is absorbed 
solely by interest on the Federal debt and by the Federal Government contributions to transfer 
payments. In other words, all individual income tax revenues are gone before one nickel is spent on 
services which taxpayers expect from their Government. " 

—PRESIDENT'S PRIVATE SECTOR SURVEY ON COST CONTROL, 1984 



This is an extremely important finding for it was essential in the Banksters scheme for the future. If, in 1981 one 
hundred percent of all tax revenue collected was used to pay the interest on the Federal debt, this debt with its ever- 
growing compounded interest could only grow larger and more ominous if some kind of intervention didn't address 
this situation. However, to gain ultimate control of the world's resources and thus have power over everything and 
everyone, it was imperative that the monetary system collapse. Any fiat/debt based monetary system inevitably 
collapses and the Banksters wanted to make sure that they could manipulate this collapse so they could then implement 
a Worldwide Monetary system which would ALSO be based on fiat/debt based money thus perpetuating their scheme 
to earn interest on the fake money they printed and loaned out. 

1981: BOOM: To help assist the economy out of a slump. President Reagan enacted the Economic Recovery Act 
which cut taxes by 25% over 3 years. This legislation provided powerful tax incentives for real-estate investment by 
individuals and helped to create a "boom" in real estate. 



To curtail this boom and stop rampant inflation Chairman of the Federal Reserve Board Paul Volcker again 
contracted the money supply which resulted in the worst recession since the Great Depression. Unemployment in the 
final quarter of 1982 soared to over 10 percent and Volcker was accused of the "cold-blooded murder of millions of 
jobs." Congress considered bringing the independent Fed under the government's direct control to avoid such economic 
pain in the future. Although economists calculate that the cost of Volcker's anti-inflation medicine was $1 trillion, Wall 
Street Banksters demanded that Volcker stay the course. By 1982 Volcker had effectively curbed inflation so he then 
expanded the money supply and within months the economy took off on an expansion that lasted seven years, thus 
transforming Volcker from villain to hero. 



139 



However, S&L's were having issues with tight regulations which curtailed what they could and could not do. Every 
time interest rates increased, Depositors would invariably move their savings to those with higher yields which ate into 
a banks ability to make money. At that point Congress passed legislation that eased the restrictions placed on the banks 
and allowed them other means to make money. These newly found opportunities caused banks to invest in speculative 
real estate and commercial loans and their assets increased 56% between 1982 and 1985. hi Texas, forty S&L's tripled 
in size, some growing 100% each year. However, by 1983, 35% of the country's S&L's were not profitable, and 9% 
were bankrupt. 

1983: In the 1970's and 1980's outspoken Congressman Larry P. McDonald spearheaded efforts to expose the 
hidden holdings and intentions of the Banksters. His efforts ended on August 31, 1983 when he was killed on Korean 
Airlines 007 which was "accidentally" shot down in Soviet airspace. 

— ^« the 1970's and the 1980's, Congressman Larry McDonald was the one who spearheaded the efforts 
against the Bush version of the New World Order. In 1976 he wrote the introduction to the Jockefeller 
File, ' a book exposing the Rockefeller's financial holdings and secret intentions. The book supposedly 
revealed that the Rockefeller had as many as two hundred trusts and foundation type organizations, and 
that the actual number of such foundations controlled by the family might well number into the 
thousands. Such control IS possible because Rockefeller banks, such as Chase Manhattan, have become 
the trustees for many other U.S. foundations as well; possessing the right to invest and to vote the 
capital and common stock of these institutions-through the trust department of the bank. McDonald did 
everything in his power to warn the American public. However, as usual, the attempt was to no avail. He 
stated unequivocally, that the Rockefellers intended to control - —first our own country, and then the 
world!" He went on to state. "Do I mean conspiracy? Yes, yes I do. I am convinced there is a plot, 
national and international. "McDonald's warning was written on legal congressional letterhead and was 
dated November, 1975. During the ensuing years, frustrated by the media's refusal to report his 
findings, he began, like others and myself, to take his message to the streets by speaking out against 
these forces publicly to anyone who would listen to him. McDonald's courageous efforts came to an 
abrupt end on August 31, 1983 when he was killed aboard the Korean Airliner 007 flight, which 
"accidentally" strayed over Soviet airspace and was jiocidentally' shot down. The chance of a U.S. 
Congressman being aboard a commercial airliner shot down by the Soviet military is less than one in a 
billion. Depending on the variables entered into the equation, the numbers may very well be higher and 
greater still. " — GUNTHER K. RUSSBACHER 

1992, Navy Captain and veteran of the Office of Naval Intelligence, attached to the Central Intelligence Agency 



-The drive of the Rockefellers and their allies is to create a one-world government combining 
supercapitalism and Communism under the same tent, all under their control... " 

— CONGRESSMAN LARRY P. MCDONALD, 1976 

—Even though Larry McDonald 's activities were widely known among the media on Capitol Hill, the 
fact that McDonald had been heading a Congressional effort to expose what he called a dangerous 

international conspiracy was not mentioned. Had this fact been made known to the American people, it 
would have completely altered the way in which we viewed this incident. " — GARY H. KAH 

En Route to Global Occupation (Lafayette: Huntington House, 1992) Pp. 302-311 



1986: THE SAVINGS AND LOAN BAILOUT = $153 BILLION IN TAXPAYER 

DOLLAFIS: In 1986, 747 Savings and Loans had failed out of the 3,234 in existence, so in an effort to halt this 
trend, the Tax Reform Act of 1986 was adopted which decreased the value of real estate investments that were held 
more for their tax-advantaged status than for profitability. This act ended the real estate boom of the 1980's and real 
estate prices plummeted. By 1989, over half the Savings and Loans in America had failed, along with the FSLIC fimd 
that was created to insure their deposits. The government then intervened and agreed to bail out the industry at a cost of 
$153 Billion, taxpayers paying out $124 billion and the S&L's, $29 million. 

140 



The Federal Reserve Board voted to ease regulations under Glass-Steagall Act, overriding the opposition of 
Chairman Paul Volcker after proposals from Citicorp, J.P. Morgan and Bankers Trust advocated the loosening of 
Glass-Steagall restrictions to allow banks to handle several underwriting businesses, including commercial paper, 
municipal revenue bonds, and mortgage-backed securities. Citicorp argued that only three -eutside checks" on 
corporate misbehavior had emerged since 1933: there was -a: very effective" SEC; plus knowledgeable investors, and 
^very sophisticated" rating agencies. However, a prophetic Volcker was unconvinced, and expressed that lenders will 
recklessly lower loan standards in pursuit of lucrative securities offerings and market bad loans to the public. 



MAKCH 1987 . The Fed approved an application by Chase Manhattan to engage in underwriting commercial 
paper, applying the same reasoning as in the 1986 Bankers Trust decision. While the Board remained sensitive to 
concerns about mixing commercial banking and underwriting, it stated that the original Congressional intent of 
principally engaged" allowed for some securities activities. The Fed also indicated that it would raise the limit from 5 
percent to 10 percent of gross revenues at some point in the future. The Board believed the new interpretation of 
Section 20 would increase competition and lead to increased efficiency. 

AUGUST 1987 . Bankster Alan Greenspan — formerly a director of J.P. Morgan and proponent of banking 
deregulation — was appointed chairman of the Federal Reserve Board. 



Henry Gonzales (1916-2000) was a Democratic Congressman from Texas, chairman of the House Banking 
Committee and a courageous opponent of the Banksters. During the 1960's, Gonzalez became known as an outspoken, 
fiercely independent voice in Congress, often taking unpopular positions. In 1977 Gonzalez was appointed as the 
chairman of the House Assassinations Committee that was charged with investigating the murders of President John F. 
Kennedy and Martin Luther King, Jr. However, after disagreeing with the chief investigator, Gonzalez quit the 
committee. Gonzalez served as chairman of the important House Banking, Finance, and Urban Affairs Committee from 
1988 until 1995 when the Republicans took control of the House. During this tenure he pushed through legislation 
which dealt with bank fraud, money laundering, flood insurance reform, housing initiatives, and easing credit 
restrictions for small business. Gonzalez predicted the collapse of the savings and loan industry in 1989 and was 
instrumental in drafting bailout and reform legislation. He was called a "crackpot" by his opponents because they 
thought he imagined that there were ^al enemies" who had infiltrated our government. Of course, being on the 
Banking committee, he simply put two and two together. Nonetheless, Gonzalez demanded respect. As head of the 
House Banking, Finance and Urban Affairs Committee, he reported to the Congress on the BNL-Banca Nazionale del 
Lavoro scandal that had "round the clock surveillance for a month" by G. Gordon Liddy. In this report he spoke of an 
encounter he had with ex-CIA agent, E. Howard Hunt of Watergate fame.- 

"The only thing I know about E. Howard Hunt was two years ago in July, in fact July 14. I go back to 
my district every weekend... I arrived at the San Antonio Airport and as I was leaving, this individual 
comes up and said: 'You are Congressman Gonzalez?... Well I am E. Howard Hunt, and you are nothing 
but a and he used a bad word. J had two little bags and just dropped them when I noticed he had 
a shoulder holster with a pistol. It was obvious. ' So I said: 'Mister, since you want to use sailors' 
language, here is what I think of you. ' Then I used some choice words and said: 'Let me tell you 
something else. You take one step forward closer to me or you make a move for the gun in your shoulder 
holster, and I will swear to you I will take it from you and in self defense I will kill you with it. ' He 
looked at me startled, turned around, and walked away. I picked up my bags and walked out of the 

airport. " (Congressional Record. House pp. 8352, 9/14/92) 



Gonzalez also drafted tough savings and loan bailout legislation which helped to expose the industry's 1980's excesses. 
During his tenure as banking chairman, Gonzalez held investigations that led to the resignation of the government's 
chief thrift regulator. Henry Gonzales was an outspoken critic of the Federal Reserve System and in 1993 proposed an 
audit of the central bank. Under the chairmanship of Alan Greenspan, the Fed was highly regarded at that time for 
managing the economy with Greenspan considered a genius. Few seemed to care that the Federal Reserve operated 



141 



secretly with almost no public accountability except Henry B. Gonzalez, then chairman of the U.S. House of 
Representatives Financial Services (banking) Committee. He exposed major instances of Fed mismanagement and 
abuse of power according to former banking committee investigator turned author, Robert Auerbach, in Deception and 
Abuse at the Fed, including: 

• Blocking Congress and the public from holding powerful Fed officials accountable by falsely declaring, for 17 
years... that it had no transcripts of its meetings; 

• Manipulating the stock and bond markets in 1994 under cover of a preemptive strike against inflation; 

• Allowing $5.5 billion to be sent to Saddam Hussein from a small Atlanta branch of a foreign bank, the result of 
faulty bank examination practices by the Fed; 

• Stonewalling Congressional investigations and misleading the Washington Post about the $6,300 found on the 
Watergate burglars. 

Auerbach provides documentation of these and other abuses at the Fed, which confirms Rep. Gonzalez's belief that no 
government agency should be allowed to operate with the secrecy and independence in which the Federal Reserve has 

shrouded itself Author Robert D. Auerbach was an economist with the U.S. House of Representatives Financial Services Committee for eleven years, assisting with 
oversight of the Federal Reserve. 

1989: George Herbert Walker Bush (1924-) was elected forty-first President of the United States and served one 
term from 1989-1993. He also served as 43rd Vice President (1981-1989), congressman, ambassador, and Director of 
Central Intelligence. President Bush is indeed Pro-Bankster and believes whole-heartedly in the New World Order. His 
presidency was marked by a Recession which continued into mid- 1991. 

1989: Five U.S. Senators, known as the Keating Five, were accused of S&L corruption in 1989 which ignited a 
major political scandal. They were Alan Cranston, Democrat of California; Dennis DeConcini, Democrat of Arizona; 
John Glenn, Democrat of Ohio; John McCain, Republican of Arizona; and Donald W. Riegle, Jr., Democrat of 
Michigan. The Senate Ethics Committee For Improper Conduct accused them of intervening in 1987 on behalf of 
Charles H. Keating, Jr., chairman of the Lincoln Savings and Loan Association after accepting $1.5 million in 
campaign contributions, but no indictments were made and all were given the proverbial ^ap on the hand." 

1989-1990: In January 1989, the Fed approved an application by J.P. Morgan, Chase Manhattan, Bankers Trust, 
and Citicorp to expand the Glass-Steagall loophole to include dealing in debt and equity securities in addition to 
municipal securities and commercial paper. Later in 1989, the Board issued an order raising the limit to 10 percent of 
revenues, referring to the April 1987 order for its rationale. In 1990, J.P. Morgan became the first bank to underwrite 
securities, as long as its underwriting business did not exceed the 10 percent limit. 

1990: During the Bush administration the Gulf War began with the invasion of Kuwait by Iraqi troops which was 
met with international condemnation. Thirty-four nations, led by the United States and United Kingdom, waged war 

against Iraq from August 2, 1990- February 28, 1991. At first, economic sanctions were brought against Iraq by 
members of the UN Security Council but proved ineffective so President Bush sent American forces to Saudi Arabia 6 
months later and urged other countries to do the same. This war, which cost U.S. taxpayers $36 billion, along with 
others which preceded this war, appears to simply be another ploy setting the stage for a Bankster-controUed one-world 
government as evidenced by the following statement: 

"[The war in Iraq is] a rare opportunity to move toward an historic period of cooperation. Out of these 
troubled times... a New World Order can emerge. " — GEORGE H. W. BUSH 



142 



Bush's approval ratings were in the 80% range during the Gulf War and he was deemed unbeatable in his reelection 
campaign. Like Nixon, to prepare for his 1992 reelection campaign, Bush had the Federal Reserve drastically cut short- 
term interest rates and relax limits on risky loans in his attempt to create a semblance of prosperity. However, President 
Bush had made a campaign promise: -4lead my lips, no new taxes, " but when push came to shove, he reneged on his 
promise in an attempt to lower Federal deficits. Moreover, he appeared insensitive to those affected by the recession 
and instead of focusing on the economy, he emphasized his opposition to abortion. This stance alienated most moderate 
voters, especially women and ultimately cost him a second term. 



1989: Texas Democratic Representative Mickey Leland (i944-i989) was another outspoken Congressman who died in 
a plane crash. A six-term member of Congress, Leland was an outspoken advocate of sanctions against the apartheid 
government of South Africa and subsequently died in a plane crash while fraveling in Ethiopia. 

1991: BUST: The concomitant slowdown in the finance industry and the real estate market may have been a 
contributing cause of the 1990-1991 economic recession. 



Yet another unfortunate Congressional plane crash occurred on April 4, 1991 : 



—On April 4, 1991, Senator John Heinz was killed in a plane crash near Philadelphia. Senator John 
Heinz had served on powerful Senate banking and finance committees and was an outspoken critic of 
the Federal Reserve and the Eastern Establishment. When George H W. Bush became President, Heinz 
made his biggest pitch ever to protect Social Security. Bush, on the other hand, started to invade Social 
Security. In 1990, on the Today Show, Heinz was asked what he thought about Bush's 
administration using social security funds for the general budget. He was asked whether or not he 
agreed with the term the Rochester Democrat Chronicle had used to describe the practice. Was it 
—thievery"? Heinz said, — Certainly not. It's not thievery, it's embezzlement. Embezzlement, sir, is what 
is going on. " In an attempt to remove the Social Security Trust Fund from federal deficit calculations, 
Heinz introduced the Social Security Truth in Budgeting Act (1989) and the Social Security Preservation 
Act (1990). In spite of all his good works, Heinz had many powerful enemies. Some politicians noted he 
had actually taken over Pennsylvania's Republican Party thus challenging President Bush's choice of 
Richard Thornburgh to lead the state's Republican charge. Thornburgh, the state's two-term governor, 
had been chosen by Bush to be the Attorney General of the United States. The national Republican 
Party suddenly found it had a popular, independent leader in Pennsylvania. John Heinz represented a 
new middle-of-the-road Republican philosophy. He promoted new ideas that clearly embraced the 
middle class and the working poor. He was a real danger to the establishment because he had the 
money to back his own campaigns and was not indebted to vested interests promoting opposing 
views. Heinz had his own agenda and he was not easy to control. The national buzz grew that Heinz 
was Presidential timber. As Senator Heinz' plane approached the landing strip the pilot reported 
difficulty with its landing gear and a helicopter was sent to assess the problem but could not detect any 
problem with its landing gear. The plane circled for another attempt to land when the helicopter made a 
second pass and the two aircraft collided. The New York Times reported: -investigators will want to 
determine why the two aircraft were allowed to fiy so close to each other. A more common procedure, 
when a plane reports problems with the landing gear, is to order it to fly low over the airport so that 
observers on the ground can look at its undercarriage. Sometimes warning lights in a plane 's cockpit 
indicate problems with landing gear even when they are properly deployed. And even with the landing 
gear up, it is possible to land a small plane on its belly without severe risk to occupants. The crash 
killed the Senator, two people in his plane, two pilots in the helicopter and two children playing outside 
at noon recess. " —VIRGINIA MCCULLOUGH & KATHRYN DIXON, 2004 



1991: The day after Senator Heinz was killed in a plane crash, April 5, 1991, former Senator John Tower was also 
killed in a plane crash. Tower was best known as the chair of the Tower Commission, which investigated the 
Reagan/Bush era fran/Contra scandal... 

143 



-¥ou, the public, are expected to believe that it was pure coincidence, just as we are supposed to believe 
that the recent (1991) deaths of Senator John Heinz and former Senator John Tower, in two separate 
crashes were "pure" coincidence as well. Tower had been an outspoken critic of the "Eastern 
Establishment" (a euphemism for One World Order), even though he had himself been associated with 
such organizations. He had a very strong sense of right and wrong, particularly on matters concerning 
national security. He was well known for "bucking" the tide. This backfired on him with deadly results 
when certain members of Congress, loyal to the Regan (Reagan) and Bush faction of the Intelligence 
Community (Faction #1), banded together against him in a smear campaign which resulted in the denial 
of Tower's confirmation as U.S. Secretary of Defense. Outraged over the undocumented allegation made 
to slander his name. Tower began the book writing process so feared in Washington circles. His 
controversial book heavily criticizes his old crony pals in Congress. His death in a plane crash on April 
5, 1991 came very shortly after the book was released. " — GUNTHER. K. R.USSBACHER. 

Navy Captain and veteran of the Office of Naval Intelligence, attached to the Central Intelligence Agency 

-4ieinz and Tower had both been members of a prominent One-World society known as the Council on 
Foreign Relations, the CFR. Both had served on powerful Senate banking and finance committees, and 
had known a great deal about the matters discussed in this article. I suppose the obvious question must 
read.. ."could they have known too much?" I submit that they in fact. .knew too much! Both were very 
astute when it came to matters of monetary policy and the implementation of foreign policy. Yes, without 
doubt, they knew too much. Although accidents do happen, how much longer are we supposed to believe 
that all of these jo-called' accidents are mere coincidence? " — GUNTHER K. RUSSBACHER 

Navy Captain and veteran of the Office of Naval Intelligence, attached to the Central Intelligence Agency 



. William Jefferson Clinton (bom wmiam Jefferson Biythe III, 1946) was elected forty-second President of the United States 
and served two terms from 1993 to 2001. An incredibly charismatic Pro-Bankster figure, his presidency was marked by 
numerous scandals and a wake of dead bodies of those connected with potential scandals. -Google" this and you will 
be mortified... For example: White House Counsel Vincent Foster was found dead on 7/21/93 in Ft. Marcy Park in 
Washington, DC, of a -suicide" by gunshot. A suicide note was allegedly found a few days later in his briefcase which 
was torn into several pieces, after his office had been entered by White House staff and materials removed. The gun he 
used to kill himself was reported to be still in his hand, but the person who first found the body reported that there was 
no gun present at that time. Foster, from Hope, Arkansas, worked for the Rose Law firm and had intimate knowledge of 
the Clintons' personal finances. At the time of his death Foster was involved in an investigation of their finances. 



The setting of the stage for the 2008 economic crisis and Reccing of the flock" began on Clinton's watch but 
the meticulously planned ruse was almost blown before it came to fioiition. In 1993, Wall Street investment bank. 
Bankers Trust, sold Proctor and Gamble an investment consisting of derivatives - unregulated ^surance" policies, 
essentially gambling bets; transactions conducted in total secrecy. Company A sells an insurance policy to Company B 
betting on whether the deal will be good or bad for $X. If the deal fails. Company B wins and Company A must pay the 
bet. Once Proctor and Gamble leamed of the high risk potential of these investments", they sued Bankers Trust. This 
lawsuit exposed the earliest stages of the scam du jour. Traders at Bankers Trust referred to this scam as -a: wet dream"; 
and commented on ^ow the investors were so stupid they simply had to set _em up and could eam untold millions"; 
comments which exposed the ease of pulling the wool over investors eyes and depth of this scam. 



. In a controversial plane crash, Clinton's Commerce Secretary and campaign fund raiser, Ron Brown, died in 
yet another airplane crash in Bosnia. Brown was only one of four Clinton campaign fund raisers to die under 
questionable circumstances. At the time of his death. Brown's campaign raising activities were nearing the point of 
indictments and Brown had publicly stated that he would not go to jail alone, (his son Michael would later plead guilty 
to money laundering). It was alleged that he threatened to expose the White House's Asian fund-raising scheme, in 
which Brown played a major role. Notwithstanding the alleged scandals Brown was privy to, the crash itself was the 
subject of much controversy as there was an astounding amount of evidence which pointed to foul play: 



144 



Originally it was claimed that the crash occurred in the Adriatic Sea, but later stories moved the wreckage to a 
hilltop. 

The weather was reported as "The worst storm in a decade," but the Dubrovnik airport weather office reported 
light scattered rain, broken clouds at 400 feet, a thin overcast at 2000 feet, and a steady head wind right down 
the runway - just the way pilots like it. 

The reported visibility was 5 miles and distance from the airport to the crash was less than two miles. 
Three radio-based links with three separate propagation paths all failed at the same time. 
The cockpit blackbox was never found. 

According to Aviation Week & Space Technology, April 8, 1996: The Dubrovnik tower lost voice radio contact 
with the aircraft at the same time it vanished from the radar screens. Even though the transponder return was 
lost, the plane was equipped with another system which tracked NON-transpondered targets. The plane carrying 
Ron Brown was indeed tracking because the Airborne Warning and Control System lost its track at the same 
time that the split radar lost its transponder return. 

The plane was in a direct line of sight from the Dubrovnik airport when radio contact was lost, but the 
Dubrovnik tower continued to communicate with other aircraft in the area, so the radios in the tower were not at 
fault. 

Two separate systems on board failed at the same time: the cockpit radios, and the radar transponder. This can 
only happen if the electrical system fails in mid air. If the electrical cables had been severed, a real danger 
would exist with the control cables, and there is clear evidence that the control cables failed at the same time the 
electrical system failed. 

The plane was without electrical power. Following the loss of electrical power, the plane veered slightly left of 
course and plowed into a hill. 

Rather than the first announcement of the crash coming from Dubrovnik, instead it came from a Pentagon 
spokesman who requested anonymity (an odd occurrence in a supposedly simple airline crash) and stated that 
the crash was not on land but in the Adriatic Sea. Rescue forces then headed to the wrong spot and it was 
several hours before rescue teams arrived at the real crash site. 

One survivor. Air Force Sergeant Shelly Kelly, was evacuated to the hospital, but despite the fact that she was 
able to get aboard without assistance from the medics, she was dead on arrival of a broken neck. According to 
multiple reports given to journalist/editor Joe L. Jordan, an autopsy later reveals a neat three-inch incision over 
her main femoral artery. It also shows that the incision came at least three hours after all her other cuts and 
bruises. 

Browns death was equally mysterious.. Air Force Col. William Gormley declared Brown dead of the crash 
trauma itself, and ignored a hole in Brown's skull which was observed and commented upon by Air Force Lt. 

Col. Steve Cogswell and Army Lt. Col. David Hause, both of the Armed Forces Institute of Pathology. 
Although photos and X-rays were taken, the originals mysteriously vanished. Dr. Cogswell had made copies of 
them however, and provided The Pittsburgh Tribune Review's reporter Chris Ruddy with copies. Ruddy then 
wrote a story detailing these allegations which were corroborated by Dr. Hause. However, during the first week 
of 1998, Air Force Institute of Pathology issued a report claiming its pathologists agreed with the official cause 
of death, only to have members of that panel break ranks a few days later to state that the report was not 
representative of their conclusions! Enter Cyril Wecht, considered by many to be the world's foremost forensics 
expert with over 40 years experience. Wecht concurs that the hole in the top of Ron Brown's head is consistent 
with a gunshot, that Brown's other injuries were not that serious and it was quite possible that Ron Brown 
survived the crash. 

Normally there is a two step process in plane crash investigations. The Air Force first determines whether the 
crash was the result of an accident, hostile fire, sabotage, or mechanical failure. In Ron Brown's case, this 
determination (called a safety board) was skipped. Instead, the Air Force immediately proceeded to the second 
part of the investigation, where only accident and legal issues are considered. 

Just weeks before his death, Brown starts going to church for the first time in his life. He is scared for both his 
life and that of his confidante, Nolanda Hill. 

For the first time ever on friendly soil, the White House ordered the Air Force to skip the "safety" phase of the 
investigation and move directly to the "accident" phase. There is to be no consideration other than accident, 
even though this airport is near the Bosnian border and in a potential hot-fire zone. 

Three days after the crash and two days before a scheduled interview by the Air Force, the Croatian responsible 

145 



for the airport's navigation system was found dead with a bullet hole in his chest. 

• Speculations as to the circumstances surrounding the plane crash that caused Brown's death include many 
government cover-up and conspiracy theories, largely based on Brown having been under investigation by 
independent counsel for corruption. 

• Ron Brown's office was ransacked for files by Commerce staff immediately after his death. 



1996-1997: In December 1996 Chairman Alan Greenspan and the Fed issued a precedent-shattering decision 
which permitted bank holding companies to own investment bank affiliates. Now, The banks were permitted to hold 25 
percent of their business in securities underwriting, up from 10 percent which effectively rendered the Glass-Steagall 
Act obsolete. Virtually any bank holding company wanting to engage in securities business would now be able to stay 
under the 25 percent limit on revenue. 

1997: In August 1997, the Fed eliminated more restrictions imposed by Glass-Steagall Section 20 subsidiaries." 
Bankers Trust, now owned by Deutsche Bank, purchased the investment bank Alex. Brown & Co., becoming the first 
U.S. bank to acquire a securities firm. 

1997: In the fall of 1997, Travelers acquired the Salomon Brothers investment bank for $9 billion. Afterwards 
Salomon merged with Travelers-owned Smith Barney brokerage firm and became Salomon Smith Barney. 

1998: In Clinton's 1998 State of the Union Address, it appears that the stage was being set for war claiming 
weapons of mass destruction" for he warned Congress of Iraqi dictator Saddam Hussein's potential pursuit of nuclear 
weapons: 

—Together we must also confront the new hazards of chemical and biological weapons, and the outlaw 
states, terrorists and organized criminals seeking to acquire them. Saddam Hussein has spent the better 
part of this decade, and much of his nation's wealth, not on providing for the Iraqi people, but on 
developing nuclear, chemical and biological weapons and the missiles to deliver them. The United 
Nations weapons inspectors have done a truly remarkable job, finding and destroying more of Iraq's 
arsenal than was destroyed during the entire gulf war. Now, Saddam Hussein wants to stop them from 
completing their mission. I know I speak for everyone in this chamber, Republicans and Democrats, 
when I say to Saddam Hussein, "You cannot defy the will of the world", and when I say to him, "You 
have used weapons of mass destruction before; we are determined to deny you the capacity to use them 
again. 

1998: EXPANSION OF THE DOT-COM BUBBLE: Low interest rates in 1998-1999 created 
another boom cycle where speculators invested heavily in the Internet era thus creating a "dot-com" bubble." Investors 
were confident that America and the world had entered a new era in technological advancements resulting in a meteoric 
rise in Internet-based stock prices. The bubble was further fueled by widely available venture capital and marked by a 
group of new companies which showed promise for future profits. 



The foundation for the economic crisis 4iarvest" of 2008 was being laid and utilized the highly complex and 
lucrative Trillion dollar derivative market - the unregulated 4nsurance" policies Wall Street created which are 
essentially gambling bets with inside information, ^mowing" who is going to win. The Banksters plans to rob America 
of its wealth and assets was almost prematurely exposed once again when Wall Street firm LTCM, Long-Term Capital 
Management L.P., suddenly lost $4.6 billion in less than four months following a Russian financial crisis. LTCM was a 
hedge fund management firm founded in 1994 by John Meriwether, former vice chair and head of bond trading at 
Salomon Brothers; and David W. MuUins Jr. former vice chairman of the Federal Reserve; Ph.D. MIT; Professor at 
Harvard University. Moreover, one of the board of directors was 1997 Nobel Prize in Economics winner Robert C. 
Merton. Utilizing highly complex mathematical formulas LTCM placed bets on various products and was enormously 
successful delivering returns of over 40%. Operating outside of government regulatory agencies, LTCM thought it had 

146 



a foolproof money machine selling to 15 of the largest Wall Street banks. However, by 1998 LTCM exposed the depth 
of risk which existed with derivatives. After the crisis in Russia brought the firm down, its tentacles were spread 
throughout so many banks, it was thought that it could possibly bring down the entire American economy. To mitigate 
this crisis, the Fed contacted 12 Wall Street banks and ordered each to pony up $400 billion and bailout LTCM. 

Enter Brooksley Bom: a tenacious attorney specializing in derivatives who was appointed by Clinton as head of the 
Commodities Futures Trading Commission to regulate any kind of potential fraud. Due to the extreme risk posed by 
derivatives as demonstrated by LTCM's failure. Bom and Congress sought to regulate the high risk derivatives market, 
which had no protective measures in place to prevent another inevitable crisis. 

Interestingly, three Bankster-backed Wall Street titans," Robert Rubin, head of US Treasury, Harvard professor and 
economist Larry Summers and iconic ^ock Star" Alan Greenspan, head of the Federal Reserve, became incensed 
when she proposed regulation! They ferociously vilified Bom stating that by imposing regulations she would start an 
economic crisis and cause America's economy to collapse. Their absolutely baseless unwarranted accusations, made 
her all the more suspicious, but there was nothing she could do. She didn't realize that she was about to upset the 
Banksters meticulously planned events which were in the process of unfolding. She didn't realize that the Banksters 
-e-wned" the govemment and Wall Street. Immediately, the titans" stripped Brooksley Bom of the power she and the 
CFTC possessed to protect the American people from fraudulent transactions. Of course, we now know that the highly 
complex derivative (insurance gambling bets) market was the vehicle used to catalyze the Great Recession of 2008 thus 
enabling the Banksters to ^eece the fiock" once again. 



APRIL 1998 . On April 6, 1998 a $70 billion stock swap merging Travelers, which owned the investment 
house Salomon Smith Barney, and Citicorp (the parent of Citibank), was announced to create Citigroup Inc., the 
world's largest financial services company = TOO BIG TO FAIL....Glass-Steagall was implemented precisely to 
prevent this type of company: a combination of insurance underwriting, securities underwriting, and commercial 
banking. Greenspan had indicated a positive response" in this transaction. Citigroup had two years to divest itself of 
the Travelers insurance business and any other part of the business that did not conform with regulations. Citigroup 
promised to comply on the assumption that a complicit Congress would change the law before the company would 
have to divest itself of anything and lobbied banking regulators and Fed Chairman Greenspan, Treasury Secretary 
Robert Rubin, and President Clinton for their support. The Fed approved the Citicorp-Travelers merger on Sept. 23 
indicating that -the Board's approval is subject to the conditions that Travelers and the combined organization, 
Citigroup, Inc., take all actions necessary to conform the activities and investments of Travelers and all its subsidiaries 
to the requirements of the Bank Holding Company Act, including divestiture as necessary, within two years of 
consummation of the proposal. . . . 



1998-1999: Intense new lobbying efforts emerged to repeal Glass-Steagall and pass new legislation regarding 
financial services which became the Financial Services Modernization Act of 1999. In May 1998, the House passes 
legislation which allowed the merging of banks, securities firms, and insurance companies into huge financial 
conglomerates. = TOO BIG TO FAIL... Lobbyists raised the issue of financial modemization in connection with a 
fresh round of political fund-raising. In the 1997-98 election cycle, the finance, insurance, and real estate industries 
spent more than $200 million on lobbying and contributed more than $150 million in political donations targeting 
members of Congressional banking committees and other committees with direct jurisdiction over financial services 
legislation. 



1999: PRIMING THE PUMP: The next step in setting the stage for the harvest was to repeal the Glass- 
Steagall Act, a law which introduced banking reforms designed to control speculation. This repeal removed the 
separation that existed between Wall Street investment banks and depository banks and has been blamed for the 
collapse of the subprime mortgage market that led to the Financial crisis of 2008. More important though: this repeal 
opened the door for the -securitization" of mortgage loans. Once the barriers imposed by Glass-Steagall were removed, 
the mortgage industry introduced new products" into the American marketplace, among them Mortgage Backed 
Securities or ^BS" - mortgage loans funded by hapless investors. 



147 



Shortly after Congress repealed Glass-Steagall, Treasury Secretary Robert Rubin, former co-chairman of Goldman 
Sachs, accepted a top job at Citigroup. The previous year, Citigroup head Weill, told Rubin he had some important 
news, and Rubin quipped, -¥ ou're buying the government?" 

Banks now created loan products which required little to no documentation to support a borrower's ability to repay the 
loan became easy to obtain, as well as adjustable rate mortgages which allowed the borrower to pay a low rate initially 
but would later increase as the borrowers income increased... 

Like a fisherman placing bait on the end of his fishing pole and waiting to fool the fish into taking this delectable bait, 
the Banksters seduced We, the Sheep le with a more irresistible bait - the opportunity to earn money! By expanding the 
amount of money in circulation, they cleverly relaxed the standards to obtain credit and dangled that bait over our 
heads using the most historically sound investment in America: real estate. As we witnessed average people dipping 
houses" and making untold thousands of dollars, more of us took the bait. They now -had'" us. 

With so many additional buyers seeking to buy real estate, the demand was high which drove up property values. 
Lenders accepted appraisals documenting the new, higher values, and approved hundreds of thousands of applications 
for financing, most of which would normally have been declined. Unbeknownst to the public, the billions of dollars 
spent to fund these loans were simply griming the pump" for the harvest. The interest the Banksters pretended to 
anticipate receiving as borrowers paid the mortgages, was a drop in the bucket compared to the amount they could 
realize on the insurance policies, or bets" they placed - that is, IF the borrowers defaulted... But the Banksters knew 
the new loans would default for they were at the helm of the economy and could manipulate it any way they cared to. 
Moreover, they knew the loans were -bad paper," but didn't care because they intended to realize profits so great, the 
interest was negligible by comparison. 

To further this shell game, the Banksters then created a -strawman" corporation, a smokescreen called MERS 
(Mortgage Electronic Registration System) which would circumvent the recording fees normally charged by county 
recorders to record all changes of ownership on a specific parcel of property and more importantly, prevent people 
from discovering who actually flinded their mortgage. This deception allowed the Banksters to pretend as though they 
held the ability to foreclose, while reaping the payments by the investors who actually purchased the promissory note 
through a Mortgage Backed Security. However, splitting the note from the lien is fraudulent because whomever 
provided the funds to pay for your house - the investor who purchased the Mortgage Backed Security - by law, must 
also possess the lien document -guarantee," which states that if you don't pay your mortgage, they can repossess your 
house. The investors thought they had purchased something tangible. But the cunning devious Banksters had other 
plans which would allow them to profit in numerous ways. However, to collect on the mortgages and foreclose on 
American homes, the Servicers of the loans created, forged and fabricated phony documents, again committing fraud. 

2000: THE DOT-COM BUBBLE BUFISTS: The Banksters were ready to reap the latest harvest of 
the dotcom era of speculation and proceeded to burst this bubble by increasing interest rates. Between 1999 and early 
2000, the Fed increased interest rates six times which finally took all the air out of the dot-com bubble bursting on 
March 10, 2000. Mysteriously, a massive, multi-billion-dollar sell order for high tech stocks such as Cisco, IBM, Dell, 
etc., 4iappened by chance" to be processed on Monday March 13. This triggered a panic where the NASDAQ 
experienced the greatest percentage 'pre-market' selloff for the entire year. The final nail in the dot-com coffin was 
secured through an article published by financial magazine Barron 's on March 20th, 2000 which shocked the market 
with its cover story entitled "Burning Up". This article flirther fueled investor fears by stating: 

"During the next 12 months, scores of highflying Internet upstarts will have used up all their cash and 
may be in for a savage shakeout. America's 371 publicly traded Internet companies have grown to the 
point that they are collectively valued at $1.3 trillion, which amounts to about 8% of the entire U.S. 
stock market. " 



148 



2000: Senatorial candidate Mel Carnahan was engaged in a very tight Senate race with John Ashcroft, but was 
killed in a plane crash just three weeks before Election Day. His death reduced the Democrats' chances of recapturing 
the Senate in 2000. 



George Walker Bush (1946-) was elected forty-third President of the United States and served from 2001 to 
2009. Bush was Pro-Bankster and his presidency was marked by the September 1 1 atrocities; his inadequate response 
to Hurricane Katrina; and going to war in Iraq under false pretenses. Although the stage had been set by Clinton, Bush 
went to war under the pretense of the need to eliminate Hussein and his weapons of mass destruction to protect the 
world" from this grave danger. 

—Aside from the loss of life, the sickest thing about the recent Katrina-Rita-Wilma hurricane events - as 
well as virtually every other natural disaster, war or infrastructure need - is that we are forced to 
borrow from a private central bank to pay for all the destruction, reconstruction and related interest 
costs. A private central bank profiting from Mother Nature 's wrath and the wipe out of entire cities and 
families is surely the mother of all scandals, the crime of the ages, and the epitome of financial 
sociopathy. The private cabal "Fed" central bank setup we labor under means the cartel profits from 
every natural disaster via our borrowing requirements. Clearly, nothing could be more brutal, immoral 
or just plain wrong. As a result we can be driven into bankruptcy by Mother Nature and the Fed alone, 
as government insurance program premiums cover only a fraction of the costs, and any and all deficits 
require debt-money borrowing. In short, we must regain control of our monetary powers or we will be 
bankrupted by Mother Nature alone, courtesy of the "Federal" Reserve. " — KENT B. WELTON 



zuuz: Senator Paul David Wellstone was also killed in a plane crash on October 25, 2002 -11 days before 
his U.S. Senate election. Wellstone stood firm against the status-quo policies of both the Democrats and the 
Republicans which earned him the ire of the Bush administration who made Wellstone's next election defeat a 
priority. However, Wellstone's popularity surged after he voted to oppose the war in fraq - an embarrassment to 
the Bush administration. He was strongly supported by groups such as Americans for Democratic Action, the 
AFL-CIO, the Sierra Club, the ACLU, and People for the American Way. After voting against the war in fraq 
on October 11, 2002, Wellstone is said to have told his wife, "I just cost myself the election." Wellstone was 
also the author of the 'Wellstone Amendment', an amendment championing well-needed Campaign Finance 
Reform. Then he conveniently died in a small plane crash... 

-The balance in the Senate for years 2002 to 2004 was 51 Republicans, 48 Democrats, and one 
independent. If both Wellstone and Carnahan had not been killed, and Wellstone had gone on as 
projected to win his race, the balance would have been 50 Democrats, 49 Republicans, and one 
independent. This would have significantly changed what happened in Congress and in the US, where 
the presidency and both houses of Congress were Republican controlled over those two years. Isn 't it 
quite a coincidence that these two Democratic candidates both died in plane crashes only two years 
apart, both just weeks before the elections? It's even more of a coincidence that both were very 
progressive Democrats. Wellstone was often labeled the most progressive member of Senate. As a 
National Review article stated, "Probably no other member of the Senate had been on the losing side of 
more 99-1 or 98-2 votes. None had voted more consistently against the Bush administration. " 

— JIM FETZER 

Assassination Science 



With the expansion of credit by the Banksters, U.S. home ownership increased from 64% in 1994, where it 
had been since 1980, to 69.2% in 2004, with subprime lending contributing to this increase. In 2004, hundreds of 
thousands of residential mortgages were bundled together, often in groups of 5,000 mortgages, and investors were 
offered the opportunity to buy shares of each bundle in the form of a Mortgage Backed Security bond. Some of the 
bundles were offered as Bond Certificates, guaranteeing a rate of return. Many of these bond MBS's were funded by 
large private and governmental pension funds and in some cases, as the case with Greece, by foreign governments. 



149 



They were rated AAA by the most prestigious firms, either Moody's or Standard and Poors - the most risk-fi-ee 
investment one could buy. Of course, we are now learning that those prestigious firms were also in the pockets of the 
Banksters, ensuring that coveted AAA rating. At the time the feeding frenzy of securitization occurred (mostly between 
2004 and 2008,) paperwork was of little consequence as the goal of the Banksters was to securitize as many loans as 
possible. Whether the loans were ever repaid was of no consequence for the Servicers and trusts" had nothing to lose; 
the loans had been funded by the investors and insured by multiple derivative contracts. Mortgages were placed into a 
pool which was managed by the Trustee of a Pooling and Servicing Agreement" which oftentimes allowed the 
Servicer of the loan, who had simply completed the paperwork and managed the monthly mortgage payments, to keep 
the proceeds of any foreclosures it could accomplish after the Trust was paid off by derivatives and closed. 

2007: THE GFIEAT RECESSION STRANGLES AMERICA: Once Waii street laid the 

groundwork and sold massive amounts of mortgage-backed securities, and backed those mortgages with numerous 
credit default swaps or insurance policies," the time came to ^eece the fiock." Bear Steams, the smallest bank on 
Wall Street, became the sacrificial lamb. In June 2007 ^ear" bailed out two of its hedge funds for $3.2 billion which 
invested heavily in subprime mortgages. By July, both of these funds had little to no value and filed for bankruptcy. In 
October, Chinese lender Citic tried to ^scue" Bear paying $ 1 billion for a 6 percent stake in the firm which gave it a 
$20 billion valuation. However, the Banksters needed to create a panic on Wall Street, hence it was necessary for Bear 
to go down. 

Bear then posted a fourth-quarter loss of $854 million as a result of toxic mortgages and by the Spring of 2008, Bear's 
common stock lost in excess of $19.8 billion in market capitalization when the scope of Bear's investment in subprime 
and other -toxic" assets was revealed publicly. As planned. Investors began selling anything they had in Bear but Fed 
chairman, Ben Bernanke, stated that if Bear went down, the entire U.S. financial system would be threatened. He then 
orchestrated a deal between fellow-Bankster JP Morgan, backed by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York, to buy the 
firm for a scant $2 a share. To We, the Sheeple, it appeared that he was taking a tough line.... just what he wanted us to 
think... 

While most of us were duped, in a Securities lawsuit filed against Bear, a Judge rejected Bear's defense that the suit 
was a -e-lassic fraud by hindsight case." Bears attorneys alleged -feat Bear did not predict the impact of the subprime 
mortgage crisis," but the judge was keen enough to identify the misconduct by Bear's senior officers and directors that 
was integral to Bear's decline, and found that the -competing inference of market implosion was not demonstrated to 
overcome the strong inference of scienter (intent or knowledge of wrongdoing) developed by Plaintiffs." That 
intentional misconduct included the inflation of asset values, the overestimation of Bear's risk management protocols, 
the understatement of losses, and the misleading denial of a liquidity crisis. 

The judge also allowed securities fraud claims against Deloitte based on the allegation that Deloitte's audits of Bear 
-were so deficient that the audit[s] amounted to no audit at all." The opinion includes the Court's acerbic observation 
that although Deloitte certified Bear's financials in 2006 and 2007 without discovering Bear's true financial condition, 
-JP Morgan discovered in the course of one weekend the overvaluation of assets and underestimation of risk exposure 
in Bear Stearns' financial statements." 

Despite those facts, the mac-daddy of all bubbles was being burst. After Bear went down, -fee cat was out of the bag," 
Mortgage-backed securities, the new innovation" on Wall Street, coupled with thousands and thousands of 
derivatives, (sometimes having as many as 50 policies" on one mortgage) were going down... just what the Banksters 
had planned for the past few hundred years. 

As we discover the depth of Iraud perpetrated upon We, Sheeple, there are those who still believe the propaganda they 
are being fed by Wall Street to deflect the blame: This debacle was the borrowers fault because they used their homes 
as ATM machines... Shame on them!!! The only reason that borrowers were unable to repay their loans/mortgages is 
because of the -trickle-down theory." The Banksters manipulated an expansion of the money supply which enabled 
people to buy homes. But then the Banksters contracted that money supply which led to the Great Recession which led 
to unemployment or underemployment, which led to a reduction in monthly income, which led to an inability to pay 



150 



mortgages because of SURVIVAL; feeding families and putting gas in cars is a higher priority. 

That ruse was used to distract We, the Sheeple from the truth: for it was the credit defauh swaps, the so-called 
_insuiance policies" held mostly by AIG, the majority taken out by Goldman Sachs, which brought the system down. 
The mortgages in default only totaled a small percentage of the losses, but when you consider that Wall Street had bet 
up to 50 times that the mortgages in the Mortgage-backed Security Pool Trusts would fail, the losses became 
astronomical! On an average $200,000 mortgage. Wall Street would have been paid $8 million when borrowers 
defaulted on their designed-to-fail mortgage! And the game was rigged to make sure most defaulted. According to 
former Goldman Sachs analyst Nomi Prins, the bailout was not $700 billion but in reality $ 14.4 TRILLION! ! ! For Wall 
Street was paid 100 cents on the dollar for the -bets" they placed. This enabled them to pay out multi -billion dollar 
bonuses to their best and brightest" crooks who just engineered what will soon be, the collapse of the world economy. 

Bear in mind that in pure unadultered Capitalism, -if you play and lose, you go under," the ideology purportedly 
believed so fervently by the Banksters; the very reason they continue to pay billions of dollars to lobbyists who work to 
ensure that the banking industry will not be regulated so they have free reign to rape and pillage. Had they been forced 
to live by the sword of Capitalism, rather than Socialism for the wealthy, the banks would have simply gone under and 
America would now be faced with restructuring our economy in a manner that serves We, the People - the highest 
good. However, in the Bankster-owned world we now live in, you and I lose while they reap the 4iarvest" that We, the 
Sheeple, have worked our entire lives for. And reap they did in numerous ways: 

#1) they lowered the interest rates to such low rates that our economy grew and grew. 

#2) they lured people into loans with little to no money down, falsified the loan applications, and told the unsuspecting 
borrowers that if the payment became too high, they could always refinance as their homes would continue to increase 
in value as real estate has historically done. 

#3) they pre-sold mortgage-backed security bonds (which your loan was a part of) to unsuspecting investors who 
thought they were buying AAA-rated investments. 

#4) although the were required by their prospectus' and pooling and servicing agreements to transfer both the note and 
the mortgage lien to the mortgage-backed security trust pools, they instead kept the lien for themselves so they could 
foreclose and make more money. 

#5) they placed -bets", sometimes 50 of them, on the mortgaged-backed security pools by purchasing credit default 
swaps, called insurance policies", knowing that they planned to raise interest rates which would then trigger a 
depression CAUSING many to lose their jobs which would result in massive mortgage defaults thus allowing them to 
collect billions! 

#6) after having our legislators pass laws to DE-REGULATE the banks, they merged these banks over and over until 
they were simply -too big to fail." Then they convinced the government that if they didn't receive $700 Billion dollars 
of taxpayer money within 3 days to take care of all of their -toxic assets," America would undoubtedly collapse... 
However, it is now known fact that the so-called bailout was really $13.3 TRILLION dollars when you acknowledge 
that the government guaranteed the FDIC-backed deposits of the numerous banks which failed, the mortgage loans 
guaranteed by Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac and paid the multiple (sometimes up to 50 per MBS [mortgage -backed 
security] pool) credit default -bets" 100 cents on the dollar which those in the know on Wall Street placed on the loans 
they deliberately designed to fail. 

#7) they foreclosed on your home, sold it for whatever they could get and then went to the government who made up 
the difference so they could be -whole." 

David Stem is a Florida attomey reaping the benefits of this economic crisis as he runs a foreclosure Mill" 
responsible for chuming out foreclosures by the thousands. He is now under criminal investigation, but made the 
following statement to his investors: 



151 



-One of my favorite questions from one of my believers, one of my investors on the first call-in, JVhat 
inning are we in? If this was a baseball game, what inning are we in? ' And my response is, we 're only 
in the 2nd inning. We still have 3 innings of foreclosures left, and after the foreclosures, we have 3 
innings of Real Estate Owned liquidation and as the REO liquidations pan out, we get into the refi and 
we get into the origination. [ ... J So yeah, we 're in the 2nd inning, but guess what - when we get to the 
9'^ inning, it 's going to be a doubleheader and we got a second game coming. So when people say, —Oh 
my God, the economy is bad!" I'm like, —Oh my God, it's great. " 

WWW.AMCR.1CANSUN1TEDFOR.JUST1CEOR.G/STER.N.HTML. 

—Once to every man and nation comes the moment to decide, and the choice goes by forever Jrwict that 
darkness and that light. "' — JAMES R.USSELL LOWELL 

1819-1891 



2008 . Barack Hussein Obama II (i96i) was elected on the campaign promise of 4K)pe and change" as forty-fourth 

President of the United States and began to serve in November 2008 under a disastrous economic crisis. And though he 
is trying to make significant strides in America, he is meeting with a brick wall: an owned and controlled Congress by 
the Banksters. 



After the Glass-Steagall Act was repealed, Goldman Sachs and Morgan Stanley became federally chartered 
banks joining Bank of America, Citigroup, J. P. Morgan Chase and the other banking titans who could borrow massive 
amounts of money from the Fed at interest rates Fed chief Ben Bernanke lowered to zero percent. This enabled 
Goldman, Morgan Stanley and other banks to borrow large quantities of money at next to no interest thus -saving" 
them from death in the fall of 2008. ^he Fed was the only way to raise capital at that moment for they were on the 
brink of insolvency," says Nomi Prins, a former managing director at Goldman Sachs. " 

The Fed became the source of emergency borrowing that enabled Goldman and Morgan Stanley to stave off disaster for 
now they had a source of long-term guaranteed income. Borrowing at zero percent interest, Goldman and others now 
had virtually infinite ways to make money (rape and pillage). Incredulously, they took the money they borrowed from 
the government at zero percent and loaned it back to the government by buying Treasury bills that paid interest of three 
or four percent - basically giving them a license to print money. 

One prominent hedge fund manager stated: "If you are able to borrow at zero, put it out there at two or three percent 
with hundreds of billions of dollars — man, you can make a lot of money - It's free money" - exactly why Goldman 
-earned" enormous profits in 2010. 

Inherent to reaping the gold within that bubble were the Wall Street players, from Goldman Sachs to AIG who were 
either dumb, as author Matt Taibbi states ^urposeflilly orchestrating an agenda which was designed to collapse" - 
something which could be -bailed out" by the American taxpayers bringing America and the rest of the world to their 
knees while they seized our assets and left us in survival-mode. 

Consider the following evidence: 

-Wall Street banks used to be overly concerned about the infiation of their dollars. Our market economy 
was then fairly stable and the wealthy wanted the purchasing power of their dollars preserved. They 
restricted the creation of money and raised interest rates, a —tight money" policy. Now, strangely 
enough. Wall Street is going all out to inflate dollars beyond measure. This must mean that Wall Street 
has secretly given up on our market economy, and now seeks to siphon off as many dollars as it can as 
quickly as it can. The wealthy can then invest their dollars in land, gold, silver, platinum, oil reserves, 
and in gated castles for themselves. They can thus reduce those of us who survive to the level of feudal 
serfdom where we eke out an existence by working their land. " — DOUGLAS K. PAGE 

March 28th, 2009 Retired union lawyer 



152 



When you observe Obama pre-presidency and post-presidency, there is a marked change in his demeanor. He 
now appears as a defeated man for he probably now knows the truth: That although he is president, ostensibly the most 
powerful man in the world, he does not really run our government. Nor do We, the People have a say, or our legislators 
who, either directly or through insinuation, have been threatened to do the business of the Banksters, or else. Hence, 
they acquiesce and simply try their best to play their respective roles in the illusion of sovereignty we are all living 
under. For in reality, the Banksters control every element of our lives. They have taken our Constitution and trampled 
it. 

—Without knowing it, we have become deeply entrenched in an unfair system which has resulted in 
unjust taxation, soaring home costs, increased medical costs, control of energy and resources, control of 
elections and political principles, and the undermining of every social process by multiplying costs. All 
problems, depressions, wars, disasters, and assassinations were planned, caused, instigated, and 
implemented by the International Banksters in their attempt to control our world by establishing a 
central bank in every country in the world, which they have now done. " — MAFIY QKOVl -paraphrased 

How I Clobbered Every Bureaucratic Cash-Confiscatory Agency Known to Man 



The entire supply of money within an economy is referred to as M3. This measure is tracked by European 
monetarists for warning signals about the direction of the US economy a year or so in advance and it began shrinking 
during the summer of 2009 with the pace now quickening. The amount of currency contracted from $14.2 trillion to 
$13.9 trillion in the three months to April which you now know produces depression. In addition, money market funds 
fell at a 37% rate, the sharpest drop ever. "It's frightening," said Professor Tim Congdon from International Monetary 
Research. "The plunge in M3 has no precedent since the Great Depression. The excuse? Regulators (controlled by the 
Banksters) across the world are pressing banks to raise capital asset ratios and to shrink their risk assets. The IMF 
wamed that the debt of the US will reach 97% of GDP next year and 110%) by 2015. Larry Summers, President Barack 
Obama's top economic adviser, has asked Congress to approve $200 Billion to keep growth on track. "We are nearly 
8m jobs short of normal employment. For millions of Americans the economic emergency grinds on," he said. 



GAME OVER 



Many are trying to make sense out of what is going on in our country however, they are doing so with limited 
knowledge. As you now understand, the current crisis in America is not about the debt ceiling, nor America's bonds 
being degraded. It's not about the Democrats, Obama, Tea Party, Republicans etc.. These are diversions - merely 
charades which provide plausible deniability for the true culprits: The Federal Reserve - and our "Central Banking 
Debt-Based Monetary Sham." 

The Banksters always knew that our debt-based monetary system had a finite shelf life; that at some point in the future 
we would arrive at GAME OVER. Printing fake money out of thin air and charging interest was a game that would not 
last forever. But the Banksters hidden agenda is to take this ruse to a new global level where they can dominate the 
world. As you may have guessed: The IMF utilizes the identical debt-based system ensuring the Banksters stronghold 
and perpetual free interest to be paid to them on that debt. 

This truth can no longer be hidden. The illusory world we -bought" hook, line and sinker, has imploded. We are all just 
pawns in a game that cleverly disfracts you and I from the real truth. 

-The Fed has adopted a very arrogant stance - it 's like they 've carved out this realm for themselves and 
they are beyond the pale. It was sold to the people on the basis that we needed an independent central 
bank so that money would not be manipulated by political interests. But in actuality, it has enabled the 

manipulation of money by political interests, so what we have at this stage is a central banking 
debt/money system that has spread all over the world. Virtually every country in the world has a central 
bank and the collusion between bankers and politicians amount to this: the bankers get to lend money at 
a rate of interest (money that they create through a few bookkeeping entries) and the politicians get to 



153 



spend as much money as they want, without regard to tax revenues, and that money will be monetized by 
the central bank, if necessary. " — THOAAAS GR.ECO, JR.. 

Beyond The Matrix by Patricia Cori in a chapter entitled -The End of Money " pg 367 



Decent America-loving citizens like Sarah Palin, Glen Beck, and Rush Limbaugh, are among those being exploited by 
the Banksters to fan the flames of fear and resentment among We, the Sheeple. hi a world of limited information and 
bountiful lies, they, and the Democrats falsely accuse everyone except the true culprits. These well-intentioned people 
believe wholeheartedly in their cause because they can see that America is being threatened but they are being used by 
the Banksters. The Banksters are manipulating American sentiments using their strategy of -divide and conquer" by 
inciting the Democrats against the Republicans to a fevered pitch. The Banksters are purely and simply pouring fuel on 
a fire and cunningly igniting a revolution, not aimed them, the true culprits, but instead at those they are using as 
patsies. And at any moment this controversy can be ignited for We, the Sheeple are indeed ^ad as hell" 

The Banksters, through their wholly-owned media, have programmed the most naive Americans with repetitive 
propaganda phrases for the Banksters know that if you repeat a lie often enough, it becomes the accepted truth.. 

—A long habit of not thinking a thing wrong gives it a superficial appearance of being right. " 

— THOiNAAS PAINE 

In unawareness and ignorance, people will point the finger and blame those they have been programmed to believe are 
at fault... including those -dead-beat" borrowers who bought homes they couldn't afford when in reality, the Banksters 
meticulously planned this entire scheme to rob America blind. But they have the majority convinced that it is those 
over-extended borrowers faults who used their homes like ATM machines. And if you now believe that, I've got some 
great swamp land I can sell you... 

—When you meet people who are losing their homes in this foreclosure crisis, they almost all have the 
same look of deep shame and anguish. Nowhere else on the planet is it such a crime to be down on your 
luck, even if you were put there by some of the world's richest banks, which continue to rake in record 
profits purely because they got a big fat handout from the government. That's why one banker CEO after 
another keeps going on TV to explain that despite their own deceptive loans and fraudulent paperwork, 
the real problem is these deadbeat homeowners who won't pay their -^xxxing" bills. And that's why 
most people in this country are so ready to buy that explanation. Because in America, it's far more 
shameful to owe money than it is to steal it. " — MATT TAIBBI 

Rolling Stone 

Economist Robert Reich wrote in Aftershock, that in order for an economy to succeed, the citizens of that country must 
be capable of purchasing what they manufacture. He cited Henry Ford who took drastic steps and paid his workers 
three times the amount that other factory workers were being paid at the time. And though he was initially ridiculed by 
his peers, it was a brilliant move for the workers began to buy the very cars they were manufacturing! At the core of 
Reich's thesis is that people must be capable of purchasing what the country produces - a premise he has coined ^e 
bargain." In order for an economy to thrive, its citizens must be paid enough to purchase what their country produces. 
If people are unemployed or not being paid a high enough wage, there is NO demand and everyone, including the 
wealthiest, suffers. The economy of a country cannot be supported by the wealthy. They are paid too much to be able to 
spend all they earn which takes that money out of circulation. This puts the economy in a tailspin UNTIL We, the 
People, are paid enough to buy things. For spending stimulates the economy and puts money in the tax coffers thus 
allowing us to help those who are less fortunate. 

The Banksters are not taking their foot off the gas either for The Federal Reserve, which wrote the consumer protection 
laws that people are now trying to use as a foreclosure defense, are now being rewritten so that these foreclosures can 
be enacted as soon as possible. 

"At the depths of the worst foreclosure crisis since the Great Depression, we are surprised that the Fed 
has proposed rules that would eviscerate the primary protection homeowners currently have to escape 
abusive loans and avoid foreclosure: the extended right of rescission. " 



154 



Author Matt Taibbi observed the same thing in foreclosure courtrooms where judges are trying to process as many of 
these cases as possible on a daily basis. It appears that the Bankster plan to bring us to our knees so we beg for a 
solution which means that the majority of people must be hurting through whatever means they have at their disposal to 
rob us of our security and all we have worked our entire lives for which includes repossessing our homes... annihilating 
any form of protection such as unions, eliminating jobs... pensions... credit... health care... social security... for when 
these security blankets are cut off at the knees, We, the People will then beg for the solution and breathe a sigh of relief 
when the Banksters offer a one-world government with a central Federal Reserve-type bank at its core which ensures 
the total domination of the Banksters and we as their indentured servants. 

On October 25, 2008 Newsweek magazine wrote: —We Need a Bank of the World: The financial crisis is global, and 
only an international central bank can deal with it": 

If George W. Bush's upcoming global summit on how to fix the world's broken financial system — an 
event proposed by several European presidents and prime ministers — is to be a serious effort, the 
leaders should begin laying the groundwork for establishing a global central bank. The idea of such an 
institution would have been a political nonstarter before the current debacle. The crises of the last 
several decades — the Latin American debt meltdown in the early 1980 's, the stock-market crash in 1987, 
the savings and loan collapse of the early 1990's, the Asian financial blowup of the late 1990's, the 
Internet-stock collapse earlier in this decade — did not involve the extent of global linkages among 
financial institutions or the mind-boggling consequences of complex securities that we are seeing today. 
In none of these previous blowups did the global credit system shut down, as it did in recent weeks; in 
none did governments in both the industrialized and developing world intervene so massively, coming 
close to nationalizing the entire global banking system. And in none was it so clear that there is no 
effective governing authority at the center of global finance. There was a time when the U.S. Federal 
Reserve played this role, as the prime financial institution of the world's most powerful economy, 
overseeing the one global currency. But with the growth of capital markets, the rise of currencies like 
the euro and the emergence of powerful players such as China, the shift of wealth to Asia and the 
Persian Gulf and, of course, the deep-seated problems in the American economy itself the Fed no 
longer has the capability to lead singlehandedly. After World War II, the IMF was designed to be a 
central financial institution, too. But over the decades it has had less and less influence on the rich 
industrialized nations. Its credibility with Asia and Latin America has also waned. It is still involved in 
bailouts for countries such as Iceland and Pakistan, but its once central role in protecting global 
stability is clearly over. And most important, its political legitimacy is deeply fiawed, because its 
management structure reflects the 1950 's, with Belgium having more voting power than China. In the 
future, a global central bank is needed to oversee the rudderless global financial system. There are a 
number of critical functions it could perform. It could be the lead regulator of big global financial 
institutions, such as Citigroup or Deutsche Bank, whose activities spill across borders. It could monitor 
risks that are building in the global market and create an early-warning system that alerts banks and 
national regulators that trouble is coming, and pushes them to modify their policies. It could act as a 
bankruptcy court when big global banks that operate in multiple countries need to be restructured. It 
could oversee not Just the big commercial banks, such as Mitsubishi UFJ, hut also the "alternative" 
financial system that has developed in recent years, consisting of hedge jiinds, private- equity groups and 
sovereign wealth funds — all of which are now substantially unregulated. " - NEWSWEEK 

Now out of business in the aftermath of the economic crisis 

If you are now feeling betrayed, outraged, overwhelmed and defeated, I'm now going to transport you to an altogether 
different place; one seemingly out of context with this thesis. For if we simply peel back another layer of our proverbial 
onion we will discover even more expansive knowledge, for the issues we are now facing are only... 

...A TEST. THIS IS ONLY A TEST... 

Although this may appear to be totally crazy, I urge you to keep your mind open for the experiences and events we, as 
Humankind, are now going through indeed have solutions, but as Einstein states, the solutions lie at the next level of 
awareness: 



155 



-Problems cannot be solved at the same level of awareness that created them. " 

The solutions to our problems can be tied to December 21, 2012; the date when a great 26,000 year cycle ends and a 
new cycle begins. Ancient prophecies from civilizations all over our globe tell a common story: As our civilization 
nears the end of this precessional cycle we will go through a period of intensification where issues which no longer 
serve the highest good, must be resolved before we can move into the next era. To resolve these issues, we must first be 
able to identify them - the higher purpose of the intensification. And as you have just learned, among these issues are 
worldwide infi-astructures which no longer serve the highest good. 

The knowledge which exists at the next level of awareness has been secret for millennia but was destined to be revealed 
at this critical juncture in our evolution. This knowledge is known by the Banksters who have intentionally suppressed 
it and/or ridiculed those who spoke of it for millennia, for they did not want us to discover our true power for their rule 
over us would then end. 

—We look forward to the time when the power of love will replace the love of power. Then will our world 
know the blessings of peace. " — ^WILLIAM GLADSTONE (i809-i898) 

Many books describing these -secrets" are now available including the bestselling book: ^he Secret." Ancient secret 
societies were entrusted with this knowledge and many of our U.S. Presidents and Founding Fathers possessed the 
secret knowledge now being revealed to Humankind. The time has come for us to move beyond lives filled with pain, 
suffering and anguish into what the Ancients referred to as -The Golden Age of Truth and Knowledge" or the -Age of 
Integrity." 

The cabal of power called the Banksters, appointed themselves -guardians" of our world but along the way they began 
to believe that they were better and smarter than We, the people; that they were entitled to more and more. So now 
-We, the people," who far outnumber the Banksters, must let our voices be heard and demand that the systems which 
no longer serve the highest good, be transformed. 

Every religion on this planet provides a roadmap for living; telling us that indeed we are our brother's keepers, and 
what we do to another, will one day appear in our lives so that we can experience our choices - both good and bad, and 
thus evolve on an individual level. 

How we fare through the storm will depend upon the choices we make. Will we sit back and cower in fear? Will we 
hoard our assets while others around us starve? 

The secrets tell us that this moment is a point of power - a time to create a future filled with joy, hope, laughter, respect 
and security, for everyone. So take a breath and know that solutions to the problems we are now facing, indeed exist. 

-The day is not far off when the economic problem will take the back seat where it belongs, and the 
arena of the heart and the head will he occupied or reoccupied, by our real problems — the problems of 
life and of human relations, of creation and behaviour and religion. " — JOHN MAYNAR_D KEYNES 

(1883-1946) British economist First Annual Report of the Arts Council (1945-1946) 

AND THE BEAT GOES ON... 

9th August 2011 : Who 'made $10 BILLION on an October 1, 2011 bet that U.S. credit rating would be 
downgraded'?-A mystery investor or hedge fund reportedly made a bet of almost $1 billion at odds of 10/1 last month 
that the U.S. would lose its AAA credit rating.Now questions are being asked of whether the trader had inside 

information before placing the $850 million bet in the futures market. Was it him? George Soros, 80, has been 
mentioned as potentially being the mystery investor who won a $1 billion bet that the credit rating would fall. There are 
mounting rumours that investor George Soros, 80, famously known as _theman who broke the Bank of England', could 



156 



be involved. He made more than $1 billion on currency speculation when the British pound left the Exchange Rate 
Mechanism on Black Wednesday in 1992. 

The latest bet was made on July 21, 201 1 on trades of 5,370 ten-year Treasury futures and 3,100 Treasury bond futures, 
reported ETF Daily News. The investor's bet paid off after Standard and Poor's issued a credit rating downgrade from 
AAA to AA+. Someone stands to earn a 1,000 per cent return on their money with the expectation that interest rates 
will be going up after the downgrade. 

August 19, 201 1 - Former Official: SEC Violated Federal Law - by Marcy Bonebright : -A former Securities Exchange 

Commission (SEC) official has alleged the agency violated Federal law by destroying the records of enforcement cases 
it had decided not to pursue according to The Washington Post. The agency allegedly purged records involving major 
Wall Street firms, including Goldman Sachs, Citigroup, Bank of America and Morgan Stanley. The cases reportedly 
involved suspicions of ^sider trading, financial fraud and market manipulation." 

^he allegations were leveled in a July letter to Sen. Charles E. Grassley (R-Iowa) from Gary J. Aguirre, a former SEC 
enforcement lawyer now representing a current SEC enforcement lawyer, Darcy Flynn. Flynn last year began 
managing SEC enforcement records and became concerned that records that were supposed to be preserved under 
federal law were being purged as a matter of SEC policy, Aguirre wrote," the article read. 

^rom 1993 through July 2010, records of about 9,000 preliminary inquiries were destroyed, Aguirre wrote. The 
inquiries, a first step in the enforcement process, can lead to full-fledged SEC investigations or be dropped without 
further action." According to the article, Grassley has called on the SEC to explain its actions. 

Enough of the problems! Let's now explore solutions to the issues we are now facing: 



THE SOLUTION 

FR.OM WE, THE SHEEPLE, TO WE, THE PEOPLE 

— fi'very time we turn our heads the other way when we see the law flouted, when we tolerate what we 
know to be wrong, when we close our eyes and ears to the corrupt because we are too busy or too 
frightened, when we fail to speak up and speak out, we strike a blow against freedom and decency and 
justice. " — ROBERT E. KENNEDY 

—One who trades freedom for security deserves neither. " — BEN FRANKLIN 

-The only thing necessary for evil to triumph is for good men/women to do nothing. " 

—EDMUND BURKE 1729-1797 

-The Matrix states that we are just batteries - the energy to fuel the pleasure of the Global Elite. When 
one is born into slavery, one tends not to question it. The Banksters sole weapon is FEAR which is what 
has kept us playing this game - chasing the almighty buck, believing that if we had $$$ we would then 
be secure, happy, and carefree. The only way to win this game is not to play. " — A/IARY CROFT 



—A small body of determined spirits fed by an unquenchable faith in their mission can alter the course of 
history. " — MOHANDAS KARAMCHAND GANDHI (1869 -1948) 

Pre-eminent political and spiritual leader of India during the Indian independence movement. He pioneered resistance to tyranny through mass civil 
disobedience, a philosophy firmly founded upon total nonviolence. 

— f hold it that a little rebellion now and then is a good thing, and as necessary in the political world as 
storms in the physical. " - THOMAS JEFFERSON 



157 



— ? was asked - but there no words... JVhat had I done to benefit or advance the human race? " 

— SOGYAL R.1NPOCHE (1947-) 

a Tibetan Dzogchen Lama -The Tibetan Boole of Living and Dying 



—Power concedes nothing without demand. 



FREDERICK DOUGLASS (1818- 1895) 



-^his country, with its institutions, belongs to the people who inhabit it. Whenever they shall grow 
weary of the existing government, they can exercise their constitutional right of amending it, or their 
revolutionary right to dismember or overthrow it. " — ABRAHAM LINCOLN, First inaugural 



-4t does not require a majority to prevail, but rather an irate, tireless minority keen to set brush fires in 
people's minds." — SAMUEL ADAMS 



"America will never be destroyed from the outside. If we falter and lose our freedoms, it will be because 
we destroyed ourselves. " — ABRAHAM LINCOLN 



— Se the change you want to see in the world. 



— MAHATMA GANDHI 



Money allows the necessary exchange of goods and services within our world; it is a measure of value. Money doesn't 
need to be backed by gold or any finite substance we deem to be of value. If you and I agree that shells, beads, notched 
sticks or printed paper greenbacks have value, our agreement gives it value. As you have learned, it is the control of the 
quantity of money which is the true cause of economic problems. 

-Money is the creature of law, and the creation of the original issue of money should be maintained as 
the exclusive monopoly of the National Government. The privilege of creating and issuing money is not 
only the supreme prerogative of Government, it is the Government's greatest opportunity. " 



For a real economic system to work, prices, wages and currency must be stable. In the 1700's the American Colonies 
paid no income tax, yet prices remained stable with no inflation. When Benjamin Franklin was asked how this 
prosperity was possible he replied: 

-That is simple. In the colonies, we issue our own paper money. It is called 'Colonial Script'. We issue it 
in proper proportion to make the goods pass easily from the producers to the consumers. In this manner, 
creating ourselves our own paper money, we control its purchasing power and we have no interest to 
pay to no one. " - BEN FRANKLIN 

Defying what modern economists say, the Colonies prospered by producing their own interest free money without 
being backed by gold until this form of currency was deemed illegal by the Bank of England. The Banksters knew this 
competition would put them out of business and when the Colonies backed down, their prosperity ended. 

The following are just a few potential solutions to the issues we are now facing: 

Inventor Thomas Edison understood the role that government plays in the creation and management of money: 

— ^ our nation can issue a dollar bond, it can issue a dollar bill. The element that makes the bond 
good, makes the bill good, also. The difference between the bond and the bill is the bond lets money 
brokers collect twice the amount of the bond and an additional 20%, whereas the currency pays 
nobody but those who contribute directly in some useful way. It is absurd to say that our country can 
issue $30 million in bonds and not $30 million in currency. Both are promises to pay, but one promise 
fattens the usurers and the other helps the people. " — THOMAS EDISON 



—ABRAHAM LINCOLN 



158 



-The understanding of this issue of money into the community can be best illustrated by equating money 
in the economy with tickets in a railway system. The tickets are printed by a printer who is paid for his 
work. The printer never claims the ownership of the tickets. And we can never imagine a railway 
company refusing to give passengers seats on a train because it is out of tickets. By this same token, a 
government should never refuse people the access to normal commerce and trade by claiming it is out of 
money. " — LAB.R.Y HANNIGAN 

/ Want the Earth Plus 5% (1971) www.larryhannigan.com 

—Once the government reclaims the power to create money from the banks, it will no longer need to sell 
its bonds to investors. It will not even need to levy income taxes... government-issued money would 
actually be less inflationary than the system we have now; and it is precisely because power and money 
corrupt that money creation needs to be done by a public body, exercised in full view and with full 
accountability... what has allowed government to be corrupted today is that it is actually run by the 
money cartel. Big business holds all the cards, because its affiliated banks have monopolized the 
business of issuing and lending the national money supply, a function the Constitution delegated solely 
to Congress. " — ELLEN BROWN Web of Debt 

In the 1930s, a currency existed in Austria which was an alternative working currency. 

-The Burghermaster of Worgl issued local currency in the form of 'tickets for services rendered'. They 
were used for paying wages to men employed on public works who would otherwise have been 

unemployed. During the first month of issue these tickets are said to have circulated twenty times as a 
form of local currency. Taxes were paid, unemployment was reduced, and local shopkeepers prospered. 
Mayors of two hundred other Austrian towns decided to follow suit. But the Austrian National Bank took 
legal action against the experiment. The Austrian Supreme Court decided in favor of the Bank, and the 
innovation was squashed. " — DAVID WESTON 

The Living Economy 

To restore our country's economy, Congressman Wright Patman recommended: -4) That the Federal 
Reserve Act he repealed and the legitimate functions of the Fed he made a division of the Treasury 
Department. 2) That the U.S. Government he the sole —eoiner" of money and that it simply issue 
Greenbacks as needed to make the economy fiourish, and to pay for public projects. 3) That 
fractionalized reserve hanking he abolished. Local hanks would be permitted to loan only on a 1 to 1 
ratio of what they had on deposit and then only for a low rate of interest. 4) That local Banks be 
regulated again. " 

There is another very successful system which has been used for more than 150 years in Switzerland that we can 

emulate: Although politicians are elected to carry out the needs of the country, if the citizens of Switzerland are 
unhappy with how things are being run they have the right to reverse their parliament's decisions. They are required to 
gather 50,000 signatures from voters within 100 days of a questionable law going into effect, and then every voter in 
the country votes on this law. This process is referred to as a 'brake' being applied by the people. How effective is it? 
Switzerland is economically stable and enjoys the highest Gross National Product (GNP) per head in Europe. 

—Whether money is metal, paper or digital, is not the issue, the issue is interest. The function of 
currency is to provide a trading mechanism for the barter of real assets and services. There can be no 
interest charged for the mere provision of a mechanism to barter. A service fee, yes, but interest, 
absolutely not. " — CLIVE BOUSTRED 

Founder, Chairman & CEO InfoTelesys & Chairman of Liberty For Life Association 

—Could this huge debt issue be avoided if the government took over the banks and netted out the losses 

between the constituent parts? A staid socialized financial sector run by civil servants is preferable to 
the gambling casino of greed-driven, innovative, unregulated capitalism operated by banksters who 
have caused crisis throughout the world. " — PAUL CRAIG ROBERTS 

President Reagan's Assistant Secretary of the Treasury 
Counterpunch article on 3-26-09 —k the Bail Out Breeding a Bigger Crisis " 

159 



-Repeal the entire Banking Act of 1933, and Austrian School economists will cheer, especially if the 
current system were replaced by a 100%-reserve competitive banking with no central bank. That 
banking reform would give us a sound money system, meaning no more business cycle, bailouts, or 
inflation. " — LLEWELLYN H. ROCKWELL, JR. 

MORE STATES MAY CREATE PUBLIC BANKS 

ELLEN BROWN - May 13, 2010 

By 2011, only one state will have escaped the credit crunch that is pushing other states toward insolvency: North 
Dakota. North Dakota is also the only state that has its own bank, making it independent of the Wall Street banking 
crisis that has infected the rest of the country. 

— A'ow, several states are either studying the prospects of a state-owned bank or are considering 
legislation to make one possible. Five states have bills pending — Massachusetts, Washington, Illinois, 
Michigan, and Virginia. In April, documentary filmmaker and Virginia resident Bill Still showed his new 
award-winning documentary on the topic. The Secret of Oz, to the Missouri House of Representatives. 
Rep. Allen Icet, a candidate for state auditor, proposed using the Virginia proposal as part of a study on 
a state bank in Missouri and said he would hold committee hearings this summer. Also in mid- April, the 
HawaiJHouse approved a resolution asking the state to study the possibility of establishing a state-run 
bank there. State Rep. Marcus Oshiro, a Democrat who chairs the finance committee, called a state-run 
bank a -reasonable public option " to spur development and hold state funds. Other state legislatures 
entertaining proposals for forming state-owned banks include New Mexico and Vermont. Candidates in 
eight states are running on a state-owned bank platform: three Democrats, two Greens, two 
Republicans, and one Independent. " — ELLEN BROWN 

Web of Debt 

THE PEOPLE'S DECLARATION OF FREEDOM - XAT.ORG 

When in the course of human events, it becomes necessary for people to cut themselves off from systems which are 
denying them a proper and fair share of the world they have been bom in and is their inherited right, in order to claim 
an equal portion in the earth and an equal right in the gifts of nature and of the sharing Spirit of Life, they should 
declare what has led them to this decision so that any who agree in a fairer way can join them. 

We hold these truths to be self-evident: 

• That all human beings are created equal and that all persons are entitled to certain rights, among these 
being the right to live freely to pursue the fulfilling of dreams which can bring happiness, while not 
preventing others from doing likewise. 

• That to secure these basic rights, governments are set up which rely on the consent of the governed for 
their power. 

• That whenever a government becomes destructive to these ends and fails to bring about a happy and fair 
state of affairs, it is the right and duty of the people, whose support makes it possible, to abolish it and to 
replace it with a method they believe will provide safety and happiness for all concerned. 

• When governments become exclusive clubs and propaganda to disguise their corruption and domination, 
producing illusions of democracy which in reality only serve the rich while enslaving the poor; and 
when power is repeatedly abused, robbing people of their natural rights, reducing them to choosing 
between what are essentially dictatorships which share the same resfrictive policies, it is the people's 
right and duty to free themselves from such governments and provide a fair alternative solution for the 
management of their future World. 

• The vital resources we rely on for life are being systematically desfroyed in the name of profit. 



160 



• For our survival it becomes necessary to replace this wasteful of government with a sharing method of 
maintenance that respects the environment and rewards all of humankind for its co-operation. 

• Those entrusted with the preservation of our resources have refused their Assent to Laws, which are 
most wholesome and necessary for the public good, in favor of laws which protect corporations while 
they destroy nature in the name of profit. 

• They have failed to properly enforce laws which are of immediate and pressing importance to the 
survival of life on our planet. 

• They have refused to pass other laws which would prohibit the wholesale destruction of oxygen 
producing trees and forests and as a result the tearing out of the earth's lungs carries on without any 
threat of prosecution. 

• They have failed to provide any protection against the global weather changes occurring as a result of 
their severe mismanagement of resources and unchecked pollution of the environment. 

• They have used taxpayers money to produce and maintain weapons of mass destruction, the use of 
which would be abhorrent to any decent thinking person. 

• They have plundered our seas, ravaged our Coasts, polluted our towns, and destroyed the lives of our 
people. 

• They at this time continue transporting large Armies to complete the works of death, desolation and 
tyranny against other fellow human beings, already begun with circumstances of Cruelty & perfidy 
scarcely paralleled in the most barbarous ages, and totally unworthy of the attitude of a civilised people. 

• In every stage of these Oppressions We have Petitioned for Redress in the most humble terms with 
peaceful protests which have spanned the World over several decades. Our repeated Petitions have been 
answered only by repeated injury. 

• We, the People are interdependent beings on this planet. We have appealed to their native justice and 
magnanimity, and we have conjured them by the ties of our common kindred to disavow these 
irresponsible destructive actions which threaten human survival. They have been deaf to the voice of 
justice and reason. 

• We must, therefore, out of necessity, proclaim our Separation, and hold them, incapable and bent on 
their own destruction at the risk of all life on this planet. We claim back the authority which we vested 
in them and declare ourselves free to establish real democracy for everyone concentrating on the use and 
development of technology which can allow everyone to take part in decision making on issues which 
concern their welfare and everyday life. 

• We establish our right to a people's bank and the creation of a currency based on the principals of 
colonial script, to provide in controlled proportion the social services of the people, eliminating the need 
for taxation and borrowing from central banks. 

• We the peace and life loving people of the Earth, appealing to the Supreme Judge of the world for the 
rectitude of our intentions, do, in the Name, and by Authority of the good People of This World, 
solemnly publish and declare, that the People of the Earth ought to be Free and Independent and that all 
political connection between them and the established government institutions formerly entrusted to 
maintaining the resources of our planet, is and ought to be totally dissolved. 

• And for the support of this Declaration, with a firm reliance on the protection of divine Providence, we 
mutually pledge to each other our Lives, our Fortunes and our sacred Honor. 

A PROPOSAL FOR A REAL ECONOMIC DEMOCRACY 

An Amendment to the Federal Constitution: by Mark Walter Evans @ PaleoProgressives.org 
AMENDMENT XXVIII: Money and Credit - Congress Asserts Power to Coin Money, and Emit Bills of Credit 



161 



• [SECTION 1.] The Congress hereby asserts the power, granted in this Constitution, to coin money, and 
to regulate the value thereof. - And further, to emit non-interest-bearing bills of credit directly through 
the Treasury Department (on the Credit, and in the Name of the People). 

• [SECTION 2.] The Congress hereby authorizes the Treasury to issue a sufficient quantity of "dollars" to 
purchase back the capital stock of the Federal Reserve Bank Irom the private owners, by eminent 
domain. 

• [SECTION 3.] The Federal Reserve Bank shall henceforth be subsumed into the Treasury, and flinction 
as a Sub-Treasury Central Bank of issue. Henceforth they shall be one institution, and be called, 
formally, the Treasury of the Common-wealth of the United States of America, or commonly, "The 
Treasury of Common-wealth." 

• [SECTION 4.] The Treasury of Common- wealth, as the fountainhead of Credit-Creation in the nation 
shall henceforth issue as Money only non-interest- bearing Notes, and Mint coins of pure Specie, 
stamped with their weight and fineness. The books, accounts and records of the Treasury shall 
continually be open to public scrutiny. 

• [SECTION 5.] The Treasury of Common-wealth shall honor, and continue to pay (by means of non- 
interest-bearing notes, and checks) the interest on all out-standing U. S. Treasury Securities, as they 
come due. There shall be no further issues of Treasury Securities, or Bonds. 

• [SECTION 6.] The State Treasury departments, of each of the fifty States, are also hereby empowered, 
by the same creative principle [formerly given by charter to banks] to create Credit within their own 
jurisdictions, in the form of checks, signed by the State comptrollers, in accordance with appropriations 
made by the State legislatures, for the purpose of maintaining State institutions, infrastructure, and 
salaries. 

• [SECTION 7.] In accordance with the provisions of this Article, all banks and financial institutions in 
America shall receive new charters from the Treasury. The Treasury shall henceforth have the unique 
and sole power within the nation to create Credit - a function formerly granted by the government (and 
thus erroneously delegated) only to Banks. Henceforth private banks may charge interest, to service 
accounts. 

• [SECTION 8.] In Sum, this Article defines, and enhances the powers granted to Congress and the 
Treasury, under Article I, Section 8, Clause 5, of this Constitution. Furthermore, it amends and modifies 
Article II, Section 10, Clause 1, to empower State Treasuries to create (a limited amount of) non- 
inflationary Credit, in the form of check book money in order to meet the pressing needs of the states. 

—So often, our desire to take action gets derailed by our uncertainty over exactly what action to take, 
and how to make a difference. I want to try to help bridge the gap between intention and involvement, 
and inspire each of us to do the things we need to do to make sure we never find ourselves living in 
Third World America. " — AR.1ANNA HUFFINGTON 

Third World America: How Our Politicians Are Abandoning the Middle Class and Betraying the American Dream 

We, the People, hold the power. We, the People have the majority, but We, the People must transcend the meaningless 
partisan politics the Banksters are using to divide us. We, the People, must help others learn the truth of the deception 
we are all living under. It is our generation which is facing the same challenges our forefathers worked so hard to 
defend. The time has come for We, the Sheeple to earn the title -W e, the People" for it is We, the People who must 
now preserve these United States and our founding principles so that we can become that beacon of light to the world 
that will lift up all of humanity. 

-4- know you're out there. I can feel you now. I know that you're afraid... you're afraid of us. You're 
afraid of change. I don 't know the future. I didn 't come here to tell you how this is going to end. I came 
here to tell you how it's going to begin. I'm going to hang up this phone, and then I'm going to show 
these people what you don 't want them to see. I'm going to show them a world without you. A world 
without rules and controls, without borders or boundaries. A world where anything is possible. Where 
we go from there is a choice I leave to you. " — NEO - The Matrix- 1999 



162 



ANATOMY OF THE CURRENT RECESSION 



The current crisis in America is not about the debt ceiling, nor America's bonds being degraded. It's not about the 
Democrats, Obama, Tea Party, Repubhcans etc.. These are diversions, masks which provide plausible deniability for 

the true culprits: the cabal of power which own/run THE FEDERAL RESERVE. As you are now aware, the U.S. 
government borrows money from the "Federal" Reserve which the Fed simply prints out of thin air and then loans it to 
our government at INTEREST!!!! This is the biggest crime in the history of life on this planet and one we have never 
examined because we are oblivious to it... Why would a government borrow money at INTEREST from itself? 

China, a THIRD WORLD country has NOT emulated the U.S. and the world's debt-based monetary system for they 
are fully aware of what it ultimately leads to. 

"China's money is created by China, and not borrowed from private bankers. Communist China has 
followed the precedent established by the American federal constitution, where the money -creating and 
issuing power lies with the Congress, that is, with the state. " - DR.. JOSEPH FAR.R.ELL 

Babylon 's Banksters pg 3 1 

"In its banking system, China has a government-issued currency and a system of national banks that are 
actually owned by the nation. According to Wikipedia, the Peoples Bank of China is "unusual in acting as 
a national bank, focusing on the country and not the currency. " The notion of "national banking" as 
opposed to private "central banking" goes back to Lincoln, Carey, and the American nationalists. Henry 
K. Liu distinguishes the two systems like this: a national bank serves the interests of the nation and its 
people. A CENTRAL bank (federal reserve) serves the interests of private international finance. " 

- ELLEN BROWN 

Web of Debt, the Shocking Truth about our Money System and How We Can Break Free pp. 254-255 

For many years the Economic Elite on Wall Street, or banksters," have been aware that the debt-based monetary 
system which America now utilizes was unsustainable - a ticking time bomb which would explode and ultimately 
cause the collapse of the American economic system. 

In a CNBC documentary entitled ^ouse of Cards" the following quote dated 12/15/2006 appeared on the first screen. 
It is from an intemal Wall Street email: -iet's hope we're all wealthy and retired by the time this house of cards 
falters. " 

The Banksters had full knowledge knew that this _houseof cards' was going to fall which explains the blatant, reckless, 
emboldened behavior exhibited by Wall Street for many years prior to the economic recession. They simply hid behind 
an intentionally convoluted language so they could carry out a Ponzi Scheme of enormous magnitude without the 
public realizing what they were doing. 

-Monetary science, finance and economics are mired in a convoluted language. Economics experts 
propagate multiple terms and multiple definitions for those terms. This quagmire hinders the ability of 

individuals outside the economic elite to reach reasonable conclusions. Because the current system is 
inherently unsound, unstable and unethical, those who perpetuate it must attempt to keep those it abuses 
in ignorance, ensuring they are confounded and misdirected from the true issues. " - TRACE MAYER. 

President Reagan's Private Sector Survey on Cost Control in 1982 revealed that no revenues were being used to lower 
the national debt while Congress kept borrowing thereby increasing this debt. And through the magic of compound 
interest, this debt can only rise exponentially. As illustrated in a ^ell Curve," the interest required to service the 
national debt will inevitably exceed all revenue the government takes in thus causing this house of cards to collapse. 
The best and brightest on Wall Street knew this. 

-The money meltdown observed in Wall Street is what monetarists have been warning about for some 
time. What we are witnessing now is the failure of the central banking system. The debt-based fiat 



163 



monetary system with compounding interest is simply unsustainable and the United States, occupying 
the pinnacle of the capitalistic model, is being brought down by the inherent fallacies within its own 
monetary system. " — A. KAMEEL 

Wall Street Meltdown - Failure of Central Banking System by 10/20/08 The Edge 



—As the debt grows, government 's interest burden grows with it. The more our tax dollars are consumed 
by interest, the fewer dollars are available for discretionary spending. What 's worse, more pressure is 
then exerted to use tax increases to fund mandatory spending programs, such as Social Security, 
Medicare, and Medicaid. We all know government spends more than it collects. The federal interest 
burden exists simply because government must actually service its debt. Interest, of course, represents 
the cost of debt service. " — DANIEL J. PILLA 

The following is how the Banksters are now causing the collapse of the American and World economy. To ensure their 
perpetual Ponzi Scheme, it is imperative for them to -starve the beast" - you and I - until we BEG for a solution at 
which point they will magically pull a solution out of the hat: A worldwide DEBT-BASED currency they control which 
ensures our servitude to them ad infinitum... 

The Federal Reserve possesses a profound and encompassing power to manipulate the economic system of the United 
States. The Banksters who control the Fed not only had the ability to foresee this impending collapse, but to accelerate 
its arrival thereby insulating themselves from its devastating effects. With this inside information, the Banksters had the 
ability to seize all of the money, assets, and commodities they possibly could before the collapse occurred thus ensuring 
their power. 

The Banksters chose real estate as the vehicle to fuel their latest -bubble" because, as Chairman of the Federal Reserve, 
Ben Bernacke stated in 2005 amid warnings of a bursting real estate bubble: -historically, real estate has never 
dropped in value and therefore there is no bubble. " Despite the fact that irrefutable evidence existed to the contrary, 
this is the absurd incredulous position that the most powerful Wall Street Banksters held in order to hide their 
complicity in the ^onzi Scheme" they created. 

To lay the groundwork for the eventual economic crash/recession we are now in the midst, many pieces of a puzzle had 
to be in place including the merger of Citibank and Travelers Insurance in 1998. Although this merger violated the 
Glass-Steagall Act enacted in 1934 to regulate banks in the aftermath of the Great Depression, the Banksters had to 
create banking institutions that were so critical to the financial infrastructure of our country (and the world); they would 
be -too big to fail" and would therefore be rescued by the American government. 

To deter the American public from ^connecting the dots of their scheme' the Banksters, who also controlled the largest 
corporations, sought to disempower the middle class of America by moving their manufacturing plants to third world 
nations with low-cost labor which would make them more profit and systematically eliminated the jobs of Millions of 
Americans. By doing so they forced the middle-class into survival-mode by robbing them of their pensions, homes and 
assets thus rendering them impotent and focused on supporting their families. 

1999 One year after the Citi-Travelers merger was announced, banking lobbyists, paid Billions by the Banksters, had 
their Congressional cohorts repeal the Glass-Steagall Act which essentially deregulated the banking industry thereby 
paving the way for the Banksters to unfold their scheme. 

An essential facet of the Banksters scheme was to create a smokescreen out of the public's sight, a secretive veil to hide 
their unlawful money-making tactics. That smokescreen was the Mortgage Electronic Registration System or MERS, 
which operated 4n the dark" thus allowing the Banksters to conceal their numerous violations of the law which could 
later be used as evidence of their scheme. 

MERS is a foreign corporation created in or about 1998 by the Banksters to undermine and eventually eviscerate long- 
standing principles of real property law, such as the requirement that any person or entity who seeks to foreclose upon a 
parcel of real property: 1) be in possession of the original note, 2) Have a publicly recorded mortgage in the name of 
the party for whom the underlying debt is actually owed and who is the holder of the original Promissory Note with 



164 



legally binding assignments and 3) possess a written assignment giving he, she or it actual rights to the payments due 
from the borrower pursuant to both the mortgage and note. The Banksters established MERS to track ownership of the 
notes and mortgages as they were repeatedly sold and assigned to various parties. The establishment of MERS 
circumvented the lawful requirement to record all documents pertaining to the beneficial ownership of real estate at the 
county level. Hence, in a brazen move, the Banksters simply established their own system without going through the 
legislative process. 

Another fundamental element of the Banksters' scheme transpired in 1998 when the privately-held investment banks 
on Wall Street became publicly-held thereby shifting any risks taken by these investment firms to the hapless 
shareholders of those companies. As a result of this paradigm shift, compensation and salaries suddenly rose 
meteorically on Wall Street and along with those salaries, the disintegration of values, morals, integrity, and 
responsibility. The measurement of success on Wall Street was how much money you earned, regardless of how you 
earned it. The Banksters new compensation packages afforded them the means to 4nvest" untold Billions of dollars 
in lobbying efforts to ensure that their voices were heard loud and clear in Washington. By bankrolling the elections of 
those they wanted in office, they made sure these people _iemembered' who put them in that office. The Banksters 
attempted to disguise their scheme and the risks they took in a -complex language" they purposely concocted which 
was designed to confuse, confound and overwhelm the average person, thus enabling them to carry out their plan. 

The Banksters methodically laid the groundwork which would create a new mortgage lending infrastructure where the 
era of ^fiduciary' relationships had to be discarded in order to protect their scheme and enrich themselves at the 
expense of others. The foundation of values upon which America was founded, a foundation formerly based on 
honesty, integrity, compassion, morals and social conscience which most Americans took for granted when dealing 
with highly respected lending institutions, was slowly replaced by dishonesty, fraud, deceit and rampant corruption. 
The tentacles of this repugnant foundational shift have spread throughout the financial services, lending and banking 
industries into the national economy and beyond, threatening both the moral and the economic stability of the United 
States and the world as a whole. 

The pattern of deceit displayed by the Banksters is now becoming blindingly conspicuous as ongoing investigations 
and litigation conducted by all 50 states Attorneys general, the FBI, FTC, SEC and various other governmental 
agencies are proving beyond a shadow of doubt, that the Banksters engaged in massive scheme replete with fraud and 
other criminal activities. The Banksters have acted in a malicious and wanton manner evincing complete contempt for 
the rights of persons having interests contrary to their own. 

Nothing could get in the way of the Banksters devious scheme as every facet was integral to its overall success. This 
became glaringly apparent in the behavior exhibited by Wall Street Titans in 1996. President Clinton had appointed 
Attorney Brooksley Born as chairman of the Commodity Futures Trading Commission (-CFTC"), the federal agency 
which oversees the futures and commodity options markets. Ms. Bom, an expert in the field of derivatives, became 
alarmed when she analyzed the potential of the deregulated derivative market and lobbied Congress and the President 
to give the CFTC oversight of off-exchange markets for derivatives in addition to its role with respect to exchange- 
traded derivatives. In a Congressional hearing. Wall Street Titans: Alan Greenspan, Chairman of the Federal Reserve of 
the United States from 1987 to 2006; Larry Summers Secretary of the Treasury from 1999 to 2001; and Robert Rubin, 
Secretary of the Treasury from 1995 to 1999, displayed a seething unmitigated anger and contempt as each 
dramatically and vehemently opposed her warnings. In a revealing unwarranted _over the top,' irrational display of 
emotion, they accused her of wanting to bring the economy of the United States down rather than simply trying to 
protect it! In retrospect the deregulated derivative markets were the most essential element of the Banksters schemes 
success. 

The Banksters then created new _innovd;ive' products designed to earn high fees and to make money out of nothing. 
Among those products were Mortgage Backed Securities (^BS") created by similar mortgages which were packaged 
into one pool and converted into securitized instruments. These MBS's created a Collateralized Debt Obligation 
(-GDO") where fractions of that pool would be sold as bonds to investors all over the world. 

Immediately, these residential MBS's became highly sought after. To feed investor's appetite for the MBS's the 
Banksters needed a great quantity of mortgage loans, so laws were enacted in the Bush and Clinton administrations 



155 



which rolled out the red carpet for a new market of borrowers who in the past were unable to secure mortgages because 
they did not meet underwriting guidelines designed to protect lenders from default. These new laws actually made it 
illegal for a bank not to grant a loan to a -sub-prime" borrower. Under the guise of helping low income Americans 
achieve the American dream of homeownership, those with questionable qualifications could now magically obtain a 
mortgage. This, of course, was the fuel needed to fill the MBS bubble - another integral facet of the Banksters scheme. 

To entice hoards of buyers into their scheme, the Banksters created a bevy of new easy-to-obtain mortgage products: 
^K)-document loans," stated income loans, 100% of purchase loans, and adjustable rate mortgages - (ARMS) no name 
just a few, which allowed borrowers to obtain loans under suspicious circumstances. 

To lure even more unsuspecting borrowers into loans they really could not afford, the lenders offered ^teaser rates' of 
1.75% for a specified amount of time. These ^teaser rates' delayed the onset of a higher true payment which would go 
into effect at a later date. This payment would be determined by the prevailing interest rates at that specific time. In 
other words, the payment would increase exponentially. With the Banksters controlling the Federal Reserve which 
controlled the interest rates, it was easy for the Banksters to implement the subsequent phases of their scheme when 
necessary. To entice even more borrowers, speculators, or anyone breathing, into their web, the Federal Reserve 
lowered interest rates flirther and further. In 2002 interest rates fell from 6.5% to 1.25% which turned the pump of 
mortgage loan up to full throttle thus creating even more fuel for the real estate bubble. 

As planned, these low rates initiated a Ceding frenzy" and as anticipated, the unwary borrowers took the bait. The 
market was now flooded with homebuyers which in turn artificially drove up property -v-alues" resulting in home 
prices doubling from 1996 to 2006. 

the Banksters had to make sure that potentially problematic regulators were not onto their scheme so according to the 
Oscar-winning documentary ^side Job," the Banksters successfiilly lobbied Congress which quickly passed 
legislation which cut the Enforcement Division of the SEC from 146 regulators to 1 regulator who remained on staff. 

The Banksters continued to churn out MBS's despite the fact that they were taking enormous risks which many on 
Wall Street not _inthe know' found to be both incredulous and irrational. These ^vestments" over-leveraged their 
respective companies to a high of 33:1, meaning 33 times the amount of their own investment with (high-risk) MBS 
securities. The risk was clear: if anything were to go wrong in the market, the investment" company would fail; 
exactly what the Banksters set out to do as it provided a cover of plausible deniability. 

MBS investors purchased bonds based upon specific criteria which placed each loan into a specific -tranche" or level 
based upon _loan to value' percentage, the FICO credit score of the borrower, etc. The highest tranches carried the 
lowest risk and were paid first whereas the lower tranches, while paying a higher rate of interest, carried the highest 
risk. The trustee for the pool, under the guise of protecting the assets of the pool, typically took out insurance policies 
or Credit Default Swap's (CDS) to cover their losses if a tranche reached a specific default percentage, which then 
liquidated that tranche causing investors to lose their investment. In addition to the CDS's there is a tranche not offered 
to investors presumably to allow the servicer to further enrich itself either through interest income produced or the 
ability to cash in on CDS's. 

Once the mortgage-pools were created, large institutional investors representing retirement funds and countries eagerly 
began to purchased these new CDO's (resurrected from convicted high-yield junk bond' developer, Michael Milken 
who pled guilty to SEC charges of securities and tax violations in the 1980's) as the new CDO's were filled with the 
most stable commodity of all - home mortgages. 

Even though the demand for mortgages was at an all-time high, there were still not enough loans to fulfill the demands 
of MBS investors so the Banksters simply used the cover of MERS to sell these mortgages to multiple MBS pools to 
make even more money! In fact, the purpose of MERS was to provide a secretive veil to hide what the Banksters were 
doing: making money out of thin air and breaking the law while doing it. 

Large institutional investors are only allowed to invest in AAA-rated low risk investments, so the Banksters began to 
pay the Ratings agencies, Moody's, Fitch and Standard and Poors, millions of dollars. They singled out the _best and 
brightest' employees of the ratings agencies and if these people produced favorable ratings on the MBS's, they were 

166 



offered extremely well-paying jobs. Thus, there was a built-in bias to rate the MBS pools favorably despite contrary 
data emanating from multiple sources which indicated that sub-prime MBS's were indeed an extremely high-risk 
investment. 

The Banksters knew that many of these new loans were -toxic" but this was of little concern to them because, they 
held no risk, but more important: they intended to realize profits so great, that fact was inconsequential. 

The Banksters ^oly Grail" from which to rob untold Trillions from the American public were the insurance" policies 
taken out on MBS bonds. Credit Default Swap's. CDS's were a zero-sum bet for if one placed bet on a MBS tranche 
that held mortgages for $100 million, they would pay $200,000 for that policy." But if a specific percentage of that 
tranche defaulted, they would each earn $100 Million! 

By 2008, the credit default swaps market had ballooned to a colossal $45 trillion. Unlike purchasing a fire insurance 
pohcy on your property where only you can legally do so, anyone, upwards to 40-50 people could place a bet that a 
_tianche' would default. And this wasn't a true bet for the game was rigged. The data clearly indicates that these loans 
were designed to default. The so-called 4enders" were nothing more than mortgage brokers which did not ^nd" any 
of their own funds but instead lied, cheated and committed fraud on the majority of these loans to ensure their default. 

This was _easy money' for those in -the know." * for a fUll explanation, read ^he Big Slion" by Michael Lewis. 

As Brooksley Born had warned, -derivatives could bring down the economy." And indeed her prophetic warnings were 
true, for the _best and brightest' on Wall Street bet heavily that the loans they had created would indeed default thus 
earning them trillions when the market collapsed. 

However, the Banksters had one small problem: if companies were to go bankrupt in the collapse, the Banksters would 
not be able to collect on their wagers. So, the Banksters had to make sure that the insurance companies would not go 
bankrupt when they burst the bubble. Hence, for the 10 years prior to the -erash" numerous mergers had taken place 
with larger banks gobbling up the smaller banks. These companies had to be _toobig to fail,' so the Banksters could 
look to the American government to pay their -winnings." 

By June 2004, the Banksters had lured enough victims into their web and a series of steps then took place which was 
designed to burst their speculative bubble. It began with the Fed, owned by the Banksters, raising interest rates 14 times 
from 2004 to 2006. As the ^teaser' low-rate interest rates used to induce mostly sub-prime borrowers to take out 
adjustable rate mortgages began to reflect new higher payments, these borrowers began to default en masse which 
catalyzed a domino-effect. 

6-2007- Bear Steams, the smallest bank on Wall Street, held a large portfolio of sub-prime MBS's which were 
massively overly-leveraged despite warnings from many astute traders. Bear then bailed out two of its hedge funds for 
$3.2 billion. By July, both of these funds had little to no value and filed for bankruptcy. Although Chinese lender Citic 
tried to rescue Bear Steams by paying $1 billion for a 6 percent stake in the firm, this was not a part of the Banksters 
scheme. 

8-3-07 - The secondary MBS market stopped trading most non-conforming securities as difficulties began surfacing in 
AAA-rated MBS securities. 

8-6-2007 - American Home Mortgage collapsed when Bankster Countrywide Financial Corporation intentionally 
disclosed to the Securities and Exchange Commission that -these dismptions in the secondary market could hurt 
Countrywide." 

8-9-2007 - The domino-effect was working for speculation soon arose concerning Countrywide' s bankruptcy risk. 

8-10-2007 - A mn on investment banks began as the secondary MBS markets shut down, which, in tum, curtailed new 
mortgage funding. 

8-2007 - The perceived risk regarding Countrywide MBS bonds rose. Credit rating agencies downgraded Countrywide 
bonds 1-2 grades, some near Junk' status causing the cost to insure bonds to rise 22% overnight. Bankmptcy mmors 



167 



began. 



8-2007 - Fifty mortgage lenders filed for bankruptcy chapter 11. Countrywide was then cited as a bankruptcy risk by 
Merrill-Lynch which advised clients to sell Countr5wide stock. 

8-16-07 - The secondary market for MBS's declined further causing Countrywide to draw $1 1.5 billion from 40 banks 
including Chase. 

8-17-07 - The Fed, with its ability to make money out of thin air, accepted $17.2 billion in re -purchase agreements for 
MBS's to aid in liquidity thereby cakning Wall St. To the unsuspecting public, this action, along with a host of others, 
provided plausible deniability on behalf of the Banksters. 

8-20-2007 - Incredulously, the Fed waived banking regulations for Citigroup and BAC and agreed to exempt them 
from rules which limited the amount federally insured banks are able to lend to related brokerage companies, down to 
only 10% of the bank's capital. Until that time, regulations stated that banks with federally insured deposits should not 
be put at risk by brokerage subsidiaries activities. 

8-23-07 - CITI, BAC and 2 other banks received $500 million in 30 day loans from the Fed. Countrywide obtained $2 
billion from BAC in exchange for stock. 

10- 17-07 - (MarketWatch) - The SEC opened an investigation into stock sales made by the chief executive of mortgage 
lender Countrywide Financial Corp., Angelo Mozilo, who sold at least $130.6 million in Countrywide stock in the first 
half of 2007 while simultaneously telling investors what a great deal Countrywide stock was. 

1 1- 26-07 - Countr5rwide stock plummeted to $8.64 per share 

12- 2007 - Bear Stearns's -death knell" was uttered when it posted a fourth-quarter loss of $854 million which added 
even more momentum to the intended panic. The bubble was intentionally being burst. 

1-11-08 - BAC offered $5.50 per share for Countrywide stock and purchased Countiywide Financial for $4 billion in 
an all stock fransaction. BAC knew there would be lawsuits but stated publicly that they had weighed ^hort term pain 
V. Good deal" for BAC stockholders. 

3-1 1-08 - In a brazen emboldened move, an undisclosed inside ^investor' on Wall Sfreet placed a bet for $1.7 Million 
dollars that Bear Stearns would lose more than one half its value in 9 days or less! Someone was clearly assisting in 
pushing Bear off the cliff and astonishingly, the bet paid. 

3-2008 - Federal Reserve chairman, Ben Bemanke, stated that if Bear Steams were to fail, the entire U.S. financial 
system would be threatened. He then orchestrated a deal between JP Morgan, backed by the Federal Reserve Bank of 
New York, to buy the firm for a scant $2 a share. 

In Oscar-winning performances, Ben Bemanke, Tim Geithner, president of the New York Federal Reserve, and Hank 
Paulson, Treasury secretary, ^suddenly" recognized that the country was on the brink of a catastrophe. The collapse of 
Bear Stearns could trigger a financial meltdown, so the Fed took dramatic sweeping action. The New York Times fell 
for this ruse commenting that without the Fed's action, the Bear Stearns crisis "could have triggered potentially a 
collapse of the financial system". Mortgage-backed securities with $45 Trillion in credit default swaps bet that the 
MBS's would default. 

Spring of 2008 - The scope of Bear's investment in subprime and other -toxic" assets was revealed. Although the 
Banksters believed the public and judiciary would not be capable of _oonnecting the dots' in their highly-complex 
scheme, they were wrong. In a Securities lawsuit against Bear, a very astute Judge rejected Bear's defense that the suit 
was a —elassic fraud by hindsight case " which alleged -^at Bear did not predict the impact of the subprime mortgage 
crisis.'" He identifies misconduct by Bear's senior officers and directors that was integral to Bear's decline, and finds 
that the — competing inference of market implosion had not been demonstrated to overcome the strong inference oj 
scienter developed by Plaintiffs.'" That intentional misconduct included the inflation of asset values, the overestimation 



168 



of Bear's risk management protocols, the understatement of losses, and the misleading denial of a liquidity crisis. The 
judge also allowed securities fraud claims against accounting firm Deloitte based on the allegation that Deloitte's audits 
of Bear -were so deficient that the audit [s] amounted to no audit at all.'" The opinion includes the Court's acerbic 
observation that although Deloitte certified Bear's financials in 2006 and 2007 without discovering Bear's true 
financial condition, -J-P Morgan discovered in the course of one weekend the overvaluation of assets and 
underestimation of risk exposure in Bear Stearns' financial statements.'" 

6-2008 - Bankster Countrywide CEO Angelo Mozilo's friends of Angelo" Iraud was uncovered where he made 
mortgages to members of Congress at much lower rates than to the public. 

6- 25-2008 - After numerous complaints from consumers Attorneys General from all 50 states began to conduct 
investigations into Countrywide Home Loans and thus filing lawsuits against Countrywide alleging fraud. 

7- 1 1-08 - Federal regulators seized Countrywide spin-off Indy Mac Bank. 

9-15-08 - To provide plausible deniability, the next phase necessary to the Banksters' schemes success was to have one 
investment bank fail as a ^sacrificial lamb.' For when the public witnessed the repercussions of the bank's failure, the 
public could be made to believe that the other banks were simply -too big to fail" and must be bailed out by the 
American taxpayer. And unless they were bailed within a few days with no debate on Congress's part, they would 
undoubtedly bring down the entire economy! 

From Wikipedia: LEHMAN BROTHERS GOES BANKRUPT: Lehman Brothers borrowed significant amounts to 
fund its investing in the years leading to its bankruptcy in 2008, a process known as leveraging or gearing. A significant 
portion of this investing was in housing-related assets, making it vulnerable to a downturn in that market. One measure 
of this risk-taking was its leverage ratio, a measure of the ratio of assets to owners equity, which increased from 
approximately 24:1 in 2003 to 31:1 by 2007. While generating tremendous profits during the boom, this vulnerable 
position meant that a mere 3-4% decline in the value of its assets would entirely eliminate its book value or equity. 
Since the deregulation of Glass-Steagall of 1999, investment banks such as Lehman were not subject to the same 
regulations applied to depository banks to restrict their risk-taking. In 2008, Lehman faced an unprecedented loss due 
to the continuing subprime mortgage crisis. Lehman's loss was a result of having held on to large positions in subprime 
and other lower-rated mortgage tranches when securitizing the underlying mortgages. (*no one purchased lower 
tranche MBS's unless they had insured them multiple times with CDS's) Whether Lehman did this because it was 
simply unable to sell the lower-rated bonds, or made a conscious decision to hold them, is unclear. According to 
Bloomberg, reports filed with the U.S. Bankruptcy Court, Southern District of New York on September 16 indicated 
that J.P. Morgan provided Lehman Brothers with a total of $138 billion in "Federal Reserve-backed advances." The 
cash-advances by JPMorgan Chase were repaid by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York. 

After the fall of Lehman, a domino-effect of fear washed over the economy like a tsunami destroying everything in its 
raging path. This panic compelled unsuspecting investors holding MBS bonds, if they had not already lost their AAA 
rated investment, to sell their investments at a loss, thus triggering a ^dg^ression,' or contraction in the money supply. 

If one simply ^fellows the money' one will be led to the culprits. Indisputable evidence is emerging from investigations 
by the SEC, FBI, FTC and various other governmental agencies which exposes the Banksters scheme: the greatest shift 
of assets from the middle class to the wealthiest (Banksters). 

The $700 Billion in TARP (Troubled Assets Relief Program) flinds provided to those -too big to fail" to pay off _toxic 
loans' focused primarily on paying CDS insurance bets, for the so-called _toxic' mortgages made up a small percentage 
of the losses. For example: On a $200,000 mortgage the Banksters were paid upwards to 40-50 times the amount of 
that mortgage or $8,000,000.00 on that ONE home alone! The American taxpayer paid the bets off at 100 cents on the 
dollar - on mortgage loans destined to default. 

Moreover, rather than the bail-out being a mere $700 Billion, according to former Goldman Sachs analyst Nomi Prins 
in her extremely well-documented book -H Takes a Pillage," the bailout actually totaled $13.3 Trillion! Hence, the 
Banksters and investors of MBS's were fully paid off in bailout money from the United States Treasury and Federal 
Reserve. The $700 Billion TARP flinds had the stated purpose of compensating the lenders and investors for losses 

159 



sustained due to the alleged default on residential mortgage loans which rendered said loans paid-in-full - a fact not 
known to many homeowners who have simply walked away from their properties. 

The Banksters, having years to craft this scheme, sought to distract and divert the attention of the American people 
from the egregious crimes they committed by pushing foreclosures through the courts as fast as they possibly could 
understanding that if the public was focused on survival, they would not be focused on finding the true culprits. 

6-2009 - The SEC filed civil fraud and insider trading charges against Angelo Mozilo, the former chief executive of 
Countrywide who agreed to pay a mere $108 million to settle federal civil charges that it overcharged customers and 
failed to disclose Countrywide's lax lending standards in a 2006 report. Additionally, in August of 2009, Countrywide 
agreed to pay $600 million to settle shareholder lawsuits over its mortgage losses. Of course, this is a mere pittance as 
compared to the amount the Banksters were able to steal as a result of their scheme. 

The Banksters scheme to distract and divert the attention of the American people is being carried out to the present day 
utilizing a strategy known as -divide and conquer." By causing dissension between America's two political parties on 
the most absurd and trivial issues, the American public points the finger in blame at one another thus diverting their 
attention from discovering who the real culprits are along with their underlying motives. 

WHEFIEFORE... 

WHEREFORE, The Banks And Wall Street participated in a meticulously crafted scheme where they are 
illegally attempting to foreclose on property under false pretenses. The Banks And Wall Street schemed to lure 
AMERICANS into mortgage loan instruments that would result in the foreclosure of their property and loss of their 
investments resulting in massive profits for The Banks And Wall Street. The Banks And Wall Street, in collusion with 
each other, initiated AMERICAN'S bogus loans, sold said loans as Mortgage-backed Securities to MBS Trusts, 
received undisclosed kickbacks for doing so, paid mortgage brokers undisclosed fees, falsely claimed to be the 4ender" 
of funds for AMERICAN'S loan, appraised subject properties in excess of their true value, filed fraudulent mortgages, 
bifurcated the notes from the mortgages, slandered AMERICANS titles, falsified AMERCANS incomes, failed to 
disclose underlying market conditions which had been intentionally manipulated which would result in the foreclosure 
of tens of millions of homes across America, recorded and illegally assigned said mortgages, employed ^bo-signors" 
to execute false legal documents, failed to record all legal documents regarding transfer of ownership of AMERICANS 
note/mortgage, and initiated false complaints in foreclosure without standing. Additionally, The Banks And Wall Street 
have no right or ability to obtain and record a Mortgage and/or Assignment of Mortgage, or Assignment of the original 
Promissory Note for which their claims are based. 

The Banks And Wall Street's actions constitute false, misleading, deceptive, fraudulent, criminal or otherwise 
illegal conduct under the law. As a proximate and direct result. The Banks And Wall Street have been unjustly enriched 
in multiple ways including but not limited to: credit default swap payoffs which paid up to 50 times the principals of 
AMERICANS loans, TARP flinds paid by the American taxpayer to ^scue" those lending institutions -too big to fail" 
which paid off -toxic" nonperforming loans thereby causing AMERICANS loan to be PAID IN FULL multiple times. 

The Banks And Wall Street will be flirther unjustly enriched if allowed to seize the property of AMERICANS. 

Knowledge that The Banks And Wall Street's concocted and carried out a Ponzi Scheme of enormous 
magnitude is now commonly known as investigations by numerous governmental bodies are revealing the depth of the 
crimes they committed. Upon learning the truth of this massive fraud, courts around the country are finally seeing past 
their deeply held prejudices against so-called -dead-beat" borrowers they were led to believe were the real wrong-doers 
as they tried to -get their homes for free." Instead, it is The Banks And Wall Street who are trying to -steal homes for 
free" while they throw citizens out on the street. And sadly, their scheme has been effective for they have illegally 
seized millions of homes from citizens too intimidated to contest these actions. 

The intent of our founding fathers was to escape this type of brutality and unfairness; to prevent the rich and 
powerful at the top from preying upon ordinary citizens at the bottom. Therefore, if The Banks And Wall Street are 
allowed to commit fraud, falsify loan documents and violate innumerable other laws without consequence; if they are 

170 



allowed to walk away from their morally reprehensible crimes; not only will they be further emboldened to commit 
atrocities to the detriment of Humankind, but every American who has shed blood to protect our freedom and values 
will have indeed died in vain. 

The Banks And Wall Street will undoubtedly use the excuse that they are too big to fail; that their economic 
tentacles impact every aspect of society and that if the courts don't stop these frivolous lawsuits by dead beat 
homeowners and hapless investors who purchased MBS certificates, our economy will collapse. This excuse offers 
them, the true culprits, plausible deniability. The economy IS failing. A collapse and subsequent restructuring of our 
economic system is inevitable for the interest payable on the now $14 Plus Trillion dollar national debt will soon, if it 
has not already, exceed the amount of revenue coming into the Treasury. And when the system collapses and those on 
Wall Street have taken all the money and assets they have stolen through their Ponzi Scheme, America will rebuild by 
simply following the Constitution and do as our founding fathers set out for us to do: create our own money backed by 
assets. For we don't need a private company to print money out of thin air and then charge us interest on that fake 
money. The economic system utilized by America must be restructured to serve the highest good as it was intended to 
do. 

The law and judiciary were established to provide effective deterrents for all; to ensure that the whole of society 
operated from an underlying foundation of trust, honesty, integrity, credibility, morals, values, compassion and social 
conscience. Those were the values that Americans took for granted when they took out mortgages from highly 
respected lending institutions. If one looks forward, one can easily determine that if our laws are not upheld our 
society/civilization will quickly devolve into a primitive state of being where cynicism, distrust, fear, crime, and 
guardedness will reign. Therefore, The Banks And Wall Street must be held accountable for their egregious actions for 
if they are allowed to simply do as they wish, our society will ultimately implode, which will serve no one, not even the 
wealthy. 

The courts are the only entity America can count on to mete justice to those who violate the laws and statutes of 
the United States. The courts hold the power to exercise the law; to determine the fate of our country by upholding the 
solemn oath each judge took to -administer justice without respect to persons. To administer equal rights to the poor 
and to the rich, and to faithflilly and impartially discharge and perform all the duties incumbent upon them under the 
Constitution and laws of the United States, so help them God." If the courts fail We, the People, they will have placed 
the final nail in the coffin of the United States of America. 

—Once to every man and nation comes the moment to decide, and the choice goes by forever ^twixt that 
darkness and that light. "' — James Russell Lowell 1819-1891 



171